Skip to main content

Full text of "Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi by Peter Wayne and Mark L. Fuerst"

See other formats


The 

Harvard 

Medical 
School 
Gui le to 




12 Weeks to a Healthy Body, 
Strong Heart & Sharp Mind 


Peter M. Wayne, PhD, with Mark L, Fuerst 



“ The Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi is a significant milestone in the integration of 
Eastern and Western medicine. It deftly summarizes the scientific evidence for the healing 
potential of this traditional Chinese system of body movement and gives readers practical advice 
for using it in everyday life. I recommend it highly.” 

— Andrew Weil, MD, Professor of Medicine, University of Arizona, and author of 8 Steps to 

Optimum Health 

“Dr. Wayne gives us a magnificent and useful contribution for the betterment of our health and 
well-being through the proper integration of Tai Chi into our lives.” 

— Herbert Benson, MD, author of The Relaxation Response and Professor of Medicine, 

Harvard Medical School 

“Peter Wayne is that rare individual who is sufficiently ‘bilingual’ to introduce Tai Chi to a 
largely open-minded yet skeptical medical community and to sensitively and movingly celebrate 
its timeless poetry, power, and appeal. This is a book for all to learn from and enjoy.” 

— David Eisenberg, MD, Harvard School of Public Health and the Samueli Institute, and Former 
Chief of the Division of Research and Education in Complementary and Integrative Medical 

Therapies, Harvard Medical School 

“Evidence has shown that unhealthy lifestyle is the cause of most if not all chronic conditions 
such as diabetes, arthritis, and heart disease. Dr. Wayne’s book, with his expertise in medical 
research and Tai Chi, is a significant step towards modernizing Tai Chi — essential to making Tai 
Chi a central part of practical and effective solutions to the epidemic of chronic disease.” 

— Dr. Paul Lam, director of the Tai Chi for Health Institute and author of Teaching Tai Chi 

Effectively and Tai Chi for Beginners 

“Peter Wayne has long been a leader in scientific research into how Tai Chi boosts health and 
well-being. In this brilliant book, he blends rigorous Western science with Eastern wisdom to 
present an illuminating and thoroughly modern view of a wonderful, life-enhancing art. I 
recommend it highly to anyone interested in Tai Chi, from novice to advanced practitioner.” 

— Yang Yang, PhD, director, Center for Taiji and Qigong Studies, and author of Taijiquan: The 

Art of Nurturing, The Science of Power 

“Highly readable and deeply informative. . . . This book has the potential of once and for all 
dispelling any lingering myths that Tai Chi and Qigong, and Western science’s growing 
understanding of its uses, are anything less than a profound health revolution that can help 
prevent or treat the majority of health challenges, and ultimately may save society hundreds of 
billions if not trillions in future annual health care costs. The Harvard Medical School Guide to 
Tai Chi may well be that point we look back to and say, ‘That was the tipping point that 
unleashed the building wave of Tai Chi, which has now transformed modern health care.’” 

— Bill Douglas, founder of World Tai Chi and Qigong Day and author of The Complete Idiot s 

Guide to T’ai Chi and QiGong 



ABOUT THE BOOK 

Conventional medical science on the Chinese art of Tai Chi now shows what Tai Chi masters 
have known for centuries: regular practice leads to more vigor and flexibility, better balance and 
mobility, and a sense of well-being. Cutting-edge research from Harvard Medical School also 
supports the long-standing claims that Tai Chi also has a beneficial impact on the health of the 
heart, bones, nerves and muscles, immune system, and the mind. This research provides 
fascinating insight into the underlying physiological mechanisms that explain how Tai Chi 
actually works. 

Dr. Peter M. Wayne, a longtime Tai Chi teacher and a researcher at Harvard Medical School, 
developed and tested protocols similar to the simplified program he includes in this book, which 
is suited to people of all ages, and can be done in just a few minutes a day. This book includes: 


• The basic program, illustrated by more than 50 photographs 

• Practical tips for integrating Tai Chi into everyday activities 

• An introduction to the traditional principles of Tai Chi 

• Up-to-date summaries of the research literature on the health benefits of Tai Chi 

• How Tai Chi can enhance work productivity, creativity, and sports performance 

• And much more 


PETER WAYNE, PhD, is Assistant Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School and the 
Director of Research for the Osher Center for Integrative Medicine, jointly based at Harvard 
Medical School and Brigham and Women’s Hospital. Prior to this appointment, Dr. Wayne 
served as the Director of Tai Chi and Mind-Body Research Programs at the Osher Research 
Center and Founding Research Director at the New England School of Acupuncture. He has 
more than thirty- five years of training experience in Tai Chi and Qigong and is an internationally 
recognized teacher of these practices. 



Sign up to learn more about our books and receive special offers from Shambhala Publications. 


Sign Up 


Or visit us online to sign up at shambhala.com/ eshambhala . 



THE 


Harvard Medical School 
Guide to Tai Chi 

12 WEEKS TO A HEALTHY BODY. 

STRONG HEART. AND SHARP MIND 


Perer M. Wayne, PhD 

Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical Sc/tool 
Director of Research. Other Center for Integrative Medicine 
Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School 

with Mark L. Fuersc 


ft 

Shambhala 
Boston & London 
2013 


This book is dedicated to my parents and family, for their love, support, and encouragement all along 
the way and to all my teachers and mentors, East and West, for their wisdom, generosity, and 

inspiration. 



Shambhala Publications, Inc. 

Horticultural Hall 
300 Massachusetts Avenue 
Boston, Massachusetts 02115 
www.shambhala.com 

© 2013 by Harvard Health Publications 

Cover design: Deborah Hodgdon 

The information in this book is not intended as a substitute for personalized medical advice. The reader should consult a physician before 
beginning this or any exercise program. The author and the publisher assume no responsibility for pain or injury experienced from the 

practice of exercises presented here. 

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including 
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. 

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data 

Wayne, Peter. 

The Harvard medical school guide to tai chi: 12 weeks to a healthy body, strong heart, and sharp min d / Peter Wayne, with Mark Fuerst. 

p. cm. 

Includes bibliographical references and index. 

elSBN 978-0-8348-2848-3 
ISBN 978-1-59030-942-1 (pbk.: alk. paper) 

1. Tai chi — Therapeutic use. 2. Health. I. Fuerst, Mark. II. Title. 

RM727.T34W39 2012 
613.7T48 — dc23 
2012025187 


Contents 


Foreword 

Acknowledgments 

Introduction: East Meets West at Harvard Medical School 


PART ONE 

Tai Chi and Its Essential Elements 


1 . The Ancient Promise of. and Modern Need for. Tai Chi 

2. The Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi 

3. Put the Principles into Practice: A Simplified Tai Chi Program 


PART TWO 

Proof of the Promise 

Tai Chi through the Lens of Modern Science 

4. Improve Your Balance and Bones 

5. Ease Your Aches and Pains 

6. Strengthen Your Heart 

7. Deepen and Enrich Your Breathing 

8. Sharpen Your Mind 

9. Enhance Psychological Well-Being and Sleep Quality 


PART THREE 

Integrating Tai Chi into Everyday Life 


10. Tai Chi for Two 

1 1 . Cross-Train with Tai Chi 

12. On-the-Job Tai Chi 

1 3. Enhance Your Creativity with Tai Chi 

14. Lifelong Learning with Tai Chi 


Afterword: Tai Chi and Twenty-First-Century Medicine 

Notes 

Index 


E-mail Sign-Up 


Foreword 


Health care has always undergone change. Old diseases disappear or are conquered; new ones take 
their place. New cures sometimes bring unexpected problems. Personal and societal expectations for 
health and longevity shift tremendously. Western patients now are asking for more prevention and 
health sustenance. Many want “soft-touch” in addition to hard technology. While many acute problems 
seem to be under control, it seems that there are not enough solutions for living with or gracefully 
managing chronic illness. New discoveries and directions are continually being examined. 

Part of the quest for new answers is re-examining older approaches to illness. Have therapies that 
can provide answers to new problems withstood the test of time? Certainly, the popularity and recent 
scientific research into acupuncture and Ayurvedic medicine suggest that, in parallel with 
globalization, there is a new opening to non-biomedical systems. I’ve had a ringside seat on this 
emergent global perspective with my own work building links between Asian medicine and modern 
medicine. Sorely missing has been a book that bridges the wisdom of Tai Chi with the scientific 
insights of biomedicine. This exceptional book has finally been written, remarkably within the context 
of a leading medical school; it provides the needed platform to link East and West. 

The Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi is a wonderful, elegant book that embraces the 
tensions between science and art, modern research and traditional wisdom, movement and stillness, 
and effort and effortlessness. The authors have written a Tai Chi book that embodies the gracefulness 
of Tai Chi. Ideas, insights, concepts, overviews, and details, based on, for example, neuroimaging of 
the brain and Lao Tzu, move and swirl around in an elegant, rhythmic mixture that feels like Tai Chi. 
They make the Tai Chi movement called “Waving Hands Like Clouds” into both a visualization and an 
intuition, as well as a precise, measurable movement with quantifiable physiological effects. 

This book connects ancient traditions that look to the past with fast-paced, cutting-edge science that 
constantly re-envisions a new future. It respects both wisdom and experience from the East and 
science and experiments from the West. Separations become opportunities to see connections. 
Boundaries are seen just as convenient signposts to keep a conversation on a linear topic (for at least 
a while). 

Peter Wayne himself is an embodiment of these tensions. His background — as a Harvard 
academician and medical researcher originally trained as an evolutionary biologist, an esteemed and 
revered Tai Chi teacher, and a down-home, no-nonsense Brooklyn guy with immigrant parents — has 
written an evidence-based book that captures the poetry of Tai Chi. This book is audacious. Ideas 
intersect, methodologies switch, and tensions nourish each other. Tai Chi is broken down into 
component therapeutic parts, while science is used to demonstrate the intersection of mind and body 
and the importance of the imagination and ritual. The natural world seen through the lens of evolution 
connects with the cosmological notions of yin and yang. Nature and culture are separate and yet still 
merge. Just as the book knows no boundaries, you will be gently guided to new, unexpected places. In 
the end, you will have tasted and experienced the vastness of a poem with limitless implications. 
Inspiring ideas about meditative stillness are balanced with information from randomized controlled 
trials. Both are enveloped by practical, nitty-gritty advice, such as how to find a good Tai Chi teacher. 

Peter has written a timely book that is accessible and relevant to many audiences. This book 
nourishes many needs. If you want to learn Tai Chi and integrate it into your personal life, you will 
find this book to be an enticing adventure. If you are an experienced Tai Chi and mind-body 


practitioner interested in understanding the relevant emergent science, you will find a supportive 
guide. Physicians, allied health professionals, and alternative practitioners looking to advise their 
patients will find a fount of knowledge. Finally, health policy people with questions about Tai Chi 
will find their answers. 

Chapter 1 is a clear, readable overview of Tai Chi’s history and current developments. The chapter 
goes beyond the mythic (though it tells us some of the myths) and presents Tai Chi as a constantly 
evolving practice that necessarily undergoes changes as it reaches the Western world and must engage 
science and medical research. 

Chapter 2 introduces a particularly unique contribution of this book — the articulation of what Peter 
has coined the “Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi.” With links to Tai Chi classics and modern 
science, the chapter offers a clear explanation of the therapeutic components of Tai Chi. The 
discussion dissects Tai Chi into unexpected components, and yet somehow manages to recombine 
them into an elegant whole. It allows you to test the territory and encourages you to make some new 
movements. 

In Chapter 3, the eight active ingredients are integrated into a very practical Tai Chi training 
program, similar to programs employed in Peter’s clinical trials. Throughout this chapter, you can 
hear Peter’s calm, embracing teaching voice. You’re actually in his class. 

Chapters 4 through 9 present a very readable, exciting summary of medical and basic science 
research on Tai Chi. In a balanced, objective way, the research covers what is known about Tai Chi’s 
impact on health, ranging from fall prevention and cardiovascular risk factors to how it helps manage 
chronic pain and depression. In some cases, Peter creatively reaches outside of Tai Chi research to 
show potential and future directions. For example, Chapter 8, his discussion of clinical and 
physiological studies of motor imagery research is beautifully linked with the traditional Chinese 
concept of intention (yi ). Here, the evidence is presented not so much to document what science 
knows so far, but rather to open doors for innovative discussion. 

In Chapters 10 through 14, Peter realigns and brings together all the previous discussions of 
science and situates them into practical activities of everyday life. Tai Chi now informs the social 
interactions you navigate at work and at home, as well as your creative endeavors, including in the 
arts and sports. Finally, he provides practical information about developing a regular Tai Chi 
practice, finding Tai Chi classes, and knowing what to look for in a good Tai Chi program. 

This book provides powerful insights and messages from multiple angles that somehow are 
pertinent to many different kinds of people. What is more amazing, Peter Wayne weaves these 
different perspectives into a single dance that is the essence of Tai Chi — an embrace of the flow and 
movement of the cosmos itself. 


TED KAPTCHUK 

Associate Professor of Medicine 
Harvard Medical School 
Author, The Web That Has No Weaver: 
Understanding Chinese Medicine 



Acknowledgments 


This book would not be possible without the teachings, support, and feedback of so many people, 
more than I can possibly list here. 

The Osher Center for Integrative Medicine at the Harvard Medical School and Brigham and 
Women’s Hospital has been an amazing incubating ground for many of this book’s ideas. I am 
indebted to my mentors and friends Julie Buring, Ted Kaptchuk, Sally Andrews, and David Eisenberg 
for supporting my academic transition from evolutionary biology to integrative medicine research, for 
their vision, and for exemplifying and demanding the highest scientific standards; to my colleagues 
and research collaborators, many of whom provided feedback on book sections or directly 
contributed to the original research on which it is based, including Andrew Ahn, Gloria Yeh, Paolo 
Bonato, Helene Langevin, Richard Hammerschlag, William Stason, Eric Jacobson, Cathy Kerr, Brad 
Manor, Ge Wu, Rebecca Wells, Suzie Bertisch, Ellen Connors, Mary Anne Ryan, Andrea Hrbek, 
Gurjeet Birdee, Donald Levy, Rosa Schnyer, Russell Phillips, Doug Kiel, Harriet Samuelson, Adi 
Haramati, Steven Wolf, Jeff Hausdorff, Lew Lipsitz, Vera Novak, C. K. Peng, Airy Goldberger, and 
Weidong Lu; and to my mentors and colleagues who shaped my thinking in evolutionary biology and 
ecology, including William Drury, Craig Greene, John Connolly, Fahkri Bazzaz, Tim Sipe, David 
Ackerly, Suzanne Morse, and David Folger. 

Much of the research this book draws from would not have been possible without the generous 
support of the Bernard Osher Foundation; federal grant support from the National Center for 
Complementary and Alternative Medicine at the National Institutes of Health; support from the 
Kohlberg Family Foundation; and the personal vision and trust of two mentor-patrons, Elizabeth 
McCormack and Betsy Arron. 

Equally invaluable have been my many teachers of Tai Chi and related healing arts. I am grateful 
for their inspiring, unswerving commitments to their own journeys that generated the expertise and 
wisdom they so generously shared. I am especially indebted to my two root Tai Chi and internal 
martial arts teachers, Robert Morningstar and Arthur Goodridge, for their remarkable insights into Tai 
Chi and multitudes of related practices, and to their encouragement to think independently and share 
these practices with others; to Charles Genoud, whose teaching in Gesture of Awareness transformed 
my understanding of Tai Chi; to MantakChia, Michael Winn, and Marie Favarito for their teachings in 
Qigong and inner alchemy; to Calvin Chin for his patience in teaching me Kung Fu; and to Carol 
Caton, whose wisdom and teaching defy categorization. I am also thankful for my teachers in the 
healing arts, many of whom have helped keep me healthy on my journey, including Xiaoming Cheng, 
Weidong Lu, Eric Jacobson, Randall Ferrell, Kuei Kuahara, Matthew Kowalski, Art Madore, and 
Edgar Miller. 

My Tai Chi and Qigong students, past and present, including all of our study volunteers, have 
inspired me through their practice and commitment, kept me honest, and motivated me continuously to 
explore and enrich my own practice, which makes it fun and easy to keep showing up to teach. I wish 
to acknowledge especially the camaraderie and friendship of my senior students. Many of them have 
helped teach in our clinical trials and have contributed meaningfully to the material in this book; they 
include Jane Moss, Stanwood Chang, Regina Gibbons, Chris Lavancher, Deborah Cake, Marty Heitz, 
Pam Cobb, and Chris Zarza. 

Most personally, I wish to thank my parents for their bravery, strength, and love, and my big sister 


Debbie for her unswerving support. And, finally, I am grateful beyond words to Liz, my life partner 
and best friend, and Sam, my son, the richest sources of joy I have known. Thanks to both of you for 
tolerating my often too busy life, and reminding me every day what it’s really all about. 

It has been great working with my coauthor, and now friend, Mark Fuerst. This book would never 
have happened without his deft writing skill, commitment to learning Tai Chi while writing this book, 
and remarkable patience, generosity, and optimism We would also like to thank our Shambhala 
editor, Beth Frankl; the Chief Editor of Books at Harvard Health Publications, Julie Silver; and our 
agent, Linda Konner; for sharing their wisdom of the publishing industry and for their total support of 
this book project. Thanks also to C. J. Allen for his excellent photographic skills, and to Dan 
Litrownik for his assistance with footnotes. 

In addition, Mark Fuerst would like to acknowledge the love and support of his wife Margie, son 
Ben, and daughter Sarah during the time spent away from them while he was writing and editing; the 
continuing love of his mother, Peppy; the camaraderie, brainstorming, and encouragement of the 
writers of the Brooklyn Brown Bag Lunch Group; and the wisdom, kindness, and patience of his two 
Tai Chi teachers, Phil Catapano and Rebecca Wolf. 



Introduction 

East Meets West at Harvard Medical School 


In July 2009, along with six other Tai Chi and mind-body researchers representing leading US 
medical schools, I found myself sitting on a panel with five of the most renowned living grand 
masters of Tai Chi — the equivalents of Dalai Lamas of Tai Chi. This unprecedented meeting between 
Tai Chi researchers and masters was part of the First International Tai Chi Symposium on the campus 
of Vanderbilt University Medical School, a landmark event for the world of Tai Chi. For the first 
time, masters representing all major Tai Chi styles convened in one place to teach and personally 
share their passion for Tai Chi, show unity across all styles, and speak with one voice about the future 
of this ancient martial art. More than 500 Tai Chi enthusiasts, medical researchers, policy makers, and 
health-care lobbyists sat in the audience awaiting this historical event. 

For me, the fact that this evening’s symposium was devoted to exploring the role that Western 
scientific research might play in informing Tai Chi’s development and integration into Western health 
care was even more remarkable. Working by day as a medical researcher objectively studying the 
science of Tai Chi and at night as a community-based Tai Chi instructor, for many years I have walked 
the metaphorical S- shaped line dividing the more rational and intuitive halves of the Tai Chi yin and 
yang symbol. Both as a scientist and a teacher/practitioner, I have explored how best to bridge the 
wisdom underlying my two vocations, or in the lingo of Tai Chi, how the yin and yang can inform one 
another. 

In many ways, the symposium was very successful. Some rich exchanges between the masters and 
researchers highlighted the promise of Tai Chi for improving health in our aging population; for 
example, by preventing heart disease and fall-related fractures. Other exchanges centered on the 
potential for cutting-edge scientific instrumentation to elucidate the impact of Tai Chi on 
physiological processes in the brain, heart, and musculoskeletal system A brief discussion suggested 
how modern technology might help understand better the traditional Chinese medicine concepts 
foreign to most Westerners, such as Qi, or energy flow in the body. 

Yet, despite these unprecedented exchanges of ideas, toward the end of the evening, I found myself 
a little dissatisfied and wanting much more. On a very simple level, I felt as if a few hours’ time was 
far too little to devote to such rich topics. However, even more fundamentally, I felt that the depth of 
the discussions was limited by the huge cultural, linguistic, and epistemological barriers between the 
Tai Chi masters and the scientists. We do not yet have a well-developed language or framework to 
facilitate the bridging between the practice and the science of Tai Chi. As I sat on stage at the 
interface of two very different cultures — Eastern healing arts and Western science — I saw clearly 
how much work still was needed to build bridges. Part of my calling, and a central purpose of this 
book, is to explore this interface between the East and West through Tai Chi. 

The science of Tai Chi is just now catching up with and substantiating what Tai Chi practitioners have 
known for centuries — Tai Chi often leads to more vigor and energy, greater flexibility, balance and 
mobility, and an improved sense of well-being. Cutting-edge research now lends support to long- 


standing claims that Tai Chi favorably impacts the health of the heart, bones, nerves and muscles, 
immune system, and the mind. This research also provides insight into the underlying physiological 
mechanisms that explain how Tai Chi works. This knowledge has enabled researchers like my 
Harvard Medical School colleagues and me to shape the essential elements of Tai Chi into programs 
that are well suited for a modern Western lifestyle and to integrate Tai Chi training efficiently into the 
rehabilitation and prevention of many health conditions. 


“Yin and Yang — The Mother of Ten Thousand Things” 

As this quote from Lao Tzu suggests, Tai Chi derives its name from the concept of yin and yang <*, 
also known as the Tai Chi symbol. Yin and yang is a central concept in traditional Chinese medicine, 
philosophy, and science, and it is one of the deepest pillars of Chinese culture. The yin- yang symbol, 
now a very popular symbol in the West as well, depicts two complementary polar opposites that, 
together, create a dynamic, balanced, integrated, and inter- dependent whole. 

Tai Chi training embodies this yin-yang concept at multiple levels. At the most obvious, physical 
level, Tai Chi is an exercise that aims to strengthen, stretch, balance, and coordinate and integrate the 
left and right halves of the body, the upper and lower halves of the body, and the extremities of the 
body with the inside or core. At a more subtle level, Tai Chi integrates body and mind. Body 
movements are coordinated with rhythmic, conscious breathing and multiple cognitive and emotional 
components — including focused attention, heightened self-awareness, visualization, imagery, and 
intention. 

At perhaps an even more subtle level, Tai Chi sensitizes and integrates you with your social and 
physical environment. At an interpersonal level, being in tune with other people in your social 
environment helps you to learn to read and appropriately respond to their cues. This internal/external 
integration is one of Tai Chi’s secrets as a martial art — by becoming extremely sensitive to your 
opponent’s moves, you learn to lead by neutralizing and following. Connecting with nature can also 
be an integral part of Tai Chi training. Practicing outside in a park may provide a sense of being 
recharged or nourished by the natural environment. For some, heightened conscious awareness of 
oneself, and our connection to and integration with the greater natural world, can also afford a 
spiritual dimension — enhancing a sense of being part of some larger vital, unfolding natural process. 

To an outsider watching a master practice or perform Tai Chi, successful yin- yang integration is 
reflected in the seamless connection of graceful movements, with one flowing into another, as well as 
a sense of focus, calmness, and peacefulness. You can sense that the master has both inner and outer 
integration and awareness, and is in tune with himself or herself and the surrounding environment. In 
Tai Chi, as with yin and yang, everything is interconnected. The Tai Chi master reflects what 
Professor Ted Kaptchuk, my Harvard Medical School colleague and scholar on Chinese medicine, 
calls a “Web that has no Weaver. 

This Eastern holistic and ecological view of the body, mind, and health now is becoming 
increasingly appreciated and adopted within the Western medical community. Elements of this holistic 
perspective have been implicit throughout the history of what we now call conventional medicine, or 
biomedicine, but the modern Western medical community increasingly has relied on a reductionist 
framework for defining health, managing disease, and training physicians. The central tenet of this 
modern reductionist model is to focus on root causes of disease, for example, infectious agents, 
genetic or developmental abnormalities, or injuries. The reductionist approach assumes that complex 


problems can be solved by dividing them into smaller, simpler parts, or into more tractable units. 
Another Harvard Medical School colleague and collaborator, Dr. Andrew Ahn, has called this 
strategy “divide and conquer. 

Of course, reductionism in modern medicine has led to tremendous successes, including the 
development of medications, genetic markers, imaging, and curative surgery. However, reductionism 
has its limits and downsides. As Ahn says, “Reductionism becomes less effective when the act of 
dividing a problem into its parts leads to a loss of important information about the whole. 

This limitation inherent in dividing a problem is especially the case in complex chronic diseases 
such as diabetes, coronary artery disease, or recurrent low-back pain, where a single factor rarely is 
implicated as being solely responsible for the disease development or presentation. Rather, multiple 
factors are often identified, and the disease evolves through complex interactions between them. In 
addition to missing the forest for the trees, some other concerns of reductionism include the loss of the 
whole person, depersonalization of medicine, lack of communication among specialists, and even 
greater costs due to lack of coordinated care. 


Harvard Looks to the East 

At Harvard Medical School, as well as at many other academic medical centers across the United 
States, signs of holistic thinking are evident in medicine at all levels, from clinicians to researchers to 
educators, including a vibrant program evaluating the medical benefits of Tai Chi and related mind- 
body practices. In 2000, the Harvard Medical School Council of Academic Deans established the 
Division for Research and Education in Complementary and Integrative Medical Therapies. The 
program was charged with facilitating interdisciplinary and inter-institutional faculty collaboration 
for purposes of: (1) research evaluation of complementary and integrative medical therapies; (2) 
delivering educational programs to the medical community and the public; (3) and investigating the 
design of sustainable models of complementary and integrative care delivery in an academic setting. 
Since its inception, and now under the auspices of the Osher Center for Integrative Medicine jointly 
based at Harvard Medical School and Brigham and Women’s Hospital, faculty and collaborators 
have received dozens of National Institutes of Health grants, published hundreds of peer-reviewed 
scientific papers, and are affecting significantly the care received across Harvard hospitals. Today, 
nearly all of the Harvard hospitals have programs that provide some form of integrative medicine. At 
both Brigham and Women’s Hospital’s Osher clinic and Massachusetts General Hospital’s Benson 
Henry clinic, physicians and complementary alternative medicine practitioners see patients, and 
prescriptions might include a course of Tai Chi, meditation, yoga, and counseling on diet and lifestyle, 
alongside conventional medicine. Harvard Medical School hospitals are examples of how insight and 
credible research supporting the therapeutic promise of Tai Chi and related mind-body practices can 
catalyze the integration of these practices into conventional medical practice. 

This book seeks to show, in a scientifically balanced and objective manner, the clinical promise 
for Tai Chi and to provide insights into the underlying physiological processes that explain how Tai 
Chi improves health. Tai Chi includes a rich mixture of therapeutic components — what I’ve organized 
as the “Eight Active Ingredients.” Articulating knowledge of these ingredients has enabled my 
Harvard Medical School colleagues and me to sharpen the focus of Tai Chi for our modern Western 
lives and target more efficiently rehabilitation and prevention for many health conditions. With this 
knowledge, we have formulated a variety of simplified Tai Chi protocols that have been tested in 


numerous clinical trials at Harvard Medical School and affiliated hospitals, the essential elements of 
which I share in this book. 


My Life in Tai Chi 

My interest in Tai Chi research has grown out of a long-term personal passion for martial arts and 
Eastern philosophy, which started when I was in high school, around the same time my interests in 
science started forming. My Tai Chi training, which is still ongoing, has included many great teachers 
— from both the East and the West. While I have been studying for more than 35 years, it still feels as 
if I have only touched the surface of this rich, ancient art. Since 1985, 1 have taught in the Boston area 
at a community school that I founded, which gives me an opportunity to share what I have learned 
with a wide range of people and to think about the best ways to transmit this information; teaching 
there also provides a place to integrate what I learn from my Harvard Medical School research. I 
loosely view my Tai Chi classes as the equivalent of my medical colleagues’ clinical practice. 

My journey to becoming a scientific Tai Chi researcher has not been a linear one, but rather one 
that has taken many twists and turns. After doing an undergraduate interdisciplinary study in human 
ecology and two years in plant-population biology research in Europe, I completed a PhD in 
Evolutionary Biology at Harvard University. In 2000, following a trip to China and additional formal 
training in Tai Chi and Qigong, I decided to make a significant career shift, bringing my two worlds 
together and employing my research skills and ecological framework to study the clinical and basic 
aspects of Chinese medicine, including Tai Chi. My first position was as founding Research Director 
at the New England School of Acupuncture. I obtained National Institutes of Health grants, and then 
established and led a formal collaboration with Harvard Medical School centered on Asian 
medicine. In 2006, I formally became a faculty member at Harvard Medical School. As director of 
the Tai Chi and Mind-Body Research Program, and more recently, as overall Research Director for 
the Osher Center for Integrative Medicine, I have found my dream job. Both as a scientist and a Tai 
Chi thinker, I love looking for connections and building bridges. 

Being both a researcher at Harvard Medical School and a community-based Tai Chi practitioner is 
a yin-yang balancing act. As a scientist during the day at Harvard Medical School, I adhere to the 
rules of objective, unbiased, rigorous scientific research. My work is not to find results to prove that 
Tai Chi is good; in other words, I am not an advocate researcher. Rather, I seek dispassionately to 
understand what works, what doesn’t work, what is safe, and if there is promise for a certain 
population or medical condition, to explore how best to integrate Tai Chi with state-of-the-art health 
care. My colleagues and I use rigorous research designs that minimize bias, and we follow strict 
scientific codes. This assures that bias does not affect the research. 

In my own Tai Chi practice and when teaching Tai Chi classes, my research informs my experience 
and teaching, but sometimes I need to abandon the framework of science. Part of the practice of Tai 
Chi and other meditative arts requires turning off rational thinking and tapping into other, less 
understood processes, like intuition and imagination. For example, Tai Chi classics say, “Belief or 
mind moves internal energy (Qi) and Qi moves the body.” At this point in my Tai Chi training, on a 
good day, this idea is very clear to me. I can readily shift into a meditative Tai Chi flow. But the 
scientific community is still far from defining or quantifying Qi, or knowing all the 
neurophysiological pathways involved in mind-body- energy connections. 

My primary goal as a teacher is to use whatever tools I can to help students have meaningful 



experiences, so to teach only from pure science would be inefficient and unethical. The practitioner 
half of me remains skeptical of science and thinks maybe science can never address some issues. 
Nevertheless, my two jobs, one as a daytime researcher and the other as an evening Tai Chi teacher, 
involve a dynamic dance between yin and yang, both informing one another and incubating rich 
thoughts, and they have led to my unique style of teaching and practicing Tai Chi. 

Throughout this book, I will be clear which half of me is talking. When scientific evidence exists, I 
will provide the link to published research. I will distinguish this evidence from my personal 
experiences or experiences my students share, or principles that Tai Chi classics purport or my 
teachers and other masters espouse. 


About The Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi 

The Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi grew out of my long-standing training in Tai Chi, my 
interest in mind-body research, and my balance as both a practitioner and a researcher. Through my 
Tai Chi classes and research studies, I have been fortunate enough to help people in their twenties and 
thirties improve their athletic abilities and martial arts practices, provide an outlet for those in their 
forties and fifties to reduce the stresses of the work world, and help people in their sixties, seventies, 
eighties, and nineties find a gentle form of restorative exercise. 

This book puts down on paper how to use the concepts of Tai Chi to enhance your health. It shows, 
step by step, how the Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi can heighten bodily awareness and inner 
focus, make body movements more graceful and efficient, enhance natural breathing and heart health, 
and help attain peace of mind. The growing problems associated with our fast-paced, multitasking, 
overstimulated, more-is-better, Western lifestyle can be counteracted by the “meditation in motion” of 
Tai Chi. The dynamic changes derived from a regular Tai Chi practice provide a practical strategy for 
navigating life with less stress and more balance. I assemble and integrate in this book a diverse set 
of knowledge from both the East and the West — from the simplified Tai Chi exercises outlined to the 
ancient roots of Tai Chi and the modern science substantiating its health claims — with the sincere 
intention and hope that it will enrich your life and help provide you with a roadmap for your own Tai 
Chi journey. 

One explicit goal of this book is to make Tai Chi more accessible and easier to practice regularly. 
Just like having a doctor’s prescription for a medication, a diet, or an exercise regimen, these 
therapies only work when you adhere to them. In addition, despite your best intentions, because of a 
busy lifestyle — whether it’s being an overworked executive, a fast- moving soccer mom, or an athlete 
with limited time for cross training — you may need a program that is not only effective, but also 
practical. The simplified program this book introduces is very easy to learn and allows you to focus 
on the essential principles of Tai Chi. What’s more, in addition to a formal program, you will learn 
numerous simple exercises that you can easily sneak into your everyday life at home or at work, 
adding a little more energy and flow to help you think and perform all your tasks better. 

In this book, you will find: 


• An introduction to the traditional principles of Tai Chi, as viewed through the lens of modern 
medical science 

• A simplified Tai Chi protocol, including extensive descriptions and photos of the exercises that 



you can do on your own, similar to regimens that a number of clinical trials have demonstrated 
to work 

• Insight into the underlying physiological processes that explain how Tai Chi can improve your 
health 

• State-of-the-art, objective summaries of the research literature that highlight what is and what is 
not yet known about the health benefits of Tai Chi 

• How the Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi can be integrated into personal and professional 
relationships, improve work productivity, enhance creativity, and boost sports performance 


We hope that, in reading this book, you will come to the conclusion that Tai Chi addresses a critical 
need for novel approaches in today’s health care and, most importantly, that the integration of Tai Chi 
into the medical world can help prevent the progression and personal and economic burden of 
chronic diseases. 

Part of the goal of mixing scientific evidence with Eastern wisdom — again, this yin-yang concept — 
is that knowledge gives you power. If you understand how the body works and the amazing degree to 
which it can regulate itself, and you understand how Tai Chi accentuates multiple selfhealing 
processes, this knowledge can allay much of the fear associated with illnesses as they arise and 
empower you to play a leading, central role in your own health. Gaining a more intimate knowledge 
of how your body works may even catalyze your progress in Tai Chi training. My hope is that this 
knowledge will also intrigue Tai Chi instructors to become more interested and knowledgeable about 
the research so they are better able to communicate and collaborate with the conventional medical 
community and better serve their students. 

The Harvard Medical School Guide to Tai Chi also offers you information about developing a 
regular Tai Chi practice, locating Tai Chi classes, and knowing what to look for in a good Tai Chi 
program My hope is that by following the instructions this book provides, you can achieve the same 
positive changes I see every day in my students and in the volunteer participants in our studies; they 
provide their stories in their own words, describing what it’s like to learn Tai Chi and how it has 
affected their lives. I also provide my personal experiences working with Tai Chi masters to show 
how you, too, can improve your health, strengthen your heart, and sharpen your mind. 



PART ONE 


Tai Chi and Its Essential Elements 


1 


The Ancient Promise of. and Modem Need for. Tai 

Chi 


“You don’t have to have a health issue to do Tai Chi. But if you do, you should find a way to 
incorporate Tai Chi into some part of your life,” says Faith, age 54, an attorney who began Tai 
Chi to manage her back pain. “You can do it anywhere and practice it with no special equipment. 
Whether it’s 10 minutes a day on your own or 60 minutes in class a few times a week, you will 
be better for it. There’s something with these ancient arts. They don’t last for centuries for 
nothing.” 


One challenge I face in my academic talks on Tai Chi simply is how to define Tai Chi. I’ll 

sometimes begin my talk with a slide of a large lightbulb with the title “What Is Tai Chi?” I’ll then 
admit that Tai Chi is hard to define and explain that a common Tai Chi lightbulb joke helps us 
understand why: How many Tai Chi players does it take to change a lightbulb? Answer: 100. One to 
change the bulb and the other 99 to say, “We do not do it that way in our style of Tai Chi.” 

The diversity and richness of Tai Chi derives from a few reasons. First, Tai Chi is made up of 
multiple components, including many physical, cognitive, and psychosocial ingredients. Just like 
making soup, the more ingredients you begin with, the greater is your potential for diverse recipes. 
Second, because Tai Chi’s long history is embedded within an ever-changing social and cultural 
background, many Tai Chi styles have developed that emphasize slightly different characteristics. 

I often use some variation of the following broad definition: Tai Chi is a mind-body exercise 
rooted in multiple Asian traditions, including martial arts, traditional Chinese medicine, and 
philosophy. Tai Chi training integrates slow, intentional movements with breathing and cognitive 
skills (for example, mindfulness and imagery). It aims to strengthen, relax, and integrate the physical 
body and mind, enhance the natural flow of Qi, and improve health, personal development, and self- 
defense. 


TAI CHI: WHAT’S IN A NAME? 

What we refer to as Tai Chi throughout this book is a simplified abbreviation of the more formal name 
Tai Chi Chuan, variously written as t’ai chi ch’uan, taijiquan, tai ji quan, or tai ji chuan, depending 
on the styles of transcription.- 

Tai translates literally as “great” or “large.” Chi is used as a superlative, for example, “biggest” or 
“most ultimate.” Together, they are used to characterize the philosophical concept of the all- 
encompassing yin-yang principle, often translated as Supreme Ultimate. 



Chuan generally is translated as “fist” or “boxing.” Sometimes, it is described as a manifestation, as 
the closing fist expresses a sense of practical materialization. 



Together, Tai Chi Chuan is variously translated as Supreme Ultimate Boxing, Great Extremes Boxing, 
and Grand Ultimate Fist. It describes a form of boxing or exercise that is based on the principles of 
yin and yang, dynamic change and transformation, integrating the body and mind, and the internal and 
the external. Chi vs. Qi and Tai Chi vs. Qigong The character for “Qi” is different from the “chi” of 
Tai Chi. Qi is like the word snow in the Eskimo language — it means many things, and yet it is hard to 
define. “Qi” refers to vital energy, information, breath, or spirit. Qi is not unique to humans, but rather 
is what pervades the whole universe. 

Qi is the first part of a very diverse set of mind-body practices called Qigong. Broadly speaking, 
Qigong translates as the cultivation or mastery of Qi. Some styles of Qigong are oriented more toward 
health and spirituality, in which you sit and do breathing and meditative exercises. Other styles are 
more vigorous and are designed to enhance your martial art skills. Most people think of Tai Chi as a 
form of Qigong because it cultivates, moves, and helps manage Qi. 



The Historical Roots of Tai Chi 

Tai Chi has a relatively stable nucleus of movement principles and internal energetics, but a cell 
membrane that interacts with great fluidity to its environment.^ 

—DOUGLAS WILE, TAI CHI HISTORIAN AND SCHOLAR 

Tai Chi is viewed best as a diverse set of living and evolving practices — practices that have been 
informed by the insights of a long lineage of devoted practitioners, molded and adapted over time to 
ever- (and still-) changing cultural needs and social landscapes. This diversity is enhanced further by 
Tai Chi’s rich and intertwined historical origins, including threads linking it to Asian martial arts, 
healing arts, philosophy, and spiritual practices that span thousands of years. Even within its 


relatively recent history over the past three centuries, Tai Chi has shown dynamic adaptation to 
changing cultural needs and opportunities in China. It has evolved from a secret, orally transmitted 
self-defense system in the 1700s to the early 1800s; to a more widely shared fighting art used to train 
the military; to a publicly shared method for personal development and longevity exercises in the 
mid- 1800s to mid- 1900s; to a national exercise, sport, and performing art the government promotes 
and showcases to the rest of the world as a national treasure. 

Tai Chi’s expansion into the West over the past 50 years, including its interface with science and 
evidence-based biomedicine, along with Westerners’ hunger for holistic health and philosophical 
wisdom from the East, has dramatically catalyzed its evolution. Tai Chi is now taught in hospitals, 
sports clubs, colleges, and community centers across the United States, and hundreds of Tai Chi books 
are available to the Western public. Tai Chi has blended and mixed with other practices, including 
Qigong, yoga, meditation, and contemporary mind-body practices, such as Feldenkrais and the 
Alexander Technique. Like the philosophy of Taoism that animates it, the art and practice of Tai Chi 
continues to evolve and “go with the flow.” 

Like many ancient traditions, the early history of Tai Chi is a mixture of fact and myth. This history 
includes the interweaving of three deep influences of Chinese culture. Those three influences are 
martial arts, healing arts, and philosophy. - 


Martial Arts Influence 

Chinese culture is notorious for its long, diverse history of martial arts. Hand-to-hand combat and 
weapons practice were important in training ancient Chinese soldiers and rival clans. Skilled fighters 
also were highly valued as bodyguards, providing protection to wealthy government leaders and 
traveling merchants or messengers. China’s rich diversity of martial arts often is depicted in Kung Fu 
movies, usually set in old temples and depicting battles between warring states or feuding families 
seeking revenge. 

Martial arts also have played a prominent role in Chinese performing arts and theater. 
Demonstrations of martial arts prowess, fixed sparring routines, acrobatics, and lion dances have 
been a key component of public performances. These continue today and have recently reached 
Western and international communities through tours by the Shaolin monks and Peking acrobats. 

An important landmark in the history of Chinese martial arts is the Shaolin Temple in Henan 
Province, considered the cradle of Chinese martial arts. Legend has it that the Bodhidarma, who 
brought Chan (Zen) Buddhism to China in the sixth century, arrived to find the monks at the Shaolin 
temple in extremely poor health and fitness. He taught them a series of exercises to strengthen their 
minds and bodies for meditation. These exercises evolved into what are now called Shaolin Boxing, 
Wushu, or Kung Fu.- 

A key semi-mythical figure in the history of Tai Chi, often called the father of Tai Chi, is Chang 
San-feng, generally thought to have lived in the thirteenth century C.E. It is widely told that Chang 
San-feng was a Shaolin monk who decided to leave the monastery to become a Taoist hermit. In the 
Wudang Mountains, he gave up the harder Kung Fu fighting style he had learned and formulated a new 
art based on his observations of nature and Taoist principles of softness and yielding. Legend has it 
that he had an “aha” moment after watching a fight between a snake and a crane. Every time the crane 
would try to attack the snake’s head, the snake would yield, evade, and hit the crane with its tail. 
When the crane would try for the snake’s tail, the snake would yield and bite the crane. This process 


resulted in the emphasis of the basic Tai Chi (yin-yang) concepts of evading, yielding, and attacking. 
Chang developed a martial art based on natural principles that used softness and internal power to 
overcome brute force.- For this reason, Tai Chi and related martial arts that emphasize yielding and 
mindful or intrinsic strength, or Jin, are commonly classified as internal (or inner) styles. In contrast, 
many forms of karate and Kung Fu that typically rely on muscular strength and speed are classified as 
external (outer) styles.- 

The early history of how core principles and movements attributed to semi-mythical characters, 
such as Chang San-feng, became codified into today’s formalized Tai Chi forms is not agreed upon 
fully or understood. Some historians and scholars believe that many of the distinctive postures and 
names associated with contemporary Tai Chi may be attributable to Ming dynasty general Ch’i Chi- 
kuang (1528-87), author of the “Boxing Classic.” Many of the movements this text describes are 
included in the martial art systems that were subsequently developed in the Chen family village of 
Henan — the home of Chen- style Tai Chi. Chen style is the oldest of all formal Tai Chi systems and the 
one back to which all other contemporary styles can be traced. Specifically, Chen-style Tai Chi is 
attributed to Chen Wang- ting (1580-1660) in the mid- seventeenth century. Similar to the legend of 
Chang San Feng, Chen Wang-ting is thought to have combined contemporary boxing techniques with 
meditative and health-promoting Qigong exercises, resulting in a more internalized martial art that 
emphasized softness, circular movements, and Jin. 

Another key figure in Tai Chi’s martial development is Yang Lu-ch’an (1799-1872), who learned 
this art in Chen village. Some accounts suggest Yang Lu-ch’an was an aspiring young martial artist 
who witnessed Chen masters apply their secret art and was so impressed that he had to learn it. So, 
he moved to Chen village to be a servant and learned by clandestinely watching family disciples train 
under master Chen Chang Shing. After watching these lessons, he practiced diligently on his own in 
secret. Apparently, one day when master Chen Chang Shing was not home, a troupe of martial artists 
visited the village and challenged the Chen family practitioners to a fighting match. After the troupe 
defeated Chen’s family members, Yang emerged, defeated the troupe, and defended the Chen family’s 
honor. This earned him the respect of Master Chen, who accepted Yang as his first “outside” (non- 
family) student. Master Chen also gave Yang permission to leave the Chen village and teach others. - 
In 1852, Yang Lu-ch’an moved to Beijing to teach what he called “soft boxing” or “cotton boxing.” 
His high martial skills earned him the title “Yang the Invincible.” In addition, among other teaching 
activities, he was appointed to teach his art to the Imperial Guards and members of the Qing court. 
Yang also adapted his teaching methods for a broader growing public audience who was increasingly 
interested in health and personal development; this approach included a less-strenuous regimen with 
less emphasis on martial applications. 

Yang’s teaching, along with the teachings of his children, and especially one of his grandsons, Yang 
Cheng Fu, laid the foundation for what is now called Yang-style Tai Chi, the most widely practiced 
style in the world today. Many of Yang’s senior students and disciples also played a significant role 
in the evolution of numerous other prominent Tai Chi lineages, including the Wu, Wu/Hao, and Sun 
styles (see “Tai Chi Styles and Forms” below). 

While the majority of practitioners today practice Tai Chi for health, the martial arts aspect is still 
popular and is central to the art’s evolution. Martial skills are no longer tested in hand-to-hand battles 
to the death, but they are tested in regulated sports competitions. Some events include full-contact 
sparring, like boxing and contemporary mixed-martial arts. More commonly, martial skills are tested 
in two-person events called “Push Hands,” where the goal is to uproot physically an opponent while 
keeping one’s own feet rooted. Almost as if by magic, the highest-level practitioners appear to exert 


no apparent effort in pushing hands. When pushed, they are able to relax, evade, and deflect an 
opponent’s incoming force, and sometimes, send their uprooted opponent flying a great distance. 

However, even for students not interested in self-defense training or Push- Hands competition, many 
teachers, including myself, consider it essential to teach functional, martial applications of Tai Chi, 
such as rooting, structural connectedness, and yielding. Developing these interactive skills can 
provide students with critical kinesthetic experiences that catalyze the comprehension and integration 
of the core principles of Tai Chi into their solo practice routine. This training can also provide 
students with functional benefits to more general everyday activities, such as lifting heavy objects, 
maintaining balance in a fast-moving, crowded marketplace, or staying centered during emotionally 
challenging interactions. 


TAI CHI STYLES AND FORMS 

Over time, various Tai Chi styles have evolved. These styles share many basic or core Tai Chi 
principles. As Tai Chi has evolved, some of the principles, and the manner in which they are 
expressed practically in practice regimens, also have evolved. In a sense, Tai Chi is like the kid’s 
game of telephone where one person whispers a phrase into another’s ear, and after many whispers, 
the phrase often becomes quite different. Tai Chi has morphed with insights and specific emphases of 
each master and the students who carry on the tradition. Among the most common styles today are the 
Chen, Yang, Wu, Hao, and Sun. Each of these five styles is named after the founder’s family name. 
Many other less popular styles exist, and new ones continue to evolve, including shortened and 
simplified protocols for research similar to the one found in this book. 

Forms and Movements 

Within each style, you will find many choreographed routines. The language used to describe these 
routines may vary, but they are most commonly called forms or sets. Each form, whether done with 
bare hands or weapons (for example, sword, staff, or spear), has a certain number of movements or 
postures. For example, within Yang-style schools, some teach a form having as many as 150 
movements, while others teach as few as eight movements. 


Healing Arts Influence 

Tai Chi shares a common historical pathway with the development of traditional Chinese medicine, 
which explicitly includes prescriptions of exercise and lifestyle, along with herbs, diet, acupuncture, 
massage, and other modalities for maintaining health and longevity. One of the earliest texts of 
traditional Chinese medicine, “The Internal Canon of the Yellow Emperor” (c. 2000-1600 B.C.E.),” 
mentions how the Yellow Emperor practiced health-promoting exercises based on the movements of 
animals. A later famous physician, Hua Tuo (c. 145-208 C.E.), is credited with developing a fitness 
training regimen also patterned after animal movements. Often called the five animal frolics, Hua 
Tuo’s exercises apparently were developed so that each exercise targets a specific internal organ 


within the framework of traditional Chinese medicine.- For example, the tiger exercise targets the 
energetic functioning of the lungs, and the bear exercise targets the kidneys. The fundamental goal of 
these exercises, as is the case with Chinese medicine in general, is to enhance and balance the 
circulation of Qi among the organ systems and throughout the body as a whole. Movements in 
contemporary Tai Chi forms, such as “Snake Creeps Down,” “Crane Cools Its Wings,” and “Step 
Back to Repulse the Monkey,” reflect and extend this tradition of observing nature, mimicking 
elements of naturalistic, animal-like movements, and applying them to health and self-defense. 

To be a successful, enduring, high-level martial artist, practitioners needed to be healthy in body 
and mind. During Tai Chi’s evolution as a martial art, practitioners likely recognized and appreciated 
its health benefits because it emphasizes internal development, and for some, but not all, also was 
associated with health-promoting philosophies and lifestyles.- However, only after Yang Cheng Fu 
began teaching Tai Chi more widely in the early- to mid- 1900s, drawing students interested in martial 
arts as well as the elite intelligentsia, did Tai Chi begin to be practiced more widely for health 
promotion and self-development. This growing public interest in Tai Chi for health coincided with a 
national “self- strengthening” movement the government advocated, which sought to improve Chinese 
society and its self-image by preserving Chinese values yet adopting, when appropriate, ideas and 
technology from the West. A line in a Tai Chi classic poem entitled “Thirteen Posture Song” reads, 
“What is the purpose of this discipline? To lengthen one’s life, extend one’s years, and to give one an 
ageless springtime.”— 

A noteworthy development in Tai Chi’s widespread promotion for health was the development of a 
24-posture simplified form, or the Beijing Form. This form was developed in 1956 by the National 
Physical Culture and Sports Commission of the People’s Republic of China as part of the drive to 
standardize Tai Chi training for social reform and sport. This form was part of a national fitness 
program- 1 Today, you can go to parks across China and see millions practicing Tai Chi. This practice 
is clearly part of the country’s health maintenance system, and many Chinese hospitals integrate Tai 
Chi into rehabilitation. The recent development of shortened forms of all major styles of Tai Chi has 
made it easier to teach and to learn Tai Chi, and learning one of these short forms is now mandatory 
for most Chinese college students. 


Philosophical Influence 

Tai Chi’s roots also are intertwined with multiple Eastern philosophies and religions, among which 
Taoism is the most prominent. The oral tradition of Taoism is believed to extend back in Chinese 
history to 3,000 B.C.E. One of earliest and most seminal Taoist writings, the “Tao Te Ching,” is 
attributed to Lao Tzu and is dated about 2,500 years ago.— At the core of Taoism are multiple 
principles for guiding a person’s path through life. In fact, one literal translation of Tao means “way” 
or “path.” Exactly how principles of Taoism and other Eastern philosophies were infused into Tai Chi 
is not clear due to its long, complex history and the poorly written records. Nevertheless, it is very 
clear when reading Lao Tzu and other Taoist texts that several key principles of Taoism resonate with 
the practice, philosophy, and spirit of Tai Chi. 

One example is Tai Chi’s emphasis on softness and yielding. Lao Tzu wrote, “Nothing in the world 
is as soft and yielding as water. Yet for dissolving the hard and inflexible, nothing can surpass it. The 
soft overcomes the hard; the gentle overcomes the rigid.” A second example is self-awareness and 


responsibility for one’s self, which applies to health, relationships, and martial interactions. Lao Tzu 
wrote: “Knowing others is intelligence; knowing yourself is true wisdom Mastering others is 
strength; mastering yourself is true power.”— 

Some branches of Taoism also offer a cosmological framework, a way of seeing oneself as 
connected to something larger and as part of nature. Nature and its organic forces and processes offer 
us a kind of inspiration for life, something we continuously can be nourished by and learn to grow 
from if we listen and observe. Lao Tzu wrote: “When you realize where you come from, you naturally 
become tolerant, disinterested, amused, kindhearted as a grandmother, dignified as a king. Immersed 
in the wonder of the Tao, you can deal with whatever life brings you.”— 

This philosophical influence contributes to the richness of Tai Chi as an exercise sought after for 
body, mind, and spirit, and these philosophical aspects likely contribute to its therapeutic effects. 
Importantly, many teachers explicitly refer to these teachings in their classes, and some have 
calligraphy wall hangings, books, and other expressions of these principles around the Tai Chi studio 
to remind students of these ideas and to create a larger context for the practice of these exercises. 
This influence may be as relevant in China as it is in the West. Tai Chi scholar Douglas Wile wrote 
that “for the tens of millions of practitioners in China today, Tai Chi fills the spiritual vacuum left by 
the collapse of socialist idealism.”— 

On the front door of my Tai Chi school, I have a copy of a poem entitled “Hall of Happiness,” 
written by one of my teacher’s teachers, Grand Master Cheng Man Ching — a poem he hung on the 
front door of what was one of the first Tai Chi studios established in the West. 


HALL OF HAPPINESS 

May the joy that is everlasting gather in this hall. Not the joy of a sumptuous feast, which slips away 
even as we leave the table; nor that which music brings — it is only of a limited duration. Beauty and a 
pretty face are like flowers; they bloom for a while, then die. Even our youth slips swiftly away and 
is gone. 

No, enduring happiness is not in these. . . . We may as well forget them, for the joy I mean is 
worlds away from these. It is the joy of continuous growth, of helping to develop in ourselves and in 
others the talents and abilities with which we were born — the gifts of heaven to mortal men. It is to 
revive the exhausted and to rejuvenate that which is in decline, so that we are enabled to dispel 
sickness and suffering. 

Let true affection and happy concourse abide in this hall. Let us here correct our past mistakes and 
lose preoccupation with self. With the constancy of the planets in their courses or of the dragon in his 
cloud wrapped path, let us enter the land of health and ever after walk within its bounds. 

Let us fortify ourselves against weakness and learn to be self-reliant, without ever a moment’s 
lapse. Then our resolution will become the very air we breathe, the world we live in; then we will be 
as happy as a fish in crystal waters. This is the joy which lasts, that we can carry with us to the end of 
our days. And tell me, if you can; what greater happiness can life bestow? 


Cheng Man Ching 
New York City, 1973— 


Tai Chi in the West 


While historians have shown that many aspects of Chinese medicine and culture, including Tai Chi, 
came to the United States in the 1 800s during the building of railroads, the main entry was in the 
1960s. One of the earliest and most prominent teachers to bring Tai Chi to the West was Cheng Man 
Ching.— A student of Yang Cheng Fu, Cheng Man Ching was the perfect ambassador of Tai Chi for the 
West. Master Cheng was classically trained in painting, poetry, philosophy, Chinese herbal medicine, 
and martial arts, the so-called five excellences. Prior to and throughout his Tai Chi training and 
teaching, he maintained many distinguished academic positions in universities, as well as 
governmental leadership positions related to the development and dissemination of Chinese culture. 
In 1964, he came to the United States and started Shr Jung Center for cultural arts in New York, and 
later, the Shr Jung Tai Chi School.— 

In the early 1 960s, even in large cities such as New York, Eastern practices were hard to find. 
There were some martial arts (karate and judo), but most mind-body Eastern practices, even yoga, 
were still considered cult-like and in conflict with Judeo-Christian beliefs, and many were kept 
somewhat underground. This period was also a time of significant cultural change, with the Vietnam 
War and broad questions of materialism, nonviolence, and the hippie movement. The Beatles could be 
seen on TV with Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, and transcendental meditation was becoming popular. 

When Cheng Man Ching arrived and launched his Tai Chi school, this was a landmark event and 
struck many chords. As photos and black-and-white videos of the early days at Shr Jung reveal, he 
attracted very diverse groups, from ex-patriot Chinese seeking an opportunity to study under a 
traditional master and martial artists seeking new internal secrets, to people of all races and genders 
seeking insight into Eastern wisdom. As the Chinese historian and scholar Professor Douglas Wile 
wrote, even to this day, “Tai Chi is China’s cultural ambassador to the world . . . Touching lives of 
more westerners, and perhaps more deeply, than books, films, museums or college courses, Tai Chi is 
often an entree to Chinese philosophy, medicine, meditation, and even language.”— 

Many of Cheng Man Ching’s senior students in Asia, including Benjamin Peng Lo, William Chen, 
and T. T. Liang, followed him to the United States and continued to study with him and help him teach 
new students. They went on to become significant teachers and helped further spread Tai Chi 
throughout the United States. 

Since the 1960s, many new teachers, including leading representatives from all major Tai Chi 
lineages, have come to the United States and set up schools or have taught seminars at New Age 
centers such as Omega and Esalan. Some ran summer camps and held annual Tai Chi festivals, which 
furthered the spread and diversity of Tai Chi in the United States. Parallel expansions occurred 
throughout North and South America, Europe, and Australia. This growth happened concomitantly 
with the rapid infusion of other Eastern arts, including teachings from many schools of Qigong, yoga, 
and Buddhism, as well as healing mind-body therapies originating in the West (for instance, 
Feldenkrais and the Alexander Technique). 

A reflection of how successful the invasion has been is World Tai Chi Day, organized by Bill 
Douglas. One of the purposes of this day is “to bring together people across racial, economic, 
religious, and geo-political boundaries, to join together for the purpose of health and healing, 
providing an example to the world.” Millions of people around the world — 65 nations participated in 
2011 — gather one day each year to celebrate the health and healing benefits of Tai Chi and Qigong.— 

In China, the opportunity to learn an internal art and work closely with a high-level master was a 


rare, once-in-a-lifetime event for most people. Westerners now have unprecedented access to 
teachings from all traditions through classes, books, videotapes, and the Internet. This access has led 
to comingling of practices, which some scholars believe has led to a greater infusion of energetic, 
spiritual, and martial principles into training, which were not always emphasized in contemporary, 
widely taught, and sometimes-censored nationalized forms.— This comingling also has led to new 
hybrids, sometimes repackaged with new names, such as Tai Chi Yoga and Mindful Tai Chi. Because 
no single, sanctioned national organization currently is responsible for monitoring the development of 
Tai Chi training and teacher credentialing and, in the West, there is little political control over 
teaching practices prohibited in China due to political reasons, it is likely that the West will continue 
to serve as an important cradle for the development and evolution of Tai Chi. 


Tai Chi Meets Western Science 

One final and highly significant factor to mention in Tai Chi’s evolution and increasing popularity in 
the West is its interface with biomedical science. Biomedical research has been especially important 
in attracting Western middle-aged and older-aged adults into Tai Chi, and drawing the attention of 
health-care providers, insurance companies, and policymakers. 

The scientific method was not foreign to ancient Taoists, who as alchemists and physicians are 
credited with the development of anesthesia and many other medicinal discoveries.— 

But, Western, peer-reviewed research has made the biggest impact on communicating the health 
benefits of Tai Chi. The first Western randomized, controlled trial, published in 1987, evaluated Tai 
Chi for balance and range of movement in older adults.— Today, more than 700 peer-reviewed papers 
have been published, and this number is growing at an exponential rate. 

We maintain a Tai Chi research database in our research group at the Osher Center for Integrative 
Medicine that, as of fall 2012, contains more than 400 clinical studies (including 180 randomized 
trials) that have been conducted in the West alone. This research includes compelling, but in many 
cases not yet definitive, data that Tai Chi may improve aspects of balance, cardiovascular health, the 
immune system, sleep, psychological well-being, and other dimensions of health. This research also 
has begun to characterize the physiological mechanisms underlying the observed clinical effects, 
adding further credibility to the research findings. This research also is making a difference in 
Westerners’ perception of Tai Chi. Recent surveys suggest three million Americans practice Tai Chi 
specifically for health.— 

This evidence-based research also has catalyzed Tai Chi into the biomedical setting. For example, 
Tai Chi is taught at several hospitals affiliated with Harvard Medical School, as it is at many other 
major medical centers around the country. The evidence for Tai Chi is leading to more awareness 
within the medical community. In my own community-based school, an increasing number of students 
come because their physicians or other health-care providers have referred them Tai Chi classes 
seem to fill a need for a form of therapy that touches body, mind, and spirit — what the medical 
community calls a biopsychosocial approach — for prevention and rehabilitation. 


Medic alization or Tai Chi 


One interesting byproduct of the biomedical research and evolution of Tai Chi forms is the 
development of simplified protocols amenable to short, clinical trials. These protocols make it easier 
to learn Tai Chi in a safe way and even allow people who are older or whose bodies are 
deconditioned to experience the essential elements of Tai Chi and participate in clinical trials. The 
first one to be used in a randomized, controlled trial was developed by Tai Chi Master Tingsen Xu as 
part of the landmark trial published by researchers at Emory University to evaluate Tai Chi for 
balance in the elderly.— The protocol included 14 moves, done independently and without 
sequencing. For each move, there was a clear hypothesis of the impact of the movement patterns for 
the development of balance. Since then, multiple protocols, some with as few as five movements, and 
most including a suite of warm-up and cool-down exercises, have been evaluated in clinical trials. 

Perhaps due in part to this research, a trend of using Tai Chi protocols in medical work has 
evolved. A quick search on the Internet can identify trademarked programs entitled Tai Chi for 
Balance, Tai Chi for Parkinson’s, Tai Chi for Multiple Sclerosis, Tai Chi for Arthritis, and Tai Chi for 
Depression. While some of these protocols are based on evidence from scientific studies, it is not yet 
clear that the unique characteristics of these forms are uniquely therapeutic for the specified 
conditions. No Western studies to date have compared any one Tai Chi form to another and 
demonstrated whether any specific protocol is better than any other, or better than Tai Chi programs 
available in the community. This represents an important future area of interest for the Tai Chi 
research community. 

Biomedical research on Qi and Qigong is also a growing field. Scientists are studying the 
bioelectric properties of acupuncture points and meridians, using space-age technology to monitor the 
characteristics of energy waves emitted from the bodies of Qigong masters and healers. This 
technology ranges from sensitive infrared sensors and inffasonic sound detectors to photon-emission 
spectroscopy and superconducting quantum-interference devices (which measure extremely subtle 
magnetic fields). In addition, researchers are examining the biological impact of emitted Qi on 
cultures of cells in petri dishes and in controlled human clinical trials.— 

The interface between Western science and Eastern healing arts is a very rich and exciting one, 
with the promise of discoveries equally relevant to medical scientists, and teachers and practitioners 
of traditional mind-body practices. 


2 


The Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi 


Based on my research and years of Tai Chi training, I share in this chapter what I have come to 
appreciate as Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi. Like the components of a multi-drug combination to 
lower cholesterol and blood pressure, each ingredient is believed to have a unique impact on the 
physiology of the body However, Tai Chi has many more ingredients, and most of these therapeutic 
factors are inseparable from, and synergistic with, one another. Perhaps what makes Tai Chi so 
special is that this holistic, multicomponent exercise affects us at physical, psychological, social, and 
philosophical levels. Its multilevel effects are especially important for complex chronic diseases that 
involve many systems throughout the body; for example, the nervous, respiratory, endocrine, and 
immune systems all interact with the cardiovascular system to affect how well the heart functions. 

The Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi are as follows: 

1. Awareness (including mindfulness and focused attention) — Perhaps the most fundamental 
ingredient underlying Tai Chi, the slow, deliberate movements and attention to breathing, body 
positions, and sensations, fosters acute self-awareness, a prerequisite to all other ingredients. 
The emphasis on moment-to-moment awareness results in mindfulness and improved focus. 

2. Intention (including belief and expectation) — Additional active ingredients of imagery, 
visualization, and related cognitive tools alter intention, belief, and expectation, and contribute 
significantly to the therapeutic and physiological effects of Tai Chi. 

3. Structural Integration (including dynamic form and function) — Enhanced integration within 
and between multiple structural and physiological systems is another key active ingredient that 
underlies Tai Chi’s therapeutic effect. Biomechanically efficient shapes and patterns of 
movement have functional consequences across many systems. 

4. Active Relaxation — Tai Chi’s circular, flowing motion helps shift the body and mind into 
deeper levels of relaxation, and is a form of meditation in motion. 

5. Strengthening and Flexibility — Tai Chi provides moderate aerobic training equal to levels 
obtained in walking at a moderate pace. The integrated movements result in less strain, greater 
power with less effort, and better balance. The slowness of the Tai Chi movements, in 
combination with slightly flexed stances and placing weight on one leg at a time for sustained 
periods, leads to significant lower extremity strength training and increased loading on the 
skeleton, which promotes strong bones. In addition, slow, continuous, relaxed, and repetitive 
movement also results in dynamic stretching, which enhances overall flexibility. 

6. Natural, Freer Breathing — More efficient breathing improves gas exchange, massages body 
tissues, including internal organs, helps regulate the nervous system, improves mood, and 
balances and moves Qi within the body and between the body and the environment. 

7. Social Support (including interaction and community) — Being part of a group has proven 
therapeutic value for various medical conditions, including cancer, heart disease, depression, 
and anxiety. In ongoing Tai Chi classes, students develop a strong sense of community, and with 


rich interactions and support from teachers and peers, often undergo a profound journey of self- 
discovery. 

8. Embodied Spirituality (including philosophy and ritual) — Tai Chi creates a practical 
framework for practicing living with a more holistic, Eastern philosophy that integrates body, 
mind, and spirit. It can also be a powerful vehicle to add a spiritual dimension to your life. Also, 
the ritualistic practice of Tai Chi may help amplify and sustain its therapeutic benefits. 

The complexity of Tai Chi, however, makes it a challenge to study scientifically. This chapter 
highlights how the emerging field of systems biology and the ecological principles underlying 
traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) complement one another and provide a framework for studying 
and understanding how complex interventions like Tai Chi can affect health. 


How the Eight Active Ingredient Framework Was Developed 

In modern medicine, drugs are prescribed because of their active ingredients. Well-defined, 
laboratory- synthesized chemical compounds, such as ibuprofen, the active ingredient in Advil or 
Motrin, are specifically designed to impact physiological pathways to elicit a predictable, desired 
effect — in the case of ibuprofen, blocking the sensation of pain and reducing inflammation and fever. 

Other nonspecific factors, such as your belief that the drug will work, advice from your doctor or 
pharmacist, and the color and shape of the pill generally are thought to play a smaller role in the 
drug’s therapeutic benefits. Researchers generally try to study the impact of a single, active ingredient 
while controlling for all other nonspecific effects. This way of thinking has led to the gold standard of 
the double-blind, placebo- controlled randomized trial in which one group of people receives the 
active ingredient and another group receives an inactive ingredient (with all other factors identical 
except the active ingredient), which in drug trials is usually a simple sugar pill. Neither the people 
receiving the experimental drug nor the people administering it know whether the pill has the active 
or inactive ingredient. 

Tai Chi is obviously different from drug therapy. It has no well-defined, single chemical ingredient 
and is more a mixture of exercise and meditative and psychosocial components. Yet, for various 
reasons, I have found it useful to think of and teach Tai Chi within a framework of Eight Active 
Ingredients. My colleagues and I use this conceptual framework to evaluate the clinical benefits of Tai 
Chi, explore its underlying mechanisms of action, and shape the way we teach Tai Chi in our trials. 

My personal training in different styles of Tai Chi and related martial and healing arts over the past 
35 years has also helped shape the active ingredients framework. Like most Tai Chi “cross-trainers,” 
at first, I noticed the difference between styles. But, after a few styles and multiple teachers, I started 
to appreciate what the styles had in common, that is, the key principles or active ingredients. 
Additionally, my training branched out beyond Tai Chi and martial arts into other internal-healing arts 
systems, including Qigong and various styles of meditation. Some of these practices focus on postural 
alignment or internal -energy sensation while standing still in one posture for a long time, while others 
focus exclusively on the pattern of breathing and observations of thoughts. My curiosity led me to 
formal training in Eastern manual and energy-based therapies such as Shiatsu, tuina, and Reiki, which 
highlighted principles of body alignment, energy flow, and the links between body and mind. 

Learning the various elements of these therapies helped me recognize their implicit role in Tai Chi. 
I came to appreciate that Tai Chi is composed of exquisitely designed, multiple components, that is, a 



rich set of integrated active ingredients. Rather than teaching outer choreography, I was inspired to 
teach more from the inside out. I wanted to develop these principles further. I wanted to use relatively 
easy-to-learn, simplified Tai Chi movements as a means to deliver the active ingredients. 

The catalyst to put a formal structure to the Eight Active Ingredients came with the invitation to 
evaluate Tai Chi scientifically in a short clinical trial. I was asked to design a 10-week study to 
compare Tai Chi to a traditional physical therapy control group for patients with inner-ear balance 
disorders. My goal as a scientist was not to “prove” that Tai Chi would be helpful. In fact, I was 
dubious we could significantly help this highly impaired group in just 10 weeks. However, I was 
committed to developing a Tai Chi protocol that gave as full a “dose” of Tai Chi as possible in 10 
weeks so that the study would be a scientifically credible test of Tai Chi’s potential. 

I knew that focusing on the traditional sequenced choreography of Tai Chi, which has a long 
learning curve, would not work. Even short forms of Tai Chi can take months to memorize and learn 
well enough to have a therapeutic effect. What’s more, these balance-disorder patients were quite 
old, frail, and physically deconditioned due to limited physical activity. Given their concerns about 
balance and falling, trying to teach them a relatively complex sequence of movement was more likely 
to create stress and fear. 

Instead, we developed a Tai Chi protocol based on a handful of movements, along with a simple 
set of Tai Chi warm-up exercises.- The patients could learn each Tai Chi movement or warm-up 
exercise in a few minutes with no memorization and practice alone. The ease and safety of the 
movements allowed the study participants to focus on self-awareness, relaxation, proper alignment, 
and breathing almost immediately, and to drop quickly into a state of moving meditation. We chose 
Tai Chi movements that could easily be adapted to the patient’s abilities and limitations, and designed 
the sequence to become more challenging as the patient progressed. The new Tai Chi protocol was 
not a one-size-fits-all, rigid set of movements, but rather thoughtfully chosen, adaptable Tai Chi 
movements that afforded the participants the opportunity to experience deeply the fundamental 
principles (active ingredients) of Tai Chi. 

Over time, we have used this approach and adapted Tai Chi movements and warm-up exercises for 
different groups of people in different clinical trials, including heart failure, chronic obstructive 
pulmonary disease, bone health, Parkinson’s disease, and depression. Our study participants report to 
us that they feel stronger and healthier, and, maybe more importantly, they also say they appreciate 
being taught in a way that helps them logically understand how the active ingredients of Tai Chi 
physiologically impact their health. If it makes sense to them, then they are more likely to sustain their 
practice. 

After we started reporting the results of our clinical trials in journal articles and lectures at 
conferences, certain questions emerged from our academic peers: What are the physical and 
physiological mechanisms that seem to underlie the improvements we observed in balance, strength, 
exercise capacity, mood, and quality of life? How do we know it’s not just placebo? Is one main 
component of Tai Chi responsible for the effects? Is Tai Chi the same as exercise or relaxation 
techniques alone — or does its multiple active ingredients synergistically impact many different 
health-related processes? 

This questioning further encouraged us to think about and shape our Tai Chi training around the 
active ingredients. It also shaped our research. We began to focus more on exploring the mechanisms 
of how Tai Chi works. We began to include physiological and psychological measures that would 
help us interpret the role of the active ingredients. Ultimately, we used these questions and emerging 
research results from our group and others to refine and improve our protocols for populations with 


specific needs and symptoms. 

Finally, after observing success in our clinical trials, I began to teach using the Eight Active 
Ingredients approach in my community classes. People were coming to community classes for the 
same reason they volunteered for clinical trials — to get healthier and feel better. After 30 years of 
teaching entry-level Tai Chi classes centered around traditional Yang-style forms, I realized our 
beginning curriculum was inefficient and often frustrating, for both students and teachers. Many 
students do not have the patience required to learn the choreography easily, and if in a group, they 
often become frustrated and feel bad about falling behind. For me, and other teachers, it is hard to 
watch students with memory or balance issues struggle with the movements and fail to receive much 
of what Tai Chi has to offer. Inevitably, we lose a large number of these students before they ever get 
a real taste of the deeper Tai Chi experience. 

When I began teaching students the simplified movements similar to those used in our clinical 
protocols, emphasizing the Eight Active Ingredients, I saw quicker results and students kept coming to 
class. Among students who studied for only a few months and did not learn the formal Tai Chi 
choreography, I observed improved balance, strength, and greater sense of well-being. They also 
quickly learned enough simple exercises to practice on their own and more readily integrate Tai Chi 
principles in other physical activities. Students who moved on to learn the sequences of traditional 
Tai Chi forms were stronger and more grounded in Tai Chi principles, and they could safely take on 
more complex moves. To my surprise, people continue to attend basics classes, even 10 or more 
years into their Tai Chi training and after they have progressed into various solo, weapon, and two- 
person Tai Chi exercises. The basics class seems to be a place where they can add insight and deepen 
their experience of what they already “know” about Tai Chi. 

I introduce the Eight Active Ingredients in this chapter in the same way as in my classes and clinical 
trials. I will elaborate on and link evidence in the medical research to these ingredients, and their 
potential therapeutic effects, in the chapters in Part Two that address Tai Chi research for specific 
medical conditions. 

Like any complex system, there are many ways to divide the subcomponents of Tai Chi. At the most 
basic yin- yang level, Tai Chi often is characterized as having two main sets of principles or active 
ingredients — mind and body. At the other end of the scale, you can probably differentiate dozens of 
subtle principles. Other Tai Chi systems may divide the principles in other ways and include others 
not mentioned here. I hope this classification system encourages discussion and catalyzes you to mine 
the richness of Tai principles in your own Tai Chi practice. 



Embodied 
Spirituality, 
Philosophy, 
and Ritual 


Awareness, Mindfulness, 
Focused Attention 








Intention, 

Belief, 

Expectation 


Social 

Interaction and 
Community 




A' 


\ 


% 


Natural, 
Freer Breathing 


y 




Tai Chi 
Practitioner 




X 


< 


r 




itfe 






V Dy namic 
\ Structural 
Integration 


M 


Active Relaxation 
of Mind and Body 


Aerobic Exercise, 
Musculoskeletal Strengthening, 
and Flexibility 


The Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi: A Systems Biology Framework 

Arrows indicate how each ingredient can directly affect a Tai Chi practitioner, and they show the rich interdependence of the ingredients. 


In describing the Eight Active Ingredients, I have tried to distill and articulate essential components 
of Tai Chi. In practice, each of these eight ingredients is interdependent and interwoven with the 
others. For example, you cannot change your breathing substantially without altering your posture, 
neuromuscular dynamics, inner awareness, intention, and mood. Just as white light shining through a 
prism leads to a rainbow of colors, the Eight Active Ingredients allow you to appreciate the multiple 
components that make up the whole of Tai Chi. 


1 . Awareness (including Mindfulness and F ocused Attention) 

Tai Chi is commonly known as “meditation in motion.” One of Tai Chi’s active ingredients relates to 
becoming more aware of, and at greater ease with, what is happening within your body and mind at 
any given moment. Awareness of moment-to-moment sensations allows you to train and hold your 
attention or mental focus, providing you with a tool to manage distracting thoughts and incessant 
mental chatter. As a result, you are more fully engaged with physical tasks at hand and more in the 
moment. Unlike other Eastern practices, in Tai Chi training, you are not taught meditation within the 
context of sitting on a pillow, but through practical body-centered exercise. This practice may make 
what you learn more translatable to practical, everyday activities of daily living. Cheng Man Ching 
was fond of saying, “The difference between sitting meditation and Tai Chi is that even if you get it 
(for example, relaxation or awareness) studying meditation, there is nothing you can do if someone 
tries to knock you off your cushion. ”2 


EXPERIENCING AWARENESS 


I commonly begin all my Tai Chi classes standing in a circle with an invitation to be aware of, or 
mindful of, what’s going on in the body at the present moment. I’ll say, “Before you begin to do 
anything in this session, allow yourself to more fully ‘arrive’ into the present moment and simply 
notice what you are sensing right now. Can you feel your feet on the ground? Can you notice how you 
are breathing? Do your best not to ‘think’ too much about or judge what you are sensing or 
experiencing, and try not to rush to fix or improve how you are standing or breathing. Simply notice. 

Then I might add a few more suggestions to focus attention further and engage inner awareness. “As 
you stand, does one leg feel more or less weight bearing on it than the other? Is there more pressure 
on the inner edges versus the outer edges of your feet? Can you sense where inside your body your 
breath easily goes and where it does not go? Just simply notice.” 

After a minute or two of standing still, slowing down, and noticing, we then typically begin the 
simplest Tai Chi movement — what I call Tai Chi Pouring. As a setup for Tai Chi Pouring, I explain 
that the body is literally 70 percent liquid. In evolutionary terms, we humans brought solutions similar 
to the ocean into our bodies to survive on land; that is, we internalized the ocean, literally. We are 
filled with an inner ocean of water, blood, and lymph. I suggest sensing body movement more as a 
pouring, wave-like phenomenon rather than as a solid object changing shape or position. 

Tai Chi Pouring also exemplifies the genius of Tai Chi, which is that slow, conscious movement (in 
comparison with stillness) helps you to become aware, sense, and feel what is happening within your 
body in the present moment. Often, I’ll start with a focus on the dynamic sensations in the soles of the 
feet. “Begin to pour your weight gently from side to side, and notice the sensations in the soles of the 
feet. As you shift and pour your weight from side to side, tune in to your liquid nature or inner ocean. 
How juicy do the soles of your feet feel? Does one foot feel juicier than the other does? Is the arch or 
toe region more sensitive or aware of being bathed by this inner ocean than the heel? Are there parts 
of your feet where you do not feel any juiciness at all?” 

After dwelling in the feet for a minute or so, we move to other parts of the body, using the subtle 
movements generated by Tai Chi Pouring to sense and explore the ankles, knees, hips, abdomen, 
spine, neck, head, and arms. This initial exercise serves as a kind of scanning or inventorying of the 
whole body, like an internal roll call. Feet . . . present; ankles . . . present; left hip . . . absent. 
Importantly, throughout this exercise, the goal is to notice or feel a body part or sensation, not to think, 
judge, or react to a sensation. One of my teachers used to say that focusing on and sensing any part of 
your body would move Qi there, whereas “thinking” about that part of your body more often than not 
moves Qi to your head. 


The very simple exercise of Pouring, or shifting the body from side to side with awareness, 
illustrates the connection of cognitive, active ingredients of Tai Chi. They play a key role in all Tai 
Chi movements and related exercises — heightened body awareness, focused attention, and greater 
integration of mind and body. On one level, this combination of ingredients almost seems obvious, 
like a simple truism. But just showing up and being present without trying to change anything is also 
one of the most challenging, deepest principles of Tai Chi. These ideas are reflected in a quote of Lao 
Tzu’s, commonly cited in Tai Chi writings, “In non-doing, nothing is left undone.” 


Heightened Body and Sensory Awareness 

Heightened body and self-awareness, and an ability to sustain focused attention without overthinking 
or judging, are profound components of Tai Chi. A growing body of research suggests that significant 
therapeutic effects result from these ingredients alone, in and of themselves. - 

Through slow, deliberate movements and attention to breath and mental quality, Tai Chi fosters 
acute self-awareness — of bodily sensation, thoughts and emotions, and the connection between mind 
and body. Increasing bodily awareness allows you to sense the inner landscape of your body and 
better discriminate areas with or without strain or tension, stronger or weaker regions, as well as 
movements that feel graceful or fearful. This awareness may play a significant role in the prevention 
and rehabilitation of multiple medical conditions. For example, in Chapter 4 “Improve Your Balance 
and Bones,” you will read how sensation in the soles of the feet is a critical component of balance 
and how Tai Chi improves balance even in patients with peripheral neuropathy who have nerve 
damage that causes pain, numbness, and loss of sensation in the hands and feet.- 

Heightened body awareness might also play a role in improving musculoskeletal conditions, such 
as back pain, by helping to discriminate which postures and movement patterns alleviate or 
exacerbate pain. Tai Chi training may safely guide therapeutic stretching and strengthening, as well as 
balance out the musculoskeletal system. Research shows that long-term Tai Chi practitioners have 
better ability to sense or locate their limbs as they are moved, which is called a kinesthetic sense.- 
Developing this sensitivity is a key component of the martial-arts application of Tai Chi. You 
become highly sensitive to the very beginning of your opponent’s movement so you can react quickly 
and take advantage of it before the attack fully takes place. Quotes from Tai Chi classics illustrate this 
sensitivity: “If others move slightly, I move first” and “Use four ounces to deflect a thousand pounds.” 
More generally, Tai Chi’s effect to enhance focus, awareness, and sensitivity helps you more 
clearly and effectively respond to any situation, such as walking on an uneven path, lifting heavy 
groceries or a young child, or thoughtfully responding to a spouse during an argument. Having a 
clearer state of mind at any one moment informs your next response. 

Focused Attention 

Tai Chi’s emphasis on moment-to-moment awareness also trains mental focus. A gift of human 
evolution is that we can think about and plan for the future to be better prepared, or re-evaluate what 
happened yesterday so we don’t make the same mistakes over and over again. But, especially in 
today’s hyper-busy, multitasking society with so many demands, plans, and distractions, very rarely 
do we take time to slow down to notice fully what’s happening in the present moment. Our ability to 
sustain focus on tasks in the present moment has greatly atrophied. During Tai Chi practice, you 
continuously are required to notice what is happening at any given moment, paying attention to certain 
qualities of movement, posture, breath, balance, and the impact of the environment around you 
(including other individuals). This training helps keep in check what the Asian meditative traditions 
call “monkey mind,” or excessive distraction or focus on external, past, or future events. 

Some other types of meditation encourage the complete clearing or emptying of the mind of all 
thoughts. In contrast, Tai Chi is more of an active, focused meditation. During practice, when the mind 
wanders, you gently refocus it back to noticing practical and functional bodily sensations in the 
present moment. One metaphor I commonly use during resting meditations is to think of the fabric of 


the body as a paper towel. Just as a paper towel naturally absorbs and holds water in its highly 
absorbent pores without expending effort, let the mind rest into and be held in or cradled by the fabric 
of the body The spirit of this active ingredient is captured nicely in a clever phrase I saw on a 
bumper sticker and that I commonly cite in Tai Chi class, “ Meditation — it s not what you think.” 

One of the issues with “monkey mind” for many people is that the mind wanders and gets lost down 
dark alleys of thinking and endless ruminating on negative thoughts and what-ifs. The mind wanders 
because bodily sensations are deeply interwoven with cognitive processes related to appraisal and 
interpretation, beliefs, memories, conditioning, attitudes, and affect. A highly innovative study 
conducted by Harvard professors Killingsworth and Gilbert in 2010 (discussed in Chapter 8, 
“Sharpen Your Mind”) supports the notion that the more your mind wanders, the less happy you are.- 

With practice, Tai Chi draws your attention to the present moment and helps you develop a state of 
mindfulness, openness, and acceptance. Tai Chi literally fosters peace of mind. A rich body of 
research shows that meditative exercises like Tai Chi can change the brain’s structure and function, 
and that focused concentration and non judgmental, moment-to-moment awareness in and of itself 
(without overt exercise) may modulate multiple aspects of health, including pain, immune function, 
and mood.- 

Finally, this active ingredient is also essential to allow you to gain the benefits of other active 
ingredients, such as efficient posture, effective breathing, and active relaxation. Greater inner 
awareness, for example, might bring attention to restricted breathing patterns or excessive tension in 
certain standing positions, which in turn foster more internal sensitivity and increased awareness. 


2. Intention (including Belief and Expectation) 

Tai Chi training typically draws images or metaphors from nature. Phrases from the Tai Chi classics 
such as “Be still as a mountain,” “Move like a great river,” and “Stand rooted like a tree,” as well as 
the names of many Tai Chi movements themselves (for example, “Wave hands like clouds”) include 
images that guide you toward certain kinesthetic, emotional, and energetic states. The additional 
active ingredients of imagery and visualization, and related cognitive tools that alter intention, belief, 
and expectation, complement the cognitive active ingredients related to awareness, mindfulness, and 
focused attention, and contribute significantly to the therapeutic and physiological effects of Tai Chi. 

In sharp contrast to conventional biomedicine where the active ingredient (for example, ibuprofen) 
is believed to do nearly all the work, in Tai Chi, intention and belief are considered highly active and 
specific ingredients. In fact, Tai Chi classics emphasize that all embodied movement begins with 
belief, thought, or intention: The mind (yi, intention) leads the Qi, and the Qi moves the body. This 
central role of belief and expectation precludes the possibility of designing placebo-controlled 
studies of Tai Chi.- 


folding intention into tai chi pouring 


In the Tai Chi Pouring exercise, once students settle into, become aware of, and make contact with the 
entire body, I add intention to the awareness. I might enrich or elaborate with various images or 
simple metaphors. “As you pour your weight from side to side, remember that your inner ocean is a 


warm, tropical one, about 98.6 degrees, and filled with lots of nourishing salts and other therapeutic 
compounds. Imagine these juices more fully seeping into, permeating, rehydrating, and bathing all the 
tissues of your feet — the ligaments, tendons, muscles, and penetrating networks of connective tissues. 
As you pour or rock from side to side, imagine you are kneading or folding Qi-filled juices deeper 
into the fabric of your body, gently and patiently dissolving ‘glued-up’ tissues, melting tensions, and 
flushing out toxins and old ‘issues’ embedded in tissues.” 


In her landmark book Imagery and Healing, Dr. Jeanne Achterberg writes, “Imagery has always 
played a key role in medicine. Imagery is the thought process that invokes and uses the senses; vision, 
audition (hearing), smell, taste, the senses of movement, position, and touch. It is the communication 
mechanism between perception, emotion, and bodily change. A major source of both health and 
sickness, the image is the world’s oldest and greatest healing source.”— 

The use of active imagery and expectancy has multiple therapeutic effects.— Simply visualizing 
movements without physically practicing them can improve recovery of motor function in stroke 
survivors, as well as encourage learning of new complex movements. Growing evidence suggests that 
brain areas engaged in the actual performance of movements are, to a significant extent, also active 
during motor imagery. That is, just thinking about a movement uses the same parts of the brain as 
when actually moving.— Meditation research shows that positive intention and imagery can 
significantly influence the brain and many physiological functions.— The rapidly growing field of 
placebo research also supports the diverse, often robust therapeutic effects of belief and expectation, 
which are central to Tai Chi. - 

Tai Chi takes advantage of this power of belief. The highly accomplished Tai Chi master T. T. Ling 
commonly used the phrase “imagination becomes reality,” which is also the title of a fantastic book 
documenting his 103-year-long life.— 


WASHING YOURSELF WITH QI 

One of my favorite moments in teaching new Tai Chi students, both in clinical trials and community- 
based classes, is introducing a Qigong warm-up exercise called “Washing yourself with Qi from 
nature.” This very simple exercise, done either standing or seated, is designed to gather in healing, 
rejuvenating, peaceful energy from nature and guide this energy through every cell of the body, 
starting at the crown of the head and moving down through the chest, shoulders, spine, all the internal 
organs, through the legs and feet. I ask students — commonly older housewives and retired blue-collar 
workers with little or no exposure to New Age practices — to imagine doing this exercise while 
standing on a mountaintop, a beach, or wherever they feel they would be surrounded by nourishing 
energy. I invite them to trust the energy to permeate and revitalize every cell of the body, while at the 
same time filtering out tired, sick energy and washing it out through the soles of the feet into the earth. 

Then I’ll abruptly stop, smile, and acknowledge with them how odd or weird these ideas all sound. 
They typically agree, and we all laugh together. I’ll then share with them some of the research my 
colleagues and I have done related to the placebo effect; our research supports the Tai Chi principle 
that what you think and believe affects your physiology and how you feel. If asthma patients believe 
they are breathing in ragweed (but actually, it is just saline mist), the majority have an asthma attack, 


and if they believe they are breathing in a rescue medication (again saline mist), they quickly 
recover.— After this brief interlude, I return to “Washing yourself with Qi from nature” and jokingly 
say, “So as we wash with Qi from heavens, you can go to your special place and imagine breathing in 
and bathing every cell in your body with healing energy, or you can breathe in ragweed or other toxic 
substances. It’s your choice!” 


The exercises this book presents employ various images and cognitive tools to achieve functional 
outcomes. For example, I might use the image of feeling rooted like a tree to enhance balance, or 
“waving the hand like clouds” to elicit a lighter, more open quality of movement. However, these 
images and ideas are tools to be explored in a playful, open-minded way. An image that works for 
you may not work for another, and an image that elicits a response at an early stage of your training 
may not be helpful at a later stage of practice. Rigidly clinging to any technique, cognitive or 
physical, can be inhibit your progress, because it limits experiencing what is really happening in your 
body and impedes the organic evolution you are gently shepherding along in Tai Chi training.— 


3. Structural Integration (including Dynamic Form and Function) 

One translation of the essential meaning of Tai Chi, which is reflected in the yin- yang symbol, is 
dynamic integration. The integration of complementary components results in a more balanced, 
creative whole. Tai Chi, and more generally traditional Chinese medicine, does not emphasize the 
body as a machine-like assemblage of autonomous parts — separate muscles, bones, and organs. 
Rather, it assumes an intricately coordinated, dynamic living system. Enhanced integration within and 
between multiple structural and physiological systems is another key active ingredient contributing to 
Tai Chi’s therapeutic effect. 

Western biomedicine acknowledges multiple systems that integrate and sustain living functions. For 
example, the circulation system’s major arteries and fine capillaries transport blood, nutrients, and 
communication compounds to every cell from head to toe. Similarly, the nervous system, with the 
brain and spinal cord as its central hub, uses electrochemical waves conducted along an intricate 
network of nerve cells to coordinate all sensory, motor, and behavioral functions. Two additional 
interrelated, interconnected systems central to Tai Chi are the TCM network of meridians, or energy 
channels, and the all-pervasive network of the body’s connective tissue, or what the Tai Chi classics 
call the sinews. These two systems help conceptually to appreciate and experience greater 
integration. 

According to TCM, a continuous, integrated flow of information and energy, or Qi, exists in the 
body. This information and energy moves along pathways called jinglou (or meridians) that link the 
viscera with different parts of the body, making the human body an integrated whole. When Qi flows 
freely through the meridians, the body is balanced and healthy. But, if the Qi becomes blocked, 
stagnated, or weakened, it can cause physical, mental, or emotional ill health. 

Exciting research is beginning to explore potential anatomical bases for meridians and employ 
state-of-the-art technology to characterize biophysical and bioenergetic correlates of energy flow.— 
Becoming sensitive to all yin-yang parts of the body and using sensations of the internal flow of 
energy to integrate them — the bottom with the top, the left with the right, the inside with the outer 
surface — is a key training tool and active ingredient in Tai Chi. 


A second framework many of my Tai Chi teachers emphasized, and one that I am focusing on 
increasingly in my teaching and research, is the body’s network of connective tissues embedded 
within the larger extra-cellular matrix — the so-called “filler” substance existing between cells. 
Connective tissue forms a continuous, anatomical network throughout the body, and it has become 
increasingly appreciated as a communication system It’s all pervasive. 

Connective tissue comes in many forms, all containing collagen, plus other macromolecules, and it 
has different levels of organization. Dense connective tissue, such as tendons, connects bone to 
muscles, while the more-fibrous ligaments connect bones to other bones. Fascia, a less densely 
organized and more elastic connective tissue, surrounds the outside of every muscle, as well as the 
surfaces of the smaller muscle-fiber bundles that make up the muscle. Fascia also wraps nearly all 
blood vessels, nerves, and internal organs. Fascia serves to bind structures together in much the same 
manner as plastic wrap holds the contents of sandwiches together. 

Finally, loose connective tissue is the most common, but least understood or appreciated, 
connective tissue. Loose connective tissue holds organs in place and helps bind various types and 
layers of tissue to one another. Importantly, loose connective tissue is associated with a highly liquid 
environment that also binds water, ions, and other chemicals that together have been called the “living 
matrix.”— The living matrix has properties that exquisitely connect all parts of the body (and maybe 
the mind), which is a perfect metaphor for the framework for Tai Chi!— 

Structural Integration 

One of the core principles of Tai Chi relates to body posture. In fact, Tai Chi shapes what we 
typically call posture and alignment. Building on phrases from the Tai Chi classics — for example, 
“Suspend the spine like a string of pearls from heaven” — Tai Chi trains you to maximize your body’s 
physical potential and to find alignments that afford safe, unstrained, and graceful postures. 


ENHANCING INTEGRATION 

I often draw on the biology of our connective tissue matrix to foster the integration between the 
body’s parts and systems in the Tai Chi Pouring exercise. I’ll say: “Be aware of the fabric of 
connective tissue and the living matrix that permeates and surrounds every cell in your body. As you 
pour from side to side, can you feel how the waves of your inner ocean connect the feet, ankles, and 
knees? Can you feel the ‘juices’ softening and nourishing the connective tissues? Do the liquid and 
bioelectric waves flow freely along these pathways, or are there blocks or dams to the flow?” 

Movement of any one part of the body affects all others. Using sensitivity, you can realize that you 
can feel the movement of your arms all the way down to your toes. Or, feel how your breathing affects 
the shapes of your ribs and spine. The Tai Chi classics highlight this dynamic integration: “If any one 
part (of the body) should cease to move, then the movements will be disconnected and fall into 
disarray.”— 


One alignment principle that informs most Tai Chi movements is verticality; that is, the head is 
centered over the torso, the torso rests over the hips, and the hips are centered over the base of 


support, the legs and feet. Other alignment principles include the centering of the knee joint over the 
central axis of the foot and the relaxed suspension of the elbows between the shoulders and wrists. 
Practitioners believe the use of proper alignment translates into more efficient movement patterns and 
decreased levels of muscle coactivation, which in turn is likely to lead to decreased stress on the 
joints and improved balance. (See research presented in Chapters 4 and 5.) This principle of 
structural integration and alignment is reflected in a quote from Master Cheng Man Ching: “Every 
joint in your body must be strung together. This allows Qi to pass smoothly through your body and 
benefits both form and application.”— 

Another central principle in Tai Chi is the emphasis on slow, coordinated, integrated movements. 
Changes from one posture to another unfold through time. Phrases from the classics such as 
“Movements begin in the feet, are steered by the waist, and administered by the hand” reflect 
functional movement principles related to human biomechanics. In addition to postural alignment and 
highly specific neuromuscular sequences, the slowness of transitions gives you time to sense your 
body’s position, make appropriate modifications, and organize the parts so that they work together. 
The classics sometime call this “seamlessness” or describe it as being like “reeling silk from a 
cocoon.” If movements are too abrupt and disintegrated, or too slow, the silk thread is broken as it is 
drawn from the cocoon. Another quote from the classics says “Movements from beginning to end are 
continuous and in an endless circle, just like a river which flows on and on without end.” 

In Tai Chi, the tan tien is an important physical and energetic center of the body, one of the key 
places you center and focus your awareness during Tai Chi practice. Located just beneath and behind 
the navel, the tan tien is also close to the body’s center of gravity. The process of “centering” in the 
tan tien helps with physical balance, integrating the upper and lower body, and also helps with 
energetic integration, creating a hub of sorts where the mind, emotions, and physical body can easily 
interact, stay connected, and keep in balance. You’ll find some helpful tan tien centering exercises in 
Chapter 4, “Improve Your Balance and Bones.” 

The concept of integration is related to the evolutionary biology principle of form and function, that 
is, where shapes and patterns of movement have functional consequences across many body systems. 
For example, if you improve your structural organization, you will also likely improve your 
physiological function — if your chest and ribs collapse less, you breathe more efficiently; if you relax 
your muscles more, you lessen the load and stress on your heart each time it pumps. This concept of 
form and function is a theme you will see running throughout this book. 

Form and function even extend to emotion. Charles Darwin and, more recently, Paul Eckman have 
written about how emotions often have evolved in concert with hardwired associated body shapes 
that help serve as a form of nonverbal communication; an example is when babies purse or pucker 
their lips to show they dislike a certain food. — 

One of my “aha” moments related to this idea occurred while I served as a teaching fellow for 
Professor E. O. Wilson in his evolutionary biology course at Harvard. In one of his final lectures on 
the evolution of body language, Wilson showed a series of slides that included multiple species of 
primate all using the same gesture of hands gleefully and vigorously held above their heads in a 
posture that he called the “victory gesture.” Then he showed similar images of humans — a marathon 
runner with arms raised high while crossing the finish line and breaking the tape, a football kicker 
with arms up signaling a field goal. He emphasized that these shapes were all hardwired with 
emotions, and he jokingly said, “It’s hard to feel sad if you mimic this shape.” His examples and 
comments made me realize that part of what Tai Chi may be doing is creating shapes that have 
positive effects not only on physiological function, but also on emotional function. Recent Harvard 


Business School research (discussed in detail in Chapter 9) supports the notion that body shape 
influences negotiations and even changes the body’s endocrine function and mood.— By fostering 
balanced, open, and relaxed postures, Tai Chi affects the functionality of just about every body 
system. 


4 . Active Relaxation 

Embedded within the Tai Chi symbol is the intrinsic wisdom to find balance in everything, including 
how much effort you expend in training. This notion contrasts with the dominant, more-is-better 
mentality in our Western culture. Popular motivational speakers and athletic coaches often ask you to 
“give it your all” or to “give 110 percent” or to “push the envelope.” One of my favorites is “if you 
are not living on the edge, you are taking up too much room.” These aggressive strategies are 
appropriate at times, but the potential benefit of tempered effort usually is not valued as highly. As the 
comedian/actress Lily Tomlin wondered, “How come no one ever says try softer?” She also 
suggested, “For fast-acting relief, try slowing down.” 

Balance is inherent in the philosophy of Tai Chi and is expressed in the yin-yang symbol. The 
lighter half of the yin-yang symbol — representing activity and doing — has a small, dark circle 
representing inactivity or non-doing. Similarly, the dark half of the yin-yang symbol — representing 
inactivity or non-doing — has a small, light circle of activity. The small circles in each half 
representing the opposite half maintain balance, keeping each energy in check. We should avoid both 
extremes in Tai Chi — overdoing without reservation or lifeless, limp relaxation. These two 
interrelated Tai Chi training principles — moderation in effort and active relaxation — are the two flip 
sides of an important active ingredient that underlies many of Tai Chi’s therapeutic effects. 

Moderation in Effort 

Nearly everyone, young or old, has had an experience of overdoing it — reaching just a little too far 
and straining a back muscle, turning too fast and spraining a knee ligament, shoveling too much snow 
or working too hard in the garden and sustaining injury. Tai Chi develops strength, flexibility, and 
increased range of motion, but it does so gradually, which may help minimize injury. This cautious, 
more gradual approach perhaps explains why Tai Chi is safe even for those who start training quite 
late in life (even into their nineties) or those who have serious neuromuscular skeletal conditions, 
such as fibromyalgia and arthritis.— This training philosophy also can translate into allowing you to 
move more safely during daily activities. 

When you “do less,” your tissues respond with greater, longer-lasting relaxation and improved 
range of motion. Slow, gradual movement gives the tissues time to let go and unwind in a more 
organic way, happening more from within as opposed to being forced from without. Some of the 
positive advantages of not pushing the limit may be due to the more efficient mechanical processes 
that occur within tissues. The muscles, ligaments, tendons, and fascia have more time to adapt to 
stretching, become warmed up, can change shape, and can release without being torn or strained. - 

Going more gradually may have a neurological advantage related to alleviating the fear of further 
injury. Tight areas, especially those that have been injured or traumatized before, typically have an 
altered pattern of movement, called kinesiophobia (fear of movement), to protect them from further 


injury. In going slowly, you may have time to sense and respect this psychophysical trauma, or what 
TCM practitioners would call Qi stagnation. Going slowly may allow your body time to recognize the 
trauma and figure out a way to deal with it. Not listening can further exacerbate existing traumas, and 
possibly superimpose new ones on top of existing ones. Sometimes I use the analogy of Tai Chi 
movements being like rocking a baby to sleep. You can’t force it. Rather, the gentle, predictable 
rocking motions create a feeling of trust and comfort. From that place of trust and comfort, like a baby 
resting into sleep, the tissues feel safe and gradually release their holding patterns and tensions. 

Finally, going slowly and gradually allows you to sense how tensions in one body part, say the 
neck, may not be independent of tensions in other areas (the shoulders, head, or pelvis). This notion 
of interdependency fits in with the active ingredients of mindfulness and integration. Slow, gradual, 
moderated effort ushers in more of a system-wide change rather than a compartmentalized, one-body- 
part-at-a-time change. 


Active Relaxation 

If you thought the idea of “less can be more” seemed like a paradox, then the idea that true relaxation 
is an active process might seem even more paradoxical. In my classes, I’ll often say, half-jokingly, 
“Relaxation can be a lot of work — and exhausting!” 

Relax is not an easy word to define, and it often means different things to different people, 
depending on the context. Often, the connotation is as a reward (like dessert) that follows and is 
separate from the main activity (dinner). The Oxford dictionary states that to relax is “to rest . . . 
especially after work or effort.” 

Relaxation in Tai Chi is a much more active concept, and more functional, too. Remember that Tai 
Chi was developed and is practiced as a martial art. Tai Chi classic texts, written largely as manuals 
for practical martial arts training, included phrases such as, “In practicing Tai Chi Chuan, the whole 
body relaxes.” This idea of relaxation is not a go limp, be empty, drop your guard, kick back on the 
couch, or zone out kind. To relax while standing upright or doing simple movements as you contend 
with an opponent requires you to develop a more active relaxation. 

One of the Tai Chi concepts that informs the idea of active relaxation is “Sung.” Sung is considered 
a defining characteristic of Tai Chi. As a qualitative mind-body state, Sung is variously translated as 
relaxed, loose, or open, or as a quality that permits the natural flow of energy. Sung is also described 
as a process related to sinking — not necessarily physically sinking, as in bending the knees or sitting 
into a deeper stance, but energetically sinking. The Chinese character or pictogram for Sung depicts 
hair contained in a tight bun letting go and hanging freely. In my teaching, I often introduce the concept 
of Sung as the opposite of “being uptight,” emphasizing the literal aspects of this uptight behavior, 
including physically being more “up and tight” in the body. I ask students to picture a stressed-out 
person who has a tight chest, raised stiff shoulders, a scrunched-up neck, and shallow breathing. 

One metaphor I use to help students to experience the concept of Sung is honey in a jar. Imagine a 
see-through jar that you turn upside down and then right side up again. It takes a while for the viscous 
honey to ooze back down to the bottom. Similarly, physical and emotional tensions can constrain Qi 
in the upper body. In Tai Chi training, you learn to let things “relax” downward naturally. And, 
sometimes, as with honey, the Qi gets stuck, becoming literally crystallized in chronically inflamed, 
scarred body tissues. To be able to flow down more freely, the Qi needs to dissolve first. Just as you 
would run the honey jar under hot water to turn the crystalized honey back into liquid, with Tai Chi, 
you use gentle movements, breathing, imagery, emotional and behavioral changes, self-massage, and 



other techniques to soften and free the Qi so it can more naturally settle, or experience Sung. 

When your body releases tensions and Qi, it feels lighter, looser, more rooted, and bottom heavy, 
almost like a clown punching bag that wobbles but doesn’t tip over fully. Your body becomes more 
efficient physiologically. Yet your relaxed Tai Chi body does not shift to an empty, collapsed state, 
but rather to a more upright, three-dimensionally fuller, energized, dynamic, relaxed state. The 
removal of physical and emotional strains frees up the underlying functional structures. 

The relevance of Sung and active relaxation in Tai Chi becomes even more obvious when you 
consider the misnomer of standing still. Even the most advanced Tai Chi master never truly stands 
still because maintaining any upright posture is an active, dynamic process. The dynamics of standing 
still exist for several reasons. First, standing upright involves coordinating the activation of muscles 
that keep the skeleton erect and in place. Activation of these muscles is not a continuous on/off 
switch. Muscle fibers change over time due to fatigue and other internal neurophysiological 
processes. Second, many core processes generate subtle, internal movement, including breathing, 
swallowing, and flow of blood and lymph, and sometimes not-so-subtle movement, such as passing 
gas. Through evolution, the human body’s structure became inherently top-heavy and unstable (like an 
ice cream cone balanced on its narrow triangular base). That means even small movements, such as 
breathing, require your internal balance systems to make adaptations in the feet, legs, and trunk to 
stabilize muscles and prevent you from falling over. Third, while these reactions occur in less than a 
blink of the eye, time lags in neuromuscular adaptations can occur that require continuous oscillations 
to maintain balance. 

As you can see, maintaining a relaxed, Sung-like, upright body structure takes a lot of effort. Tai 
Chi brings exquisite awareness to your tensions, strains, and internal dynamics, and offers you a set of 
biomechanical and psychophysical tools to manage changes in a more efficient, relaxed manner. Tai 
Chi does not try to stifle these subtle dynamics rigidly, but rather tries to coordinate them and help 
you relax in the flow. 


MODERATION IN EFFORT AND ACTIVE RELAXATION IN 

TAI CHI POURING 

After weaving the first three active ingredients into the Tai Chi Pouring exercise, I typically fold in 
the principles of moderation in effort and active relaxation. “As you pour your weight from side to 
side, notice that as one leg bears weight and assumes the responsibility of holding you up, your other 
leg can rest. Given that the empty (non-weight-bearing) leg has no responsibility for holding you up, 
how relaxed can you let that leg be? You might even let the heel of the empty leg slightly float up off 
the ground (no more than one-quarter inch). How empty and insubstantial can you let this resting leg 
be?” 

While you rock back and forth exploring this idea, I might point out that what you are doing is 
literally embodying (physically/energetically becoming) a dynamic yin-yang or Tai Chi symbol. “In 
this continuous shifting of your weight, one side becomes more active, substantial, doing, filling — or 
yang — while the other side becomes less active, insubstantial, non-doing, emptying — or yin.” 

I point out that one of the gifts of Tai Chi is the emphasis on the yin of non-doing — that is, that less 
can be more. So, I might jokingly say, “If you are more of a Type A personality and driven like I am, 
challenge yourself to let your emptying leg relax more deeply each time you shift away from it.” To 


link to the concept of active relaxation, I say, “Every time you relax your emptying leg, it affords a 
resting period and deepens your awareness of that structure. Small, repeated resting states increase 
the efficiency with which the leg can serve its supportive yang role. Over time, you will feel that even 
when your leg fully bears weight and is holding you up, it still maintains relaxed, non-doing yin 
qualities.” This moderation in effort and active relaxation animate every movement and meditation in 
Tai Chi. 


5. Strengthening and Flexibility 

One of the principal reasons Tai Chi is so therapeutic is simply that it serves as an effective form of 
physical exercise. Seamlessly, and sometimes deceptively, blended into the more meditative and 
integrative ingredients is a sophisticated physical workout, including moderate aerobic, strength, and 
flexibility training. An important quality of Tai Chi, because of mindful and moderated approaches, is 
that it’s a safe, highly adaptable form of exercise for all populations, ages, and levels of conditioning. 

The medical community increasingly is appreciating physical exercise and activity as a primary 
tool for health maintenance and rehabilitation. A National Blueprint Consensus Report published in 
2001, entitled “Strategic Priorities for Increasing Physical Activities among Adults,” stated: “There 
is a substantial body of scientific evidence indicating that regular physical activity can bring dramatic 
health benefits to people of all ages and abilities and that this benefit extends over the entire life 
course. Physical activity offers one of the greatest opportunities to extend years of active independent 
life, reduce disability, and improve quality of life for middle-aged and older people.”— 

Tai Chi as an Aerobic Exercise 

People practicing Tai Chi may not seem as if they are getting any aerobic benefit, but they are. 
Numerous studies have measured the aerobic intensity of Tai Chi and — depending on the training 
style, how deep you sink into postures, how fast you move from one posture to the next, and the 
duration of your practice — Tai Chi appears to be an aerobic activity of low to moderate intensity. 
Studies report the physical activity of Tai Chi to be equivalent to 1.6^4. 6 metabolic equivalents 
(METS). To put this measurement in perspective, 1 MET is considered equal to your resting 
metabolic rate while sitting quietly. The majority of studies report Tai Chi intensity at about 3.5 
METS, which approximates the intensity of moderate-paced walking at about three miles per hour on 
level ground. Tai Chi can get your heart rate up to 50-74 percent of maximum, depending on the type 
and intensity of Tai Chi and your age.— 

The ability to modulate the intensity of Tai Chi makes it highly adaptable to different populations. 
For example, the METS of a simplified form of Tai Chi practiced while seated is 1.5. Like our 
simplified version of Tai Chi, experience shows this form to be safe for those with chronic heart 
failure.— 

Sound evidence summarized in Chapters 6 and 7 supports the idea that Tai Chi can improve 
aerobic capacity and delay its decline in healthy older adults, and can enhance exercise capacity in 
those who have chronic cardiopulmonary diseases, such as heart failure and chronic obstructive 
pulmonary disease. Tai Chi can be a safe, effective adjunct to rehabilitation following heart attacks 


and bypass surgery, and may be equal to or better than brisk walking or moderate aerobic 
interventions at improving exercise capacity.— 

Tai Chi as Strength Training 

Tai Chi won’t help you build a muscular physique so that you can compete in Mr. or Mrs. America 
contests, but it can provide significant strength training for both the lower and upper body. Motion 
analysis studies reveal that the slowness of the Tai Chi movements, the longer periods committed to 
standing on a single leg, and the slightly flexed stances result in substantial loading of the leg muscles 
and bones, affording significant lower extremity strength training. Multiple studies show that Tai Chi 
training increases lower muscle extremity strength. Some evidence, including our studies, shows that 
Tai Chi may help maintain strong bones and retard rates of bone loss, especially in post- menopausal 
women.— 

Improvement in strength is not limited to the lower body. Studies show Tai Chi training can 
increase grip strength, which is an important indicator for overall health, in addition to being relevant 
to everyday functions, like opening jars.— 

Tai Chi as Flexibility Training 

The slow, continuous, relaxed, repetitive movements of Tai Chi also result in dynamic stretching, 
which enhances overall flexibility. Studies support Tai Chi’s influence on increased torso 
flexibility. - The ability to reach for an object without falling is increasingly important to our aging 
population. An estimated 40 percent of Caucasian American women age 50 and older will experience 
a hip, spine, or wrist fracture — most often due to a fall — sometime during their lives. 

Tai Chi and its associated warm-up exercises help to loosen up the entire musculoskeletal system, 
lubricating joints and tendons and stretching muscles throughout the body. 

The Tai Chi Swinging and Drumming the Body exercise described in Chapter 3 integrates the 
principles of mindful awareness, intention, and moderation of effort into an aerobic practice. In fact, I 
often refer to these exercises as aerobic meditation. These exercises increase the amplitude of 
movements in the waist and the extremities, foster greater weight shifts and more dynamic balance 
and loading in the legs, and add an important aerobic component to your Tai Chi practice. 


6. Natural, Freer Breathing 

Efficient, mindful breathing is a key element of Tai Chi and a fundamental pathway through which Tai 
Chi training affects health and well-being. In Tai Chi, and more broadly, in traditional Chinese 
medicine, the breath is important not only for efficient gas exchange — that is, oxygen in and carbon 
dioxide out — but also to serve additional key functions. These functions include massage of internal 
organs and tissues, regulation of emotions, and movement of internal energy within the body and 
between the body and the surrounding environment. Breathing also serves as a mechanism for 
accentuating or implementing other active ingredients of Tai Chi, such as awareness, intention, and 
structural integration. 

Breath awareness and training exercises have played a prominent role in nearly all Eastern healing 


traditions, including Tai Chi, Qigong, yoga, and other meditative practices. Breathing is also a 
primary focus of numerous contemporary mind-body therapies developed in the West, such as 
Middendorf Breath Work, Breath Therapy, Sensory Awareness, and Holotropic Breathing.— Breath 
awareness and training also is being integrated increasingly into biomedical stress reduction 
programs and sports training, and Tai Chi and other mind-body research is informing this integration. 

Tai Chi and the Efficiency of Breathing 

Tai Chi employs a multipronged approached to improving gas exchange. First, by improving your 
posture and having a less braced, more flexible structure, your body can inhale and exhale with less 
effort, and also increase the gross volume of air you take in. Put simply, the volume of air inhaled in a 
relaxed, upright, and open Tai Chi posture is much greater than the volume you can inhale while 
seated in a slouched, tense posture typical of a stressed-out desk worker. Improve your breathing 
form, and your body will function better. 

Some research supports the idea that Tai Chi and related mind-body exercises may positively affect 
the volume and efficiency of gas exchange, including in populations with asthma, chronic obstructive 
pulmonary disease (COPD), and other respiratory conditions.— Greater breathing efficiency is 
associated with a reduced risk of heart diseases, all-cause mortality, and cognitive decline.— Even a 
short course of preoperative breath training in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass surgery can 
reduce the incidence of postoperative pulmonary complications.— 

The slow, regular, and deep breathing Tai Chi employs also positively affects your nervous system, 
which in turn can improve the efficiency of your breathing. Tai Chi’s emphasis on relaxation causes 
changes in the nervous and endocrine systems. During times of emotional stress, our sympathetic 
nervous system is stimulated, resulting in numerous physiological changes, including faster heart rate 
and rapid, shallow breathing. Chronic stress can reduce significantly the efficiency of breathing; 
breathing-related conditions, such as COPD, are commonly associated with excessive sympathetic 
activity. The breathing practiced in Tai Chi is believed to activate the parasympathetic nervous 
system, resulting in relaxation and reversal of changes caused by sending the sympathetic nervous 
system into overdrive.— 


Basic Tai Chi Breathing 

Classic and contemporary Tai Chi and Qigong texts describe various breathing techniques. These 
techniques have different names, but the one people universally recognize, and one that we teach in 
our clinical trials, is diaphragmatic breathing, also sometimes called natural, abdominal, belly, or tan 
tien breathing. 

One of the best ways to recognize diaphragmatic breathing is to watch a sleeping baby breathe. As 
the baby inhales, the belly effortlessly expands, and to a lesser degree, the middle and upper torso 
expand, too, like a balloon being inflated. As the baby exhales, the belly, and the whole body, relaxes. 
The deep, slow, and rhythmic breathing is natural and effortless. Detailed instruction in diaphragmatic 
breathing, along with a greater discussion of physiological effects, can be found in Chapter 7. 


Internal Physical Massage 


The Tai Chi and Qigong literature commonly mention breathing down to the floor of the pelvis, 
breathing up the spine, or breathing all the way out to the extremities — even though the lungs 
obviously do not extend to these tissues. A substantial amount of research on the physiology of 
breathing supports the idea that deep breathing generates measurable changes in abdominal and 
visceral pressure; that is, breathing creates an internal massage.— These breath-induced pressure 
changes and rhythms may also positively affect blood flow within organs, including the kidneys and 
the brain.— Trials have shown that regular, internally directed massage led by the breath has positive 
effects on pain and function in back pain patients, and may more broadly help explain how Tai Chi 
helps with musculoskeletal pain.— 

Breathing and the Other Active Ingredients 

The impact of breathing on physical and physiological function naturally leads to interactions with the 
other active ingredients. Breathing offers an excellent tool for developing your sensitivity to stimuli 
that come from inside your body, which in turn helps to increase sensory awareness, integration, and 
mental focus. As each breath stimulates the hairs in your nose, passes over the membranes of your 
windpipe, stretches the lungs and surrounding ribs, and creates pressure waves in your belly and 
lower back, it unleashes a set of sensations and internal awareness deep within your body. 


THE BREATH AS AN INNER NAVIGATION DEVICE 

I often use the analogy of the breath being like a little “inner spaceship or navigation device,” like the 
one in the movie Fantastic Voyage. It intimately explores every nook and cranny within the body, and, 
as might have been said in Star Trek, has the potential to go where no breath has gone before. 

In my classes, I’ll say: “Notice the parts of your inner environment that are ‘awake’ and sensitive to 
subtle pressure or physiological changes caused by breathing, and the parts that are less awake or 
less sensitive. How does each breath feel as it travels through your body? Does the internal 
movement of the breath help you sense how parts of the body are integrated, or how parts are not 
connected? Does the breath wave flow down the left side of the body more freely than the right; does 
it move through the front more easily than the back? Do certain postures and movement patterns allow 
breath to move through you more or less freely than others?” 

The breath helps you feel physical sensations and tensions, and allows you to recognize where you 
might be holding tension and restricting movement, leaving parts of your body disconnected. 


The intimate and rich kinesthetic qualities of breathing also serve as an excellent anchor to hold 
your attention, improve focus, and calm the monkey mind. Within the framework of just observing 
without trying to change anything, you can learn to develop focus and mindfulness by following your 
breath. Uniting your mind with your breath gives your mind one simple, quiet thing to focus on. 

Breath and Movement of Qi 

In Tai Chi and related practices, breath serves to both connect to and draw in energy from nature and 


the surrounding environment. According to Chinese medicine, you draw in some of the vital energy or 
Qi you need to sustain your existence through the breath. In fact, one of the literal translations of Qi is 
“breath,” and sometimes the two terms are used interchangeably. In some meditative Tai Chi 
exercises, as you breathe in, you imagine drawing energy from nature to recharge and rejuvenate. 
Then, as you breathe out, you imagine letting go of negative energy, tiredness, or stress. The breath 
also moves energy within the body. For example, guiding and following the breath to the abdomen in 
diaphragmatic breathing moves Qi to that region. As the classics suggest, “The inhalation and 
exhalation are long and deep and the Qi sinks to the tan tien.” 


7. Social Support (including Interaction and Community) 

Training in Tai Chi includes significant psychosocial (how psychology ties into the social 
environment) interactions, including students interacting with their instructors, interacting with other 
students, and more broadly, feeling a sense of belonging and identifying with a larger Tai Chi 
community. A strong body of research suggests that these forms of social support and sense of 
connection have huge, positive impacts on health, in terms of disease prevention, recovery rates, and 
remission following events such as heart attacks and cancer diagnoses.— Simply stated, being and 
feeling connected to others makes you healthier and happier, and fosters a longer life. Thus, one of the 
active ingredients of Tai Chi is the rich psychosocial support it affords. 

Conventional medicine increasingly is appreciating the therapeutic value of the quality of 
interaction between a patient and a care provider. Not only does the amount of time spent with a 
patient affect outcomes, but also, the quality of that time is important — including attentiveness, 
empathy, and fostering optimism. 

Ted Kaptchuk and other colleagues at Harvard Medical School have studied the richness of this 
interaction in great depth. One landmark study on irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) patients compared 
long, warm-and-fuzzy interactions (that is, augmented with intentional warmth, attention, and 
confidence) with non- fuzzy and limited interactions (control group). All of the participants received 
fake acupuncture — that is, no real specific medical intervention. Not surprisingly, the researchers 
found a dose-like response related to attention — a 62 percent improvement in IBS symptoms occurred 
in the augmented attention group compared with 44 percent improvement in the limited-contact group, 
and 28 percent improvement in the control group. The bulk of this effect was due to a “connection” 
between the patient and the practitioner, which was confirmed by video analysis, qualitative 
interviews, and surveys of both patients and practitioners.— 

In the course of learning, Tai Chi students often develop deep relationships with teachers that are, 
in some ways, analogous to relationships with physicians or physical therapists. Teachers evaluate 
students’ exercise performance and prescribe modifications and new material to facilitate learning. In 
this capacity, they are loosely similar to physicians and health-care providers who diagnose patients 
and then prescribe medications or therapies. Models of health behavior and motivational health- 
coaching research show that material presented empathetically and nonjudgmentally can improve 
compliance and, ultimately, lead to changes in health.— 

Tai Chi instructors also commonly play the roles of motivators, coaches, and sometimes even 
therapists. Teachers often develop a friendly personal relationship with longer-term students as they 
watch them grow in their Tai Chi practice and, at the same time, hear about how these students endure 


the natural challenges of life. In my personal experience, I have become very sensitive to the 
relationships I build with students. Beginning with my response to an initial phone call or e-mail 
inquiry, especially if a potential student has specific medical issues, I try to listen with care and 
honestly share any promising information I may have on whether Tai Chi may be of help. I never 
overstate what I believe to be true from personal teaching experience or research evidence, and if 
possible, I throw in a little humor if the new student is nervous. Even before the student gets to the 
first class, we have kindled some hope — which in TCM means Qi is already moving or primed. 

Interactions among classmates are also very rich. In my community-based classes, people form 
strong friendships and social networks, and a few have even gotten married! I’ve also observed these 
interactions when traveling through China and talking to my Asian Tai Chi friends. Those who meet in 
parks and practice daily tend to form special bonds, even bringing one another food when someone is 
sick. 

Social interactions can deeply impact health. Social activities, such as playing bingo, going to 
sporting events, and attending religious services together, as well as gardening, preparing meals, and 
participating in fitness activities, have all been associated with longer survival. Social support may 
offer protection against the negative health consequences associated with stressful events, such as the 
loss of a spouse or parent. The feeling of being part of something bigger is one reason for the positive 
relationship between religious involvement and social support. Support from religious groups 
appears to be more satisfying and more resilient than support from secular groups.— 

One of my Tai Chi teachers, Arthur Goodridge, once told me that a key reason people do Tai Chi is 
to get together, hang out, and feel connected to one another. His school is called “Moving Together.” 


8. Embodied Spirituality (including Philosophy and Ritual) 

The core Tai Chi principles provide a roadmap not only for maintaining health, but also, more 
generally, for guiding your path through life. Taoist philosophy espouses a more natural, holistic view 
of life that integrates body, mind, and spirit. This view includes an appreciation of balance in all 
activities and pursuits, for example, avoiding excesses; accepting change and the need for 
adaptability (going with the flow); and honoring the importance of individual responsibility and self- 
cultivation.— Importantly, the highly structured nature of Tai Chi practice, along with social support 
provided within Tai Chi community classes, creates an organized, sometimes ritualized, framework 
for tangibly practicing, developing, translating, and integrating these somewhat intangible 
philosophical principles into everyday life. 

Some people initially are attracted to Tai Chi because of this added philosophical dimension, 
beyond its function as a physical exercise, a form of therapy, or a martial art. Not surprisingly, this 
attraction to Eastern philosophical principles is also evident among those who seek out 
complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) therapies. In a landmark article based on a national 
survey of why patients use alternative medicine, Stanford University researchers found that CAM 
therapies attract those who hold personal values and worldviews that are spiritually and 
philosophically in tune with CAM beliefs regarding nature and the meaning of health and illness.— 
Once you begin to practice and embody Tai Chi principles, the philosophical, spiritual, and ritualistic 
characteristics of practice can affect your health and, therefore, constitute a key active ingredient. 


Philosophy and Health 

The central theme of Taoism, as reflected in the yin- yang symbol, is the holistic view of life and the 
value of integrating body, mind, and spirit. As we have emphasized in many of the other active 
ingredients, Tai Chi’s approach to health is not just through training physical and physiological 
processes; it fully integrates principles related to your psychological well-being, social relationships, 
and larger beliefs about nature. Some view this holistic perspective of health as an alternative to the 
reductionist, materialist paradigm of Western medicine.— 

Tai Chi training also helps you become more sensitive and skillful in balancing the physical body’s 
intimate dance with the mind. For regular practitioners, these practical experiences may begin to 
impact everyday activities. After a session of Tai Chi, you may be more likely to eat slower and more 
mindfully; less likely to drive aggressively, or react to another more aggressive driver; and less likely 
to respond immediately in a loud voice to a child or office mate. You may become more willing to 
explore what would happen if you let go for a while. In this way, Tai Chi’s philosophy and regimen of 
mind-body training can help shape your behavior. 

One central Taoist concept Tai Chi emphasizes is change. Change and transformation, as the 
dynamic yin-yang symbol reflects, are essential features of nature. According to Taoism, the interplay 
between yin and yang creates change everywhere. Taoism espouses that the way to health and 
happiness is to learn to “go with the flow.” Change is inevitable, and resisting change can be much 
more difficult than adapting to and taking advantage of it. 

This idea of adaptability or resilience now is being brought to the forefront of medicine. Systems 
biologists increasingly believe that the health of a physiological system, for example, as evidenced by 
heart rate or blood pressure, is based on inherently fractal-like complex dynamics due to the input of 
many interacting signals. — The richer and more complex a system’s dynamics, the greater its ability to 
withstand insults or perturbations, for example, a rapid change in blood pressure when you stand up 
quickly. This new systems biology paradigm is defining health as resilience or an ability to adapt, that 
is, to go with the flow. In later chapters, we will discuss research my colleagues and I are doing in 
collaboration with other Harvard researchers to study how Tai Chi influences physiological 
complexity and health resilience in older adults. 

A third key principle inherent in Tai Chi and Taoism is “knowing” yourself and more fully 
participating in, and taking responsibility for, your own health. Studies suggest that one of the features 
that attracts people to Tai Chi and other CAM therapies is a desire to participate more proactively in 
maintaining their health. They want to be more in control of the health decision-making process and 
not simply have doctors tell them what to do.— 

Importantly, research from multiple clinical trials in older adults shows that practicing Tai Chi 
improves what is called “self-efficacy,” or people’s beliefs in their capabilities to exercise control 
over their own functioning and over events that affect their lives.— Self-efficacy, in turn, often is 
associated directly with psychological health, improved health behaviors, and the ability to manage 
chronic diseases, such as osteoarthritis, heart failure, and balance disorders.— 

In summary, this philosophy not only affects the quality of your Tai Chi practice, but also how you 
deal with maintaining your health or managing a chronic disease. It also can spill over into everyday 
life, making you more aware of how you tolerate and manage stress, and generally helps you make 
better lifestyle choices. 


Spirituality and Health 

Throughout much of history, medicine has been imbedded deeply in spirituality. From ancient Greek 
physicians, to shamanic traditions, to Chinese medicine, many healing traditions have viewed 
remedies not as material tools for curing disease, but as a means to release or enhance the spirit. One 
of the strongest tools for healing has been prayer and belief. However, due largely to the emergence 
of the scientific method in the late 1500s, the relationship between spirituality and medicine changed 
dramatically. Science could not be readily applied to spiritual beliefs or religion, and a chasm 
emerged between the two.— 

Nevertheless, according to numerous surveys, most Americans today consider spirituality or 
religion (or both) a significant part of who they are; 90 percent believe in God or a higher power.— 
And, when they face illness, many turn to spiritual beliefs and prayer for comfort and solace. 

What’s more, epidemiological data show strong relationships between spiritual factors and health 
outcomes; this connection has opened up the discussion of the role spirituality plays in health and 
medicine. Dozens of accredited US medical schools now offer courses in spirituality in medicine.— 
Interdisciplinary academic programs, such as the Religion, Health, and Healing Initiative at the 
Center for Study of World Religion at Harvard and the Center for Spirituality, Theology, and Health at 
Duke University, have become increasingly popular. The study of the spiritual dimensions of Eastern 
mind-body practices, such as Tai Chi, yoga, and meditation, also has contributed to this re-evaluation. 

Spirituality may be a positive factor for coping with illness, preventing illness, and aiding 
treatments, according to systematic reviews. Epidemiological studies suggest that relationships exist 
between spiritual or religious practices (church attendance, prayer) and health (longer life span, 
reduced risk of heart disease).— Clinical trials show that prayer and meditation influence immune 
physiology and neurophysiology. A whole scientific field, called psychoneuroimmunology, exists to 
study the interaction between psychological processes, including spiritual beliefs, and the nervous 
and immune systems. 

For some, spirit and body comingle and create what William James (one of the fathers of 
experimental psychology) called “the religion of healthy mindedness.”— This effect happens because 
Tai Chi fosters an intimate self-awareness and requires you to slow down and look within yourself at 
feelings and sensations. One of my Tai Chi students elegantly described it this way: “I don’t practice 
Tai Chi every day, but when I do, I find that it keeps me honest in myself and it provides a ‘knowing’ 
that just thinking can ’t provide .” For her, like many others, Tai Chi is a tool for selfinquiry that 
transcends matter and logic and has a spiritual dimension. 

Finally, Tai Chi can help you make the connection between spirituality and the larger universe. For 
many, deep breathing leads to an exchange of energy with nature. Also, Tai Chi is designed to give 
you a feeling of being grounded and connected to the earth. It affords you the opportunity to connect 
your essence or spirit with something that is part of a bigger whole. To feel connected with nature and 
each other may be why millions of people in China and around the world gather in parks to practice 
Tai Chi in the morning. 


Rituals 

Some aspects of Tai Chi, like other exercises or activities performed in a repetitive manner, assume 
the characteristics of a ritual. Long-term regular practice of the same Tai Chi forms becomes a daily, 


almost liturgical, act and can represent a journey to a sacred presence. 

The ritual of Tai Chi begins to emerge after you’ve been practicing for a while. This ritual, whether 
it involves weekly group classes or daily earlymorning or late-night practice by yourself, keeps you 
engaged. Knowing that you will join a group of like-minded others to practice Tai Chi two or three 
times a week helps you to keep mentally and physically involved with Tai Chi. This adherence can 
help you to learn more about Tai Chi, and eventually your practice may evolve into something that 
becomes therapeutic. 

Certain Tai Chi programs also encourage regular practice regimens and environments, for example, 
daily morning practice in the park. Some schools have mandatory rituals, such as removing street 
shoes before entering the training space or saluting the teacher. For some, even putting on Tai Chi 
slippers has ritualistic qualities. Many training spaces also commonly contain Tai Chi-related art and 
symbolic icons, and play meditative music during classes. 

Collectively, these rituals, icons, and environmental factors have the potential to create a culturally 
rich context for meaning, remembering, and perhaps even amplifying certain therapeutic experiences 
during Tai Chi practice. 



3 


Put the Principles into Practice: A Simplified Tai Chi 

Program 


This chapter provides a simplified Tai Chi program, structured in an easy-to-learn format, similar to 

the approach we have used in our research studies at the Harvard Medical School. This 12-week 
exercise program includes traditional exercises handed down from my Tai Chi teachers and, in some 
cases, further shaped and informed by my medical research experience. I chose these exercises to 
deliver and maximize the “dose” of the Eight Active Ingredients of Tai Chi. This program emphasizes 
essential Tai Chi movements that anyone can easily learn and practice just about anywhere — at home, 
out in nature, or even in a small quiet corner at work. Growing out of the ancient Tai Chi tradition, 
these exercises integrate gentle, relaxed flowing movements, mindfulness, natural breathing, and 
imagery — with the net result being a unique meditative, yet invigorated, state. 

The program is structured and introduced here as a 12-week program, but you can be flexible in 
how you use the program or move through it. The Tai Chi exercises are broken down into three main 
sections. The first section introduces seven traditional Tai Chi warm-up exercises and can last 
between 15 and 30 minutes. The Tai Chi warm-up exercises focus on loosening up and structurally 
integrating the physical body; reinforce Tai Chi principles of incorporating awareness, focus, and 
imagery into movement; and promote overall relaxation and natural deep breathing. These exercises 
can serve as a workout in and of themselves. The second section focuses on five core Tai Chi 
movements following the traditional Cheng Man Ching Yang-style short form. You progressively add 
these movements over the 12 weeks. The proportion of time allocated to the core Tai Chi movements 
increases from 5 to 25 minutes as the time allocated to Tai Chi warm-ups decreases slightly. The 
program concludes with five minutes of a simple set of cool-down exercises, including gentle self- 
massage techniques. The total exercise program takes about 45-60 minutes. 

The design of this collection of exercises allows it to stand alone as a complete Tai Chi program. 
Because it emphasizes core principles, it also serves as an excellent foundation if you want to 
progress to longer, choreographed Tai Chi styles, or, if you are more experienced, to deepen your 
understanding of basic principles. 


A 12-WEEK SIMPLIFIED TAI CHI PROGRAM 

Week Activities Approx. Duration 

(in minutes) 

1—2 Tai Chi Warm-Up Exercises Total 20-35 

Tai Chi Pouring, Swinging, Drumming, and Standing 3-5 

Swinging to Connect the Kidneys and Lungs 3—5 

Hip Circles and Spiraling the Lower Extremities 3-5 

Spiraling the Upper Extremities 3-5 

Spinal Cord Breathing 3—5 

Fountain 3—5 

Washing Yourself with Qi from the Heavens 3—5 

Tai Chi Movement #1: 

Raising the Power 5-10 

Tai Chi Cool-Down Exercises 5 

Tai Chi Self-Massage and Meridian Tipping 3—5 

Washing Yourself with Qi from the Heavens 3—5 

3-8 Tai Chi Warm-Up Exercises 20—30 

Review and Practice Tai Chi Movement #1 5 

Learn and Practice Fai Chi Movements #2 and 3 

Movement #2: Push and Withdraw 5—10 

Movement #3: Wave Hands Like Clouds 5—10 

Tai Chi Cool-Down Exercises 5 

9—12 Tai Chi Warm-Up Exercises 15—20 

Review and Practice Tai Chi Movements #1-3 15 

Learn and Practice Tai Chi Movements #4-5 

Movement #4: Grasp the Sparrow’s I ail 5—10 

Movement #5: Brush Knee, Twist Step 5—10 

Tai Chi Cool-Down Exercises 5 


WARM-UP EXERCISES 


Warm-Up Exercise ll Tai Chi Pouring, Swinging, Drumming, and Standing 


The combination of these simple exercises brings awareness into the entire body and stimulates a 
freer flow of Qi and blood. Tai Chi Pouring, Swinging, and Drumming involves meditatively shifting 
your weight from side to side, turning your waist, and swinging your arms naturally around your body 
These actions loosen up the entire musculoskeletal system, strengthen the legs, deepen breathing, and 
provide moderate aerobic activity. Tai Chi Standing meditation provides the body and mind time to 
relax, integrate, and reorganize, and employs the key Tai Chi principle of “non-doing.” 

Tai Chi Pouring 

Tai Chi classics say “Flow like water.” The human body is about 70 percent liquid. Using the image 
of pouring and making waves in your “inner ocean,” this exercise helps you experience, through 
movement, how you can deeply nourish, bathe, and massage your body’s internal environment. You 
learn to sense your energy-rich inner ocean lubricating and integrating all the tissues, joints, and 
tendons, from the soles of the feet to the tips of the fingers and the top of the head. This framework 
helps bring the mind’s attention and healing intention deeply and frilly into the body. 

Begin by standing with your feet shoulder-width apart and parallel to one another. Before 
beginning any movement, take a moment to be still and to be more frilly in the present moment. Feel 
your feet on the ground; notice how you are breathing; feel your whole body. Just simply notice and 
invite your body and mind to rest in the present moment. Of course, don’t worry if you are having 
difficulty relaxing your body or mind; it makes no sense to get stressed about being stressed! Just 
proceed and let the practice do its work. 

When you are ready to initiate Tai Chi Pouring, slightly bend one knee and allow your weight to 
shift to that side, and then gently bend the other knee and allow the weight to shift to the other leg. It 
should feel as if you are “pouring” your weight from one leg to the other. As you rock back and forth 
and the waves of your inner ocean start flowing, try to “let go,” “stay out of the way,” and allow the 
waves to flow increasingly more freely throughout your whole body. 

For the first minute or two of Pouring, focus your attention on the soles of your feet. Can you feel 
the warm, nutrient-rich ocean bathing the tissues of your arches, heels, and the places between and 
around your toes? Can you feel it in your left foot as much as your right foot? Where do you not feel 
your energy-rich “juices” permeating? Can you adjust the way you are standing and moving in a way 
that leads to a deeper, fuller massage of your foot tissues? 

After awakening, massaging, and infusing Qi into the soles of your feet, try to feel how the ocean 
helps integrate your feet with your ankles, calves, shins, and knees. Allow your awareness to 
penetrate to the deepest layers of these tissues. Then, after a few more rocking cycles, progressively 
notice if you also can sense these waves moving through your hips, groin, belly, lower back, chest, 
shoulders, and arms. Be patient; it may take time to develop this openness and sensitivity. 

As you rock and feel the connections in your body, also be aware of the key Tai Chi principle of 
yin and yang. When your weight is on your right leg, really let your left leg rest; regularly remind your 
left leg that it has no responsibility to hold you up. When you are on your left leg, let your right leg 
rest. You always have one side that is empty, while the other side is full; one side that’s doing, while 
the other side is not-doing; one side active and one side passive. Notice that after relaxing one side, 
the ocean may flow more deeply and easily through its tissues. 



Rock, relax, feel your body, be aware of your breath, and breathe deeply and naturally Do your 
best not to think very much and simply relax into the flow. 

Tai Chi Swinging and Drumming 

Once you are “in the flow,” begin Tai Chi Swinging by adding a little more momentum to the 
movement, turning your waist, and freeing your arms into a natural swinging pattern. When you 
transfer your weight to the left leg, turn your waist (with your navel and eyes aligned and moving 
together, that is, no twisting of the neck or spine) slightly toward the left leg, closing the left kwah 
(groin or inguinal fold). Simultaneously, release the knee of the right leg toward the left side, freely 
hanging it and resting it between the right hip and toes. Similarly, as you transfer weight to the right 
leg, turn your waist toward your right leg, closing the right kwah, and hang the left knee between the 
left hip and the toes. While you are shifting and rotating your torso, allow your arms to relax and 
swing naturally (like rag doll arms), with your hands and arms gently striking the body at the end of 
each rotation. Despite the slightly faster, more coordinated nature of this movement, continue to feel 
your feet on the ground, and sense the inner ocean bathing and integrating your entire body, from feet 
to head and hands. Practice Tai Chi Swinging and Drumming as if you were doing an aerobic 
meditation. 

Once swinging feels natural and relaxed, add in the gentle stimulation of Drumming the Body. 
Starting with your upper body, as you swing and turn to the left, steer the right palm’s natural swing to 
tap or drum the upper-left side of the chest (just above the breast), and as you shift and turn to the 
right, steer the left palm’s swing to tap or drum the upper-right side of the chest. Each tap/drum 
provides a little stimulation, like a little vibrational massage to that body region. The light contact of 
the palm with the body should feel lively, bouncing off after each contact, much as it would if you 
were playing a hand drum. Then sequentially target your swinging palms to the left and right sides of 
your rib cage, beneath the breasts and on both sides of the abdomen. Next, target your swinging palms 
to drum the midline of the torso, beginning with the breastbone and descending to stimulate the solar 
plexus, navel, and lower abdomen. Finally, broadly targeting the tan tien regions, simultaneously 
drum the navel and lower back, and then simultaneously drum the lower abdomen and sacrum. 
Repeatedly drum at each of these body regions for 10 to 20 seconds. 

Tai Chi Standing Meditation 

Wfien you finish Drumming the Body, relax and simply stand still for a few minutes. You may feel the 
vibrations and energy continue to resonate throughout your body, like the reverberations following the 
banging of a gong or the ringing of a church bell. Notice where in your body you feel these vibrations 
or related sensations (warmth, tingling, liveliness). Where are they most palpable or most intense? 
Also notice which body regions feel the least vibrations. Passively, through simple patience and 
deepening relaxation, invite your energy to spread from the more vibrant areas to those areas 
experiencing less vibration. While remaining relatively still on the outside, and without “thinking” too 
much, invite the energy to even out and flow more freely through every cell in your body. Sequentially 
explore, bringing awareness to and relaxing the following areas to help balance out energy: your eyes 
and the muscles that surround them; your temples; your mouth, tongue, and jaw; the rest of your head 
bones; your neck and throat; your shoulders and arms, down to the fingertips; your chest and heart 
area; your ribs and spine; your belly and lower back; your entire pelvic region; and your legs all the 



way down to your feet. 

Finally, imagine that you are like a tree, and you have roots that extend beneath your feet and 
penetrate deeply into the earth. Use your roots as a structure for releasing your tensions. The more you 
patiently relax and let go of tensions in the upper body and legs, and allow the Qi to sink into your 
roots, the more grounded and less top-heavy (or “up tight”) you will feel. As you release and 
surrender to gravity, you will feel as if you are standing taller. Your more relaxed upper body will 
allow your spine to decompress, as the Tai Chi classics state, “hanging like a necklace of pearls from 
heaven.” 

Thinking as if you are a mighty, wise tree, invite your entire body to relax. Enjoy feeling grounded 
while your upper body floats with increasing ease; maintain awareness of your breathing. Who knew 
that standing while “doing” very little could be such a profound meditation? 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• While Pouring, Swinging, and Drumming, allow the movements to flow naturally. Don’t force or 
strain anything. Pay particular attention to avoid twisting your knees; emphasize the opening and 
closing of the kwah, and do not over-turn the torso. Also, do not use too much force or create any 
strain or discomfort with Drumming. Some parts of the body (for example, the solar plexus) may 
be more sensitive than others are, so you should only tap them lightly. 

• During weight shifts, focus more on the emptying leg than on the filling leg (that is, focus more 
on the leg that is more non-doing than doing), allowing the feet, ankles, knees, and hips to relax 
and release a bit more deeply following each weight shift. 

• While focusing attention to and relaxing the body, try to feel and experience more than think. 
Don’t worry too much about getting it right. 

• Try to experience Tai Chi Swinging and Drumming as a sort of aerobic meditation, more than a 
purely physical, aerobic workout. 

• Use the Standing meditation to rest, deepen your mind-body connection, and give your body time 
and energy to rebalance. As your body (and patience) gets stronger, extend your Standing time to 
as long as 10 to 15 minutes. 


Warm-Up Exercise 2 1 Swinging to Connect the Kidneys and Lungs 

This gentle movement also loosens up the body, provides moderate aerobic activity, develops 
dynamic balance, and stimulates deep breathing. 

Maintaining a comfortable shoulder-width stance, begin by raising up your arms overhead, and then 
release them down, surrendering to the simple pull of gravity. As your arms swing upward and 
slightly outward, allow a gentle opening of your chest and ribs, a lengthening of your spine, as well as 
a lengthening of your arms from the shoulder blades to the fingertips. Also, shift about 70 percent of 
your weight to the balls of the feet (stand a little more forward). And, if it’s comfortable for you, lift 
your chin and the gaze of your eyes slightly as your arms swing up. Imagine your lungs opening and 



stretching with this shape, and breathe in during the upswing. 

Each time your arms come down, bend the knees slightly and sit into the kwah, shift about 60 
percent of the weight in your feet to your heels, and exhale. As you “sit” into this posture, relax your 
hips and pelvic area (kwah), feel the slight opening of the lower spine, and feel the gentle stretch and 
massage in your lower back muscles and kidney region. 

Repeat the upward and downward swinging, stimulating and connecting the lung and kidney region, 
9 to 36 times. If your balance is stable, and/or if you want gradually to challenge and improve your 
dynamic balance, slightly raise your heels off the ground during the upswing, and return to a flat- 
footed position (slightly more weighted in the heels) on the downswing. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Begin with smaller movements, and as your tissues and joints warmup, gently let the movements 
get larger. But never force any movements, and stay within 70 percent of your maximum range of 
motion. Do even less if you have shoulder or back injuries. 

• Do not bend your knees more than 10 percent; this is not a deep knee-bending exercise. Focus 
more on folding or sitting into the kwah. 

• If coordinating your breath with the movements creates any discomfort, such as shortness of 
breath or light-headedness, simply breathe naturally and focus more on the quality of the 
movements. 


Warm-Up Exercise 3l Hip Circles and Spiraling the Lower Extremity 

Relaxed, mindful, circular movements are used in Tai Chi to promote natural movement, Qi and blood 
circulation, and to enhance flexibility. This next set of exercises is designed to loosen up, better 
integrate, and enhance circulation through lower body regions. 

Hip Circles 

Standing with feet parallel and shoulder-width apart, and keeping your head upright and centered 
over the feet, make gentle circles in a clockwise direction with your waist, inviting an organic 
opening of its full range of motion. Explore using some of the Active Ingredients of Tai Chi. 

Begin by exercising your awareness. Notice how much of the circle you can feel intimately with 
your hip movement. At first, simply notice without attempting to change anything. For example, if you 
imagine the hip circles you are making as a clockface, can you feel your movement pass through all 
12 of the five-minute points? How about each of the 60 one-minute points? 

Now add intention. Invite the “inner ocean” to nourish and lubricate all the tissues that you engage 
in making your circle, and with a gentle and kind intention invite any kinks and strains to dissolve. 
Remembering the 70-percent rule, don’t force through any tight area; instead, patiently invite 
restricted areas to relax and open up a bit more with each rotation. 



Fold in dynamic structural integration — feel your feet on the ground, and feel the connection 
between your feet and the hips and waist; feel the impact of your hip circles on your whole body 

Finally, be aware of your breathing. Breathe naturally, freely, and deeply Can you feel how the 
breath and the movement interact? 

Complete 6 to 36 clockwise circles. Then repeat the same process of circling in a 
counterclockwise direction. Enjoy how rich and engaging even a simple movement can be when you 
do it using Tai Chi principles. 

Spiraling the Lower Extremities 

Now apply the same meditation-in- motion approach to each of the lower extremity joints. Begin by 
shifting your weight entirely to your left leg. Rest your right toes on the ground directly beneath your 
right hip, and let your right knee hang freely between your hip and toes (the right heel should come off 
the floor). Begin making circles with your right kneecap, horizontal to the ground, and activate the 
Active Ingredients of awareness, intention, structural integration, and breathing, as well as the 70- 
percent rule, to this movement. With each rotation of the knee, feel the inner ocean nourishing the 
ligaments, tendons, and cartilage of the entire knee, including behind the knee, the sides, and even 
under the kneecaps. Focus on the knee region for six to nine rotations. 

Continuing the same movement, simply shift your attention down to the right ankle and foot. Feel 
how the same movement articulates and helps bring awareness to the ankle and entire foot. Invite the 
inner ocean to permeate these tissues deeply. Focus on the ankle and foot for six to nine rotations. 

Finally, shift your attention one last time to your right hip and groin. Feel how the same movement 
articulates your upper leg bone and helps bring awareness to the hip socket and the entire right side of 
the pelvic region. Invite the inner ocean to deeply penetrate the right hip, groin, buttocks, lower 
abdomen, and tailbone region. Focus on the right hip and pelvis for six to nine rotations. 

When you are done with the right leg, shift your weight so you can let your left knee hang between 
the hip and toe, and mindfully spiral the joints of your left leg. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• When spiraling the lower extremity, feel free to use the back of a chair or stand near a wall if 
you find it difficult to balance. 

• When rotating the waist or leg joints, take your time; the slower you go, the better. You will not 
get extra points for going around faster or more times! Going slowly makes it easier to feel the 
effects and decreases the chances of causing strain or injury. 

• While loosening the joints of one leg, remain aware of your other supporting leg. Appreciate the 
strength and dynamic support it provides. 


Warm-Up Exercise 4 \ Spiraling the Upper Extremity 



Now you are going to do some simple exercises to loosen up the upper part of the body. These 
exercises use similar circular movements to improve body awareness, promote relaxation, and 
enhance range of motion and circulation in the shoulders, elbows, wrists, and fingers. If you need a 
little break, you can perform these exercises just as easily while sitting. 

Wrist Circles 

Beginning with your hands, create soft gentle fists and hold them comfortably in front of your body. 
Just as you did with the ankles, you are going to make little circles with your wrists, this time circling 
both simultaneously (one clockwise, the other counterclockwise). Use the mindful, circling 
movements to help you feel your wrists and their connections into your hands and forearms. As you 
gently stretch the muscles, ligaments, tendons, and fascia, use relaxed, kind intention to encourage 
your Qi-filled inner ocean to soften and nourish these tissues. And, even though you are paying careful 
attention to the wrists, maintain awareness of the rest of your body. Feel your feet on the ground, and 
be aware of your overall posture and the states of tension in your shoulders and neck. Don’t stop 
breathing! After six or nine rotations in one direction, repeat the same movements in the reverse 
direction. 


Hand Stretches 

Now switch to some very simple stretches for the hands and fingers themselves. Begin with the palms 
facing upward. Sequentially stretch and bend each of the fingers inward toward the body, beginning 
with the pinky and ending with the thumb. At the end of this spiraling movement, the palm faces 
downward and the fingers and palms are gently stretched both laterally and lengthwise. Be gentle 
with your stretching, and use attention and intention to invite your Qi-filled inner ocean into every 
knuckle of every finger and all the tissues of your palms and the back of your hands. Repeat 6 to 9 
times, and feel free to improvise on the movement pattern. Notice how slight variations in movement 
patterns and hand shapes can help you feel, and nourish and integrate, all parts in your hands and 
wrists. Feel like a cat stretching its paw. Over time, explore feeling the stretch all the way up to your 
elbows and shoulders. Rest for a few moments after these stretches. Take time to feel your hands; do 
they feel different compared to when you started these stretches? (Also see the Hand Tai Chi 
exercise.) 


Shoulder Stretches 

Now you are going to do some simple shoulder stretches and coordinate these with your breathing. 
Slowly shrug both shoulders as you breathe in, and exhale and gently release your shoulders down. 
Let your shoulders, neck, chest, and back relax. Again, breathing in, raise your shoulders up and 
exhale, and release them back down. Do not force or strain. Raise your shoulders using no more than 
70 percent of your maximum effort. Use your meditative attention and intention to feel as if you can 
breathe some Qi and life into these tissues, imagining the breath itself permeating the entire shoulder 
girdle, neck, and upper torso. As you exhale, melt any tensions, and let them flow down and out of 
your body through your arms and legs. Repeat this series 6 to 9 times. 



Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• In all stretches, do not force the stretch. Think of these exercises more as a moving meditation 
than as effortful stretches. 

• Feel your feet on the ground throughout, and stay grounded. Feel the integration of the body part 
you are moving using the whole of your body. 

• Breathe deeply and comfortably throughout the exercise. 


Warm-Up Exercise 5l Spinal Cord Breathing 

This exercise focuses on increasing flexibility in the spine and chest, building tone in the core 
muscles, and stimulating and balancing the flow of energy through the front and back of the body. By 
creating a little more flexibility in the spine, ribs, and whole torso, you free up your breathing. 

Begin with a comfortable shoulder-width stance. You are going to create two different shapes with 
the spine and then go back and forth between the shapes. The first shape is an arch going backward. 
Lift your chest and chin slightly, and very gently lengthen your entire spine, including your neck, and 
slightly exaggerate the arch in your lower back. As you do this shape, also draw your shoulder blades 
toward each other and slightly downward, while raising your palms to face forward just to the 
outside of your shoulders. This should result in a nice stretch in the whole front of the body. As usual, 
go no more than 70 percent of your full range of motion. 

Now you are going to create a rounded C- shape in your spine in the other direction. Release your 
arms, bring your elbows and wrists closer together, and tuck your chin downward slightly while 
rounding your whole back like a turtle. Feel as if your spine, including your neck and tailbone, are 
being stretched and lengthened. 

Once you feel comfortable with these two shapes, go back and forth at a slow pace from one shape 
to the other, opening and closing, stretching and relaxing the front and back of your body. Try to bring 
awareness to each of the 33 vertebrae in your spine, and use your intention to get the Qi and juices to 
permeate all of the spine’s tissues, including the muscles, ligaments, tendons, fascia, nerves, and the 
bones themselves. 

Open and close your spine 6 or 9 times. You can also explore folding your breathing pattern into 
this exercise, depending on how slowly you move. Breathe in as you open your chest and raise your 
arms, exhale as you round your back, tuck your chin, and draw your forearms together. If you are 
moving very slowly and have not yet developed an ability to breathe slowly and deeply, simply 
breathe naturally and focus more on the meditative stretching. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 




If at any time your breathing feels uncomfortable, just breathe naturally and focus much more on 



the lengthening and relaxation of the spine, ribs, and torso. 

• Do not stretch too far or strain your back. Be extra careful if you have a history of back or neck 
problems, stretching no more than 50-60 percent of your full range of motion. 

• You may also do this exercise in a seated position. Whether standing or sitting, feel your feet on 
the ground and stay aware of your whole body. 


Warm-Up Exercise 6 1 The Fountain 

This very traditional Qigong exercise balances the left and right sides of the body, opens and 
integrates all the joints, releases tension, and coordinates movement with breathing. The movement 
further strengthens and adds flexibility to the lower and upper body by coordinating gentle flexing of 
the ankles and knees with vertical movement of the torso and continuous circular arm movements. See 
photos 1.1-1. 3 . 

Stand in a comfortable shoulder-width stance, feet parallel. As you gently flex your ankles and 
knees, cross your wrists in front of your navel, palms facing your body. Then slowly straighten and 
extend your legs and torso, and at the same time, let your hands float up your midline and then 
separate and turn outward, around head height, in a circular motion. During this rising movement, 
sequentially open and gently stretch all the joints in your body, including your ankles, knees, hips, 
spine, ribs, and arms all the way out to your fingers. As your arms continue to circle outward to your 
side and relax downward, point the palms laterally in the direction your ears point. Then, as the arms 
and palms descend, relax all your joints and again gently flex your knees. Try to time the movement so 
that by the time you complete your small flexing of the knees, your wrists return to the starting 
position, crossed in front of your navel. Repeat this movement 6 or 9 times. 

Take a few moments to rest, either sitting in a chair or standing, before you start the next movement. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• As you stretch and open all the joints, never go past 70 percent of your full range of motion. 
Similarly, as you bend, do not sink too deeply. 

• Have a sense of opening, letting go, and relaxing the whole body. 

• Throughout the exercise, keep your body upright and your spine vertical; feel your feet on the 
ground. 

• You can coordinate this gentle, intuitive stretch with your breath. As you breathe in, open 
upward, and as your arms descend, exhale and let your breath settle. Doing this movement 
slowly is preferable, so breathing at your natural pace, independent of the pace of your 
movements, may be best. 

• Feel free to improvise the patterns of your fountain-like movements, for example, stretching on 
one side more than the other side. Imagine an infant waking up and stretching in the crib. It’s as if 
the whole body stretches and yawns. Listen to how your body wants to stretch, and try to feel as 
if you are intuitively stretching from the inside out. 




1.3 



Warm-Up Exercise 7 1 Washing Yourself with Qi from the Heavens 

This very simple, enjoyable exercise relies greatly on imagery and intention. It’s designed to gather in 
healing, rejuvenating energy from Nature and to guide this energy through every cell of the body, 
starting at the crown of your head and extending down through your legs and into your imaginary roots 
in the earth. See photos 2.1-2.5 . 

Begin by imagining yourself standing outside in nature surrounded by vibrant, healing, peaceful 
energy — perhaps a beach, peaceful garden, forest, or mountain top. Then circle your hands up the 
sides of the body and over the head. Imagine the hands can comingle with the surrounding natural 
energy, especially in the spacious sky (the “heavens”). Then, as the palms descend slowly, imagine 
you can guide this energy through every cell of your body — every blood cell, muscle, bone, nerve, 
and organ. Starting at the crown of the head, feel the energy seep into and relax all your face muscles 
and head bones, your eyes, and deep into the folds and glands of your brain. Sense that every place 
this energy reaches, deep relaxation and rejuvenation occurs. Continue down slowly through your 
neck and throat, shoulders, and chest. Let your body soak up this Qi. Guide this energy through all 
your organs, including your heart and lungs. Continue down through your abdomen, lower back, 
pelvis, and through both of your legs to the soles of your feet. And then, imagining you are like a tree 
with deep roots, guide the energy through your feet into your roots, anchoring you to the earth. 

Once you are familiar with this first level of washing yourself with Qi, as you guide fresh healing 
energy through your body, simultaneously imagine a fine mesh that filters out any tiredness, tension, or 
uncomfortable “sicker” energy in your body. Have a sense of cleaning the body as well as recharging 
it. Both of these actions happen at the same time. Let this filtering include every cell from the top of 
your head to your feet, and then guide the negative energy through your roots into the earth where you 
imagine it will be recycled. 

Each time you go through the exercise, feel fresh Qi penetrate just a little bit further. Feel as if you 
can clear out any tiredness, tension, or sicker, unbalanced energy. Don’t think about it or judge it, just 
gently guide it out, almost as if you are purifying the body. Begin to feel a little more lightness in your 
body, as if your body is a little more awake. Feel free to breathe fresh energy into every cell. Repeat 
this 3 to 9 times. When you finish, rest for a minute, and breathe naturally. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Be playful and patient in exploring which images, if any, are more effective for you than others. 
Feel free to use your intuition and modify the images — for example, adding color, temperature, 
or other senses. On days you feel particularly tense or anxious, invite a calming energy to fill 
you. On days when you are tired, you might imagine a more vibrant, perky energy to flow through 
you. Similarly, if you feel hot or cold, choose an energy quality that brings you into a more 
comfortable balance. 

• If visualization does not feel right for you, or is distracting or too cerebral, simply try to relax 
the various parts of your body progressively as you pay attention to them. 

• In guiding negative energy out of your body, don’t analyze, judge, process, or try to understand 
the source of this imbalance. Simply trust letting it go. 




2.3 


2.4 




TAI CHI EXERCISES 


Tai Chi Exercise 1 1 Raising the Power 

This exercise integrates the upper and lower body by coordinating simple arm and leg movements, 
and strengthens and improves the flexibility of the ankles, knees, hips, and back. In addition, it 
challenges balance by continuously altering the position of arms relative to the torso and brings 
awareness to differences in energy between the left and right sides of the body See photos 3. 1-3.6 . 

Begin by standing with your feet shoulder-width apart. Gently, slowly bend your knees, no more 
than 10 percent, and at the same time, let your hands float upward in front of your body with the 
wrists bent and relaxed, about shoulder-width apart, and the hands and fingers hanging down. When 
your wrists reach shoulder height, allow your palms and then fingers to open slowly; your fingertips 
should feel perky, but the hands and arms relaxed. Then let your elbows feel heavy and sink, and as 
they descend, allow your relaxed wrists to float down the front of your body with the palms initially 
facing outward. As your arms move down, slowly straighten your legs. Do this again, and try to 
coordinate your arms and the legs. As you bend the knees slowly, without force or strain, let your 
arms float away from your body with relaxed wrists and fingers. Let your hands open when the wrists 


reach shoulder height, and straighten (but don’t lock) your legs as your elbows sink and as your palms 
float down, with your fingertips trailing just a little bit. 

As your hands rise, play with the image of them being almost like paintbrushes, with the backs of 
your hands painting on a wall. And, as your hands come down, the front of your palms are painting the 
wall. Coordinate the flexing of your legs with the floating of your hands away from your body. Keep 
your shoulders and elbows relaxed, and as your legs straighten, let your elbows and wrists sink and 
fingers trail as your arms come down. 

Do this exercise 9 to 36 times, moving at your own pace. Each time you go up and down, sense a 
little more smoothness and evenness in the motion. Keep your spine upright, long, and relaxed, and 
feel your feet on the ground; the whole body is moving as one. As you finish, let your body settle and 
rest. If you like, rest in a chair before you start the next exercise. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Don’t sink too deeply; there should be no strain in the knees. 

• Don’t lock the knee or elbow joints when you extend your legs or arms; don’t let the wrists go 
higher than your shoulders. If you have shoulder discomfort, explore raising the arms to 50 
percent or 75 percent of your shoulder height. 

• Coordinate the timing of the arm and leg movements. 

• Keep the spine upright. Don’t lean back as your arms go up. 






Tai Chi Exercise 2 1 Withdraw and Push 


This exercise adds the challenge of learning to rely on one leg (the rear one) for support and balance 
and then smoothly shift weight from one leg to the other, from front to back. It coordinates simple leg 



and torso movements with continuous changes in arm positions, develops dynamic balance, adds 
strength and flexibility to the legs and arms, and offers moderate aerobic activity. See photos 4. 1-4.6 . 

Begin the same way as Raising the Power, with your feet roughly shoulder-width apart. Now you 
are going to change the stance to what’s called the bow stance. To get into the bow stance, shift your 
weight to your left leg, and, as you leave your right heel down, turn the toes of the right foot out 
slightly, about 30 degrees, and shift your weight comfortably back onto the right leg. Now step 
forward with the left foot. Imagine that the left foot is on a railroad track, and place the heel directly 
in front of the left toes. Maintain the original width between your heels. 

Then move your left knee over the center of your left foot, not going beyond the base of the toes, 
with about 60-70 percent of your weight forward. Square your hips so that your belly button, nose, 
and the toes of your left foot all point in the same direction. Now raise your hands to about chest 
height in front of you in a gesture as if you have just pushed something. The V-shaped angle of your 
elbow should not exceed 90 degrees. Keep your hands open and your shoulders and arms relaxed. 

Begin a circular pattern of motion with your upper and lower body. Shift 100 percent of your 
weight back onto your right leg, and allow your arms to relax forward and downward in a circular 
movement. The angle your elbow joint makes will get much larger. Then, following the circular, 
falling movement of the arms, raise them in front of your body as you shift your weight forward again 
until your arms reach the original forward, pushing position. Do this series 9 times. 

The weight shift should have the same quality as the warm-up exercises, with the feeling of pouring 
your weight. As you shift back and forth, feel your inner ocean bathing your feet and connecting them 
to your ankles, knees, hips, torso, and hands. Relax a little more deeply each time you release your 
arms. Relax your shoulders, and hang your elbows as you move into the active pushing phase. 
Throughout the exercise, your spine should strive toward the quality of a necklace of pearls hanging, 
with your neck relaxed. Be aware of your breathing, and keep it deep, slow, and comfortable, without 
forcing any rhythm or pattern. If a breathing pattern emerges with the movement, that is fine; just go 
with it. As you rock, feel your whole body, feet relaxed on the ground, spine long, breathing deeply, 
and arms and legs coordinated and integrated. 

Finish by letting your arms fall to the sides, your weight shifting back, and the front foot sliding 
back to shoulder width. Adjust your feet to where you started, with feet parallel, shoulder- width 
apart. 

Repeat this series, doing the mirror image of these movements. Shift your weight to the right; leave 
the left heel down; turn your right toes out 30 degrees; shift your weight to the left; move your right 
foot forward, putting the heel just in front of the right toes; and maintain shoulder-width distance 
between your feet. Shift your weight forward 60-70 percent, again making sure not to let your right 
knee pass the base of your right toes. Keep your palms up, neck long, and back straight as you push 
with your arms forward. Then let your arms relax and fall, making a circle down in front of your hips 
as you shift your weight onto the back leg. Do 9 cycles on this second leg. 

As you finish, allow your arms to fall to your side and shift your weight back, sliding your right foot 
back to shoulder width, adjusting your feet to parallel. Again, as you stand here resting, just let your 
whole body and mind relax. If you want, sit and rest between the movements. 


Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Make sure your bow stance has sufficient width (that is, it’s shoulder width), but do not take too 
long a stance. 

• If your knees feel strained, check the proportions of your stance. Also, try bending less deeply, 
and do not shift your weight as far forward or back. The forward knee should never extend past 
the base of the toes. 

• The movements should become more continuous and smooth, what the Tai Chi classics say is 
seamless, with no obvious beginning, middle, or end. 

• Maintain deep, unforced, natural breathing. 

• Be aware of your whole body, feeling your feet on the ground, the spine hanging from the top, 
and the connection of the legs and arms throughout. 

• After you learn these movements, think very little as you do them It’s more about feeling and 
listening to how your body is moving. 





Tai Chi Exercise 3 1 Wave Hands Like Clouds 

This quintessential Tai Chi exercise integrates movements of the legs and waist with the arms, uses 
circular motion to improve blood and Qi flow to the extremities, and balances the left and right sides 



of the body. See photos 5. 1-6.6 . 

First, get familiar with the movement of the legs and torso. Stand with your feet parallel, shoulder- 
width apart. Focusing first on the legs, hips, and torso, begin by shifting your weight to your right leg; 
turn your waist slightly to the right (knee stable and centered over the foot, no twisting of right knee or 
torso), and keep both feet flat. Your torso should rest into the kwah as a child harnessed and balanced 
in a Jolly Jumper; that is, hips and waist stay relaxed and elastic. While still oriented slightly to the 
right with your waist and head, shift your weight to the left leg so your weight is aligned over your 
left foot, and then close your left kwah (groin or inguinal fold) by turning the waist slightly to the left 
(again no twisting of knee or torso). Repeat this movement 9 to 36 times. Sense the movements gently 
massaging the feet, knees, and especially the hips and kwah, and feel the integration of these body 
parts. 

Now add in arm movements. To help learn the choreography and experience key Tai Chi qualities, 
imagine your hands are soft, calligraphy paintbrushes. Picture your palm brushing against a surface — 
because it’s pliable, it bends back slightly. If you made a brush stroke in the opposite direction with 
the back of your hand touching the surface, your wrist would bend gently toward the body. With this 
pliable quality of movement in mind, imagine your hand is filled with calligraphy Qi and begin to 
paint an oval with your right hand. Shift your weight from your right leg to your left leg and guide your 
right palm (facing slightly outward) from right to left around navel height making a smooth “brush 
stroke.” Let the calligraphy Qi flow naturally out from the surface of your palm. As you complete the 
arm movement, turn your waist slightly to the left and then raise your right hand to chest height 
(without raising your right shoulder). As you shift your weight back to the right, make a smooth “brush 
stroke” with the back of your hand, letting the calligraphy Qi flow naturally from the back of your 
hand. Complete the oval by letting your right hand drop to navel height on your right side. Repeat 9 to 
36 times with your right hand, and then repeat this series with your left hand. 

All of these movements should feel very pleasant, as if you are internally massaging and making 
gentle waves throughout your body. Turn, float the hands, pour your weight, and complete the circular 
or oval motion. Throughout this movement, your body remains upright and comfortable; don’t force or 
strain. Over time, the circle or oval that you are painting will feel more continuous and smooth, as all 
of your fingers become involved in the painting. 

Throughout this movement, keep the breath deep, continuous, and relaxed. Feel a nice sense of 
integration from the hands all the way through the torso and legs, and in the other direction, from the 
legs all the way back up to the hands. To complete the movement, pause your hand in front of your 
shoulder, turn it to face down, and just let it float down lightly like a parachute. Feel the air under 
your hand. Also, feel your feet on the ground, and feel your whole body. 

Again, think of the Tai Chi principle of seamlessness — continuous movement, with no stops or 
starts, no jerkiness in the movement. Someone watching you would have no sense of the beginning, 
middle, or end of the movement. The pouring is continuous; like waves washing through your body, 
your breathing is deep, natural, relaxed, and unforced. If some rhythms emerge for the breathing, that’s 
fine. You want to feel as if your body is as light as a cloud and your hands are just floating through it. 

Repeat the same movement with your left arm, completing 9-36 more cycles. 

When you are comfortable performing this exercise with each arm, you can practice both arms 
together, working them in phase. 

When you finish, feel free to take a few moments to rest, either sitting in a chair or standing, and 
notice changes in your body before you start the next movement. 


Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Keep your spine upright, shoulders and neck relaxed throughout. Pay particular attention to 
relaxing your shoulders as your arms come up. Remain aware of how your feet stay in contact 
with the ground throughout the exercise. 

• Remain aware of your breath, and keep it relaxed. 

• Using the image of the hand as a paintbrush, notice whether some fingers feel the flow of Qi 
more than others do, and try to even out the sensation. Similarly, balance out the sense of 
openness in the front and back of each hand. 

• As you practice more, extend the concept of feeling like a brush to the length of your arm. Invite 
a freer flow of Qi though the entire body, integrating your legs, torso, and hands. 

• Once you are comfortable with the choreography, feel free to explore a faster or slower pace of 
the “brush strokes,” but always end with a short resting meditation. 










Tai Chi Exercise 4 \ Grasp the Sparrow’s Tail 

This exercise brings attention to the central role that the waist plays in integrated movement. Rotating 
the waist within a fixed stance develops flexibility in the hips and lower spine, massages the internal 
organs, and helps integrate the movements of the legs with the torso and arms. The large, circular 
movements of the arms improve your range of motion and the circulation to the upper extremities, 
develop dynamic balance, and provide moderate aerobic and strength training. See photos 7. 1-7.8 . 

As with the other exercises, first you will learn the weight shifting and torso movements without 
the arm movements. Begin with your weight forward in a bow stance; your left knee is stable over the 
left foot with your torso facing forward (same direction as front toes), your right foot pointed 30 
degrees to the right. Keep your weight forward, and slightly turn your navel and torso further to the 
left, closing or folding your left kwah. Then, still facing a little to the left, shift your weight back to 
100 percent onto the right leg, and then turn your waist to the right, closing the right kwah. Continuing 
to face slightly to the right, transfer your weight back to the left leg into the forward bow stance, and 
then turn your torso back to the original starting position (navel pointing forward in the same direction 
as your left toes). 

Now you will integrate the arm movements, one arm at a time, with the lower body. Begin with 
your right arm by centering it in front of your chest, in a push gesture. Your right arm will follow the 
movement of your torso as it turns left; there should be no arm extension or change in your elbow 
angle during this small torso turn. Then release the right arm downward, creating a large, circular 
movement as your weight shifts backward. Now circle the right arm back up to shoulder height as 
your waist turns to the right. As your arm swings upward, the palm of your right hand faces the same 
direction as your navel. Then the shoulders and wrist relax, and the palm returns to the starting push 
gesture as your torso returns to the beginning of the bow stance. 


For the left arm, begin with a round shape at chest height, as if you were cradling a large balloon or 
sphere against your chest. Maintain this “ward-off’ gesture as your hips turn to the left. Shift your 
weight back as the left arm simply releases downward in a circular motion and sweeps across your 
groin area. The left arm swings back up to the same ward-off gesture. This gesture doesn’t change 
throughout the remainder of the movement. 

Finally, you move both arms together with the weight shifting. When you hold both palms in front of 
your chest, facing one another, this movement should resemble holding a small ball or bird, thus, 
“grasping a sparrow’s tail.” Do the coordinated movement 9 to 36 times. 

When you are comfortable doing the movements with your left leg in the forward position, do the 
mirror image of the movement with the right side. Begin in a bow stance, right knee over the right 
foot, torso facing forward, left foot pointed 30 degrees to the left. With your weight forward, slightly 
turn your navel and torso further to the right, folding your right kwah, and while facing a little to the 
right, shift your weight fully back onto the left leg. Then turn your waist to the left, closing the left 
kwah. Still facing slightly to the left, transfer your weight back to the right leg into the forward bow 
stance, and then turn your torso back to the original starting position. 

Move both arms together with the weight shifting. Begin with your left arm centered in front of your 
chest, ready to push. As your body turns, the arm follows your torso turn to the right, and as your 
weight shifts back to your left leg, your arm falls and circles back up to shoulder height, with palm 
facing the same direction as your navel. Meanwhile, the right arm begins in a round shape at chest 
height in the ward-off gesture as your hips turn to the right. During your weight shift to your back left 
leg, the right arm also releases downward and sweeps across your groin area, simply swinging back 
up to the same ward-off gesture. As you shift your weight again toward your front right leg, both your 
arms move to create the Grasp the Sparrow’s Tail gesture, with one palm facing the other, in front of 
your chest. Turn your hips and torso to face straight forward, and begin a new cycle. Repeat 9 to 36 
times. 


Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• When closing the kwah in the forward bow stance or when standing on the rear leg, be mindful 
not to twist the knee. If you feel any knee strain, bend your knees less, or explore a smaller 
stance. 

• The head and shoulder should always point in the same direction as the navel. Be mindful not to 
twist the neck or spine. 

• Don’t get too hung up on details as you are first learning the movements. Try to feel the spirit of 
relaxed, flowing movements. The more you relax, the more likely your body will begin to flow 
in an integrated manner. 







Tai Chi Exercise 5 1 Twist Step, Brush Knee 

This exercise develops the ability to take slow, deliberate steps in a forward direction, while 
managing challenging balances imposed by constantly varying arm positions. Again, this exercise 



coordinates leg and arm movements, helping to integrate the upper and lower body. See photos 8J.I 
8*8 . 

Begin by standing with your right toes pointing 30 degrees to the right, your weight primarily on 
your right leg. Your left toes should be directly next to your right toes, touching the ground for 
balance, but without much weight on your left leg. While in this posture, hold your arms centered in 
front of your torso, as if you were holding a sphere, with your right hand on top of the left. Use this 
posture for balance. 

Step out with your left foot to a bow stance, and while your torso faces the direction your right toes 
are pointing, shift your weight to your left leg. With 70 percent of your weight on your left leg, turn 
your hips and head to point forward, where your left toes are pointing. As you shift your weight, 
release your left hand so that it falls across your lower body and toward your left thigh. Let your right 
hand move slightly forward, fingers pointing up, to make the gesture of a push in front of your right 
shoulder. When you are in this forward bow stance, your right palm should be in a push position, with 
the palm facing out at about shoulder height. The left forearm and palm hang to the outside and slightly 
forward of the left thigh. 

After making this shape, if possible, continue forward and balance on your left leg, bringing the 
right knee alongside the left knee and raising the toes of your right foot slightly off the ground. Then 
place your right foot back to where it originally was, and as you shift all of your weight back to the 
right leg, turn your waist to the right, draw your left toes alongside your right ones, release your arms, 
and guide the right one in a circular motion, first to an extended position with the palm facing out just 
below shoulder height, and then back to the beginning sphere position. Repeat this cycle 9 to 36 times 
on the right side. 

Now practice the mirror image of this movement, beginning with your weight on your left leg, toes 
turned out 30 degrees, and right toes alongside the left foot and touching the ground for balance. Hold 
your arms as if you were holding a sphere in front of your body with your left hand on top of the right, 
step out to a right-footed bow stance, and shift your weight to your right leg; after your frame is in 
place and as you turn your torso to the right, allow your right hand to brush just above your right knee 
as your left hand pushes at shoulder height. Bring your knees next to each other, and then return first 
your left foot and then your right foot back to their original positions as you resume the beginning 
sphere position. Repeat this set 9 to 36 times on the left side. 






COOL-DOWN EXERCISES 



Tai Chi Massage and Meridian Tapping 


According to traditional Chinese medicine principles, these cool-down exercises assure that energy 
activated during the warm-up and Tai Chi exercises is evenly integrated within your body. These 
exercises help integrate the energy work by stimulating and balancing key acupuncture channels in the 
body that link the top and bottom, and left and right sides, of the body. 

Begin by massaging your abdomen and then your lower back with the palms of both hands, each for 
about one minute. As you massage, feel as if you can move the Qi and juices deep beneath the skin 
surface. Follow this massage by gently tapping with your palms and fingers pathways that correspond 
with energy pathways or (acupuncture) meridians of traditional Chinese medicine. Start tapping the 
flank (kidney region) in the lower back, moving down the outside of your legs, knees, and calves to 
the outside of your ankles. Then move up from the inside of your ankles to the inner surface of your 
knees, thighs, and kwah back up to the navel and then around to your kidneys. Repeat this loop three 
times. 

Continue tapping up your back, going as high as you can reach from the bottom to the top. Then 
reach over your shoulders and continue tapping upward toward the cervical spine. Use your fingers to 
tap lightly on your skull, forehead, throat, and down to your chest. Extend your left arm out to the side 
with the palm facing forward, and, using your right hand, tap from the chest outward along the inside 
surface of your left arm to your fingers. Then return by tapping the outside surfaces of your fingers to 
your shoulders and chest. Next, extend your right arm and tap from the chest to the fingers, and back to 
the chest. Repeat this loop three times on each side. 

Complete the tapping massage from your chest down to the abdomen, ending by rubbing the 
abdomen again. Rest your palms on your abdomen as you rest for a minute and feel your breath. 

Key Points to Keep in Mind 


• Gently, lightly tap the various parts of your body without creating any pain. 

• As you tap, relax the body so you can feel the vibrations deep into the tissues and organs. 

• When tapping the lower legs, be careful to maintain your balance and not strain the lower back. 
Do not reach lower than is comfortable or safe for you. 



PART TWO 


Proof of the Promise: Tai Chi through the Lens of 

Modem Science 


4 


Improve Your Balance and Bones 


Losing any of the five traditional senses isn’t necessarily life threatening. But to lose one’s 
orientation to the earth, one’s sense of up and down, one’s position on the planet, is to undergo 
one of the most profound disturbances a human can experience. 

— SCOTT MCCREDIE, In Search of the Lost Sense 

Balance is key to a healthy, lull life. In older people, balance prevents falls and provides confidence 
to sustain physical and social activities. For younger people, better balance often translates into better 
performance in sports. For everyone, balance contributes to a grounded sense of well-being. 

Balance and your relationship to gravity involve many interacting factors, including strength and 
flexibility, sensory perception, neuromuscular coordination or synergy, and cognitive processes. 
Understanding these components, including how they degrade with age or disease, and understanding 
how Tai Chi affects them will help you appreciate why Tai Chi is often so effective at improving 
balance. 

One of the primary reasons you should be concerned about balance is fall-related fractures. Some 
50 million Americans over age 50 have low bone density, and fractures in this group often result in 
great suffering and medical expense. Tai Chi offers a twofold effect of reducing fracture risk — not 
only does it improve balance and reduce falls, but also, preliminary studies, including our own 
research, suggest Tai Chi may also reduce rates of bone mineral density (BMD) decline, particularly 
in post- menopausal women. 

In addition, elderly, frail, and deconditioned people who often have poor balance have found Tai 
Chi to be very safe. That makes Tai Chi an excellent response to the US Surgeon General’s recent call 
for novel exercise programs for older adults diagnosed with low bone density. In fact, the Surgeon 
General’s report specifically recommends Tai Chi as a good exercise for fall prevention.- Not 
surprisingly, community programs increasingly are adopting Tai Chi for balance rehabilitation and 
fall prevention. 


SHADOWING IN A BALANCE REHABILITATION CLINIC IN 
PREPARATION FORMY FIRST TAI CHI TRIAL 

In preparation for my first Tai Chi trial with chronic inner-ear balance-disorder (vestibulopathic) 
patients, I arranged to shadow at the Massachusetts General Hospital Physical Therapy Clinic. There 
I met my first such patient, Charlene, a 5 3 -year-old retired librarian. I was amazed at the level of 
Charlene’s impairment and dysfunction. She was unable to do the simplest things, such as turn her 
head and look over her shoulder without losing her balance, steadily walk beyond a short distance, or 
close her eyes without nearly falling — tasks we normally take for granted. 


Over time, as I met more patients and through the Tai Chi clinical trial we ran, I learned more about 
how debilitating balance impairments can be and how negatively they affect quality of life; activities 
of daily living, such as driving a car, playing with children or grandchildren, or shopping; as well as 
engaging in any type of exercise, work, finances, and family relationships. 

Over the course of our first trial with dozens of balance-disorder patients, and now with years of 
studies of balance and Tai Chi, I realize how valuable Tai Chi can be to enhance stability and overall 
balance for nearly everyone from young athletes to normally aging people, as well as for 
rehabilitation and prevention of balance loss, falling, and subsequent fractures in those diagnosed 
with more severe balance disorders, people like Charlene. 


What is Balance? 

The technical definition of balance, or postural stability, is the ability to maintain and control the 
position and motion of the center of mass of the body relative to the base of support. Humans’ ability 
to balance, walk, and run on two legs, in comparison to our four-legged ancestors, represents quite an 
evolutionary feat (pun intended). When you stand or walk, your body is inherently unstable because 
two-thirds of your body’s mass is located two-thirds of your body’s height above the ground. Even the 
normal act of walking could be described as a continuous process of losing and regaining your 
balance. Master Morihei Ueshiba, founder of the martial art Aikido, stood less than five feet tall and 
weighed well under 100 pounds. Yet, he could remain centered, calm, and apparently stable, even 
while evading the attack of multiple opponents. He was fond of telling his students, however, that he 
was not as stable and balanced as they believed: “It is not that I stay balanced all the time. I just 
recover so fast, nobody notices the imbalance.” 

Balance is a feat that requires many systems interacting and coordinating in precise and complex 
ways. The elements involved in balance depend on the specific task — whether you are standing still 
or hopping on one leg — and also the environment where you are — whether you are standing on dark, 
slippery ice or a flat surface on a sunny day. Generally, four body systems must work together to keep 
you from falling over: musculoskeletal (muscle strength, flexibility), sensory, neuromuscular, and 
cognitive. - 


• Musculoskeletal: Your muscle strength and flexibility, as well as the range of motion of your 
joints, all help keep you upright and affect your balance. 

Significant muscle weakness, especially in the hips, legs, and feet, is one of the primary 
factors in falls, particularly among the elderly. Muscle strength decreases from 20-40 percent 
between the ages of 20 and 70. A correlation also exists between knee and ankle weakness and 
the risk of falls. Ank le flexibility, which is critical for postural control, declines by 50 percent in 
women and 35 percent in men between age 55 and 85. In addition, as we age, spinal flexibility 
is often the first thing to go, especially spinal extension (the ability to stand up straight). In fact, 
on average, we have 50 percent less spinal extension after age 70 than we had in our twenties. - 

• Sensory: Your brain receives a combination of balance-related sensory inputs from your eyes; 
from pressure sensors in the skin, muscles, and joints; and from the vestibular system located in 


the inner ear. 

Vision, in addition to allowing us to detect hazards in the environment, plays a direct and 
important role in balance; it provides the nervous system with continually updated information 
about the position and movements of body parts in relation to each other and the environment. 
For example, when people stand with their eyes closed, the amount the body sways increases 
between 20 percent and 70 percent. - 

Proprioception, which relies on nerve cells throughout the body that are sensitive to 
mechanical pressures, provides additional information about the body’s position and the limbs’ 
movements. Pressure receptors located in the soles of your feet sense how the body makes 
contact with the ground and detect which way your weight is shifting or leaning. Feedback from 
these pressure sensors is essential to maintaining balance. For example, if someone bumps into 
you from one side, your body reacts by shifting weight rapidly to the other side. The change in 
pressure beneath your feet signals the movements your hips, knees, and ankles need to make to 
recover your balance. - 

The vestibular system inside the inner ear plays an important role in balance. The inner ear 
continuously sends impulses that adjust your eyes to coordinate with the body’s smallest 
movement. The vestibular system organizes the motion of your head and stabilizes your eyes 
relative to the surrounding environment. It also sends signals to the skeletal muscles that keep 
you upright. 

Through experience, your body learns to evaluate the accuracy of this information and rely on 
it more or less. This process of selecting and integrating appropriate sensory information is 
called sensory organization. Several studies have shown that elderly people perform less well in 
maintaining a standing position than younger ones when under conditions of reduced or 
conflicting sensory inputs. - 

As we age, the quality of inputs from all three systems declines. For vision, studies show that 
our ability to adapt to the dark, perceive differences between an object and its background, and 
perceive depth decreases starting at age 40; general visual acuity steadily declines starting at 
age 50. Try this: stand up and close your eyes — you will appreciate quickly the role vision plays 
in balance. Many studies support that impaired vision directly affects balance and predisposes 
older people to falls. - 

The mechanical sensors throughout the body tend to lose their sensitivity as we age, causing a 
lag in communication with the brain. Sensory losses cause disruptions in the quantity, quality, 
and timing of sensory feedback. For example, sensory “alertness” in the feet remains stable until 
about age 40, and then it decreases by about 20 percent in our fifties and by a staggering 75 
percent by age 80. This sensory loss is also associated with diseases such as peripheral 
neuropathy due to diabetes. Studies show that the more the soles of the feet experience loss of 
sensory input, the higher is the impairment in postural control. - 

Finally, multiple aspects of the vestibular system decline with age or disease. Sensors located 
in the inner ear degenerate by 40 percent after age 70, and practical neuromuscular reactions 
associated with these vestibular sensors also have been reported to decline with age; these 
reactions affect head and neck movements. In addition, vestibular losses can be related to ear 
infection, head trauma, cancers, and toxicity to medications. - 
• Neuromuscular: Groups of muscles often act together as a functional unit; this process is called 
neuromuscular synergy. This synergy helps you, for example, put one step in front of the other 


and makes walking more efficient. For you to start walking, numerous muscles throughout your 
body must contract in a coordinated fashion, from those in your spine to those in your feet. You 
commonly use neuromuscular synergies to recover from a perturbation in balance, such as when 
you slip on a wet sidewalk. You also use them when you get up from a chair. Again, as you age, 
the coordination of these processes may break down, which may put you at more risk for falls. - 
• Cognition: Multiple thought processes interact with the other intrinsic factors to affect your 
balance. These processes include the fear of falling, planning or anticipating tricky situations 
(walking in the dark or across ice), and your ability to pay attention to postural control, 
especially while multitasking (for example, talking on a cell phone and walking at the same 
time). 

The fear of falling is an increasing problem as we age, and is particularly prevalent in those 
who have balance disorders or a history of falling. Studies show that the tentative, physically 
tense, and mentally distracting behaviors associated with the fear of falling actually can increase 
the probability that you will fall. From a traditional Chinese medicine perspective, the anxiety 
associated with fear of falling creates an energetic imbalance in the body, drawing excessive Qi 
into the chest and head and weakening the energetic root in the legs, and therefore disturbing 
your sense of feeling grounded. Elderly people who have a fear of falling are more likely to be 
depressed and to restrict their activities, and these factors seem to feed on each other. Fearful 
people are also less active, which leads to muscle deconditioning and a loss of strength and 
balance.— 

Many aspects of cognitive function decline with age, and one very relevant to balance is 
executive function. Executive function refers to your ability to organize thoughts and activities, 
prioritize tasks, and make decisions. A growing body of research suggests that poor executive 
function can affect balance and gait. You may have noticed that, for example, distracting thoughts 
affect your balance and walking speed. In addition, executive function seems to decline with age, 
studies show. Brain researchers believe that age-related decline in executive function may 
underlie some of the age-related loss of balance.— 


The B urden or Balance Impairments 

Deterioration of these four elements of balance control often leads to falls in older adults. Some 25- 
35 percent of the elderly over age 65 fall once or more each year. The likelihood of falling increases 
with age from 34 percent at ages 65-74 to 5 1 percent at age 85 and older.— 


Tai Chi for Balance: Why It Makes Sense 

The good news about balance problems is that most are fixable, and many falls are preventable. One 
of the key solutions to balance problems is exercise. Whether it’s strength training, balance training, 
or Tai Chi, all have been shown to improve balance and reduce the number of falls.— Based on 
systematic reviews of exercise and falls prevention, Tai Chi may be one of the better exercises you 


can do. The diverse, multiple active ingredients inherent in Tai Chi allow you to compensate for 
deficiencies in the four body systems (musculoskeletal, sensory, neuromuscular, and cognitive) that 
underlie balance loss. Tai Chi’s gentle, gradual approach also makes it accessible for people of all 
ages and stages of fitness. 


FALLS AND FRACTURES: BOOMERS BEWARE 

A primary reason we care about balance is to prevent falls and fractures. Older people have thinner 
bones and therefore have an increased risk of fracture. Every year, about 30 percent of people aged 
65 and up who live in communities experience a fall; this figure translates into about 10 million falls 
per year. From 55-70 percent of these falls result in physical injury, and 30 percent of those who fall 
sustain serious injuries, such as hip fractures or head traumas, that reduce mobility and independence, 
and increase the likelihood of premature death. About half of those who suffer hip fractures will not 
return home or live independently. Only one in four fully recover, and about one in five will die 
within the first year due to complications. The estimated cost of falls in the United States in 2000 was 
$19.2 billion.- - 

All of these age-related fall/fracture issues will be exacerbated among the baby boomers, the 73 
million Americans born between 1946 and 1964. By 2040, the numbers of people over age 65 are 
expected to double to 77 million. This statistic means that up to 25 million people are likely to fall 
and incur 8 million injuries, and 25,000 fall-related deaths will occur each year among this group. 


Tai Chi and Reduced Falls 

Systematic reviews and meta-analyses of clinical trials have studied the impact of Tai Chi on falls in 
the elderly. When viewed as a whole, the data suggest Tai Chi can significantly reduce the probability 
of falling, even when compared in randomized trials to other active exercise or balance-training 
interventions.— 

One large randomized, controlled trial conducted at the Oregon Research Institute evaluated the 
impact of six months of Tai Chi, compared to a seated exercise control group. The study reported a 45 
percent reduction in falls and increases in associated clinical benefits. A follow-up study by the same 
research team, evaluating a simplified Tai Chi intervention in community centers, found that the 
results from clinical trials successfully translate into practical community programs.— 

Emory University researchers similarly reported a 46 percent reduction in falls following 15 
weeks of Tai Chi training for community-dwelling adults age 70 and older.— In general, other studies 
also suggest a beneficial impact on fall risk and other clinical measures of balance, although some 
results are mixed.— Drawing on falls data such as these, cost-benefit analyses show that Tai Chi 
could significantly reduce costs associated with fall-related hip fractures. One recent systematic study 
in Australia concluded that Tai Chi was the most cost-effective falls prevention strategy.— 

It’s also noteworthy that the majority of these studies have focused on older, often frail and 
deconditioned adults, and few adverse effects have been reported. 


How Tai Chi Helps Balance 


“I had danced a lot as kid, but after a head injury in a car accident, I had balance problems and 
couldn’t do that anymore,” says Sandy, a 64-year-old teacher. “My doctor suggested I do Tai Chi 
exercises, and after six months, I felt my balance was somewhat better and I had more vitality. 
My Tai Chi instructor moved, but I continued to do Tai Chi on my own.” 

Sandy had a flare-up of balance problems a few years later and missed several months of 
work and her practice. “My doctor put me on medication for vertigo, which helped, and I started 
taking Tai Chi classes again,” she says. “The classes help with my focus. I feel physically 
stronger and can concentrate better. I can stand with my eyes closed during a meditative 
relaxation without wavering. When I do the form, I feel connected to what I can do, and more 
graceful. I really enjoy the way it feels to be inside of me as I do the form.” 

The effectiveness of Tai Chi is due to its multiple active ingredients and subcomponents. Many 
studies have explored how the characteristics of Tai Chi might explain its effectiveness for postural 
control, which may underlie positive effects on fall rates. Here’s how Tai Chi helps influence the four 
elements of balance: 


Musculoskeletal 

Tai Chi is a weight-bearing exercise. It involves a constant shifting of weight from one leg to the 
other, which facilitates improved dynamic standing balance and strength of the lower extremities 
(legs, ankles, feet). Laboratory studies support the idea that when practicing Tai Chi, you spend much 
more time on one leg compared to when you walk. Multiple longitudinal and cross-sectional studies 
show improved lower-extremity strength — in particular, knee strength, following Tai Chi training. Tai 
Chi also improves torso and limb flexibility and range of motion, which is an essential component for 
postural control.— 

Tai Chi is widely believed to encourage better posture through body alignment and an emphasis on 
maintaining a vertical posture with an extended head and trunk position. Good alignment and 
appropriate use of the core muscles and spine allow you to stand more erect, and standing erect 
promotes a more stable, grounded, less rigid, and less top-heavy posture. 

Sensory and Perceptual 

Tai Chi’s continuous, slow even tempo facilitates sensory awareness of the speed, force, trajectory, 
and execution of movements, as well as awareness of the external environment. With Tai Chi, your 
sensory systems become highly sensitized, which leads to better balance and function. 

One Hong Kong study compared older Tai Chi practitioners to age-matched nonpractitioners and 
found that those who practiced Tai Chi scored higher on an instrument measuring overall body 
awareness. What’s more, the Tai Chi practitioners had significantly better ability to lean further in 
most directions without losing their stability.— Tai Chi is also associated with improved joint 
proprioception. One study compared long-term Tai Chi practitioners to age-matched swimmers, 
runners, and sedentary controls. The Tai Chi practitioners had a better sense of the position of their 
ankle and knee joints in space, and were more sensitive to small movements of their joints.— So, Tai 


Chi may give you more accurate, quicker feedback for balance and posture, which could help prevent 
falling. 

Some studies show that Tai Chi positively affects people who have peripheral neuropathy and 
experience little sensation in their hands and feet. Reduced sensation in the feet, for example, greatly 
affects balance.— This condition is common among those who have diabetes or people who are 
undergoing chemotherapy, among others. One promising noncontrolled pilot study by researchers at 
Louisiana State University showed the impact of Tai Chi on people who had plantar peripheral 
neuropathy due to diabetes. Tai Chi classes for 24 weeks led to an increase in sensitivity of the soles 
of the feet, greater balance, and faster walking speed.— Another nonrandomized trial reported that a 
12-week Tai Chi program in diabetic patients who had peripheral neuropathy increased nerve 
conduction velocities.— 

It’s not just legs, but the hands as well that become more sensitive through Tai Chi. My colleague 
Dr. Cathy Kerr has studied sensitivity to touch, called tactile acuity in the fingertips, in a group of Tai 
Chi practitioners versus those who didn’t do Tai Chi. Those who did Tai Chi, most notably older 
people, had the equivalent increase in sensitivity seen among blind people who read Braille.— 

Our Harvard group, led by Dr. David Krebs, also has shown that Tai Chi can help patients who 
have vestibular-related balance problems. In a randomized trial, we compared 10 weeks of Tai Chi 
training to traditional vestibular rehabilitation exercises. While both interventions improved dynamic 
balance control, overall, Tai Chi was more effective. However, traditional rehabilitation exercises 
helped improve patients’ eye gaze stability, which is related to vestibular function and overall 
balance, more so than Tai Chi. It appears that Tai Chi may affect different mechanisms of balance than 
traditional rehabilitation inpatients who have vestibular problems. We hypothesized that Tai Chi may 
have led to changes in proprioception, leg strength, and flexibility, in addition to balance confidence, 
which together, may have helped compensate for a weaker vestibular systems. Thus, Tai Chi may 
provide an excellent adjunct, synergistic therapy for patients who have medical vestibular 
disorders.— 

More generally, studies support that Tai Chi improves the ability to compensate when balance- 
related sensory input is limited or conflicting, what is called improved sensory organization. Studies 
have shown that during balance testing, if vestibular, visual, or proprioceptive inputs are 
experimentally reduced or purposefully made confusing, Tai Chi practitioners are better equipped to 
maintain their balance. In fact, some studies show that elderly Tai Chi practitioners attain the same 
level of balance control as young, healthy subjects during these experimental challenges. Since most 
falls occur when a person is in a difficult situation, such as when experiencing sensory conflict, Tai 
Chi’s ability to compensate under these circumstances is noteworthy.— 

Neuromuscular Synergy 

The rich diversity of Tai Chi’s movements — the sequencing, timing, and combinations of different 
muscle groups — provides excellent training for the coordination of neuromuscular patterns. Research 
supports that Tai Chi can improve your dynamic balance as you move and help you recover from 
perturbations in balance, for example, when you slip on a wet sidewalk. 

One randomized trial of older adults studied reactions to experimentally induced slips during 
walking. Compared to a conventional balance-training program, those who were assigned to intensive 
Tai Chi training exhibited improved ankle neuromuscular reaction, better coordination of muscle 


groups, and better overall maintenance of balance.— Another randomized trial showed that Tai Chi 
improved coordination during the very initial stage of walking (gait initiation), a phase that is more 
likely to create a stumble or trip compared to when walking is under way.— Finally, our study with 
vestibular patients showed that Tai Chi improved organization of lower extremity neuromuscular 
synergies, leading to faster and more stable gait.— 

Cognitive 

It’s highly likely that one of the primary ways that Tai Chi improves balance and reduces falls is by 
reducing the fear of falling and associated anxiety. Ironically, fear of falling is one of the biggest 
predictors of falls. Those who have a history of prior falls or who have impaired balance tend to 
walk in a guarded, tentative, “ungrounded” manner. They also stand a little more rigidly, breathe 
shallowly, are top-heavy, and their minds are anxious and preoccupied with not falling. All of these 
behaviors lead them to being less grounded and less aware of themselves and their surrounding 
environment. 

Using Tai Chi lingo, fear of falling is the opposite of Sung, which is relaxed, sinking energy (see 
the end of this chapter for a Sung exercise). One of the participants in our vestibular study reported 
that she used to experience vertigo every time she stepped off a train onto the platform. But since 
doing Tai Chi, the second she begins to feel unbalanced and anxious, she feels her feet on the earth, 
imagines growing roots like a tree deep into the ground, and takes a number of slow, deep breathes. 
While she still experiences some instability, she feels less anxious or fearful about falling, and this 
confidence allows her postural control systems to work more efficiently. 

Good evidence indicates that Tai Chi reduces the fear of falling, probably because this holistic 
intervention enhances relaxed, body awareness and provides more confidence from better strength 
and coordination. One randomized trial by Emory University researchers found that 48 weeks of Tai 
Chi reduced the fear of falling significantly compared to a wellness education program. An earlier 
study by the same group also reported a significantly greater reduction in fear of falling following Tai 
Chi compared to computerized balance training; improvements in fear of falling were correlated with 
a nearly 50 percent reduction in the fall rate. — Another trial reported that the combination of 
cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) plus Tai Chi improved fear of falling, as well as measures of 
mobility, social support satisfaction, and quality of life, more than CBT alone.— 

Researchers are just beginning to study how coordinating and managing the multiple mind-body 
components during Tai Chi training — that is, integrated arm and leg moves, continuously changing 
direction, memorizing sequences, breathing, and postural awareness and inner sensations — may 
further enhance the handling of concurrent mental tasks during physical activities, such as walking 
down a flight of steps. One creative cross-sectional study conducted in Hong Kong studied how older 
women who were experienced Tai Chi practitioners contracted their lower leg muscles in 
anticipation of bearing weight on one leg while descending stairs. These older women’s muscle-firing 
patterns were compared to those of both older and younger people who had no Tai Chi experience. 
The participants repeated the experiment with and without a distracting mental task. The older women 
without Tai Chi experience braced their lower leg muscles inefficiently and much earlier when 
descending a step compared to the Tai Chi practitioners, whose muscle activation was 
indistinguishable from the more youthful controls. What’s more, when distracted by a mental task, the 
leg contractions of the Tai Chi participants were not as affected as the other groups. The authors 


concluded that Tai Chi might help improve older adults’ capacity to shift attention between mental and 
physical tasks.— 


TAI CHI IMPROVES BALANCE AND MOTOR CONTROL IN 

PARKINSON’S DISEASE 

Tai Chi appears to help Parkinson’s disease patients improve their balance and motor control. 
Parkinson’s disease, which affects more than 1 million Americans, is a brain disorder that affects 
muscle control, causing trembling and stiffness, slowness in walking, and difficulties with balance. 
These impairments greatly hinder everyday function and quality of life. 

Some Parkinson’s disease symptoms, such as tremors, respond to drug therapy. But others, like 
overall balance, do not respond well to medication, and the role of different types of exercise is still 
not well understood. A study published in the New England Journal of Medicine shows that Tai Chi 
can improve both balance and movement control for people who have Parkinson’s disease. The study 
at the Oregon Research Institute included 195 people who had mild-to-moderate Parkinson’s disease; 
they were randomly assigned to twice-weekly sessions of Tai Chi, strength-building exercises, or 
stretching. After six months, those who did Tai Chi were stronger and had much better balance than 
those in the other two groups. In fact, their balance was four times better than those in the stretching 
group and about two times better than those in the resistance-training group. The Tai Chi group also 
had significantly fewer falls and slower rates of decline in overall motor control/ 

In addition, Tai Chi appears to be very safe, with little risk of Parkinson’s disease patients coming 
to harm. Other smaller studies suggest that Tai Chi improves the quality of life for both Parkinson’s 
disease patients and their support partners.— 

These results are significant because they suggest that Tai Chi may be used as an add-on to current 
physical and pharmacological therapies to address some of the key problems patients with 
Parkinson’s disease face. 


Another small, uncontrolled study including 20 older adults reported improvements in executive 
function after 10 weeks of Tai Chi training. - However, another small, randomized trial that evaluated 
executive function using a “dual task paradigm” — having to maintain balance while simultaneously 
doing a challenging mental task — found no apparent benefits following Tai Chi training.— 

While we need more research, current data indicate that Tai Chi has great potential as a safe, 
effective intervention to help prevent or rehabilitate balance problems, even in severely de- 
conditioned people, who are the most susceptible to falling. 


Tai Chi and Bone Density 

“In my mid-thirties, I developed a neurological problem, and my neurologist put me on mega- 
doses of intravenous steroids,” says Kathleen, now age 45. “I was having problems with my leg 
strength and stability when my husband’s friend suggested I try Tai Chi to help my balance and 
coordination.” 


Kathleen has been doing Tai Chi in group classes and on her own for five years now. “From 
the very first class, I enjoyed it,” says the television executive. “It really calms my mind, and my 
body feels great, even after class.” 

When she started doing Tai Chi, yearly scans showed she had low levels of bone density. 
“After doing Tai Chi, despite the high levels of steroids, my bone density is now totally normal,” 
says Kathleen, who also takes calcium and vitamin D to protect her bones. She attributes this 
improvement to her Tai Chi training. 

Tai Chi classics say the body should feel like “steel wrapped in cotton,” highlighting the image of 
how strong bones support relaxed muscles and connective tissues. 

Most people commonly believe that to have an impact on bone, you need to do a significant amount 
of high-intensity resistance and strength training. What’s more, many older adults just don’t do 
conventional exercises, either due to health factors or a lack of sustained interest, among other 
reasons. However, research suggests that lower-impact exercises, such as Tai Chi, may possibly 
reduce rates of bone loss, especially in women with moderately low bone density (osteopenia) or 
osteoporosis. 

Bone is a dynamic organ that undergoes remodeling throughout life. Bone density in women 
generally increases during the first three decades of life. At around age 40 years, BMD typically 
begins to decline, with more rapid changes following menopause, paralleling decreases in estrogen 
levels. However, continued bone loss in later life may also be related to other factors, including 
decreased calcium and vitamin D intake, decreased physical activity, and age-related impairment in 
bone formation.— 

Osteoporosis is a disabling condition predisposing to fractures in both women and men. 
Osteoporosis means porous bone. If you have osteoporosis, typically you have low BMD, poor bone 
quality, and fragile bones. This combination, together with the increased risk of falling among older 
people, leads to painful fractures and other health problems. 

About 10 million Americans (about 8 million women and 2 million men) have osteoporosis. More 
than one-third of Americans are now age 50 or older, so osteoporosis is becoming an increasingly 
greater health problem— 

Tai Chi and the Prevention of Fractures 

The absolute risk of fracture is higher in women who have more advanced osteoporotic bone loss, but 
the far greater prevalence of osteopenia results in more fractures in women who have only moderate 
bone loss. Osteopenic women have a 1 .7-fold higher risk of fracture than do women who have normal 
bone density. Left untreated, osteopenia puts women at high risk of losing additional bone and 
developing osteoporosis. Low BMD-related fractures are associated with significant long-term 
impairment, high morbidity rates, and high medical costs.— 

Developing approaches to preventing bone loss and future fractures among those who have 
osteopenia, especially women, is one way to address these costly issues. Since lifelong drug therapy 
is an expensive option with uncertain consequences and fraught with potential side effects, 
nonpharmacologic therapy offers an attractive alternative for many women. For this reason, 
guidelines for the treatment of osteopenia include exercise. However, currently no consensus exists 
regarding the optimal types and regimens of exercise for treating low BMD, or for addressing other 


fracture-related risk factors relevant to women who have osteopenia. 

Tai Chi and BMD Research 

Our group’s systematic review of the effects of Tai Chi on BMD in post-menopausal women suggests 
that Tai Chi may positively affect low BMD, but research results are not yet conclusive.— 

One important source of information comes from studies of long-term Tai Chi practitioners. These 
studies are important because bone changes slowly; it’s difficult to do experimental studies for long 
periods. One such study in Taiwan compared people who practiced Tai Chi for at least seven years to 
age-matched controls in the same community. Those who did Tai Chi had greater bone density at the 
hip and spine. Another study also showed that the rate of decline in bone density among Tai Chi 
practitioners was slower than among age-matched controls.— 

The most rigorous support for the positive effects of Tai Chi on BMD comes from randomized 
trials. One trial observed that BMD at the lumbar spine significantly increased following 10 months 
of Tai Chi, while in sedentary controls, the BMD decreased.— A second randomized trial observed 
that for older women (but not men), 12 months of Tai Chi resulted in maintenance of total hip BMD 
levels when compared to non-exercise controls, who lost bone in their hips.— Also noteworthy in this 
study is that the beneficial effects of Tai Chi on hip BMD were equivalent to 12 months of resistance 
training. 

Our group recently completed a small, randomized trial with 86 post-menopausal women 
diagnosed with osteopenia. Women randomly assigned to Tai Chi could pick from one of seven pre- 
screened Tai Chi schools in the Boston area; they received the full package of training typical Tai Chi 
students received. This approach differs from most other Tai Chi trials that test one specific training 
regimen. Over a period of nine months, women in the control group lost about 1 percent bone mass in 
their femur, which was about the amount we expected in this population. In contrast, those who 
attended Tai Chi classes regularly and practiced at home were able to maintain the BMD in their 
femur with no bone loss over the nine-month period. Tai Chi also improved multiple measures of 
balance that are known to reduce the risk of falls.— Another series of studies of osteopenic women 
conducted at Texas Tech University reported that a six- month course of Tai Chi had favorable effects 
of multiple markers of bone dynamics and quality of life, but little change in balance parameters.— 
Collectively, these studies suggest that Tai Chi may reduce multiple fall-related fracture risks, 
especially in post-menopausal women, but we still need results from larger, longer-term studies to 
make more-definitive recommendations. 


TAI CHI EXERCISES FOR BALANCE AND BONES 


Add the following exercises into your regular Tai Chi practice to have an additional impact on 
balance and bones. 


Swinging to Center (“Sung” Training) 


“Sung” training can help you center your body, breath, and mind. Stand comfortably with your feet 
parallel, shoulder-width apart. Gently swing both arms together slightly forward, no more than a few 
inches, and then together, a few inches behind your body. Notice the subtle shifts in weight as your 
arms swing gently. Allow your upper body to relax deeply. Feel as if you are one of those inflatable 
clown toys that rock forward and backward but maintain a stable base. 

As you swing your arms, melt any tension in your shoulders. You might imagine squirting some 
natural lubricant into the shoulder joint to dissolve any friction. Melt any tension in your face, neck, 
chest, and upper back, as much as possible. Feel the weight and energy sink down through your body, 
like honey that settles to the bottom of a jar that’s been held upside down and then turned up again. Let 
this sinking-of- weight sensation contribute to your sense of being more bottom-heavy, centered, and 
grounded. Dissolve as much upper-body resistance as possible to the swinging of your arms; sense 
how your movement, and the slight shift in weight it generates, helps you find and rest into your 
center. 

After a minute or two of focusing on this physical centering, begin to center your breathing. 
Continue to allow your arms to swing together. As you breathe in, sense how each breath wave gently 
massages your belly and lower back, creating a slight expansion. As you exhale, relax your abdomen 
deeply; with each exhalation, relax just a bit deeper. Continue with this awareness of your breath 
being centered in your abdomen for another minute or two. 

The third level is to center your mind and heart, and to shift the center of your cognitive awareness, 
thinking and emotions to the abdomen, or the “gut brain.” Continue to swing your arms. Imagine the 
energy of your thinking and heart center settling down to rest and nourish your belly. You might even 
imagine your brain and heart sliding down the core of your body to reside temporarily in your 
abdomen. In Chinese medicine, this is referred to as the “merging of the three tan tiens.” As you swing 
your arms, explore how having your brain’s Qi centered in your belly can enhance your gut feelings, 
minimizing or temporarily shutting down the typical energetic and emotional chatter. Continue for a 
minute or two. 

The entire exercise should take three to five minutes. This one is particularly good while you are 
waiting for a bus or when you need a short break from work to center yourself. 


Lift Hands Standing Meditation 

This exercise, based on a traditional Tai Chi posture, enhances the mind-body connection, develops 
awareness of postural alignment, and strengthens the lower and upper extremities. It also brings 
awareness to what the Chinese call “letting the Qi permeate your bones.” 

Take a comfortable shoulder-width stance, feet parallel. Gently shift your weight over your right 
leg, keeping the right knee aligned over the center of the right foot. Leaving the left heel on ground, 
turn the left toes out 45-90 degrees (depending on the range of motion in your hips) without twisting 
or straining your right knee. Have most, if not all, of your weight on your back foot. Raise your left 
wrist to shoulder height, and align it over the left ankle, palm facing to the right. Point the fingers in 
your left hand in the same direction as your left toes. Now raise your right hand in front of the chest, 
palm facing left, and point the fingers to the right to correspond with the left fingers — pinkie to pinkie, 
etc. Your upper body should take a triangular shape with both arms outstretched, but with your elbows 
relaxed and hanging between the shoulders and wrists. 



Hold this shape for 15 to 30 seconds. Then repeat a mirror image of this posture standing on the 
other leg. Work your way up in 30- second increments to three to five minutes per leg. As you stand, 
keep your head lined up over the shoulders and hips. Practice the process of Sung, relaxing and letting 
go of any tensions that may arise in the shoulders, neck, and chest. Allow any tensions to release from 
the upper body, and let your abdomen (or tan tien) relax. As in the Swinging to Center exercise, let 
your mind, heart, and breath also rest in your tan tien. Stay connected to your roots. 

You will feel energy building up as your muscles and connective tissues are “worked.” As this 
buildup happens, try not to resist the sensation of building energy in your tissues by bracing against it. 
Instead, almost counter-intuitively, relax further and imagine energy permeating deeper into the 
muscles and bones themselves. 


Shake Everything 

This exercise for your bones takes you to a deeper level of awareness of your skeleton, using the 
vibrations of gentle shaking.— 

Stand with feet shoulder-width apart, and let your arms hang straight down at your sides as you 
gently shake them. Notice the jiggling, and let the waves of energy pass through the arm muscles up 
into the shoulders. Now shake your whole body to loosen up the chest, back, and abdomen. Let the 
muscles around the pelvis shake — your hips and legs. Then feel the jiggle in your lower legs and feet 
so the muscles relax. Feel your neck and face relax. Let the internal organs gently shake — the heart, 
kidneys, and lungs. Take a few deep breathes, and as you exhale, shake off any tension. 

Shake for two to three minutes. Then stand still and feel the vibrations you have generated 
throughout your body. Bring your attention to your skeleton, and let the vibrations permeate into your 
bones. Start with your feet. Feel the muscles around them relax, and invite the vibrations to seep into 
all of the bones of your feet. Remind yourself that bones are living tissue, rich in calcium crystals and 
collagen, and highly conductive of bioelectrical charges. Move up your body, and feel the vibrations 
and energy penetrate the bones of your legs, hips, spine, shoulders, arms, and even your head. Feel the 
capacity your bones have to absorb and hold the energy. 


5 


Ease Your Aches and Pains 


“After my first Tai Chi class, I was gratified by the ease of movement; I knew it was something I 
could do easily,” says Elaine, age 67, a freelance book editor. “After about two months of 
classes, I mentioned to my instructor that I felt so much more energy. Later on, I noticed that I did 
every chore I had to do for the week after I finished my class on Wednesdays. Also, when I came 
down the stairs for the first time each morning, I no longer had to place two feet on each stair 
before I proceeded because I ached from arthritis and general muscle fatigue.” Now Elaine says 
she doesn’t even think about it anymore: “I just come down the stairs like a fit 40-year-old.” 

A further benefit is the absence of back problems, she says. “I have four severely degenerated 
discs and used to ‘throw my back out’ at the slightest provocation. That hasn’t happened once 
since I started doing Tai Chi. I am now in the process of cleaning out old magazines and files, 
and have moved at least a dozen heavy boxes without mishap. That is amazing.” 


Broadly speaking, traditional Chinese medicine considers pain to be associated with “stagnation” or 

“blockages” in the body’s flow of Qi. Healing occurs through remobilizing this flow and addressing 
longer-term structural or constitutional imbalances leading to the blockages. Traditional methods 
employed to treat pain and mobilize Qi include acupuncture, massage, topical balms and ingested 
herbs, and exercises like Tai Chi and Qigong. Underlying all these practices is the goal of “moving” 
Qi. 

Until recent years, Western physicians widely believed that bed rest, and not movement, was the 
best prescription for many pain conditions like lower back pain. However, evidence from clinical 
trials has changed this view to one more in line with traditional Eastern approaches that emphasize 
keeping things moving.- Movement and simple exercises such as stretching, range-of- motion joint 
movements, and deep breathing now are prescribed increasingly as effective ways to help decrease 
pain and integrated into typical rehabilitation programs. Physicians now recommend regular exercise 
to improve function in people who have chronic ailments, including arthritis and back pain. The most 
optimal forms and regimens of exercise for different conditions, however, have yet to be determined. 

Mind-body therapies such as Tai Chi, Qigong, and yoga are widely used by people who have back 
pain, as well as those who have osteoarthritis, fibromyalgia, and rheumatoid arthritis. A growing 
body of studies suggests Tai Chi may be effective for easing pain and improving quality of life for 
these and other pain conditions. This research also is beginning to show how Tai Chi may positively 
affect musculoskeletal pain conditions, such as by improving strength, flexibility, postural alignment, 
neuromuscular movement patterns, breathing, and psychological well-being. 

This chapter reviews how great a role pain plays in some people’s lives, maybe even yours, and 
how the many therapeutic components of Tai Chi may help relieve pain. 


The Prevalence of Pain 


Pain is one of the most prevalent and costly medical conditions, and is a key reason why people go to 
the doctor and take medication. In fact, second only to the common cold, back pain is the most 
frequent problem that brings people to a doctor’s office. 

A staggering number of people experience acute and chronic pain and are diagnosed with pain 
syndromes. Data extrapolated from the 2005 National Health Interview Survey suggest that nearly 
one-third of Americans, that is, about 100 million people, experience some type of pain over any 
three-month period. Not surprisingly, a striking number of people seek help for their pain. Nearly half 
of all Americans see a doctor each year complaining of some kind of pain. Pain medications are the 
second-most prescribed drugs (after heart and kidney drugs) during visits to doctors’ offices and 
emergency rooms. As a result, the costs of pain, including medical care for patients as well as the 
costs associated with disability, lost time from work, and reduced productivity, are an astronomical 
$150 billion per year, according to the US Census Bureau. - 


Painand Complementary and Alternative Medical Treatments 

Conventional therapies and medications often do not treat pain adequately, so many people choose to 
use complementary alternative medicine (CAM), including mind-body exercises. National surveys 
have found that treating pain is one of the primary reasons people seek CAM. Approximately one out 
of five American adults with pain-related conditions specifically reports the use of mind-body 
therapies.- These mind-body therapies include relaxation techniques (deep-breathing exercises, 
guided imagery, meditation, and progressive muscle relaxation), yoga, Tai Chi, and Qigong. 

Musculoskeletal conditions — in particular, low-back pain — are consistently among the top reasons 
patients seek CAM therapies. Researchers estimate that nearly one-third of all CAM provider visits 
in the United States between 1997 and 1998 were made specifically for the treatment of back or neck 
pain. Among individuals reporting low-back and/or neck pain over the prior 12 months, 54 percent 
used CAM to treat their condition. Mind-body approaches were among the most commonly used ( 1 3 
percent) and were rated as “very helpful” in 43 percent of those sampled.- 

My colleague Gloria Yeh and I conducted a small, unpublished pilot study in which we 
anonymously surveyed 144 practitioners, average age 53, two-thirds of them women, at Boston area 
Tai Chi schools. More than half of these Tai Chi practitioners said they had used Tai Chi for back or 
neck pain, and nearly all reported Tai Chi was “helpful” or “very helpful.” 

This high use of CAM and mind-body therapies for pain, and the large amounts of money spent on 
CAM therapies to treat and manage pain — more than $4 billion each year for just mind-body 
therapies — has led medical researchers to evaluate rigorously which mind-body exercises are the 
most safe, promising, and cost-effective for treating painful conditions, and equally important, which 
are not safe or effective.- Because of its widespread use and potential promise, studying mind-body 
therapies for musculoskeletal pain is a stated priority of the National Center for Complementary and 
Alternative Medicine at the National Institutes of Health/ Emerging promising results regarding Tai 
Chi for musculoskeletal pain are summarized below. 


Defining Pain 


Despite the high prevalence of pain, treatment is not that straightforward. In large part, this difficulty 
with treatment is because pain is not just a physiological phenomenon, but also has a large subjective 
component to it. Pain is really a mind-body phenomenon. Pain is a sensation that has both physical 
and psychological dimensions. 

According to the International Association for the Study of Pain, the definition of pain is “an 
unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with actual or potential tissue damage, or 
described in terms of such damage.” This definition means that pain is a perception, in the same way 
that what we see and hear are perceptions. The brain’s perception of pain involves sensitivity to 
chemical changes in tissue, which the brain then interprets as changes that are, or may be, harmful. 
The perception is real, whether any harm has been done. The formulation of this perception involves 
thoughts, as well as the emotional consequences and behavioral responses to the cognitive and 
emotional aspects of pain. These psychological dimensions can become significant in managing 
chronic pain. They may have a long-term impact on your everyday activities and the quality of your 
life. 


Acute Pain 

Everyone has experienced acute pain — you jam or burn a finger, bang a shin, stub a toe, or pull a back 
muscle. Here’s a simplified version of what typically happens when you feel acute pain. A stimulus 
(you touch a sharp or hot object) disturbs tissues, and the tissues release chemicals that the peripheral 
nerves sense. The nerves send signals that travel to the spinal cord and up to the brain. The brain 
“registers” the stimulus as pain. Over time, local inflammation and wound healing typically resolve 
the tissue trauma, and you return to normal. 

Acute pain is important. It is an evolutionary “gift,” that is, it serves to bring attention to a situation 
or guard against further injury. Acute pain motivates you to withdraw from potentially dangerous 
situations, protects a damaged part of the body while it heals, and teaches you to avoid those 
situations in the future. 


Chronic Pain 

Sometimes, and for reasons researchers do not fully understand, acute pain does not resolve and 
becomes chronic. Back pain is a good example. You may have experienced an episode of acute back 
pain that did not improve with treatment and progressed to become recurrent or chronic back pain. 
Despite a great deal of study, researchers cannot provide a reliable explanation of, or way to predict, 
chronic back pain. Medical studies using X-rays and imaging tools, such as computed tomography and 
magnetic resonance imaging, can help identify spinal abnormalities, such as a herniated disc or 
degeneration in a facet joint. However, the association between back pain symptoms and the results of 
imaging studies is weak, and up to 85 percent of patients who have chronic low-back pain do not 
receive a precise diagnosis.- 

Psychological components of the mind-body system also contribute to understanding chronic back 
pain. Some researchers hypothesize that the development of chronic back pain is associated with 
psychological factors, such as depression, anxiety, catastrophizing, anger, fear/avoidance, and job 
problems, among other behaviors. In fact, some research suggests that psychosocial factors maybe as 
important, or more important, than physical findings or imaging studies for the prognosis of low-back 


pain.- Screening for early identification of these factors has become a key element in occupational 
low-back pain research. Further evidence for the role of psychological factors in pain comes from 
motor imagery studies, which demonstrate that simply imagining certain movements can cause pain 
and swelling.- However, as with imaging studies, rigorous large-scale trials have not identified 
consistent relationships between psychosocial factors and the prognosis of chronic low-back pain. 

The complex nature of pain may explain the lack of success in identifying specific factors that 
cause pain. Similarly, chronic back pain’s complexity may be a reason for the limited success of most 
therapies. Even for so-called noncomplicated back pain, many different types of back-pain patients 
may each have unique, sometimes multiple, underlying causes, which require a slightly different 
therapeutic approach.— 

My colleagues Drs. Helene Lange vin and Karen Sherman, based at the University of Vermont 
School of Medicine and Group Health in Seattle, respectively, have advanced an innovative 
multifactorial model of chronic low-back pain that captures the complexity underlying some forms of 
back pain. The model also highlights how multicomponent interventions, like Tai Chi, may break the 
cycle of chronic pain and bring the body back to a more balanced state of health. A unique 
contribution of this model, particularly relevant to Tai Chi, is its inclusion of connective tissue/ fascia 
— the sinews of traditional Chinese medicine.— 

In brief, the model hypothesizes that in acute low-back pain that does not resolve quickly, in 
addition to local inflammation and pain, the fear of pain may lead to altered movement patterns. That 
is, you may favor one side of the body to avoid inducing pain by moving a certain way — a 
phenomenon call kinesiophobia. Chronic pain may also lead to pain sensitization, with some regions 
of the back remaining hypersensitive to pain well after injured tissues have healed. These changes 
may remodel connective tissue, making the tissue stiffer and less elastic, and lead to less efficient 
neuromuscular patterns — for example, how well you walk or maintain your balance. 

What’s more, this favoring and sensitization may set up a vicious cycle that leads to worse pain: If 
you feel pain, especially when you move, you may tend to avoid doing the things that provoke your 
pain. You rest, but unfortunately, resting does not help much, since it leads to further stiffness and 
weakness, and the symptoms you are trying to avoid just become worse. You may not be able to 
function at a high level — for example, go to work, play with your children, or participate in group 
activities, such as your weekly bridge game. This lack of functioning, in turn, leads to a loss of self- 
esteem and possibly other problems, such as financial hardship and strained relationships with family 
and friends. Your doctor may prescribe pain medication for your chronic pain, but these medications 
often have side effects, and, along with your pain, may interrupt your sleep and contribute to your 
mood disorders, again, worsening the situation. Obviously, chronic low-back pain, like many other 
chronic conditions, is a complex issue that is best viewed from a systems biology perspective. 

Importantly, holistic and mind-body treatments such as Tai Chi may prevent, and possibly reverse, 
the development of these pathophysiological abnormalities; these treatments have the potential to 
influence multiple processes. For example, the gentle movements of Tai Chi might help begin to 
stretch and strengthen tissues and improve local circulation in the back. Because Tai Chi is done 
slowly and mindfully, it is less likely to cause more trauma to injured regions of the back. The 
reduction in what are often guarded movements and unconscious pain can lead to more efficient gait 
and posture, putting less biomechanical strain on tissues, including connective tissues. Mindful 
breathing might help you sense and even “massage” regions of the lower back, and the meditative, 
stress-reducing aspects of Tai Chi might improve your anxiety, mood, and sleep pattern. In addition, 


being in a group Tai Chi class, often with other people managing and recovering from various aches 
and pains, might provide the social support you need to stay upbeat and proactive about your 
rehabilitation. 


CONNECTIVE TISSUE AND MUSCULOSKELETAL HEALTH 

One of the strengths of the comprehensive Lange vin- Sherman model lies in its recognition of the 
importance of connective tissue in the pathogenesis of chronic low-back pain. Many hands-on 
manipulative and mind-body therapies target connective tissue, specifically the fascia; however, the 
role of connective tissue in the physiology and biomechanics of low-back pain is generally 
underappreciated. Connective tissue adapts to the body’s biomechanical and biochemical forces. The 
collagen and elastic fibers that provide fasciae their tensile strength are constantly being produced 
and remodeled. You might say that connective tissue senses and responds to your posture, movement, 
and activities. So, there is good reason to believe that Tai Chi, with its emphasis on steady balance 
and dynamic, integrated movements, will substantially influence the body’s network of connective 
tissue and modify its structure and function. 

Recent studies by Dr. Langevin highlight the key role connective tissue may play in the pathology of 
musculoskeletal disease and the promising role that mind-body movements may play in prevention 
and rehabilitation. 

In one study, Langevin’ s team used high-resolution ultrasound to compare the mobility and 
thickness of fascia around the spine of adults who had low-back pain for at least 12 months, along 
with a matched group who had no history of low-back pain. The researchers found that, on average, 
those with chronic low-back pain experienced impaired gliding motion of tissues during trunk motion. 
Interestingly, in males but not females, this impairment was associated with thicker connective tissue 
and overall reduced range of motion in the trunk.— 

To better understand these results, and to test her back pain model further, she has conducted a 
series of innovative animal studies. One current set of studies is exploring if experimentally impaired 
movement, achieved by restraining the movement of one hind leg, leads to changes in connective 
tissue similar to that seen in chronic low-back pain patients. Even more striking, she has conducted a 
series of brilliant studies on how movement affects tissues and related symptoms of chronic back 
pain. In one study, she raised a group of rats to have connective-tissue inflammation; she then played 
with half of the group in a way that stretched and lengthened their spines. Specifically, she took 
advantage of a stretching reflex that occurs when a rat’s tail is gently tugged, which results in a whole 
body stretch that looks just like a baby on its belly doing an “airplane” stretch (also similar to many 
Tai Chi and yoga stretches). She also played with the other half of the group, but without eliciting the 
same stretch reflex. She found that the more active stretching led to less i nfl ammation in the fascia, as 
well as lower levels of inflammatory markers and improved gait.— 

Taken together, Dr. Langevin’ s study and other studies support the central role that connective 
tissues may play in musculoskeletal health and the impact Tai Chi may have on the health of 
connective tissue. Researchers hypothesize that connective tissue is the central fabric of energy 
pathways (meridians) of Chinese medicine, and it is increasingly becoming appreciated as a 
communication system in many forms of integrative therapies. The impact of Tai Chi on connective 
tissue health may extend well beyond musculoskeletal health.— 


Tai Chi for Chronic Pain Conditions 


Two years ago, Anastasia, a 33-year-old linguist, felt a sharp pain in her hip. The constant pain 
became so severe that she had to stop jogging and jazz dancing. Even short walks became a 
challenge. “Overnight, I turned from an active young woman into a teetering old lady,” says 
Anastasia. “I was a lost soul wandering from doctor to doctor, with no solution in sight. Some 
recommended pain medication; others alluded to cortisone injections. I wasn’t thrilled with the 
idea of simply masking the pain; I wanted a real improvement.” 

An acupuncturist suggested that she take Tai Chi classes. “These classes are a place where I 
feel safe. I know I can move without hurting myself,” says Anastasia, who now regularly goes to 
two or three classes a week. “Tai Chi seems to reorganize my internal structure and make my 
muscles less tense. I am encouraged to listen to my body instead of trying to copy someone else’s 
movement. Over several years of class, my pain has steadily decreased. I can walk for hours, I 
can sleep comfortably, and I even go out dancing on occasion. Imagine my happiness when the 
other day I was able to run — run! — and catch a bus.” 

“I feel as if I am being healed not just by the movements we do in class, but also by the energy 
and humor of my classmates and by the feeling of community,” she continues. “Tai Chi class is a 
place where it’s OK to have a physical limitation, it’s OK to make a mistake, and it’s OK to 
crack a joke. It feels good to have companions on this journey.” 

Multiple Tai Chi principles and active ingredients may contribute to understanding and help explain 
how and why Tai Chi helps manage, resolve, and prevent musculoskeletal pain and pain-related 
symptoms. Research supports some of these purported mechanisms, although not always in the context 
of Tai Chi studies. Others include obvious mechanisms the Tai Chi community takes for granted, but 
they have yet to be substantiated with scientific research. 

Postural Alignment and Control 

All Tai Chi practitioners accept as a truism the notion that Tai Chi leads to a more efficient posture. 
Better structure and postural control is an explicit goal of Tai Chi and underlies its martial and health 
applications. As a teacher, one of my primary goals is to encourage students to carry themselves 
consciously in a more -upright posture, centering the head over the torso, the torso over the hips, and 
the feet so that key joints are aligned to maximize balance and minimize strain. It is very satisfying to 
watch a student’s posture change over time, seeing the student move with more ease, efficiency, and 
awareness, both in and outside of classes. 

From the perspective of traditional Chinese medicine, improved structure and posture frees and 
facilitates the flow of Qi, leading to higher levels of function and health. From a Western medicine 
perspective, better posture and biomechanics reduce strain and wear and tear on joints and tissues. 
Improved posture can also improve physiological processes that are more conducive to healing — 
improved blood and lymph circulation and reduced levels of stress markers associated with 
inflammation. Yet, surprisingly little data are available to characterize Tai Chi’s impact on posture, 
and even less on how it impacts physiological processes related to pain. 



The previous chapter summarized research suggesting that Tai Chi may improve dynamic postural 
control. Evidence also exists of improved gait biomechanics and improved balance during quiet 
standing, as well as during dynamic tasks. Interestingly, few, if any, studies to date have simply 
described basic postural changes following Tai Chi. Very few studies have explicitly explored the 
relationship between the characteristics of postural control and pain and function in those who suffer 
with musculoskeletal pain. 

Here is a sample of a few key postural features of how Tai Chi training may contribute to better 
neuromusculoskeletal control and health. 


Vertical Spine 

The Tai Chi classics say: “The spine should be like a necklace of pearls hanging from heaven.” This 
highlights how Tai Chi can improve the vertical stance by elongating the spine, including the neck, as 
well as reduce wear and tear on your discs. Verticality is also likely to lead to fewer unnecessary 
muscle contractions throughout the musculoskeletal system— 

Keen Attention to the Hips and Waist 

In the Tai Chi classics, the waist, or more broadly, the segments of the body that connect the lower 
extremities with the trunk and upper extremities, is called the “commander.” Physically and 
energetically, this region is prioritized as a central, coordinating hub. A key Tai Chi concept is 
“sitting into” or folding the kwa. The kwah generally corresponds with the inguinal fold, the fold or 
hollow on either side of the front of the body where the thigh joins the abdomen. So, being able to sit 
into the kwa means you have good flexibility and range of motion in the hip and pelvic area (the hip 
flexors and especially the psoas and the iliacus muscles), and symmetry on both sides of the body. A 
sedentary lifestyle and traumas to the pelvic area, even genetic issues such as a difference in leg 
lengths, may lead to imbalanced muscles. Some literature shows that imbalances in the psoas and 
related core muscles may be associated with back, knee, and neck problems, and they also may affect 
your gait and balance.— 


Alignment of the Feet 

The feet are the foundation of the body. If the foundation is askew, everything above it will be, too. 
Alignment can be off due to dropped arches or pronated feet (in which your feet and ankles turn 
inward), among other reasons. The very precise foot alignment in Tai Chi may help correct foot 
imbalances. Some studies in older adults who have arthritis show that Tai Chi improves ankle range 
of motion, and cross-sectional studies show that the plantar pressure distribution during standing and 
walking in experienced Tai Chi practitioners is more efficient than that of age-matched 
nonpractitioners.— 

Tai Chi Master Bruce Kumar Frantzis has written extensively about the importance of proper 
alignment and described a vicious cycle leading to worsening pain and dysfunction. For example, the 
lack of support due to poor foot and knee alignment causes strain in the hip and back muscles. This 
strain can lead to muscle sti ffne ss that eventually moves the vertebrae out of alignment, impinging the 
spinal cord. This poor alignment may then impair nerve impulses, weaken nerve signals to the legs, 


and cause pain. What’s more, weak legs put more strain on the back, and the pain cycle continues.— 

Through improving awareness of alignment and the range of motion and flexibility of the 
musculoskeletal system, and by training practitioners to move more efficiently, Tai Chi can help break 
cycles of dysfunction and reorganize negative patterns that underlie pain conditions. 

Principle of the 70-Percent Rule 

No pain, no gain? Just because it rhymes doesn’t mean it makes sense! 

—TAI CHI MASTER ROBERT MORNINGSTAR 

Part of doing Tai Chi is learning how to move your body safely. One of the key principles and active 
ingredients of Tai Chi is moderation in effort, often called the 70-percent rule. Like the small amount 
of yin on the yang side of the Tai Chi symbol (the dark circle on the light side), the 70-percent rule 
supports never moving your joints or exerting effort in a stretch or stance more than 70 percent of 
your maximum potential. By avoiding the extremes of any movement or activity, you are less likely to 
cause trauma to tissues or to put yourself in a vulnerable position that might increase the likelihood of 
an injury. For example, if you lock your elbow during a Tai Chi push or punch, you could damage 
ligaments and tendons in the joint and make yourself more vulnerable to your opponent’s control. 
Similarly, if you lock your elbow in reaction to a fall, you may increase the likelihood of a fracture. 
Leaving some flexibility or play in your elbow, or any other joint, affords a resiliency that may allow 
you to adapt your movements and prevent injury. 

Not going to the extreme also minimizes an unconscious fear of movement (kinesiophobia). — Using 
the elbow as an example again, if you have tennis elbow and start to feel pain as you extend your 
elbow past a certain angle, the second you feel pain, and perhaps even just before that point, you 
naturally will guard against further injury and stop extending the elbow. That guarded movement may 
cause other tissues to compensate for your elbow weakness, possibly leading to shoulder or neck 
problems. From a Chinese medicine perspective, fear and guarding will limit the flow of Qi and 
blood to this area and slow down the healing process. Gentle movements, along with mindfulness and 
good intention, minimize the fear of pain and injury and create an environment for tissues to function 
safely at a higher level. For all joints, and especially injured ones, the intention is not to force 
healing, but to gently, gradually, nurture and nourish them. 

Meditation and Psychological Components 

The perception and experience of pain includes both physical and psychological components; thus, 
the meditative and cognitive aspects of Tai Chi are quite likely to affect positively any pain 
conditions. Chapters 8 and 9 discuss in more depth how the psychological, meditative aspects of Tai 
Chi might impact the perception of pain in many ways. 

Numerous clinical trials of multiple meditative systems, including mindfulness-based stress 
reduction, loving-kindness meditation, and transcendental meditation, have shown them to reduce pain 
symptoms and improve function among those who have chronic pain conditions. - These meditative 
practices encompass a broad range of techniques, and so it’s likely they impact pain and function via 
different physiological mechanisms. 

One pathway might be through the immune system. Some meditation studies report reduced levels 


of inflammatory compounds that are known to exacerbate pain.— A handful of Tai Chi and Qigong 
studies in diverse populations, including cancer survivors and osteoporotic women, suggest that Tai 
Chi may have a positive impact on markers of inflammation. - Other experimental studies, including 
some with Zen monks, have shown that experienced meditators have higher pain thresholds, both 
while meditating and not meditating.— These higher thresholds may be due to meditators’ ability to 
not dwell on or exaggerate pain sensations, but rather simply to just experience what is happening. 
Studies employing neuro-imaging have reported meditation-related decreased pain sensation and 
decreased activation in regions of the brain associated with executive functioning, evaluations, and 
emotions.— 


Placebos, Intention, and Pain Relief 

Further evidence of the mind’s power in pain perception comes from placebo research. A large, 
exponentially growing body of research unequivocally demonstrates that the manipulation of 
expectation and belief can markedly alter the levels of pain people may experience. This outcome is 
regardless of whether it happens in the context of receiving a real or placebo pill, an intervention, or 
even surgery.— 

One of my favorite placebo-pain studies, due to its elegance and (unintentional) use of primary 
energy centers focused on in Tai Chi (the centers of the palms and soles of the feet), was conducted by 
Fabrizio Benedetti and colleagues in Turin, Italy. In this study with healthy volunteers, researchers 
used a small needle to squirt capsaicin (the chemical component of hot peppers) to produce a painful 
burning sensation just under the skin of the left palm, right palm, left foot, and right foot, 
simultaneously. The subjects’ expectations of pain relief were raised by applying on only one of these 
body parts a cream researchers told them was a powerful local anesthetic. In actuality, the cream was 
a placebo and did not contain any anesthetic. Benedetti and colleagues induced a placebo response 
only in the treated body part; in other words, the subjects felt less pain in the treated part, but 
experienced no variation in pain sensitivity in the untreated parts. 

Even more fascinating, if the researchers repeated the same experiment after giving the subjects the 
drug naloxone, which blocks the effect of the body’s natural opium-like painkiller, they could totally 
abolish this highly specific placebo response. This outcome proves that the body’s own natural pain- 
killing system completely mediated the placebo effect. These studies show that raising expectations of 
pain relief can induce a very specific effect to specific body parts.— 

This concept of inducing a mind-body placebo effect may underlie some of the fundamental 
concepts of Tai Chi. Chinese medicine states that the mind leads Qi, and Qi moves and influences the 
body. In Chapter 2, you learned how imagination can become reality. This notion may be particularly 
true for pain. Imagining healing energy flowing to arthritic hands, knees, or the spine may actually 
elicit measurable neurochemical changes that relieve the pain. 

Breathing 

The breathing component of Tai Chi can lead to many changes, including enhanced relaxation, blood 
flow, and tissue massage. In addition, with a little practice, you can use breathing as an internal 
awareness tool. Some evidence also suggests that breathing, in and of itself, can affect pain. 

Breath therapy is a mind-body therapy that integrates body awareness, breathing, meditation, and 


movement. A small study at the University of California at San Francisco found that six to eight weeks 
of breath therapy relieved chronic low-back pain better than standard physical therapy.— Slowed- 
down breathing used in Tai Chi, yoga, and Zen meditation also has been shown to reduce the intensity 
and unpleasantness of pain for fibromyalgia patients.— 

Social Support 

How much social support you receive can make a difference in how much pain you can tolerate. 
Being in a Tai Chi class, studying with a like-minded group, gives you the added impetus to continue 
to come to class, even on days when you feel achy. Many studies show that people who receive social 
support experience less cancer pain, take less pain medication, are less likely to suffer from chest 
pains after coronary artery bypass surgery, feel less pain during labor, and are less likely to use 
epidural medication during delivery of a baby.— 

As discussed in Chapter 2, and later in Chapter 9, Tai Chi classes are a rich social environment. 
Rituals, like going to Tai Chi class regularly, can give you a feeling of community and companionship, 
and provide you with an outlet to share with others, which can be particularly important when you are 
in pain. 

In conclusion, the multimodal approach of Tai Chi can lead to pain relief in many ways. Clinical 
studies bear out this belief. 


Clinical Evidence of Tai Chi for Pain 

Despite the widespread use of Tai Chi for pain conditions, only a few large-scale clinical trials, to 
date, have evaluated Tai Chi’s effectiveness and safety for chronic pain conditions. Nevertheless, 
numerous preliminary studies have evaluated Tai Chi for back pain, arthritis, and fibromyalgia with 
promising findings. 


Back Pain 

Given the prevalence and burden of back pain, as well as the widespread use of Tai Chi for back 
pain, it is surprising that so few Western studies have evaluated Tai Chi for back pain. In 2011, the 
first larger-scale clinical trial studying the effect of Tai Chi on persistent low-back pain was 
published by an Australian team led by Dr. Amanda Hall. This randomized trial assigned 160 adults 
(average age 44) to either 10 weeks of Tai Chi training based on a simplified form, called “Tai Chi 
for Back Pain” developed by Dr. Paul Lam, or to a control group. The results showed that Tai Chi 
significantly improved bothersome back-pain symptoms, which was the study’s primary outcome. The 
participants also said they experienced lower pain intensities, less pain-related disability, and felt 
their health-related quality of life had improved, and, in general, felt better for having done Tai Chi.— 
In another smaller trial conducted in Korea, patients suffering from ankylosing spondylitis (a form 
of chronic i nfl ammation that causes pain and stiffness in and around the spine) were randomly 
assigned to eight weeks of Tai Chi plus usual care or to usual care with no additional treatment (the 
control group). Compared to the control group, those who performed Tai Chi exhibited significant 
improvements in fatigue, pain, stiffness, flexibility, and depression.— 


Additional research based in China adds further support for the potential benefits of Tai Chi for 
those who have back pain. My colleagues and I conducted an unpublished review of Chinese- 
language literature between 1990 and 2007, using the keywords “taiji,” “taijiquan,” and “back pain.” 
We found six studies specifically evaluating Tai Chi for back pain or neck pain. Two of the studies 
were randomized controlled trials and reported increases in flexibility and decreases in pain with Tai 
Chi.— The other studies suggest that adding Tai Chi to other therapies such as acupuncture is 
beneficial and that Tai Chi has the potential to improve quality of life, pain, emotional stability, and 
sleep inpatients having back conditions.— However, these studies were generally small and suffered 
from methodological problems, so the results must be interpreted cautiously. 

Finally, additional indirect support for Tai Chi for back pain comes from recent high-quality, large- 
scale trials of relatively dynamic forms of yoga. These trials show that a 12-week course of yoga 
improves function and pain in patients who have chronic low-back pain, is markedly superior to usual 
care, and may be equal to or better than some forms of comprehensive conventional back pain 
exercises.— 


Osteoarthritis 

Osteoarthritis, sometimes called degenerative arthritis or degenerative joint disease, is a condition 
involving the wearing away of protective tissues in the joints (cartilage) that cushion the bones and 
allow bones to glide over one another. While osteoarthritis can damage any joint in your body, the 
disorder most commonly affects joints in your knees, hips, hands, neck, and lower back. Symptoms 
commonly include joint pain, tenderness, stiffness, locking, and swelling. These symptoms can lead to 
reduced exercise and social activities, which in turn can affect the overall quality of your physical 
and mental health. For example, patients who have osteoarthritis of the knee and hip have a 15-20 
percent reduction in their aerobic capacity and an increased risk for cardiovascular disease, obesity, 
and other inactivity-related conditions.— 

Osteoarthritis is one of the leading causes of chronic disability in the United States. According to 
the Centers for Disease Control, in 2011, osteoarthritis was estimated to affect more than 26 million 
people. Not surprisingly, osteoarthritis is associated with high medical costs: in 1997, an estimated 
$7.9 billion was spent on osteoarthritis-related knee and hip replacements alone. 

Over time, osteoarthritis gradually worsens; no cure exists. But physicians now consider 
nonpharmacological treatments, including exercise and physical therapy, first-line interventions that 
can slow the progression of the disease, relieve pain, and improve joint function.— 

A growing number of studies, including more than a half-dozen randomized controlled trials, 
suggest that Tai Chi may be a safe, effective way to delay progression and manage osteoarthritis 
symptoms. However, most of these studies are smaller pilot studies, and some have significant design 
issues, which limits the conclusions we can draw from them.— 

Dr. Chenchen Wang, a rheumatologist based at Tufts Medical Center, has conducted some rigorous, 
although small, randomized trials. One trial included 40 people (average age 65) with symptomatic 
knee osteoarthritis. These osteoarthritis patients were randomly assigned to either 60 minutes of a 10- 
forms version of Tai Chi, modified from the classic Yang style, or to wellness education and 
stretching twice weekly for 12 weeks. Importantly, these studies include a long follow-up period to 
assess how stable or transient any observed changes were. Those in the Tai Chi group exhibited 
significantly greater improvements in pain and physical function. They also reported they felt less 


depressed and had a better quality of life, compared to the control group. Tai Chi was also deemed to 
be safe.— 

Several studies have evaluated the benefits of a simplified Sun-style form of Tai Chi developed by 
Dr. Lam specifically for arthritis patients. A randomized clinical trial of older patients who had 
chronic symptomatic hip and knee osteoarthritis found that both 12 weeks of Tai Chi and hydrotherapy 
classes provided large, sustained improvements in physical function when compared with a control 
group. Interestingly, hydrotherapy, but not Tai Chi, also led to sustained improvements in pain and 
psychological well-being.— Two other studies of older women who had osteoarthritis compared 12 
weeks of Tai Chi to routine care. In one study, those in the Tai Chi group said they felt significantly 
less pain and stiffness, and they also exhibited improvements in balance, physical function, and 
abdominal strength. In the second study, those who practiced Tai Chi had greater knee extensor 
endurance, greater bone density in the hip, and a reduced fear of falling. Since osteoarthritis impairs 
balance, leads to joint weakness, and markedly increases the risk of falling, Tai Chi’s improvement in 
balance and bone strength suggests it may help prevent fall-related fractures in older adults with 
osteoarthritis.— 

Finally, studies conducted by researchers at Texas Tech University shed some light on how 
important it is for osteoarthritis patients who want to maintain the benefits of Tai Chi to continue 
practice. One study found that a six-week Yang-style group Tai Chi program, followed by six weeks 
of home Tai Chi training, significantly improved knee pain, physical function, and gait characteristics 
(walking speed and stride length) compared to a non-exercise control group. However, six weeks 
after their formal training ended, all of the Tai Chi-derived improvements disappeared.— 

In summary, these and additional studies suggest that Tai Chi is a promising, safe, effective 
treatment for osteoarthritis symptoms, especially for the knee and hip, and can help improve quality of 
life. However, we need larger-scale trials to draw more-definitive conclusions. Even so, the Arthritis 
Foundation does advocate Tai Chi as a good choice for those who suffer from joint discomfort.— 


Rheumatoid Arthritis 

Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic inflammatory disorder that typically affects the small joints in the 
hands and feet. Unlike the wear-and-tear damage of osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis affects the 
lining of the joints, causing a painful swelling that can result eventually in bone erosion and joint 
deformity. Weakened muscles, ligaments, and tendons can also lead to joint instability. 

An autoimmune disorder, rheumatoid arthritis occurs when your immune system mistakenly attacks 
your body’s tissues. In addition to affecting the joints, it commonly causes fatigue. And, as with 
osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis leads to symptoms that can make it difficult to exercise and 
perform daily activities, such as climbing stairs or carrying groceries, or to participate in social 
activities, leading to overall decreased quality of life and reduced psychological well-being. 

Although rheumatoid arthritis has no cure, medications can reduce joint inflammation to relieve 
pain and prevent or slow joint damage. Gentle exercise has also been shown to help strengthen the 
muscles around the joints, as well as to help fight any fatigue. Tai Chi’s gentle, adaptable approach, 
and its positive effect on muscle and bone strength, postural control, stress reduction, and 
cardiovascular health, has led researchers to evaluate its safety and effectiveness for those who suffer 
with rheumatoid arthritis.— 


To date, only a handful of small, randomized trials and observational studies have evaluated Tai 
Chi for rheumatoid arthritis. Dr. Wang from Tufts University has conducted a small, pilot randomized 
controlled trial, mostly with women who were long-term sufferers from rheumatoid arthritis. The 
patients were randomly assigned either to 12 weeks of Tai Chi based on the Yang style or to a control 
group that did modest stretching exercises and received education regarding rheumatoid arthritis self- 
care. After 12 weeks, half of those in the Tai Chi group experienced a clinically relevant 
improvement in their rheumatoid arthritis symptoms; none in the control group showed improvement 
in their symptoms. The Tai Chi group also had greater reductions in disability and depression, but had 
no reported reductions in pain. Importantly, no patients withdrew from the study and no adverse 
events were observed, which suggests that Tai Chi is enjoyable, safe, and may well be beneficial for 
rheumatoid arthritis patients.— 

Results of other studies are mixed, but generally supportive. They all suggest that Tai Chi is safe 
for rheumatoid arthritis patients.— 


F IB ROM YXLGI A 

Fibromyalgia is a disorder characterized by widespread musculoskeletal pain accompanied by 
fatigue, sleep, memory problems, and mood issues. Researchers believe that fibromyalgia amplifies 
painful sensations by affecting the way the brain processes pain signals. Unlike osteoarthritis and 
rheumatoid arthritis, the pain of fibromyalgia is not due to joint degeneration but rather to a more 
diffuse set of tender points, most commonly in the soft tissue on the back of the neck, shoulders, chest, 
lower back, hips, shins, elbows, and knees. Many people who have fibromyalgia also have tension 
headaches, temporomandibular joint (TMJ) disorders, irritable bowel syndrome, anxiety, and 
depression. As with other musculoskeletal conditions, fibromyalgia affects one’s ability to exercise 
and overall quality of life. 

While no cure exists for fibromyalgia, a variety of medications can control symptoms. These 
medications, however, are associated with multiple side effects. Exercise, relaxation, and stress- 
reduction measures may also help with symptoms. 

Recent research suggests Tai Chi may offer significant symptom relief for fibromyalgia. A recent 
study published by Dr. Wang in the New England Journal of Medicine reported the results of the first 
randomized controlled trial to evaluate Tai Chi for fibromyalgia patients. Using a protocol similar to 
her osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis studies, 66 patients were randomized to either 12 weeks of 
Tai Chi training or to a control group. Again, Tai Chi was successful. In this trial, Tai Chi led to large 
improvements in symptoms listed on a clinically validated questionnaire about fibromyalgia 
symptoms, as well as separate measures related to pain, sleep quality, depression, and quality of life. 
What’s more, these improvements were maintained for six months, more Tai Chi subjects cut back on 
their use of medication compared to controls, and, again, there were no Tai Chi-related adverse 
events.— 

Additional support for using Tai Chi to treat fibromyalgia comes from smaller noncontrolled 
studies and case series,— as well as from studies reporting positive effects on fibromyalgia following 
mind-body therapies, including Qigong— and mindfulness-based stress reduction.— 

In summary, although a paucity of large-scale definitive trials evaluating Tai Chi for pain 
conditions still exists, growing evidence suggests that Tai Chi, when taught by experienced teachers, 


is safe and potentially an effective adjunct therapy for people who suffer with back pain, 
osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and fibromyalgia. By treating the whole person, Tai Chi targets not 
only pain but also many of the secondary factors associated with pain, and it sets up behaviors that 
may slow down disease progression. 


TAI CHI EXERCISES FOR PAIN 


A good way to experience the interactions between gentle, pulsing movements, relaxation, imagery, 
and intention and their potential to alleviate pain is by practicing a simple exercise I developed 
called “Hand Tai Chi.” As a Tai Chi teacher, I have found that this exercise is often therapeutic for 
those who have arthritis or repetitive-stress injury. More generally, I have found that this exercise 
helps students experience a number of the core principles of Tai Chi. Once they experience 
therapeutic Tai Chi qualities in the hand, it’s easier for them to experience and begin integrating these 
principles into the rest of the body. 


Hand Tai Chi 

Hold your right hand in front of your body in a relaxed way, palm up. If it’s tiring to hold it up, rest it 
on your thigh. Slowly and mindfully, extend all your fingers and separate them, and then relax them. 
Don’t try too hard, no more than 70 percent effort. As you stretch, take time to notice which knuckles 
and surrounding tissues feel as if they are opening and which ones are not. It’s more important at first 
to just feel and notice without trying to affect any change. Feel the network of elastic fascia in and 
around each joint, and notice how the gentle stretching and resting begins to allow the surrounding 
inner ocean or living matrix to rehydrate and nourish the tissues. Compare the front and back of your 
hand. Invite the warm, inner ocean to spread more deeply and freely into all tissues, with each cycle 
of the palm stretching and relaxing back to neutral. 

Now add a bit of imagery or intention. Imagine warm, healing energy, perhaps a miniature radiant 
yellow sun, in the palm of your hand, relaxing and nourishing the tissues.— As you open and gently 
stretch the palm, allow the healing energy to radiate out into every cell of the hand, adding a gentle, 
charged quality to the inner ocean. As you relax your hand, feel the energy become more focused in 
the heart of the palm. 

Each time you open the hand, the movement of the joints and the flow of the energy should be a just 
a little easier. Do this for three to five minutes with your right hand, and then compare it with how 
your left hand feels. Sometimes, the right hand feels warmer, sometimes more tingly, sometimes a 
little “bigger.” It’s different for each person. Switch to the left hand, and do Hand Tai Chi for three to 
five minutes. Now feel how the left hand feels compared to your right hand. 

The principles of Hand Tai Chi are the same as those you use to practice the essential Tai Chi 
forms. For example, as you move forward in the “Push,” the palms open to strengthen the connection 
between the joints and to express energy. Once you “Push,” your palm returns to a more neutral, 
relaxed (or yin) phase. During the same movement, more experienced Tai Chi practitioners may sense 
the opening and closing of many more body joints — the spine, ribs, and lower extremity joints. And, 


during certain stages of Tai Chi training, the whole body feels like a hand, opening and closing, and 
being bathed with awareness and energy. 



6 


Strengthen Your Heart 


Worry affects the circulation, the heart, the glands, the whole nervous system, and profoundly 
affects heart action. 

—DR. CHARLES MAYO (1865-1939), FOUNDER OF MAYO CLINIC 
When the Heart is at ease, the body is healthy 

—CHINESE PROVERB 


W hether viewed from Western or Eastern medicine, the heart is considered a central, integrating 


hub for health and well-being. In the West, the heart is viewed as the body’s primary pump, beating 
100,000 times per day to circulate blood through its 60,000 miles of vascular plumbing. The heart 
and its vascular system play an integral role in connecting all of the body’s physiological systems. 
The cardiovascular system delivers oxygen and nutrient-rich blood to every tissue of the body, 
including muscles and bones, nerves, and every internal organ; it also carries away waste from these 
tissues, to remove them from the body. Blood also serves as a delivery system for the endocrine and 
immune systems, transporting chemical messages that help regulate hormonal balance and fight off 
infections. 

Like Eastern medicine, Western medicine increasingly appreciates how the heart interconnects with 
the nervous, endocrine, and immune systems and how the interactions between these systems may 
explain everyday phrases like “worried to death” and “heart broken.”- Extending a little beyond the 
edges of science and medicine, we poetically attribute some of the most fundamental human 
behaviors, such as love, courage, wisdom, honesty, and even memories to the heart. This holistic 
perspective of the heart aligns with the Eastern medicine belief that Qi from the heart simultaneously 
governs a person’s physical, emotional, and spiritual characteristics. - 

Given the integral role the heart plays in supporting physical and emotional well-being, it is not 
surprising that an unhealthy cardiovascular system is one of the most prevalent causes of illness and 
death worldwide. Despite great breakthroughs in medications and surgical procedures for preventing 
and managing cardiovascular disease (CVD), it remains the number-one killer of Americans, 
claiming more lives than the next five leading causes of death combined.- This fact is particularly 
disturbing since most people can prevent CVD by living a healthy lifestyle and managing known 
cardiovascular risk factors, such as uncontrolled hypertension (high blood pressure), high cholesterol 
levels, physical inactivity, high levels of stress and anger, uncontrolled diabetes, and being 
overweight. 

Tai Chi may be one of the more effective, versatile nonpharmacological interventions to prevent 
and rehabilitate CVD. The multicomponent approach of Tai Chi that combines physical exercise, 
stress reduction, emotional regulation, improved breathing efficiency, and social support targets many 


of the modifiable CVD risk factors. The gentle, adaptable nature of Tai Chi makes it safe and 
accessible for people of all fitness and health levels, including those who have CVD. 

This chapter provides the rationale for using Tai Chi to improve heart health and summarizes a 
growing body of research that supports Tai Chi’s positive effects on CVD risk factors. Tai Chi also 
has a promising track record as an effective adjunct therapy in the rehabilitation and management of 
multiple CVDs, including heart failure, coronary heart disease, and stroke. 


CVD Prevalence and Risk Factors 

Cardiovascular disease, including heart disease, stroke, atherosclerosis (or blocked arteries), and 
high blood pressure, is a major cause of morbidity and the leading killer of US men and women. 
Experts estimate the economic cost of CVD in the United States to be $431.8 billion per year, 
including both direct health-care costs and indirect costs from lost productivity caused by illness and 
death.- 

Some CVD risk factors are controllable, while others are not. Uncontrollable risk factors include 
your gender (being a male), being older (age 50 and up), a family history of heart disease, and race 
(African Americans, American Indians, and Mexican Americans are more likely to have heart disease 
than Caucasians). However, if you control modifiable risk factors, you can reduce your chances of 
CVD: don’t smoke; maintain low levels of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL), or “bad” 
cholesterol, and high levels of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL), or “good” cholesterol; 
maintain healthy blood pressure; be physically active; achieve good body weight; control blood 
sugar; and manage stress and anger. New research suggests that lower levels of inflammation, as 
reflected by blood markers such as C-reactive protein, are also associated with lower risks of 
cardiovascular events. 

If you use preventive strategies, you may avoid the ravages of CVD. Even if you already have 
established CVD, complementary and adjunct therapies may help to reduce the dosage and number of 
medications you need, and therefore, reduce your risk of side effects and delay or prevent additional 
surgical procedures. For these reasons, conventional health-care providers and heart patients have a 
growing interest in holistic, lifestyle modification programs targeting CVD. These include mind-body 
exercises such as Tai Chi, meditation, and yoga, often along with special (usually low-fat) diets, and 
group support. Members of the medical community are beginning to adopt what is being called a 
“TLC” (Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes) approach for heart disease, which shows promise based on 
preliminary clinical research. - 

Heart patients want more mind-body therapies. US surveys suggest that heart patients are 
particularly attracted to mind-body therapies like Tai Chi, yoga, and relaxation techniques. These 
surveys also reveal that 95 percent of those who use mind-body therapies for cardiovascular 
conditions perceive the therapies to be helpful. - 


Tai Chi! A Multicomponent Mind-Body Exercise 

“Tai Chi, to me, is like a leaf that slowly floats down from a tree and then a cool breeze comes 
by,” says Bonnie, a heart- failure patient in her eighties who participated in a Harvard Medical 


School heart failure study. “It is loosening me up. I am standing straighter, and I sleep better. I 
find myself ‘pouring’ from side to side when I am peeling potatoes in the kitchen or doing the 
dishes.” 

A number of the active ingredients of Tai Chi are highly relevant to cardiovascular health. 

Tai Chi Is a Safe, Adaptable Form of Aerobic Exercise 

Physical activity, without a doubt, strengthens the heart. Multiple large-scale, prospective 
epidemiological studies show that even moderate aerobic exercise and a physically active lifestyle 
improve heart health compared with a sedentary lifestyle.- It is also never too late to take advantage 
of the benefits of exercise for heart health — even light activity later in life can reduce your risk of 
dying of heart disease, compared to remaining sedentary/ 

If you watch people practice Tai Chi, it might not seem as if they are getting any aerobic benefit. 
But they are. Numerous studies have shown that Tai Chi can be considered an aerobic activity of low - 
to-moderate intensity, depending on your training style, how deep you sink into the postures, how fast 
you move from one posture to the next, and the duration of your practice. The physical activity of Tai 
Chi ranges between 1.6 and 4.6 metabolic equivalents (METS). To put this measurement in 
perspective, your resting metabolic rate while sitting quietly is equal to 1 MET. The majority of 
studies report the intensity of Tai Chi at about 3.5 METS, which is about the same intensity as 
walking at a moderate pace (about three miles per hour) on level ground. Tai Chi can get your heart 
rate up to between 50 and 74 percent of maximum, depending on the type and intensity of Tai Chi and 
your age.- Importantly, Tai Chi is highly adaptable to your heart’s capacity for exercise because you 
can modulate the intensity. 

Tai Chi Can Reduce Stress and Improve Psychological Well-Being 

A strong body of research demonstrates the relationship between psychological factors and the risk of 
CVD.— Sustained periods of depression lasting from weeks to years have been associated with an 
increased CVD risk, and a history of depression can raise the risk of a heart attack.— Mental stress 

and outbursts of anger have also been associated with acute coronary events.- - In addition, heart 
attack rates are 20 percent higher on Monday mornings, an indication of the influence of increased 

work stress.— 

Tai Chi can help you manage and reduce stress, improve your mood, including depression and 
anxiety, and may help you soften unhealthy, overly aggressive behaviors by increasing your self- 
awareness and promoting a balanced lifestyle. (Chapter 9 discusses more about how Tai Chi affects 
psychological well-being.) 

Tai Chi Improves Breathing Efficiency 

The heart and lungs work in concert to assure oxygen-rich blood is available to every cell in your 
body through the exchange of two gases, oxygen and carbon dioxide. 

The emphasis on diaphragmatic breathing in Tai Chi (see Chapter 7) may result in greater 
efficiency in gas exchange, and this efficiency may lessen the heart’s workload. The slow, deep 


meditative breathing associated with Tai Chi has also been shown to reduce blood pressure, dilate 
blood vessels, improve circulation, and calm the nervous system.— Collectively, these potential 
benefits of Tai Chi breathing may underlie some of its clinical effects on CVD. 

Tai Chi May Improve the Confidence to Exercise and Motivate Healthy 

Behavior 

Another way Tai Chi enhances fitness and heart health is by giving you the confidence to exercise and 
motivating you to seek out other healthy behaviors. Studies show that Tai Chi enhances what is called 
exercise self-efficacy, that is, the belief and conviction that you can successfully engage in exercise, 
e nha nced exercise self-efficacy translates into greater physical activity.— 

Tai Chi’s meditative, self-reflective components, as well as its connection to Eastern philosophy, 
which espouses a balanced lifestyle, may also foster your awareness of unhealthy behaviors and 
motivate you to make more healthy behavior changes. These changes may include an improved diet 
and overall lifestyle, which can only help your heart health. 

Tai Chi Leads to Social Support 

Tai Chi is a social activity. As a Tai Chi student, you interact with your instructors and other students. 
You may also feel as if you are broadly connected to a larger community of those who practice Tai 
Chi regularly. A strong body of research suggests that this form of social support and a sense of 
connection can positively affect your health, including prevention of and rehabilitation from 
cardiovascular events, such as heart attacks. — The underlying mechanisms of social support are not 
fully clear, but they may be related to reducing stress and depression. As you have read above, both 
chronic and acute psychological stress can increase the risks of heart disease. 


Tai Chi for Heart Health 

Several systematic reviews have summarized the clinical and basic research evidence for Tai Chi as 
an intervention for heart health. This research suggests that Tai Chi is a safe, promising intervention 
for the prevention and rehabilitation of multiple CVDs. However, more-definitive conclusions are not 
yet possible because only a few large-scale trials are studying Tai Chi and the heart.— 

Tai Chi impacts key cardiovascular risk factors, including blood pressure, cholesterol levels, 
blood sugar metabolism, and inflammation. (For Tai Chi’s impact on stress and mood, see Chapter 9). 
Tai Chi also affects specific cardiovascular conditions, including heart failure, coronary artery 
disease, and stroke. 


High Blood Pressure 

High blood pressure, or hypertension, is a serious condition in itself as well as a risk factor for other 
cardiovascular conditions. “Blood pressure” is the force of blood pushing against the walls of the 
arteries as the heart pumps blood. If this pressure rises and stays high over time, it can damage the 


body in many ways. Blood pressure is measured as systolic and diastolic pressures. “Systolic” refers 
to blood pressure when the heart beats while pumping blood. “Diastolic” refers to blood pressure 
when the heart is at rest between beats. You most often will see blood pressure numbers written with 
the systolic number above or before the diastolic number, such as 120/80 mmHg. The mmHg is 
millimeters of mercury — the units used to measure blood pressure. All levels above 120/80 mmHg 
raise your CVD risk, and the risk grows as blood pressure numbers rise. 

Many studies have shown that Tai Chi will lower high blood pressure. In a 2008 systematic review 
conducted by our group, we identified 26 studies that assessed the impact of Tai Chi on blood 
pressure. We found that in 85 percent of trials, Tai Chi lowered blood pressure, with improvements 
ranging from 3 to 32 mmHg in systolic pressure and from 2 to 18 mmHg in diastolic pressure. Some 
of these studies were of poor quality, so we should interpret the results cautiously, but collectively, 
these data suggest that Tai Chi may be as effective in controlling blood pressure as other lifestyle 
approaches, including weight loss, a low-sodium diet, and moderating alcohol use.— 

In one of the smaller but higher-quality randomized trials in our review, researchers at Johns 
Hopkins Medical Institutions recruited 62 older sedentary adults with pre-hypertension and compared 
the impact of a moderate-intensity aerobic exercise program to a light-intensity Tai Chi program. Both 
programs held group classes that met for one hour, twice weekly, and instructed participants to 
practice at home. The results show comparable and clinically significant blood pressure changes in 
both groups (-8.4 and -7.0 mmHg systolic blood pressure; -3.2 and -2.4 mmHg diastolic blood 
pressure for the aerobic and Tai Chi groups, respectively). Notably, the Tai Chi group was more 

likely to continue home exercises than the aerobics group.— 

A number of other randomized controlled trials (RCTs) including hypertensive patients have also 
reported a positive effect of Tai Chi on blood pressure.— 

High Blood Cholesterol Levels 

Cholesterol is a fat (also called a lipid) that your body needs to work properly. Overly high 
cholesterol levels can increase your chance of getting heart disease, stroke, and other problems. 

A handful of studies, including multiple RCTs, have examined the effects of Tai Chi on cholesterol 
and related lipids. Some have found that Tai Chi leads to favorable changes as compared to no 
significant changes in nonintervention (control) groups.— Other trials, both randomized and 
nonrandomized, among people who were obese, diabetic, or had lipid disorders — and also among 
healthy people — have reported positive effects of Tai Chi on cholesterol and blood lipid levels.— 
However, other studies report no effects of Tai Chi on blood lipids.— 

Impaired Blood Sugar (Glucose) Metabolism 

Most of the food you eat is broken down into glucose, the form of sugar in the blood. Glucose is the 
body’s main source of fuel. After digestion, glucose enters the bloodstream, and then goes to the cells 
throughout the body where it is used for energy. A hormone called insulin, produced by the pancreas, 
must be available to allow glucose to enter the cells. 

However, in people with diabetes or pre-diabetes symptoms, the pancreas does not make enough 
insulin, or the cells in the muscles, liver, and fat do not use insulin properly, or both. As a result, the 
amount of glucose in the blood increases, while the cells are starved of energy. Over time, high 


blood-glucose levels damage blood vessels, leading to increased risks for heart attack and stroke. - 
A few studies, including one randomized trial, have reported improvements in blood sugar control 
following Tai Chi training.— However, most of the more rigorous RCTs have not reported any 
apparent benefit of Tai Chi on glucose metabolism— 

Inflammation and CRP 

Inflammation, the process by which your body fights off infection and heals itself, is now widely 
believed to be associated with the development of cardiovascular disease. Although we don’t yet 
understand the precise mechanisms between inflammation and cardiovascular disease, increased 
inflammation is associated with narrowing and clotting of the arteries, both key processes associated 
with heart disease and stroke.— 

One key marker of inflammation is the protein CRP. High levels of CRP in the blood indicate an 
increased risk of heart disease and low levels of CRP, a low risk. This marker is independent of 
cholesterol levels.— 

A few small studies suggest that Tai Chi may positively affect inflammation and CRP levels. One 
recent RCT including Taiwanese obese patients who had Type 2 diabetes found that 12 weeks of Tai 
Chi reduced CRP levels, but conventional exercise did not.— 

Another small Australian RCT designed to study the effects of Rung Fu on metabolic health in 
obese adolescents used Tai Chi as a “placebo control.” After six months of training, CRP decreased 
significantly in both groups, and a trend toward decreased markers of blood sugar control existed. No 
apparent advantage appeared in the more physically demanding Rung Fu versus the “placebo” of Tai 
Chi!— 


Exercise Capacity and Fitness 

Good evidence suggests that Tai Chi can improve aerobic capacity and overall fitness in both healthy 
people, as well as in those with CVD. 

A recent RCT of more than 370 relatively healthy community-dwelling adults conducted in Hong 
Rong compared the effects of a 12-week Tai Chi program to both brisk walking and non-exercising 
controls. At 12 weeks, exercise capacity increased in both the Tai Chi and walking groups about 
equally. In addition, Tai Chi led to improved weight and general physical fitness. Interestingly, the Tai 
Chi group did this with 33 percent less increase in heart rate. These results support the idea that when 
exercise intensity is a concern, as it is in many heart conditions, Tai Chi may be the preferred form of 
exercise since it puts less demand on the heart.— 

Another longer, nonrandomized study at the National Taiwan University Hospital monitored the 
health of 35 older Tai Chi practitioners, average age 69, over five years and compared them with a 
matched group of sedentary elderly people from the same community. As expected in this older age 
group, exercise capacity declined over time. However, Tai Chi helped both men and women 
substantially slow down this age-related decline compared to the sedentary controls. Those who 
practiced Tai Chi also showed smaller increases in body fat and less decrease in flexibility compared 

to the controls.— 

Many other randomized and nonrandomized trials also support that Tai Chi may improve exercise 


capacity and fitness among those who have CVD risk factors. - 


Tai Chi for Rehabilitation and Management of cvd 

If you have heart disease, then Tai Chi may be one of the better ways to help you rehabilitate and 
manage the effects of such conditions as heart failure, coronary heart disease, and stroke. 

Tai Chi for Heart Failure 

Jackie, age 58, the owner of a food market, had had congestive heart failure for 10 years when 
her doctor suggested that she enroll in the Tai Chi study at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center 
in Boston. “My doctor told me I was almost ready for a pacemaker. I was tired and couldn’t 
endure much,” says Jackie, the mother of two teenagers. Jackie received educational materials 
and did aerobic exercises for 12 weeks as part of the study’s control group, and then accepted 
the researcher’s offer to take the Tai Chi classes for another 12 weeks. She learned Tai Chi 
breathing, strength, and flexibility exercises and a simplified Tai Chi protocol she could practice 
on her own. 

After three months of the Tai Chi classes, as well as an hour of aerobics twice a week, 
Jackie’s doctor told her she didn’t need a pacemaker after all. “My heart was more stable, and I 
felt stronger,” she says. “I had more energy to run my business and to keep up with my kids.” 

To learn more about Tai Chi, she began taking a class at a community Tai Chi center in Boston. 
“I always feel more energized after a Tai Chi class. I have no problem doing two hours of Tai 
Chi, whereas I’m counting the minutes during aerobic exercise,” says Jackie, who drives one 
hour each way from her home outside Boston to do the Tai Chi classes. “I can easily incorporate 
Tai Chi into my life. I take breaks at work to do Tai Chi, and when my kids start to get to me, I do 
some Tai Chi breathing to help calm me down.” 

Chronic heart failure is a condition in which the heart cannot pump enough blood to the rest of the 
body. Heart failure includes problems due to the heart muscle’s inability to pump blood out of the 
heart efficiently. This condition is called systolic heart failure. Heart failure also includes problems 
due to stiffness in the heart muscles that make it difficult for the heart to fill up with blood easily. This 
condition is called diastolic heart failure. Our study team at Harvard Medical School, led by Dr. 
Gloria Yeh, has reported that Tai Chi has positive health benefits for both systolic and diastolic heart 
failure patients. 

We began our research on Tai Chi for heart failure with a pilot study of systolic heart failure 
patients. Thirty patients were randomized to either 12 weeks of Tai Chi training or usual care (the 
control group). For this study, we first developed a simplified, tailored twice-weekly protocol of 
traditional warm-up exercises and five Tai Chi forms adapted from Cheng Man Ching’s Yang-style 
Tai Chi, which we have subsequently used in all our heart failure clinical trials. At 12 weeks, the 
patients in the Tai Chi group demonstrated a significantly improved heart failure-related quality of 
life, walked farther on a six-minute test, and had greater decreases in blood levels of B-type 
natriuretic protein (a marker for heart failure) when compared to the control group. We also saw 
trends toward improvement in increased aerobic capacity in the Tai Chi group. And those in the Tai 
Chi group also experienced more stable sleep.— 


Based on these promising preliminary results, we conducted a larger follow-up study of 100 
systolic heart failure patients. In this study, the comparison group was a heart- health education 
program. As in our pilot study, participants in the Tai Chi group experienced clinically significant 
improvements in quality of life, as well as improvements in exercise self-efficacy and mood. 
However, unlike the pilot study, improvements in six-minute walking distance and exercise capacity 
were small and not statistically different from in the education group. - 

Our group recently completed a smaller pilot study with diastolic heart failure patients. We were 
specifically interested in learning if the benefits of Tai Chi were simply due to moderate aerobic 
training or to mind-body components, such as meditation and controlled breathing. In this study, 16 
patients with diastolic heart failure were randomized to either Tai Chi or a low-impact aerobics class 
twice a week for 12 weeks. We found that Tai Chi provided significantly less-intense exercise than 
the aerobic exercise group. However, at the end of 12 weeks, those who had participated in Tai Chi 
increased their six-minute walk distance more than those in the aerobic group, and patients in both 
groups had equal improvements in quality of life. So, it appears that Tai Chi’s success is due to other 
mechanisms than just aerobic training in improving exercise capacity and quality of life among heart 
failure patients.— 

Importantly, about 90 percent of the participants across all of our heart-failure studies regularly 
came to the Tai Chi classes and practiced Tai Chi at home as well. This result means that Tai Chi is 
enjoyable and can be safely incorporated into regular activities, even for patients who have chronic 
heart disease. 

Researchers in Italy have reported results of an RCT that demonstrated that adding Tai Chi to 
endurance training for heart- failure patients resulted in greater improvements in the distance walked 
in six minutes, systolic blood pressure, quality of life, and lower-extremity strength, as compared to a 
control group.— Other researchers have also shown positive improvements among heart failure 
patients who practiced Tai Chi.— 

Tai Chi for Coronary Heart Disease (CHD) 

Coronary heart disease (CHD) is a narrowing of the small blood vessels that supply blood and 
oxygen to the heart. Also called coronary artery disease (CAD), this is the leading cause of death in 
the United States for both men and women. CHD is caused by the buildup of plaque in the arteries to 
the heart. It can result in angina, a type of chest pain and discomfort due to poor blood flow through 
the blood vessels of the heart muscle, or a heart attack (myocardial infarction) when blood flow to a 
part of the heart is blocked for a long enough time that some heart muscle is damaged or dies. 

A handful of studies have evaluated specifically the potential benefits of Tai Chi for patients 
diagnosed with CHD.— One RCT in England, using patients recovering from a heart attack, found 
improvements in systolic blood pressure in both Tai Chi and aerobic exercise groups, but only the Tai 
Chi group showed improvements in diastolic blood pressure. In addition, those who did Tai Chi were 
more likely to stick with exercise compared to the aerobic exercisers or a control group.— 

Other studies show that Tai Chi may lead to a better prognosis for cardiac events in patients who 
have CAD, increase the rate of return to a resting heart rate following exercise, and help to balance 
out the autonomic nervous system.— 

Tai Chi also may aid recovery from bypass surgery. A small, nonrandomized study at National 
Taiwan University looked at 20 men, average age 57, who were recovering from bypass surgery. 


Over one year, about half of the men practiced Tai Chi, while the other half participated in a home- 
based cardiac rehabilitation program. After one year, the men who did Tai Chi showed a 10 percent 
increase in aerobic fitness, while those who walked briskly showed little change in their fitness 
levels. Again, the Tai Chi group was more likely to adhere to their exercise regimen than those in the 
traditional rehabilitation group.— 

These and other recent studies have found that exercise at a lower intensity can provide benefits to 
those recovering from heart disease. That’s why Tai Chi is being increasingly accepted as an alternate 
exercise program, particularly for unfit or elderly people with heart problems. 

Recovery following Stroke 

A stroke happens when blood flow to a part of the brain stops. If blood flow stops for longer than a 
few seconds, the brain cannot get blood and oxygen. Brain cells can die, causing permanent damage. 
Stroke is the third leading cause of death in the United States and is the leading single cause of 
disability. More than 4 million Americans have had a stroke, or brain attack, and are living with the 
aftereffects.— 

A handful of studies have evaluated Tai Chi as a rehabilitation exercise for stroke survivors. The 
largest published study to date investigated whether Tai Chi could improve standing balance. 
Researchers in Hong Kong randomly assigned 136 subjects who had suffered a stroke at least six 
months prior either to 12 weeks of Tai Chi or to a control group who practiced general exercises for 
12 weeks. The Tai Chi group showed greater ability to maintain balance, to reach and lean both 
forward and backward, and also demonstrated faster reaction times. These benefits persisted through 
a second assessment at 1 8 weeks.— 

Israeli researchers conducted another smaller RCT in which they compared a Tai Chi program to 
balance training for stroke survivors. After 12 weeks, those attending the Tai Chi classes showed 
improvements in general functioning and social functioning, but they did not exhibit changes in 
balance or walking speed. The balance training led to improvements in balance and walking speed, 
but not in general functioning. Tai Chi appears to have potential benefits for stroke survivors, but we 
need additional and longer-term studies to evaluate its full benefits.— 


Clinical Implications and Advantages of Tai Chi for CM) 

If you have heart disease, you need to find an appropriate, nonthreatening, easy-to-perform physical 
activity that you will maintain. Tai Chi may be just what the doctor ordered. Based on the existing 
evidence, Tai Chi is a promising adjunct to conventional heart care. 

Cardiac rehabilitation programs, unfortunately, are underutilized. Tai Chi may be appropriate if you 
are unable or unwilling to engage in other forms of physical activity, or as a bridge to more rigorous 
exercise programs, particularly if you are frail or deconditioned. 

If your doctor says you have borderline hypertension, and you are not certain you want to begin 
drug therapy, a nonpharmacological approach such as Tai Chi may be a way to keep your blood 
pressure in check. If you have established hypertension and find it difficult to engage in regular 
exercise, again, think about using Tai Chi to aid the treatment program your doctor has designed for 
you. Tai Chi may also help you improve your aerobic fitness and manage your cholesterol; its effects 


on blood sugar control are less clear. 

Importantly, all studies to date suggest that Tai Chi maybe safe for heart patients. Tai Chi may offer 
you additional options, whether as an adjunct to formal cardiac rehabilitation, as a part of 
maintenance therapy, or as an exercise alternative. 



7 


Deepen and Enrich Your Breathing 


“I feel like my breathing has freed up quite a bit since I started taking Tai Chi classes two years 
ago,” says Lois, 65, a retired real estate broker who has asthma episodes after allergy attacks. “I 
live at the top of a steep hill above where my Tai Chi class meets. It’s hard to contemplate 
walking up that hill, but after Tai Chi class I kind of sail up the hill.” 

Now that her husband has been diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease, Lois has to complete 
daily tasks by herself. “I carry the grocery bags, bring boxes to the basement, and do all the 
laundry,” she says. “I used to be wary about doing those things. Now I do them without thinking 
about it. I have a lot more energy, stamina, flexibility, and strength. Tai Chi has really helped me 
cope physically and emotionally. 

“And I can take long walks every day and spend hours working in the garden without resting,” 
says Lois, who also has enough energy to take her two grandchildren to the aquarium and 
museums, and play with them in the playground and on the basketball court. 


Strong lungs and efficient breathing are central to overall health, well-being, and living a long life. 
One of my Tai Chi teachers liked to remind us that while most of us could live for quite some time, 
even days, without food and water, no one could live for more than a few minutes without breathing 
air. On average, you breathe more than 20,000 times per day, so it naturally follows that efficient, 
mindful, and freer breathing patterns have the potential to significantly enhance and sustain your 
health. In fact, sound epidemiological data supports that less-restricted and higher- volume breathing 
may lead to a longer life.- On the other side of the coin, inefficient, constricted breathing may 
exacerbate, or contribute to, illness. 

Breathing is great example of how the active ingredients of Tai Chi are interwoven and synergistic. 
A mindful breath brings attention into the deepest, most intimate places within ourselves. Breath is 
also a vehicle for intention, for good air and vibrant Qi going in and bad air and bad Qi going out. 
The breath helps integrate the body with the mind, and with the key Tai Chi concept of relaxing. 

How you breathe is regulated and intertwined with nearly all core physiological systems, including 
the musculoskeletal, nervous, cardiovascular, and endocrine systems. Slow, deep, mindful, and 
rhythmic breathing developed in Tai Chi potentially affects breathing and lung health, as well as other 
multiple physiological systems that control cardiovascular processes (such as blood pressure), 
nervous system processes (such as involuntary control of blood flow to organs or muscle contraction 
in the intestines), and even perception and tolerance of pain. 

A Tai Chi joke: 

Student: “Master, what is the secret of a long life?” 

Master: “Keep breathing as long as you can!” 


Breathing Capacity and Life Span 

One indication that good breathing affects health is the strong association between breathing function 
and longer life span. Two studies illustrate this association nicely. The first is the landmark 
Framingham Heart Study, in which a cohort of 5,209 men and women, aged 30 to 62, was followed 
for more than 20 years.-' At the beginning of the study, all participants underwent pulmonary testing 
and had an evaluation of a key index of healthy breathing called “forced vital capacity” (FVC), which 
is simply the amount of air you can forcibly exhale from the lungs after taking the deepest breath 
possible. Over the course of the study, FVC was a very strong predictor of cardiovascular-related 
death and disease. This relationship was robust, even when factors such as initial age, smoking status, 
and prior pulmonary and heart disease were taken into account. 

A second, more recent, study at the University at Buffalo followed 1,195 men and women for 29 
years and also reported a strong relationship between lung function and mortality using a measure 
called FEV1 — a measure of the maximal amount of air you can forcefully exhale in one second.- In 
this study, lung function was a significant predictor of all-cause mortality, not just heart disease, as in 
the Framingham study. Again, this relationship was strong even after factors such as smoking, blood 
pressure, and age were considered. What’s more, the risk of death was increased for participants who 
had only moderately impaired lung function, not only those with severe impairments. 

In summary, long before you become diagnosed with a serious illness, the health of your breath may 
predict your life span. The good news not mentioned in these studies is that exercises like Tai Chi can 
improve the functional quality of your breathing and therefore potentially help you lead a longer life. 


Breathing Basics 

To appreciate how Tai Chi and Tai Chi breathing might affect pulmonary health, we need to know a 
bit more about breathing and how age and disease change it. 

The anatomy and physiology of human breathing has evolved to enable us to harvest oxygen from 
the atmosphere to fuel our metabolism of energy-rich molecules, such as glucose, and to release 
carbon dioxide back to the atmosphere as one of the byproducts of this metabolism. Based on multiple 
sources of feedback from the body, including the chemistry of the blood and immediate physical 
demands, the brainstem sends signals that trigger the body to inhale or exhale. 

Muscles, including the diaphragm and intercostals, play big roles in mechanically expanding and 
contracting the lungs, drawing in and expelling air. The diaphragm is a dome-shaped sheath of muscle 
sitting on top of the stomach and liver, and it is the primary muscle of healthy breathing. When the 
diaphragm is relaxed, it assumes a domed, upward shape. When it contracts, it pushes downward. 
Along with some help from the intercostal muscles (which pull the ribs upward), the downward 
movement of the diaphragm opens the rib cage, decreases pressure on the lungs, and creates a vacuum 
(negative pressure) that draws outside air in all the way to the bottom of the lungs. Upon exhaling, the 
diaphragm returns to its relaxed, upward dome-shape, compressing the lungs and squeezing air out. 

The respiratory system is technically elegant and sophisticated; however, most of us do not use it 
anywhere near to its highest level of efficiency. In typical breathing, most adults only use the upper 
regions of their lungs. But, we can learn to use more of our lungs. For example, a highly trained 
athlete can develop a 50 percent greater lung capacity than the average adult. 


Age-Related Changes in Breathing and Lung Function 

Just as with other bodily systems, the efficiency of breathing and lung function declines with age. For 
example, shortly after we reach the age of 20 years, our FVC decreases 200 to 250 cc every 10 years. 
Remember, vital capacity predicted cardiovascular death and disease in the famous Framingham 
study. In contrast, functional residual capacity — that is, the amount of air left in the lungs after normal 
expiration — increases slightly as we get older. This air in the lungs can be problematic as trapped 
carbon dioxide in the airsacs of the lungs is a primary symptom of chronic obstructive pulmonary 
disease (COPD).- 

Several physical and physiological processes are believed to underlie these age-related changes; 
they include changes in muscles, lung elasticity, and lung structure, as well as stress. 

Musculoskeletal Changes: Two of the most important age-related changes relate to the structure 
of the chest wall. First, the chest wall becomes stiffer due to changes in the shape, calcification, 
and health of the joints of the rib cage. Second, the strength of the respiratory muscles, including 
the intercostals and the diaphragm, decreases. - 

Elasticity of the Lungs: Aging causes subtle changes in the connective tissues of the lungs, 
changes including a decrease in elastic fibers and an increase in more rigid type 3 collagen. 
Increases in cross links and fiber orientation also occur. All of these changes alter the elastic 
property or springiness of the lungs and the airways, with a loss of elastic recoil, and thus, the 
loss of an ability to squeeze air out during exhalation. - 

Efficiency of Gas Exchange: Structural changes also reduce the number and surface area of the 
air sacs (alveoli) in the lungs.- This reduction is important because these air sacs are where 
gases (oxygen and carbon dioxide) are exchanged through tiny blood vessels (capillaries). 

Emotions and Stress: Emotions can affect breathing and, over time, affect the quality of your 
breath. An obvious example of the effect of emotions on breathing is a frustrated young child 
crying. The plaintive crying makes it difficult for the child (and sometimes the accompanying 
adult!) to catch a breath. 

One key factor is chronic stress. When our evolutionary ancestors perceived something as 
potentially threatening (for example, an encounter with a sabertooth tiger while hunting), their brains 
sent warning signals through their central nervous system. Their adrenal glands produced hormones 
(adrenalin and noradrenalin), which in turn caused the heart to beat faster. Muscles tensed and pupils 
dilated. Their lungs breathed faster to match the immediate demands of the heart, and the result was 
more shallow breathing. 

Our bodies still maintain the same evolutionary sense to confront a threat and deal with it, even if it 
does not mean running away from the threat as quickly as possible. While shallow, rapid breathing is 
a good match for the short-term “fight-or-flight response,” it’s not efficient for everyday 
cardiorespiratory function. Unfortunately, in today’s stressful society, high levels of anxiety resulting 
from real or simply imagined threats — the bombardment of stressful stories in the news, the 
possibility of losing a job, a dispute with a family member — can cause continual activation of 
elements of the “fight-or-flight response,” leading to chronic shallow breathing. In fact, shallow, 


rapid breathing shares qualities with breathing patterns associated with chronic anxiety and panic 
disorder symptoms; it may even contribute to them becoming chronic. 


LEARNING TAI CHI BREATHING 

The Tai Chi way of breathing is to be gentle and gradual. Breathing potentially is connected to 
emotional and physical patterns, so being gentle allows you to experience breathing mindfully and 
gives your mind and body time to reorganize and stay balanced. 

The first phase is simply to observe the breath, without any intention to change it. Notice where the 
breath goes and where it does not go; feel the sensation of breathing in your nose, throat, chest, and 
throughout your body. 

Sometimes, I first teach breathing while students are sitting or lying down; this position allows 
them to focus on the richness of breathing, without becoming distracted by the choreography of 
movements in the Tai Chi form. As with any Tai Chi training, don’t attempt to force the breath; you do 
not want to create new stresses over old ones. Over time, natural, deep breathing becomes part of the 
movements. 

Imagery can also affect the breath. Generally, I’ll suggest that students imagine breathing in air from 
nature with qualities that bring them to a greater sense of balance. For example, they might imagine 
breathing in vibrant sunshine-filled air (e.g., recalling a warm summer day near the ocean) if they are 
sleepy and a cold, or calming, cooler energy (e.g., recalling a walk around a placid lake) if they are 
stressed and a bit overheated. A substantial body of imagery research, as well as a burgeoning 
number of placebo studies, demonstrates that what people imagine and expect can affect how their 
body reacts. For example, multiple placebo studies have shown that people who are told they are 
breathing in a toxin (e.g., ragweed) when in actuality it’s only saline will have an asthma attack, and 
when they are told they are breathing in rescue medicine (again only saline), the attack stops.- This 
knowledge helps Tai Chi students better understand, and legitimizes, the use of intention and breathing 
practices, such as when I ask students to imagine breathing in fresh, Qi-filled healing air from a 
mountaintop or a forest. 


The Benefits of Tai Chi B REATHING 

Breathing in Tai Chi serves more than the function of bringing oxygen into and expelling carbon 
dioxide out of the body. Breathing provides an internal massage, serves as a tool for bodily 
awareness and focus, balances the nervous system and emotions, and regulates and enhances Qi flow. 
The quality of our breath, easy or labored, shallow or deep, also provides feedback that informs our 
posture and movement patterns. 

During typical Tai Chi training, the air that is breathed in and out should have a soft, continuous 
flow. The idea is to attain a level of natural breath that flows regularly, lightly, slowly, and deeply. 
During some Tai Chi exercises, you may benefit from coordinating breathing with your movements. 
For example, when you expand your body and stretch your arms out, breathe in, and when you relax 
your body and allow the arms to move inward, breathe out. However, be careful in consciously 


coordinating breathing with movements — controlling a breathing pace that is too slow or too fast to 
match your movements can have unwanted physiological and energetic effects. While I occasionally 
explore breath-movement coordination, most of the time, I follow the advice of one of my teachers 
who emphasized the principle, “Let the body breathe you.”- 


DIAPHRAGMATIC OR TAN TIEN BREATHING 

Diaphragmatic or tan tien breathing (sometimes called abdominal or belly breathing) is natural, deep 
breathing without any forceful effort (think of a sleeping baby). To get a sense of this type of 
breathing, I sometimes use the image of a balloon centered in the abdomen. During inhalation and 
exhalation, imagine that the balloon is expanding or stretching, and then deflating. The inhalation and 
exhalation is sometimes coordinated with an opening and closing movement of the hands and arms in 
front of the abdomen. The idea is to take unstrained, slow, deep, rhythmic breaths. 

Here’s how I introduce tan tien breathing during a seated resting meditation: 

Sit comfortably, feet flat on the ground, palms resting on your thighs, eyes closed, and sitting 
upright. Relax your mouth, tongue, and jaw. Allow your whole body to relax . . . allow your thoughts 
to relax . . . allow your breath to relax. Now imagine that you have a balloon in your abdomen, and as 
you breathe in, the balloon gently inflates. As you exhale, the balloon naturally deflates. Imagine that 
the air you are breathing in is mist-like and filled with a vibrant, positive, or healing nourishing 
energy — whatever qualities you sense will best balance your body today. As you breathe in, 
simultaneously move your arms in front of your abdomen to mimic and encourage the expanding of the 
balloon. As you exhale, allow your arms to return to a more neutral position, with the palms facing 
inward toward the abdomen. Repeat this inhale-exhale cycle 9 to 36 times. As your body relaxes and 
your breath deepens, allow the volume of the expanding balloon to grow to include the middle and 
upper regions of the torso as well as your feet. When you are done, sit comfortably in an upright 
position. Return your hands to rest on your thighs and simply relax, especially the abdomen and feet, 
and observe changes throughout the whole of your body (without “thinking”). 


Better Breathing through Tai Chi 

Studies have shown better respiratory function in Tai Chi practitioners compared to those who are 
sedentary. What’s more, Tai Chi appears to slow the loss of respiratory function in older adults over 
time in studies up to five years long.— 

Better breathing through Tai Chi may be due in part to increased torso flexibility.— This increase is 
likely due to stretching, a less-flexed posture, and the impact of deeper, more mindful breathing while 
practicing Tai Chi. You would expect that regular, deep breathing would keep your lung tissues more 
flexible and help them maintain their elasticity, but no long-term studies have proven this assumption 
yet. 

Slow, diaphragmatic breathing may also improve lung efficiency, allowing more oxygen to reach 
the capillary-rich alveoli for better absorption of oxygen into the blood.— 


Taking Control of Breathing 

Breathing, like digestion of food, occurs naturally below the level of your consciousness. This 
automatic control is great — it allows you to go about your day, even while you sleep, without having 
to remember to breathe. However, breathing can also be voluntarily controlled. You can learn to 
breathe more deeply, slowly, smoothly and mindfully, and improve your respiration as well as bring it 
into greater balance. 

Slow, deep breathing encouraged in Tai Chi positively affects the balance between the sympathetic 
(arousal) and parasympathetic (calming) aspects of the nervous system, which in turn, affects many 

other processes, including blood pressure regulation and immune function.— We now widely 
recognize that many chronic diseases, such as heart failure and COPD, are highly associated with 
overactive sympathetic nervous activity. This connection may partially explain why in our clinical 
trial of heart failure, as well as in other’s heart trials, Tai Chi seems to affect heart- lung symptoms 
and quality of life positively. 

Psychological Well-Being and Mood 

The meditative movements and exercise components of Tai Chi can help you manage stress, both the 
psychological and physiological responses to stress. Tai Chi may even rehabilitate stress-related, 
inefficient breathing. Shallow breathing is associated with the physiological flight-or-flight response. 
Slow, deep, mindful breathing is associated with more relaxation and more-efficient gas exchange. In 
fact, healthy breathing patterns are associated with less hostile behavior and improved cognitive 
function as you age.— Chapter 9 summarizes research supporting the more general positive effects of 
Tai Chi on stress and mood. 


Internal Physical Massage 

In Tai Chi, one of the main functions of breathing is to massage the internal organs and body tissues. 
Diaphragmatic breathing is associated with internal pressure changes, so the idea of the internal 
organs being moved around and “massaged” during Tai Chi seems quite logical. One of my Tai Chi 
teachers, Robert Morningstar, likened breathing to blowing up a balloon under water. Pressure 
changes caused by the expansion of the balloon-like lungs displace fluids and fluid-filled tissues 
surrounding the lungs and the diaphragm. This displacement, in turn, leads to what in effect are liquid 
pressure waves in surrounding tissues. 

When coordinated with specific Tai Chi postures and movement patterns, these pressure waves can 
be directed throughout the body. A handful of studies on breathing physiology support the idea that 
deep breathing generates measurable changes in abdominal pressure — that is, breathing creates an 
internal massage.— Deep breathing is also associated with altered blood flow throughout the body.— 

Cognitive Focus and Attention 

Attention to the breath is central to Tai Chi, as well as many Eastern healing and meditative traditions. 
To achieve enlightenment, Buddha is said to have sat for an extended period to become aware of each 
breath, from moment to moment, feeling its flow through the nostrils, the rise and fall of the chest, its 


movement from the nose to the belly — not trying to control or fix it, just noticing it. In this sense, you 
can use the breath to develop focus. This idea of being mindful as the breath comes in and goes out is 
a way to practice living in the present moment without the unfocused, distracting thoughts of the 
“monkey mind.” This idea is captured in a quote by one of the leading teachers of Buddhist meditation 
in the West, Thich Nhat Hanh: “Feelings come and go like clouds in a windy sky. Conscious breathing 
is my anchor.” 


Energy Flow 

Western researchers are just beginning to examine the physiological and biophysical effects of 
bioelectricity within the body. For a Western scientist, breath-related internal pressure changes and 
autonomic system-mediated changes in blood flow may partially explain how breathing affects 
energy flow, just as, according to traditional Chinese medicine, blood and Qi flow are connected. 
Although studies are lacking, it is plausible that each breath induces electrical charges in the fascia, 
fluids, nerves, and blood. Your breath can direct the movement of energy and — when combined with 
the intention and shape of Tai Chi — can lead to rich patterns of energy flow throughout your body, 
sometimes along very specific pathways relevant to healing as well as the martial applications of Tai 
Chi. 


Clinical Research on Tai Chi for Respiratory Conditions 

A growing body of research suggests that the slow, rhythmic breathing during Tai Chi, along with its 
other active ingredients, may enhance the health of patients with COPD and asthma. 


ON BREATH AND SPIRITUALITY 

The link between breath and vital energy is not unique to Chinese medicine. The concept of 
“Pneuma,” the root for pneumonia, pneumatics, and other lung and breath-related contemporary 
words, derives from the ancient Greek word for breath. In ancient Greek medicine, Pneuma was 
considered the “Breath of Life” or a form of kinetic energy responsible for all function and 
movement. 

Breathing may have a spiritual connotation as well. From the perspective of energy exchange, 
breathing from the universe into the body and back out creates an exchange that makes us feel more 
“porous,” less distinct, and more connected to, and integrated with, the larger environment around us. 
Many Tai Chi practitioners say they feel connected to part of some larger whole — perhaps, using Ted 
Kaptchuk’s description of Chinese cosmology, part of what he calls the “Web that has no Weaver.” 

In Chinese, one of the characters for breath often is used synonymously with the character for Qi. 

In Latin, the word for breathing is spiritus, which serves as the root for “inspiration” and “spirit.” In 
the New Testament, the Holy Spirit is used interchangeably with Pneuma; it also includes references 
to the breath of God. In his book on Tai Chi imagery, Martin Mellish writes that if there were one 
translation of “Holy Spirit” into Chinese, it would simply be Qi.— 


Clinical Research on COPD 


“I think the thing that changed the most after going through the Tai Chi for COPD study at 
Harvard was understanding my breathing better, my breathing patterns, and breathing deeply,” 
says James, age 55. “I’m one who is used to shallow breaths, but now I try to be much more 
aware of that. If I’m having a bad day, I try to give myself some time to rest and get my breathing 
back in sync. 

“I like the pace of Tai Chi, the gracefulness of it, and that it’s non-stressful,” he says. “If 
you’re doing other forms of exercise, you often have more on your mind. If you’re on the 
treadmill or the bike, you’re watching to see how long you’re on, the speed you’re going, 
whereas in Tai Chi it’s nothing — it’s just you.” 

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is one of the most common lung diseases. The two 
main forms of COPD are chronic bronchitis, which is defined by a long-term cough with mucus, and 
emphysema, which is defined by destruction of lung tissue over time. Most people with COPD have a 
combination of both conditions. 

COPD is projected to be the third leading cause of death in the United States by the year 2020, and 
it is the only major disease with an increasing death rate. An estimated 16 million Americans are 
currently diagnosed with COPD, and an additional 14 million or more still may be undiagnosed 
because they are in the beginning stages of the disease with minimal symptoms and therefore have not 
sought health care yet. The total estimated annual cost of COPD is more than $32 billion. — 

The leading cause of COPD is cigarette smoking. The more a person smokes, the more likely it is 
that person will develop COPD, although some people smoke for years and never get COPD. The 
most common symptoms include cough with mucus, shortness of breath (dyspnea) that gets worse with 
mild activity, fatigue, frequent respiratory infections, and wheezing. 

Conventional pulmonary rehabilitation programs focus on aerobic exercise and strength training to 
improve exercise capacity, quality of life, and symptoms inpatients with COPD.— Tai Chi extends the 
breathing techniques taught in pulmonary rehabilitation by integrating novel elements, such as 
progressive relaxation, imagery/ visualization, mindfulness of breathing and overall body sensations, 
postural training, and coordinated patterns of breathing and movement. These additional therapeutic 
elements make Tai Chi an effective adjunct to conventional rehabilitation. Mind-body exercises like 
Tai Chi may also allow patients with COPD to feel more confident about their ability to exercise and 
entice them to continue to exercise, which, of course, has the potential for lasting benefits. 

COPD Study Results 

Several studies have been completed or are under way to evaluate Tai Chi for COPD. 

In our group, we have completed a small, pilot randomized controlled trial designed to determine 
the feasibility of administering a Tai Chi program to improve the quality of life and exercise capacity 
in COPD patients. We randomized 10 patients, average age 66, with moderate-to- severe COPD, to 12 
weeks of Tai Chi plus usual care or usual care alone. The Tai Chi training consisted of a one-hour 
class, twice weekly, that emphasized gentle movement, relaxation, meditation, and breathing 


techniques.— 

Our participants told us they enjoyed the Tai Chi program and said they could participate without 
experiencing any adverse reactions. After 12 weeks, the Tai Chi participants felt significant 
improvement in chronic respiratory symptoms compared to the usual-care group. The Tai Chi group 
also had slight improvements in their six-minute walking distance, depression, and shortness of 
breath. Our conclusion: Tai Chi as an exercise appears to be a safe, positive adjunct to standard care 
and warrants further investigation. Led by Drs. Gloria Yeh and Marilyn Moy, our group is now 
conducting a much larger trial sponsored by the National Institutes of Health; this trial compares Tai 
Chi to both meditative-breathing exercises (isolated out of the Tai Chi program) as well as to a non- 
exercise education program 

An already completed large, randomized controlled COPD trial conducted in Hong Kong 
compared a program of Tai Chi Qigong to walking plus breathing exercises or usual care for three 
months. The Tai Chi Qigong group improved key measures of respiratory function and participated in 
higher levels of activity. The group also reported greater improvements in respiratory health-related 
quality of life.— 

After initial gains in lung function from a pulmonary rehabilitation program, COPD patients 
typically lose these benefits after about six months. One reason may be due to poor compliance with 
existing forms of home exercise, such as walking and weight training. Studies show that Tai Chi-like 
exercises, including Qigong, may help sustain the gains COPD patients make after they complete 
pulmonary rehabilitation.— 


The Epidemic of Asthma 

“I had asthma when I was little and ‘outgrew’ it, but I started to get winter colds that dragged on 
and on, so my doctor prescribed an inhaler,” says Liz, 65, a retired musician. “I didn’t want to 
get hooked on the inhaler. Instead, I really began to focus in on different kinds of breathing 
during Tai Chi classes.” 

Through Tai Chi, Liz learned how to tune in deeply to her breathing. “If I felt resistance in my 
breath, I visualized where the tightness was — a space in the left edge of my right lung — and I 
literally felt it let go,” she says. “Sitting relaxed and breathing deeply, I paid attention to my 
breath. This allowed my mind to rest and my body to feel refreshed with each breath.” 

Tuning into her breathing at rest “has been a great discovery. I’m not always gasping for 
breath. I have a reference point that is more prevalent than I thought,” she says. The good news is 
that even though she got a few short-lasting colds last winter, she didn’t have any asthma attacks 
and didn’t need to use her inhaler. 

Asthma is characterized by inflammation of the air passages, resulting in the temporary narrowing of 
the airways that transport air from the nose and mouth to the lungs. Symptoms include difficulty 
breathing, wheezing, coughing, and tightness in the chest. In severe cases, asthma can be deadly. 

About 23 million Americans, including almost 7 million children, have asthma. The numbers of 
people with asthma are increasing at an alarming rate. Experts estimate that the number of asthmatics 
will grow by more than 100 million by 2025. The overall prevalence of asthma increased 75 percent 
from 1980 to the mid-1990s, and among children under the age of five, it increased more than 160 
percent. The annual economic cost of asthma is $19.7 billion, with adults missing more than 10 


million workdays and children missing 13 million school days each year due to asthma. - 

It is not clear what underlies this epidemic. Research suggests it’s unlikely to be just one factor, but 
rather a mixture of factors, including sedentary lifestyles, static indoor microenvironments, poor diets 
predisposing to obesity, and stress, all of which may influence asthma.— 

Asthma Clinical Studies 

Some preliminary studies suggest that Tai Chi, as well as other mind-body exercises such as Qigong, 
may be helpful for asthmatics, both children and adults. 

Twelve weeks of Tai Chi training improved the lung function of children with asthma in a small 
Taiwanese study. We need larger studies with longer periods of follow-up to show whether Tai Chi 
can also help reduce the severity of asthma symptoms in children.— 

A small study from Thailand also suggests adult asthma sufferers may be able to better control their 
breathing and improve their exercise performance using Tai Chi training. After six weeks of Tai Chi 
training, the patients said they felt more comfortable during a six-minute walk and increased their 
maximum work rate and maximum oxygen consumption. We need further research to show whether 
Tai Chi can help control asthma.— 


8 


Sharpen Your Mind 


“In my mid-30s, I began to experience neurological problems,” says Taylor, a 44-year-old 
marketer. “Stress in my life triggered an autoimmune response. When I woke up, my limbs would 
be numb and they felt as if they weighed 100 pounds. I had been an athlete all my life, and now it 
was a chore just to get dressed in the morning.” After neurologists ran a battery of tests, they told 
Taylor her condition was similar to multiple sclerosis. 

She went on and off multiple medications over a dozen years, and then found Tai Chi. “From 
the first class, I enjoyed it and felt better,” Taylor says. “The sitting meditation made my brain 
and body feel so calm and relaxed, even after class.” 

Now Taylor does a group Tai Chi class once a week and takes private lessons at home as well 
to help her learn the form. “I feel that I’m making good progress. I definitely think I will learn the 
entire form. I really believe that Tai Chi is helping me rewire my brain,” she says. 


The complexity of the human brain truly is amazing. Your brain is a liter and a half in volume and 

weighs an average of 2.8 pounds; it contains approximately 100 billion nerve cells (neurons) — more 
than the number of stars in Milky Way — with an average of 7,000 synaptic connections for each 
neuron. The cerebral cortex, the most recently evolved part of the brain, and the one centrally 
involved in “thinking,” has about a trillion synapses per cubic centimeter, with a computational 
capacity that far exceeds any computer imaginable. To stay fed, your brain has 100,000 miles of tiny 
blood vessels and uses 20 percent of your body’s total oxygen, despite weighing in as only 2 percent 
of your body’s mass. 

To take care of yourself, you need to take care of your brain. Your brain is a huge part of what 
makes you “you.” Modern neuroscience supports that the brain is the home to your mind and 
personality; it houses cherished memories and future hopes. It orchestrates the symphony of 
consciousness that gives you meaning, passion, and emotion. The brain is perhaps the only organ we 
cannot replace with a transplant without changing our fundamental identity. 

One of the biggest developments in neuroscience in the past 20 years has been our ability to 
understand the dynamic qualities of the brain. Until recently, scientists believed that the brain 
produced new cells only early in life; in adults, the fixed allotment of cells started to dwindle. Now 
research shows that new brain cells grow throughout all stages of life, replacing dying ones, and 
existing cells become connected to new communication networks within the brain. 

Many aspects of the brain continuously remold, a process known as neuroplasticity. This brain 
remodeling helps you meet the ever-changing physical, cognitive, emotional, and environmental 
demands that you are exposed to over the course of your life. The brain is now viewed as an organ 
built to last, and change, even well into later life. In the words of Professor Richard Davidson, 
Director of the Waisman Laboratory for Brain Imaging and Behavior at the University of Wisconsin at 
Madison and a leader in field of meditation research, the brain is “a life-long learning machine. 

With the advent of sophisticated medical-imaging technology, researchers have gained insight into 


the brain’s structure and function and how it regulates basic physiological functions, such as the 
pumping of the heart and breathing of the lungs. In addition, this unprecedented research has led to a 
better understanding of the connections between the body and the mind — for example, how exercise 
and emotional stress can affect memory, or how mental focus helps us sustain balance or learn new 
movements. This research is also beginning to elucidate the understanding of how mind-body 
therapies such as Tai Chi and meditation help to enrich physical and cognitive function as you age. 

This chapter discusses how the multiple active ingredients of Tai Chi — including aerobic and 
mobility exercises, stress reduction, learning new skills, engaging in socially rich leisure activities, 
and focused attention — may contribute to brain health, which, in turn, may lead to optimal cognitive 
and physical function. You’ll read about a brief comparison of Western and Eastern concepts of the 
relationship between the mind, brain, and body, and learn about the concept of plasticity and age- 
related changes in cognitive function and memory. This chapter also explores specific, subtle aspects 
of the mind-brain-body connection, including how Tai Chi’s emphasis on mental attention and imagery 
may improve how you move, and how this is relevant to balance, the ability to learn sequences of 
movements, and sports performance. Finally, you will understand how the meditative, mindfulness 
aspects of Tai Chi lead to improved focus and attention, and possibly long-lasting changes in the 
brain’s structure and function. 


Body-B rain-Mind Connections: West vs. East 

From antiquity, philosophers, scientists, and spiritual thinkers have proposed various theories 
regarding the origin of what we call the mind. The Greek physician Hippocrates, the father of Western 
medicine, wrote that the brain is the “organ of the mind.” The idea that the mind is essentially a 
projection of the brain remains the predominant biomedical theory today. The American Heritage 
Stedman’s Medical Dictionary defines “mind” as “the human consciousness that originates in the 
brain and is manifested especially in thought, perception, emotion, will, memory, and imagination.” 
According to this framework, the mind has a material basis — that is, the brain. 

Many Eastern traditions view the relationship between the mind-brain-body as a continuum, with 
less of an emphasis on one having responsibility for the others. In traditional Chinese medicine, no 
absolute distinctions exist between what the West classifies as the mind versus the activity of the 
brain versus the physiology of the physical body. The mind helps shape what we call the body, and 
the body influences what we call the mind. 

This mind-body connection is referred to as the Shen-Jing continuum. Shen is generally used to 
characterize a person’s less physical or tangible qualities, such as the thought, spirit, or emotion. A 
traditional Chinese medicine doctor may look at the vitality expressed in your eyes or face to gain 
insight into your Shen. Jing refers to tangible material qualities, such as the organs, flesh, and blood. 

In this Chinese medical framework, you are a field of Qi, with Shen and Jing simply representing 
different vibrational or qualitative states of energy or information. This idea is somewhat analogous 
to the three different energy states of water (water, ice, and steam). Tike the Tai Chi concept of yin 
and yang, Jing and Shen arise mutually and are interdependent. That is, the brain informs the mind and 
the rest of the body, including organs such as the heart and liver, as well as other tissues, including 
muscles, bones, and interconnecting fascia. What’s more, the mind shapes the body and brain. This 
notion parallels more-contemporary ideas emerging in the field of cognitive science related to the 
principle of embodiment.- 


The Shen-Jing framework is central to Tai Chi philosophy and training. In Tai Chi, the body and 
mind are inseparable — the body is considered a dynamic, organic site of meaningful experience, not 
just a physical object that is distinct from the self or the mind. Consequently, Tai Chi emphasizes 
simultaneous, integrated training of mind and body. In his provocative book, Mind over Matter: 
Higher Martial Arts, martial arts master and scholar Shi Ming states: 

When all is done and said, the origin, core, and highest level of the inner and outer work of 
martial arts are all in refinement of mind. The basic principle of the training, that inside and 
outside join, enables people to gradually attain intercourse and merging of the totality of body 
and mind." 

Shi Ming highlights how studying this interaction from a scientific perspective, as it manifests in 
Eastern practices like Tai Chi, offers researchers a unique opportunity to further the understanding of 
basic human health, physiology, and nature. 


Brain Plasticity 

In the past few decades, neuroscientists have come to appreciate that brain changes occur throughout 
life. Your neural networks continually reorganize and reinforce themselves in response to new stimuli 
and learning experiences. The brain’s ability to change and shape itself according to experience is 
called plasticity — from the Greek word meaning “molded” or “formed.”- 

Your brain’s plasticity is analogous to general physical training and conditioning. If you go to the 
gym several times a week, you will build muscle and become more physically fit over an extended 
period. Similarly, a wide variety of activities, such as learning a new language, playing a musical 
instrument, or doing meditative exercises like Tai Chi, can affect the brain’s structure and function. 

Brain plasticity in response to learning can manifest itself in many ways. Sometimes, new brain 
cells grow and replace dying ones. New cells form in the hippocampus — one of the key memory 
centers in the brain — well into the later years of life. Existing brain cells can also grow and connect 
with other brain cells, and extend the intricate branches of nerve fibers called dendrites (from the 
Latin word for “tree”) to foster communication between nerve cells. Or, neurotransmitters (chemical 
substances that regulate cell-to-cell communications) and neuroreceptors (the docking point where 
chemical messages are received) can change and affect brain function. These changes can affect how 
individual parts of the brain work, as well as how these parts network together.- 

A landmark study by (now) Harvard Professor Alvero Pascual-Leone was one of the first to 
demonstrate how both physical and mental practices can affect the brains of adults. People who had 
never studied piano were randomly assigned into three groups. One group learned one-handed, five- 
finger piano exercises over a five-day period, training for two hours a day. A second group sat in 
front of the piano for the same period and simply visualized their fingers performing the same 
exercise. They were to imagine the sound, but were not allowed to touch the piano keys or to rehearse 
the exercise by moving their fingers in the air. The third (control) group did not practice. 

All three groups had their brains mapped before and after the experiment. The surprising results: 
five days of physically practicing these piano movements led to increased activity in the area of the 
brain that represents finger muscles, but, even more remarkably, five days of mental training also led 
to the same plastic changes in the brain. Mental training alone, however, resulted in less physical 


mastery of the sequences.- This study shows that mental training, like the mind components of Tai Chi 
practice, may play an important role in motor control and, along with physical practice, can help 
shape the brain. 


How Tai Chi May Keep Your Mind Sharp 

Starting around age 50, most people experience some brain changes that directly affect their working 
memory, as well as other cognitive functions, such as the ability to perform multiple tasks, pay 
attention to detail, and mentally process information quickly. Age-related decline results from several 
changes in the brain. These changes include decreases in the number of synapses, or connections, 
between neurons; reductions in the number and function of chemical receptors across synapses; and 
fewer bundles of fibers that transmit messages throughout the central nervous system. 

As an unprecedented number of Americans approach old age, a growing concern exists about the 
loss of cognitive function that is often attributed to aging. Mayo Clinic researchers have found that by 
around age 70, one in six people have mild cognitive decline. Mild cognitive decline is considered 
an intermediate state between the cognitive changes of aging and the earliest clinical features of 
dementia, particularly Alzheimer’s disease. - 

The good news is that due to your brain’s plasticity, you may be able to improve your cognitive 
function and offset age-related decline through exercise, stress reduction, learning new tasks, staying 
socially active, and learning how to focus better — all integral elements of Tai Chi training. A body of 
studies on Tai Chi and cognitive function lend support to the promise of Tai Chi for your brain and 
mind’s health. Two randomized trials have evaluated Tai Chi in adults diagnosed with moderate 
levels of dementia. In one large Chinese trial, a group assigned to Tai Chi showed greater 
improvements in cognitive performance after one year than a group assigned to a stretching and toning 
program. In addition, fewer of those in the Tai Chi group progressed to dementia. The authors’ 
conclusion: Tai Chi may offer specific benefits to cognition, but we need longer follow-up periods to 
make stronger conclusions. - 

In a smaller study at the University of Illinois, a group of adults with dementia showed small 
increases in mental ability and self-esteem after 20 weeks of a combination of Tai Chi, cognitive 
behavioral therapies, and a support group as compared to an education group, who had slight losses 
of mental function.- Interestingly, a follow-up companion study reported benefits of Tai Chi training to 
the caregivers of people with dementia.— 

A few randomized trials have evaluated the impact of Tai Chi on cognitive function in healthy older 
adults. A University of Arizona study found that Tai Chi led to greater improvements in cognitive 
function, including attention, concentration, and mental tracking, as well as balance, after six months 
compared to either education or exercise groups. These differences in cognitive function between the 
groups persisted for 12 months. - Another randomized trial reported that 40 weeks of Tai Chi training 
led to increased brain volume and greater performance in multiple aspects of cognitive function, 
when compared to walking, being part of a social group, or not receiving any intervention.— 

Results are mixed on whether Tai Chi helps improve executive function — that is, cognitive skills 
related to multitasking, managing time efficiently, and making decisions or doing a challenging mental 
task while maintaining one’s balance. - Some studies of longer-term Tai Chi practitioners add further 
support to the potential benefits of Tai Chi on cognitive function in older adults. Hong Kong 


researchers found that a group with an average of eight years of Tai Chi training outperformed an 
exercise group and a non-exercise group in evaluations of attention and memory.— In a Chinese study, 
older adults who practiced mind-body exercises, including Tai Chi and Qigong, or cardiovascular 
exercises, such as tennis or swimming, showed similar levels of memory In addition, their learning 
capacity and memory was better than that of those who did not exercise regularly It’s not surprising 
that those who both practiced Tai Chi and did cardiovascular exercise performed the best on memory 
tests. But, the older adults who did no exercise showed signs of age-related decline, which was not 
seen among those who practiced mind-body exercises.— 

The factors that attenuate age-related cognitive decline provide some additional insights into 
interpreting which of Tai Chi’s active ingredients may contribute to better cognitive function. 


Exercise 

The impact of Tai Chi on cognitive function may be due, in part, to its effects on fitness. Physical 
activity and exercise, including moderate aerobic exercise (such as walking), can markedly slow or 
reverse age-related cognitive decline. However, of particular relevance to Tai Chi, recent studies 
suggest that the benefits of exercise on cognitive function are not solely due to cardiovascular fitness, 
but also to motor fitness, which includes balance, speed, coordination, agility, and power. Motor 
fitness is also called skill-related fitness.— 

Numerous prospective, randomized trials support a positive effect of physical activity, especially 
aerobic exercise, on cognitive function. Exercise can lead to a 50 percent improvement in cognition 
— in particular, executive function, or planning, scheduling, working memory, and multitasking. This 
effect is greater when aerobics is combined with strength and flexibility training compared to just 
aerobics alone.— Older adults who have no cognitive impairment and who participate in exercise 
programs, including combinations of training, may have more brain changes and greater 
neuroprotective effects.— 

Moderate aerobic exercise appears to be better for your brain than stretching and toning. A 
University of Pittsburgh study showed that a group who did toning exercises lost slightly more than 1 
percent of the volume of the front part of the hippocampus — a normal amount of brain shrinkage that 
comes with aging — in one year. However, a group of walkers (who walked up to 40 minutes at a time 
three times a week) had about a 2 percent increase in this area of the brain. In addition, the walkers 
achieved higher scores on memory tests, a result that makes sense since the hippocampus is a key 
memory center in the brain. They also possessed more brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), 
which is a brain protein that helps neurons to grow and survive.— Other trials support that exercise 
may protect cognitive function due to plastic, structural, and physiological changes in the brain.— 

Some studies in older adults show an association between more exercise and less cognitive 
decline. Seattle researchers followed more than 1,700 adults, ages 65 years and up, who had normal 
mental function. The incidence of Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia among those who 
exercised more than three times a week for six years was much less than those who exercised less 
often. Interestingly, the positive, protective impact of exercise was the same for those with and 
without genetic predispositions for Alzheimer’s disease.— Studies have correlated greater cognitive 
function with routine walking and stair-climbing, with those who walk the most (17 miles per week) 
showing the least cognitive decline.— 


The combined positive impact of Tai Chi on both aerobic and motor fitness (balance, agility) may 
underlie its impact on cognitive function. Studies show that the benefits of exercise on cognitive 
function are not solely due to aerobic capacity and general fitness; mental health may also be affected 
independently by agility and motor fitness. Brain imaging studies show that those with higher levels 
of physical versus motor fitness use different parts of the brain to perform executive function tasks.— 
Some research suggests Tai Chi’s lower- intensity form of exercise maybe more beneficial than all- 
out effort. Moderate activity may be protective, but long-term, strenuous activity, particular in women 
before menopause, may actually lower cognitive performance later in life.— 


Stress 

You’ve probably forgotten something during a stressful situation — where you left the car key as you 
rush out the door, forgot a simple answer during an exam, or forgot the first words of a speech. This 
forgetfulness is, in part, due to stress hormones, especially cortisol, that interfere with the function of 
neurotransmitters and, therefore, disrupt how brain cells communicate with each other. Long-term 
stress and chronically high cortisol levels can make it difficult to think of or retrieve long-term 
memories. Tai Chi’s favorable impact on stress and stress hormones may be part of the reason for its 
positive effect on cognitive function. 

Stress is normal. How much stress is too much is not easy to say. The real issue with stressful 
events is not the events themselves but how you perceive, and then react to, them. Typically, during a 
perceived threat, the adrenal glands immediately release the hormone adrenalin into the bloodstream. 
If the threat is severe or persists for a few minutes, the adrenal glands then release cortisol into the 
blood. Once cortisol goes through the bloodstream and gets into the brain, it remains there much 
longer than adrenalin and continues to affect brain cells. 

Chronic oversecretion of stress hormones can adversely affect your brain function, especially 
memory. Too much cortisol can prevent the brain from laying down a new memory or accessing 
already existing memories. Sustained stress specifically can damage the hippocampus, which you may 
remember is the brain area central to learning and memory. 

What’s more, the effects of chronic stress result in a continual loop of stress hormones. The 
hippocampus is part of the feedback mechanism that signals the adrenal glands when to stop 
producing cortisol. The more stress on the brain, the smaller the size of the hippocampus. Therefore, 
a stressed person has poorer control of cortisol, which leads to more cortisol-related damage. This 
negative feedback cycle ends up keeping stress levels high.— 

Stress has a well-documented impact on age-related cognitive function.— A now-famous 
epidemiological study of Catholic nuns, priests, and brothers shed important light on the relationship 
between stress-related personality types and cognitive function. The Religious Orders Study, which 
researchers at the Rush Institute for Healthy Aging in Chicago conducted, measured “distress 
proneness” to quantify a clergy member’s tendency to experience events as psychologically 
distressing. Those prone to high distress had a much higher decline in memory compared to those who 
had a low tendency toward distress.— 

A unique aspect of this study was that the clergymen and women donated their brains to science 
when they died, enabling the researchers to do a postmortem examination of those brains to evaluate 
any evidence of Alzheimer’s disease. Among those who died, those prone to high distress had twice 


the risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease than those prone to low stress, even though their brains 
did not show the typical physical markers of Alzheimer’s disease (that is, plaques and tangles). 
Proneness to experience psychological distress may be a risk factor for Alzheimer’s disease, 
independent of whether a person has other markers of Alzheimer’s disease. 

Managing stress can counteract stress-related cognitive decline, and, again, this may be one of the 
ways that Tai Chi aids cognitive function. Studies show that Tai Chi may reduce anxiety and 
perceived stress (for more details, see Chapter 9 on mood and psychological well-being).— Some 
small studies suggest that Tai Chi and Qigong can reduce anxiety and stress by reducing cortisol 
levels, although this result is not consistent.— More evidence that Tai Chi’s effect on stress may 
impact cognitive function comes from interviews of clinical trial participants, including one study 
with HIV patients, who reported Tai Chi enhanced their psychological coping abilities.— 


MEDITATION AND THE BRAIN 

Meditation studies, especially studies of mindfulness meditation, provide additional support for the 
positive effects of mind-body practices on stress and cognitive function. 

One of the most exciting frontiers in mind-body research is the neurophysiological basis of 
meditation.— Here are the highlights of a few emerging trends: 


• Meditation may enhance multiple dimensions of cognitive function. Systematic reviews of 
prospective clinical trials have found that meditation boosts working memory (the ability to hold 
information that you need to do complex tasks, such as reasoning, comprehension, and learning) 
and some aspects of executive function, although these conclusions are not based on definitive 
large-scale trials.— US soldiers who regularly practice meditation increase their capacity for 
working memory.— Other meditation studies report decreases in stress and cortisol levels, 
suggesting that stress reduction and an ability to reappraise stressful situations may benefit 
cognitive function.— 

• Meditation can change memory-related brain activity and structure. A study at Harvard-affiliated 
Massachusetts General Hospital showed greater activation in the brain area associated with 
memory, as well as in areas related to attention and autonomic nervous system control.— 
Mindfulness-based stress reduction also can lead to brain changes in the regions involved in 
learning and memory processing, regulation of emotions, and taking perspective.— Long-term 
meditators also have a larger size hippocampus, studies show.— 

• Meditation enhances the ability to focus and alters brain networks that enhance cognitive skills. 
Meditation produces behavioral changes that correspond to changes in the insula of the brain, a 
key center for processes related to awareness,— as well as to changes in the function of brain 
networks associated with focus, sensory processing, and awareness of sensory experiences.— 


Learning New Skills, Leisure Activity, and Social Interactions 


Learning new skills, participating in leisure activities, and maintaining strong social networks have 
all been associated with a lower risk of dementia. Each of these factors may contribute to Tai Chi’s 
positive effect on delaying a decline of cognitive function with age. 

Learning New Skills 

Many studies support the notion that learning new motor skills leads to cognitive changes in healthy 
adults. Learning to juggle may increase brain white and gray matter, studies show, and improve 
connections in the parts of the brain involved in making the movements necessary to catch a ball.— 
Importantly, this research also supports that older adults have the potential for learning new motor 
skills.— Similar studies show that music training can enhance behavioral and anatomical responses in 
the brain.— In addition, dance activities, which, like Tai Chi, include sensory, motor, and cognitive 
learning, also may help preserve cognitive function as people age.— 

A remarkable study of London taxi drivers shows that learning can positively affect memory and 
the adult brain. Scientists at the University College London compared the brains of taxi drivers with 
those of bus drivers. London cabbies have to learn the layout of streets and the locations of thousands 
of places of interest to get an operating license. Bus drivers, who must deal with daily stresses of 
driving in London, stick to regular routes and do not need to memorize complex maps. It turns out that 
the taxi drivers’ brains had more grey matter, which is associated with memory, in the mid-posterior 
hippocampus, which is where they store a mental map of London.— 

So it’s possible that the memory training associated with Tai Chi, which uses spatial relations, 
kinesthetic movements, and sequential learning, may contribute to increased cognitive function. 

Leisure Activities 

Many people consider Tai Chi to be a leisure activity, and participation in leisure activities has been 
associated with enhanced cognitive function in the elderly. Studies show that those who participate in 
leisure activities that involve thinking, such as reading, playing board games, playing a musical 
instrument, or dancing, have reduced rates of memory decline.— 

Social Support 

One of the key ingredients of Tai Chi is psychosocial support. Not surprisingly, research supports that 
older adults who have greater social networks have lower risk for cognitive decline, even after 
controlling for education levels or amounts of physical activity.— 


Minding the Movement of the Body 

Movement and self-defense were driving forces in the evolution of animal brains, so thinking about 
the brain in context of Tai Chi makes sense since it is a martial art. The evolution of the earliest 
nervous systems was driven largely by the need to coordinate movement to help an organism go out 
and find food. Jellyfish and their relatives, who were the first animals to develop nerve cells, had a 


tremendous advantage over sponges and other “brainless” sedentary organisms that simply waited for 
their dinner to come to them As larger hunters learned to prey on smaller hunters, and one another, 
animal brains evolved further to coordinate movements for self-defense so they could fight back and 
escape being eaten. 

Movement is a key feature of Tai Chi, which, legend has it, was based on the movements of animals 
in battle. This phenomenon is not solely physical, but reflects the connection of the body and the mind. 
In the early stages of Tai Chi training, the mind often is occupied with learning gross motor sequences 
and movement patterns, which, as you read above, can be helpful for memory. However, after 
practitioners learn the gross movement patterns and become comfortable with them, the “thinking” 
mind begins to relax during practice and shifts more to observing the body in motion. As you progress 
further in Tai Chi, your mind begins to feel at home in your body as you move from posture to posture. 
Over time, you can begin to add intention through imagery, which enhances the quality and 
characteristics of the movements. 


TAI CHI IMAGERY: SWIMMING IN THICK AIR 

Here’s one way I explore imagery in my classes: 

“Soften any tensions in your body, and feel as if your body is flowing through water. Feel the flow 
and continuity of your movements. Master Cheng Man Ching, and many of his students, including my 
teacher Robert Morningstar, used to suggest practicing Tai Chi as if you were swimming in thick air. 
Keep the image of moving through thick air in your mind and body. This imagery will help you 
generate a gentle, palpable sense of drag or resistance to the movements. Meet this resistance with an 
appropriate, moderate amount of relaxed strength, and you may experience connectedness among your 
body parts and increased internal energy.”— 


At even higher levels of practice, movement and thoughts become one; no time lag occurs between 
an intention to move, act, or react. You don’t “try” to move a certain way, you just “do” the 
movement. No distinction occurs between consciously “thinking” about the movement and the body 
physically fulfilling that request. Master Wang Xiang Zhai, founder of Yi Chuan, another internal 
martial art, said, “In a fight, if you have to think and then respond, you are too late.” 

If you play sports, you may have felt this hyper-merged mind-body state, often described as “being 
in the zone.” I recall an interview with legendary Dallas Cowboys running back, Hall of Famer 
Emmitt Smith (later a Dancing with the Stars champion), who talked about those unique moments 
where time seemed to slow down. He could see plays unfold in ultra- slow motion, which gave him 
the time to choose the best direction to run the ball. (Think Keanu Reeves’ character in the Matrix). 
Others have described similar mind-body states during meaningful religious or artistic experiences. 
For most athletes, these moments are atypical, occasional, and fleeting. In contrast, those who have 
attained higher levels of Tai Chi and related mind-body training apparently can shift into these states 
of “being in the zone” at will and sustain them for significant periods. 4 - You might say that they can 
dissolve the hyphen in the phrase “mind-body.” 

One practical expression of the merging of mind and body in Tai Chi is the quality of strength or 
force used in movements, especially when doing interactive Tai Chi with a partner. Tai Chi classic 
and contemporary texts distinguish between strength that is primarily generated by physical force, 


called Li, and an internal strength that reflects a more conscious movement, called Jin. Robert 
Chuckrow, a physics professor and high-level Tai Chi teacher and scholar, translated Li as ordinary 
strength and Jin as “educated” strength. He speculates that the use of intention and mindfulness in 
movement may generate low-level nerve impulses to muscles and surrounding tissues. These 
impulses are below the threshold of generating observable movement, but they may add an energetic 
quality or liveliness — an intrinsic energy — to Tai Chi movements. This liveliness may also prime 
your body so that you are more prepared to respond, if need be (for example, react to an attack), in a 
more efficient, coordinated manner. This model of a highly sensitized neuromuscular system could 
explain how your body becomes attuned to react quickly.— 


MOVE BEFORE HIM 

Two of my Tai Chi teachers, Robert Morningstar and Arthur Goodridge, believed that a highly 
sensitive Tai Chi practitioner could take advantage of intention during two-person Tai Chi, such as 
Push Hands. They regularly reminded me not to telegraph my movements by revealing my physical or 
mental preparation before I attacked. “For most Tai Chi players, all movements are preceded by an 
intention or thought to move in a certain way,” they said. With practice, they said, I could learn to 
sense this energy and preempt or redirect the attack. They said this mechanism explained the Tai Chi 
principle repeated in multiple classics: “Wait for your partner to move, and then move before him!” 


Motor Imagery 

A fascinating branch of Western mind-body research adds support to the idea that intention affects 
movement and neuromuscular physiology. Many studies show that simply imagining a movement can 
improve the actual performance of that movement. This research also suggests that mental training, 
even without physical training, can change brain structure and function, similar to physical training. 
Motor imagery, as this process is called, is commonly defined as the cognitive process in which 
motor acts are mentally rehearsed without any overt body movements. Motor imagery has been 
widely used as a tool for improving sports performance and is increasingly being explored as a 
promising tool for rehabilitation of neuromuscular conditions, such as stroke and Parkinson’s 
disease.— 

One study conducted by researchers at the Cleveland Clinic Foundation demonstrated that healthy 
young adults who mentally practiced simple muscle movements could increase strength and change 
brain activity. One group in this trial practiced only mental exercises to increase pinkie strength. 
Researchers asked group members to think as intently as they could about moving the pinkie sideways 
without actually moving the finger. A second group practiced actual physical finger exercises, and a 
third (control) group did no mental or physical exercises. The mental and physical exercise groups 
practiced for 12 weeks, five minutes a day, five days a week. Compared to the control group, those in 
the mental exercise group increased their pinkie muscle strength by 35 percent and those doing the 
actual physical exercises increased their pinkie strength by 53 percent. What’s more, significant 
increases in a measure of the brain’s ability to control voluntary muscle contractions accompanied the 


improvement in muscle strength for the motor imagery group.— 

In other studies, as Chuckrow speculated, motor imagery or intention resulted in measureable 
changes in muscle activation. For example, in one study, participants imagined lifting heavy weights, 
which enervated electrical activity in their bicep muscles.— Many other motor imagery studies report 
improved physical performance of a task and measurable changes in the brain; however, these studies 
have not observed changes in muscles. This result has led some researchers to hypothesize that the 
impact of motor training occurs primarily in the brain.— The lack of electrical response in muscles 
may be too low to be detected by instruments. Just the idea that mindful movement can improve motor 
function and learning is quite remarkable. 

How are these results relevant to Tai Chi? The majority of studies to date suggest that the best way 
to learn a new physical movement is to combine motor imagery with actual practice of the movement, 
which works better than either motor imagery or physical practice alone. Successful results with this 
combined approach suggest that Tai Chi may be an excellent choice to rehabilitate and manage 
neuromuscular diseases, such as stroke-related paralysis, Parkinson’s disease, and multiple sclerosis, 
and may explain why Tai Chi shows promise in preliminary evaluations of these conditions.— 

In summary, the cognitive components of Tai Chi — perhaps the most unique aspect of Tai Chi — may 
underlie its benefits to the health of the mind and the body. Chapter 9 continues the exploration of the 
mind-brain-body interactions to address how Tai Chi impacts mood, psychological well-being, and 
sleep. 


9 


Enhance Psychological Well-Being and Sleep Quality 


“When I go to Tai Chi class, whatever frame of mind I’m in, it changes and shifts. If I feel down, 
once the class gets going, chances are good my energy level increases within a few minutes,” 
says Monique, age 58, a teacher. “After class, I go home and feel better about myself, and I sleep 
better. And when I do a class with younger people, it’s invigorating for me.” 

During the rest of the week, Monique is not free of sadness, depression, or anxiety, “but when 
they come in, I recognize the feelings and know they will go away quickly,” she says. “I can be 
with them. By doing Tai Chi, I have more confidence that I will not lose my footing in the 
world.” 


The vast majority of people I know who practice Tai Chi, including me, do so in large part for 
greater peace of mind. Like many of my students in my community-based classes, I typically arrive at 
an evening class a little stressed, exhausted, and physically tense after a long day at my demanding 
academic “day job.” As I jokingly, but honestly, share with my students, Tai Chi research can be 
stressful! As the class unfolds, and through the practice of Tai Chi, we begin to get our blood and Qi 
flowing. Then, as we relax and redirect our preoccupied minds back into our bodies and focus more 
on the sensations of the moment, we begin to let go of many of the psychological and physical stresses 
we brought with us. While many of us admit that it’s often hard to drag ourselves to class on some 
days, it’s extremely rare that anyone leaves feeling worse. Sometimes the relief is only temporary, 
just a couple of hours’ break from the stress. But for most people, including those who suffer from 
chronic psychological illnesses, such as anxiety and depression, Tai Chi provides the practical tools 
to manage or restructure behaviors and to cultivate coping skills, self-awareness, insight, resiliency, 
and hopefulness. 

This chapter explores in depth the psychological benefits of Tai Chi, highlighting how the recent 
growth in mind-body practices parallels a greater appreciation of the role of mental health and stress 
in overall health, and how mind-body interventions make good sense for managing and treating mental 
health issues and improving psychological well-being. You’ll read about a growing body of evidence 
that suggests Tai Chi can positively affect multiple aspects of psychological well-being, including 
depression- and anxiety-related disorders. Finally, you’ll learn about sleep, a topic integrally related 
to both psychological and physical well-being, and you’ll learn how Tai Chi may help you get the 
critical rest you need at night. 


Mental Health and Psychological Well-Being 

Joy and Temperance and Repose 
Slam the door on the doctor’s nose. 


HENRY WADSWORTH LONGFELLOW 


Those who keep their minds unimpaired within, 
externally, keep their bodies unimpaired. 

—Nei Ye (“Inward Training”), FOURTH CENTURY B.C.E., AUTHOR ANONYMOUS 

The Western approach to health looks for the physical, material, biological basis of disease. Not that 
long ago, people who had mental disorders were considered to be “possessed.” Even today, phrases 
like “it’s all in your head” have a judgmental connotation: if no material basis for the problem seems 
apparent, it’s not real. However, great changes in the appreciation and understanding of mental health 
are reflected in the rapid growth of psychiatry and many branches of psychology. Paralleling these 
changes, and perhaps even influencing them, has been our look to the East for practices that hold a 
more holistic appreciation for the health of the mind and body. A practical tool like Tai Chi can help 
sustain and better integrate the connection between mind and body. 

This more integrated view of health is reflected in the World Health Organization (WHO) 
constitution, which states: “Health is a state of complete physical, mental, and social well-being and 
not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.” The WHO defines mental health itself, as “a state of 
well-being in which the individual realizes his or her own abilities, can cope with the normal 
stresses of life, can work productively and fruitfully, and is able to make a contribution to her 
community.” As with overall health, mental health is not defined as the simple absence of a mental 
disorder.- 


Stressand Emotional Resilience 

I try to take one day at a time, 

but sometimes several days attack me at once. 

—JENNIFER YANE (CONTEMPORARY ARTIST AND AUTHOR) 

Stress is a natural part of being human. According to the National Health Interview Survey, 75 
percent of the US population experiences at least some stress every two weeks, and half of these 
respondents report experiencing moderate or high levels of stress. Stress can be caused by many 
factors, including family or personal illnesses, social relationships, and work, among others. 
Considering only work, surveys conducted in the 1990s suggest that 40 percent of interviewed 
American workers reported their job was very or extremely stressfiil.- 

Stress contributes to most chronic medical conditions, including heart disease, strokes, diabetes, 
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and autoimmune diseases. Not surprisingly, chronic stress 
also affects mental health, increasing the risk of depression, anxiety disorders, suicide, substance 
abuse, and other harmful behaviors. Public health leaders around the world have made stress 
reduction a leading health priority. - 

The Subjective Nature of Stress 

You know stress when you feel it. Yet, defining stress is still problematic. The Merriam Webster 
dictionary defines stress both as a causal factor, that is, “a physical, chemical, or emotional factor that 


causes bodily or mental tension and may be a factor in disease causation,” and also as a response to 
“bodily or mental tension resulting from factors that tend to alter an existent equilibrium.” 

Stress means different things to different people. If you asked 10 people to discuss how they 
experience stress, you would get 10 different answers. Stress is a very subjective thing — both in what 
causes stress and in how people perceive it. The American Institute for Stress uses an excellent 
example of a roller coaster ride to illustrate this point.- On any given ride, people in the last car are 
likely to be holding on with eyes closed, feeling highly stressed and truly fearing for their lives, 
praying the ride will end soon. Those in the front row are likely to appear very different — eyes wide 
open, not holding on, hands waving up in the air screaming with elation, thinking they want to get on 
line again as soon as the ride ends. Those in the middle might be bored; it’s just another ride. On the 
same ride, we find three very different perceptions of, and reactions to, this potential cause of stress. 

It’s now clear that stress has more to do with how you judge a situation than the situation itself. Dr. 
Hans Selye, a pioneering endocrinologist and stress researcher, wrote, “It’s not stress that kills us, it 
is our reaction to it.” Sometimes you may even react to misinformation — getting angry because you 
assessed a situation incorrectly, misheard what someone said or misread their body language, or 
recalled a very different scenario than what actually happened. Mark Twain beautifully captured this 
subjective source of stress and suffering when he wrote: “I am an old man and have known a great 
many troubles, but most of them never happened.” 

The good news is that within this subjective nature of stress lie some of the solutions to managing 
it. A growing body of research suggests that mind-body practices like Tai Chi can improve the 
accuracy of your perceptions and can increase the gap between your observation of an event and your 
conditioned reaction, giving you a bit more time or emotional distance to more clearly appraise it and 
act accordingly. Mind-body therapies may improve your ability to bounce back or recover from 
emotional stress, or what is known as resiliency. - 

Emotional Resilience 

Even if you are emotionally and mentally healthy, that doesn’t mean you never experience stress or 
emotional problems. Everyone suffers disappointments, losses, and changes. These are all normal 
parts of life and can lead you to feel sad, anxious, or stressed. People who have good mental health 
have an ability to bounce back from stress, adversity, and trauma. This ability is called resilience. 
Emotionally and mentally healthy individuals have the tools for coping with difficult situations and 
maintaining a positive outlook. As you will see, Tai Chi may enhance your emotional resiliency 
through its emphasis on physically and cognitively “letting go” and paying attention to the present 
moment, as well as through the development of coping strategies — including, for example, techniques 
for feeling grounded and centered, meditative breathing, and imagery leading to an enhanced sense of 
being connected to supportive healing energy ffomnature.- 


Common Mental Illnesses 

Few families are untouched by mental illness. According to the National Institute of Mental Health, in 
a given year, approximately 57.7 million Americans suffer from a mental disorder listed in the 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) published by the American Psychiatric 


Association. That figure represents more than one-quarter of all American adults. In the United States 
and much of the developed world, mental disorders are the leading cause of disability among people 
aged 15 to 44.- 

In addition to personal suffering, mental illness has huge medical costs. For example, direct 
medical costs in the United States associated with mental health were estimated to be $69 billion in 
1996, nearly 8 percent of all medical spending. These values did not even include the high costs 
associated with Alzheimer’s disease and substance abuse treatment, and did not consider the indirect 
costs associated with lost productivity at work, schools, and the home due to mental illness, which is 
estimated to be even higher than the direct costs. 

The most common forms of mental illnesses fall into two classes: anxiety disorders and mood 
disorders. Anxiety disorders are the most common mental illnesses. In 2000, estimate show that one 
in six Americans experiences some form of anxiety disorder in any given year. Examples of anxiety 
disorders include phobias, generalized anxiety disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, and panic 
disorders. - 

Mood disorders, also known as affective disorders, are also widespread. The Surgeon General’s 
Report on Mental Health estimated that 7.1 percent of the US population experiences some kind of 
mood disorders in a given year. Those who suffer with these illnesses share disturbances or mood 
changes, generally involving either mania (elation) or depression. Examples of mood disorders 
include major depression, bipolar disorder, and seasonal affective disorder. 

Causes and Treatments 

The precise causes of most mental disorders, like many other health conditions, are likely shaped by 
the interaction of biological, psychological, social, and cultural factors. Many mental health disorders 
run in the family. Depression studies report that even when identical twins are raised apart, up to a 67 
percent chance exists that if one twin is clinically depressed, so is the other. Genetic makeup also 
plays a role in schizophrenia and anxiety disorders. - 

However, even in conditions where a significant genetic predisposition to having mental illness 
exists, other factors clearly play an important role, suggesting that environmental, behavioral, and 
social factors may help prevent you from developing a mental health condition. Physical exercise, 
stress reduction, cognitive restructuring, and social interactions may be important elements of 
maintaining sound mental health and psychological well-being. Evidence presented in this chapter 
suggests that using tools like Tai Chi and related mind-body exercises in combination with 
pharmacological and behavioral interventions may help reduce the severity of some mental health 
conditions. 


OLYMPIANS OF MENTAL HEALTH 

In 2003, 1 had the opportunity to hear the Dalai Lama facilitate a fabulous discussion between leading 
cognitive neuroscientists and Buddhist meditation practitioners at the Mind and Life Conference at the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Topics discussed included how the study of meditation may 
contribute to understanding cognitive behavior and how our brain works.— 

One specific exchange stood out for me. One Western scientist asked the monks if researchers had 


not yet considered any outstanding questions or issues. One of the monks very eloquently and humbly, 
and with no judgment whatsoever, stated something like this: “It is clear from research that you have 
learned a great deal about mental illness, and what the brains of people suffering from mental illness 
look like. I think it would be interesting to explore what the brains of very healthy, happy people look 
like. What would the brain of an Olympian of mental health look like?” 

In fact, a growing field of positive psychology is dedicated to the impact and biological basis of 
positive emotions, such as happiness and joy. Obviously, happiness alone may not cure most 
illnesses, but it might protect you against becoming ill. One systematic review of 30 studies found a 
strong association between happiness and longevity in healthy people.— 

In studies with Tibetan monks who have extensive meditation experience, researchers have found 
striking increases in brain regions associated with happiness.— For example, while practicing one 
form of compassion meditation, which involves wishing for happiness and relief from suffering in 
others, advanced Tibetan Buddhist practitioners are capable of strongly and reliably inducing brain 
patterns associated with positive emotions. - And recent research shows that even short periods of 
this kind of meditation training can lessen distress and, even more remarkably, positively affect the 
immune system— 

To sum up, a growing body of evidence suggests that positive psychological states, such as 
happiness, joy, and compassion, are not entirely hardwired. Meditation can lead to changes in the 
brain and behavior, which may in turn contribute to mental and physical well-being. These 
meditation-induced changes in cognitive function, which likely occur during Tai Chi’s “meditation in 
motion,” may underlie some of the clinical benefits of Tai Chi on mental health. 


Tai Chi and Psychological Well-B eing 

“I have just gone through a provoking chapter in my life with my father dying and my mother 
being hospitalized,” says Sandy, age 55, who is a high-powered executive. “Moods bubble up 
when I’m grieving, or just in general. With Tai Chi, I’m more cognizant of the moods, and I feel I 
have inner strength to deal with them. There is no ‘mood manual.’ Tai Chi helps replace the 
manual to help me navigate my emotions. 

“When I go to the Tai Chi studio, I know I will feel better, more relaxed, my body at ease with 
the flow of emotions. It’s like a vibrant, comfortable massage, and validation that my body 
responds to the flow.” 

Tai Chi’s connection between mental and physical health is an essential tenet that links to its roots in 
traditional Chinese medicine. For example, in the first chapter of The Yellow Emperor’s Inner 
Classic ( Huangdi Neijing, approximately 111 C.E.), perhaps the most important ancient text in 
Chinese medicine, it was written: “If one is calm, peaceful . . . then true Qi follows. If essence and 
spirit are protected inside, from where can illness come?”— 

More contemporary traditional Chinese medicine has a well-formulated, systematic 
correspondence between emotions and physical health. For example, excessive anger is believed to 
both negatively affect and reflect an imbalance in liver Qi, and excessive grief is similarly associated 
with imbalanced lung Qi. In balancing the flow of Qi, Tai Chi positively affects both mood and 


physical health. 

Many people are attracted to Tai Chi explicitly because of its emphasis of integrating body, mind, 
and spirit. Yet, some classic Chinese texts tend toward emotional reserve, avoiding or even 
repressing emotional extremes. In some ways, this view contrasts with the more outgoing American 
culture, which values going more deeply into feeling and fully experiencing and expressing emotions. 

Peter Deadman, a world authority on Chinese medicine and long-term practitioner of Tai Chi and 
related arts, wrote thoughtfully about this issue in the forward to Giovanni Maciocia’s contemporary 
textbook, entitled The Psyche in Chinese Medicine. Deadman and Maciocia argue that one 
interpretation of this cultural difference may be that emotional self-discovery and expression was not 
as pervasive in China, perhaps due to Confucianism, where the self is often viewed as less important 
than society.— 

Deadman and Maciocia were writing to acupuncturists treating patients with mental illnesses, but I 
think clear parallels with Tai Chi are apparent. We are currently experiencing a new stage in the 
evolution of Tai Chi in which emotional self-defense is more important for most practitioners than 
physical self-defense. Not surprisingly, many Westerners attracted to Tai Chi also undergo 
psychotherapy, and many use Tai Chi in combination with pharmacological treatments for mood 
disorders. Appreciating the apparent differences between traditional Eastern and contemporary 
Western cultures, Deadman offers a Tai Chi-like balance between reserved introspection and honest 
emotional exploration: “Quieting the mind, and dwelling in the present allows us to connect with 
what is universal and withdraw from the peripheral debilitating noise of what is emotionally 
unnecessary. At the same time, cultivating this deeper awareness allows us to feel and explore the 
truer currents of our emotional life. Perhaps in that way, we can hold a vision of emotional health that 
is neither repressive nor self-indulgent.”— 

As you will see, some evidence supports Tai Chi and this integrative approach to mental health. 


Clinical Evidence of How Tai Chi Improves Psychological Well-Being 

A growing number of studies support the positive impact of Tai Chi on many aspects of psychological 
well-being. A comprehensive systematic review and meta-analysis published in 2010 by my 
colleague Dr. Chenchen Wang based at Tufts University School of Medicine identified 40 studies 
conducted both in the West and in China that included an evaluation of Tai Chi for psychological 
outcomes. These studies primarily evaluated Tai Chi for psychological outcomes in people being 
studied for other health conditions, such as heart failure or arthritis. Also included were a small 
number of trials specifically designed to study the effects of Tai Chi for psychological disorders — 
that is, patients were recruited based on a clinical diagnosis of depression or anxiety. 

The review concluded that Tai Chi appears to be associated with improvements in stress, anxiety, 
depression, mood, and increased self-esteem. More definitive conclusions were not possible due to 
methodological limitations of many of the studies. You’ll read summaries of some of the studies 
below, as well as more recent findings that highlight a few other significant studies.— 


Depression 


“I like everything about Tai Chi, particularly that I can go at my own pace. It has boosted my 
energy level to a point where I never thought I’d be,” says Janice, a 59-year-old participant in 
one of our heart failure trials. “I was severely depressed before, crying almost every day. I can’t 
take depression medication because of my heart. Now my outlook on life is so much higher. I can 
only attribute it to Tai Chi.” 

More than 20 Tai Chi studies identified in Dr. Wang’s review suggest that Tai Chi tends to reduce 
depression. Nearly all of these studies included people diagnosed with other health conditions or 
relatively healthy, older adults. Dr. Wang has led three separate randomized trials of Tai Chi in 
patients with fibromyalgia, rheumatoid arthritis, and knee osteoarthritis. Her results show these 
patients experience significant reductions in depression, as well as changes in pain and 
musculoskeletal function.— Similarly, in our own recent trials with heart failure patients, we saw 
reductions in depression that paralleled overall improvement in quality of life and exercise 
capacity.— These studies show that chronic diseases and diminished psychological well-being are 
often intertwined. Shifts in one dimension of illness often lead to shifts in emotional health as well. 

Well-designed randomized trials also show that Tai Chi can improve the quality of life of older 
adults whose symptoms of depression are not fully relieved through drug therapy. Those who do Tai 
Chi also make significantly greater improvements in physical function and do better on cognitive 
tests.— We have seen similar results in a small, exploratory randomized study of Chinese Americans 
with major depressive disorder, the majority of whom were also taking antidepressants. Working in 
collaboration with Dr. Albert Yeung and colleagues at the Massachusetts General Hospital 
Depression Unit, we found that 12 weeks of Tai Chi training led to trends in lessening of depression 
symptoms.^ These studies nicely illustrate the potential of Tai Chi for treating depression in older 
adults and show how to combine Tai Chi with other therapies. 

Anxiety and Psychological Stress 

A number of studies report that Tai Chi improves anxiety-related symptoms. As with depression, the 
majority of studies primarily focus on relatively healthy adults or people who have other medical 
issues, such as HIV infections, balance disorders, or cardiovascular conditions. 

In one representative study conducted in Taiwan, researchers randomly assigned 76 subjects who 
had high blood pressure to 12 weeks of Tai Chi or a control where they remained sedentary. Tai Chi 
led to marked improvements in blood pressure as well as anxiety levels as compared to controls.— 

Dr. Wang also identified 1 1 studies (including five randomized controlled trials) that evaluated Tai 
Chi for stress. A meta-analysis of a subset of these studies showed significant improvements in stress 
management and psychological distress.— 


How Tai Chi Impacts Mood 
Tai Chi can affect your mood through exercise and stress reduction. 


Exercise 


Exercise is a powerful antidote to stress, anxiety, and depression. Paralleling the effects of exercise 
on cognitive function discussed in Chapter 5, multiple large-scale epidemiological studies have 
shown associations between increased physical activity and psychological well-being. Conversely, 
physical inactivity appears to be associated with the development of psychological disorders.— 

Randomized trials show that exercise can elevate mood,— and may be as effective as medication in 
treating major depression in women who are over age 50— and also augment the beneficial effects of 
antidepressants.— 

Exercise also seems to improve anxiety symptoms, although the results are less clear than in 
depression.— A systematic review that identified 40 studies of sedentary adults with chronic illness 
found exercise significantly reduced anxiety symptoms.— Other studies reveal that exercise can 
reduce tension/anxiety, depression, and other moods together with increasing perceived ability to 
cope with stress.— Small preliminary studies also suggest that exercise may be helpful for those 
suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder— and that adding exercise to group cognitive behavioral 
therapy can help relieve symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder, panic disorders, and phobias.— 
We need larger studies to better evaluate the role of exercise in these and other anxiety-related 
disorders. 


SHAPING YOUR ATTITUDE WITH TAI CHI 

As you have read, the shapes you make with your body consciously or unconsciously affect how you 
breathe, your heart’s efficiency, and the loads you place on your musculoskeletal system Your body 
shape may also affect your attitude. You may use the word “attitude” to refer to a feeling, emotion, or 
mental state about an issue. For example, I regularly tell my teenage son, “Don’t you give me any 
attitude.” But the original use of attitude was in art as a technical term for the posture of a figure in a 
statue or a painting. 

The relationship between shapes and emotional and energetic states is implicit in Tai Chi. For 
example, Master Yang Cheng Fu wrote, “If the crown of the head is not suspended lightly and alertly, 
the vital spirit cannot be raised.” This relationship is also a fundamental tenet for many schools of 
manual therapy and body-centered psychotherapists that use body shape, in part, to diagnose 
emotional imbalances and guide treatment strategies.— 

In 1872, Charles Darwin described how body language has evolved across many species to 
nonverbally communicate various emotions, such as aggressiveness and submissiveness. 
Contemporary researchers have shown that, for example, tilting the head slightly upward induces 
pride, and having a hunched posture elicits a more depressed feeling.— 

Research by Amy Cuddy, a professor at the Harvard Business School, suggests that even short-term 
changes in how you carry yourself — your attitude — can markedly affect your emotions, including, for 
example, how you feel during a job interview or a key presentation.— 

In a clever experimental design, researchers randomly assigned 42 participants to carry out poses 
that reflected a high-power or low-power person. Those in the high-power group held two poses for 
one minute each: the classic pose of sitting in a chair with feet up on the desk and hands behind the 
head, and then a standing pose with hands leaning on the desk. Those in the low-power group posed 
for the same period in two physically restrictive poses: sitting in a chair with arms held close to the 


side and hands folded on lap, and standing with arms and legs crossed tightly. The researchers took 
saliva samples before each pose and measured levels of testosterone and the stress hormone cortisol 
after the posing. 

After controlling for the subjects’ baseline hormone levels, the researchers found that high-power 
poses decreased cortisol by about 25 percent and increased testosterone by about 19 percent for both 
men and women. In contrast, low-power poses increased cortisol about 17 percent and decreased 
testosterone about 10 percent. Not surprisingly, high-power posers of both sexes also reported greater 
feelings of being powerful and in charge, and they were more likely to take risks as well. 

Because of Tai Chi’s emphasis on form and posture, and its explicit link to certain psychological 
states, it might be a great way to help you reshape your “attitude.” 


Stress Management 

In the previous chapter, you learned that stress, especially chronic stress, can lead to heightened 
arousal that triggers stress hormones, such as cortisol, that are known to impact brain function. In 
addition, stress can alter other types of neurotransmitters in the brain, such as serotonin and 
dopamine, which, along with stress hormones, are linked to depression and other psychological 
disorders.— 

Multiple active ingredients of Tai Chi are designed to reduce stress and, therefore, may help you 
manage stress and mood disorders. The slow, deep breathing associated with Tai Chi, for example, 
has been associated with reductions in anxiety and stress hormones (see Chapter 5). Another 
ingredient — imagery and visualization — leads to more positive thoughts; for example, imagining you 
are rooted like a tree creates a framework for releasing tensions down into the earth and offers more 
grounded sensations in the body. A third ingredient, discussed below, is through improved focus and 
attention, which helps to control the so-called monkey mind. 


Meditative F ocus and Taming the Monkey Mind 

I was trying to daydream, but my mind kept wandering. 

—STEPHEN WRIGHT 

One of the most profound ways Tai Chi affects psychological well-being is through mindfulness and 
focused attention. Meditation and cognitive behavioral research support that these meditative 
components of Tai Chi positively affect emotional well-being, as well as underlying brain circuitry. 


RESTING IN THE MOMENT: GESTURE OF AWARENESS 


During Tai Chi training, I regularly draw my students’ attention to sensations in the present moment. 
I’ll say, “Feel how your feet rest on the ground, feel the subtle movement your head makes (or does 
not make) as you shift from posture to posture, feel the movement of the breath in and out of your 


abdomen.” 

I regularly encourage them to “not think, but simply notice things as they are, without trying to fix or 
change them” In our everyday lives, we tend to always be doing or accomplishing something. The 
same may be true even during Tai Chi — you find yourself fixing the alignment of your feet or adjusting 
the posture of your spine. These adjustments can lead to greater efficiency and are part of training; but 
sometimes I find it valuable, if not essential, to encourage my students not to “fix” anything, but rather 
to just experience “being” during Tai Chi training. 

One of my most influential teachers, Charles Genoud, developed and teaches “Gesture of 
Awareness,” a practice that integrates principles of Eastern meditation and philosophy, sensory 
awareness, and movement.— His training emphasizes that the moment you actively attempt to fix or 
transform something — for example, your posture or breath, you leave that moment and embark on a 
journey toward an “imagined” future version of yourself — that is, one with better posture and more 
relaxed breathing. This practice is not necessarily bad, but for some people, it becomes a compulsive 
process and never stops. You can always attain a slightly better posture and deeper state of 
relaxation. With this behavior, even in Tai Chi, you may be attempting to reside in the present moment, 
but if, in your mind, you are always trying to catch up to an imaginary version of yourself, you cannot 
truly be present. 

I used to live in Maine where the most famous line in answer to a question for directions is, “You 
can’t get there from here.” What I’ve learned from Gesture of Awareness and my Tai Chi training is 
that the exact opposite is true — you can only get “there” from “here.” As you progress in your Tai Chi 
training, and relax and trust more of the yin, or non-doing, aspects of your practice, you will begin to 
cultivate a meditative curiosity or willingness to honestly meet and be yourself wherever you are. 
This mindful awareness, a resting and trusting of letting go into the sensations of the here and now, is 
a key active ingredient of Tai Chi that underlies many aspects of psychological and physical well- 
being. 


Too much thinking, especially that endless chatter in your head as you wander from thought to 
thought analyzing relationships, worrying about the future, or simply daydreaming — what the Chinese 
call monkey mind — can affect your health. 

According to a fascinating study by Harvard psychologists Matthew A. Killingsworth and Daniel 
T. Gilbert, it turns out that about half the time, you are thinking about something other than your 
immediate surroundings, and most of this daydreaming doesn’t make you happy. In fact, the ability to 
think about what is not happening is a cognitive achievement, but one that comes at an emotional 
cost.— 

To track mind-wandering behavior, they developed an app for the iPhone and asked more than 
2,000 volunteers at random times how happy they were, what they were currently doing, and whether 
they were thinking about their current activity or about something else. During 47 percent of their 
waking hours, the volunteers were thinking about something other than what they were doing, and this 
mind-wandering typically made them unhappy. The more engaged they were in the activities in the 
here and now, the happier they were. Exercise was among a few of the activities that seemed to make 
people the happiest. 

The bottom line: spend more time living in the moment, and you might be happier than if you are 
adrift in your thoughts and daydreams. 

Improving mindfulness and focused attention indeed can improve your psychological well-being. 


One recent systematic review of mindfulness research concluded that a relationship exists between 
cultivating a more mindful way of being and a tendency to experience less emotional distress, more 
positive states of mind, and better overall quality of life.— In these studies, one of the main effects of 
mindfulness meditation appears to be reducing rumination — that is, taming the monkey mind.— These 
positive effects of meditation are further supported by research that shows mindfulness-based 
cognitive behavioral therapy prevents relapses in depressive symptoms.— 

Together, these studies indicate that the active ingredients of mindfulness and focused attention in 
Tai Chi may help reshape the way you think and lead to enhanced emotional well-being. 


Sleep and Health 

Everyone needs an adequate amount of sleep. Sleep is no less important than air, water, and food. You 
most likely know what it’s like to go without sleep and how lack of sleep affects your mood, stress 
level, and ability to function properly. 

The National Sleep Foundation estimates that adults require seven to nine hours of sleep each night 
to stay healthy. Unfortunately, more than one-quarter of the US population reports not getting enough 
sleep on occasion, and from 10-15 percent of adults suffer from chronic insomnia. Insomnia is a 
particular problem among older adults — more than half of them suffer from insomnia. What’s more, 
85 percent of sleep problems remain untreated.— 

The long-term effects of poor sleep have been implicated as a major contributor to chronic mental 
conditions, including depression, anxiety, and mental distress, as well as physical health issues, 
including diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and obesity. One recent study concluded that if you sleep 
less than six hours per night and have disturbed sleep, you stand a 48 percent greater chance of 
developing or dying from heart disease and a 1 5 percent greater chance of suffering or dying from a 
stroke.— 


Treatment Options for Sleep Disorders 

So-called “sleeping pills,” usually sedative-hypnotic medications, remain the top choice to treat 
sleep disorders. These drugs may help some people for a short time, but their long-term use may have 
deleterious effects, particularly among older adults who may suffer from daytime confusion, falls and 
fractures, and adverse interactions with other medications. Some people also have what’s known as 
rebound insomnia when they discontinue using these medications; that is, their sleep problems 
reoccur. Others develop tolerance to these powerful medications and need to use higher and higher 
doses, which can exacerbate the side effects.— 

One alternative to drug therapy is cognitive behavior therapy. This type of psychotherapy shows 
results as robust as, if not more than, drug therapy.— However, physicians don’t often prescribe 
cognitive behavioral therapy, which requires someone with advanced training and expertise. Tai 
Chi’s active ingredients, which are similar to a number of components integrated in cognitive 
behavioral therapy, may help explain how Tai Chi favorably impacts sleep. 


How Tai Chi Helps Sleep 


“Tai Chi to me is like a leaf that slowly floats down from a tree and then a cool breeze comes by. 
That is what Tai Chi is all about,” says Ruth, a participant in our heart failure trial in her late 
eighties. “It is beginning to give to my body. I am able to sleep on my left side for the first time 
in four years. I feel fresher in the morning. It is loosening me up, and I am standing straighter.” 

Tai Chi can help you get a good night’s sleep by reducing stress, improving your breathing, and 
relieving pain. 


Stress 

When you have had trouble sleeping, you may have tried a relaxation technique to reduce physical 
tension or intrusive thoughts. Not surprisingly, about one-quarter of insomniacs use relaxation 
techniques to help with their sleep problems, with deep breathing being the most commonly used 
relaxation technique. Other mind-body therapies, such as the relaxation response, progressive muscle 
relaxation, and hypnosis, have also shown promise in improving sleep.— 

Middle-aged men, in particular, show an increased vulnerability of sleep to stress hormones, 
which may impair the quality of their sleep during times of stress. As men age, it appears they become 
more sensitive to the stimulating effects of corticotropin-releasing hormones. When Penn State 
researchers administered this arousal-producing stress hormone to both young and middle-aged men, 
the middle-aged men remained awake longer and slept less deeply. The researchers note that people 
who don’t get enough of this “slow-wave” sleep may be more prone to depression. They suggest that 
stress may play a significant role in the marked increase of insomnia in middle-age men.— In another 
study, these Penn State researchers compared patients with insomnia to those without sleep 
disturbances. They found that insomniacs with the highest degree of sleep disturbance secreted the 
highest amount of cortisol, particularly in the evening and nighttime hours. This data suggests that 
chronic insomnia is partly related to the body’s sustained state of hyperarousal in response to stress.— 

Breathing and Sleep Apnea 

A serious concern for the brain is obstructive sleep apnea, a disorder of interrupted breathing when 
muscles relax during sleep. It usually occurs in association with fat buildup or loss of muscle tone 
with aging. The breathing pauses can last from a few seconds to minutes, often occurring 5 to 30 times 
or more an hour, according to the National Institutes of Health. Typically, normal breathing then starts 
again, sometimes with a loud snort or choking sound. 

If you have sleep apnea, you often move from a deep sleep to a light sleep when your breathing 
pauses or becomes shallow. As you might expect, the result is poor sleep quality that makes you tired 
during the day. Sleep apnea is one of the leading causes of excessive daytime sleepiness. Frequent 
awakenings due to sleep apnea may lead to personality changes such as irritability or depression. 
Because it also deprives you of oxygen, it can lead to a decline in mental functioning, as well as 
increase your risk of a stroke or heart attack.— 

Although no published studies have specifically evaluated Tai Chi for sleep apnea, a few reasons 
suggest why it might help reduce the severity of sleep apnea and improve sleep. First, Tai Chi training 


may lead to more efficient posture, with greater muscle tone in the upper torso and neck. Tai Chi, 
especially in sedentary people, may be a form of exercise that helps to reduce or manage weight. 
Finally, Tai Chi includes rich breath training.— Taken all together, these benefits may result in more 
open airways during sleep, but research is needed to evaluate this hypothesis. 

Pain and Sleep 

Pain can lead to a serious intrusion into your sleep. If you have lower-back pain, you likely 
experience intense microarousals (a change in the sleep state to a lighter stage of sleep) each hour, 
which wake you up. Pain is frequently associated with insomnia and can be difficult to treat. 
Commonly prescribed medications, such as morphine and codeine, used to relieve pain can fragment 
sleep. 

As discussed in Chapter 5, Tai Chi may reduce many forms of musculoskeletal pain and also 
improve the range of motion in your neck and back. Reduced pain and more relaxed sleeping postures 
may contribute to improved sleep seen in Tai Chi studies. 


Clinical Evidence for Tai Chi and Sleep 


A few randomized trials have specifically studied the effects of Tai Chi on patients who had sleep 
problems; others have simply recorded sleep among healthy adults or noted the effects of sleep while 
evaluating Tai Chi for other conditions. University of California at Los Angeles researchers found 25 
weeks of Tai Chi training helped 112 healthy older adults who had moderate sleep complaints to have 
better sleep quality as compared to controls enrolled in a health education program— In another study 
of older adults who also complained of moderate sleep problems, researchers reported significant 
improvements in sleep for those who did an hour of Tai Chi three times a week for 24 weeks. The 
authors of these studies concluded that Tai Chi appears to be an effective, nonpharmacological 
approach to enhancing sleep, particularly for older adults.— 

Other studies also show that Tai Chi seems to improve sleep quality. Our group observed more 
stable sleep among heart failure patients following three months of Tai Chi training.— Other studies 
have reported enhanced sleep following Tai Chi among those suffering with fibromyalgia and 
arthritis, as well as those recovering from cerebral vascular disorders, such as stroke.— 


PART THREE 


Integrating Tai Chi into Everyday Life 


10 


fai Chi for Two 


“I love Push Hands. After my first Push Hands class, I was laughing I was so happy,” says 
Roger, age 47, a marketing manager. “It’s easy to relax when you do solo Tai Chi, but when you 
match up with someone who is trying to push you, this challenges you to maintain what’s going 
on both inside and outside of you. You have to be straightforward with your feelings, 
acknowledge where you are right away, and be honest with yourself.” 

“By nature, I’m not an extrovert, but my role at work is to do presentations and run meetings,” 
continues Roger, who attends Tai Chi classes twice a week and does an hour of daily practice on 
his own. “I often found this was exhausting, but that doesn’t happen anymore. I recently gave a 
presentation at a large conference, and I was completely unfazed. I attribute this to Tai Chi and 
Push Hands to helping me feel more comfortable in leading.” 

“I’ve also learned through Push Hands not to have an automatic defensive reflex when 
challenged, as happens to many people,” says Roger. “One of the objectives of Push Hands is to 
yield, wait, and then return the force. This comes up all the time in my work. If I express an idea, 
and someone gets defensive, I don’t get my hackles up any more. I’m less apt to get into a cycle 
of defensiveness, and my meetings are more productive.” 

With diligent practice and a good teacher, and through the skillful application of active ingredients, 
Tai Chi can be a highly effective fighting art. To develop these skills, your Tai Chi training needs to 
include interactive partner exercises that complement your solo Tai Chi practice. “Tai Chi for two” 
exercises include techniques in simple pushing and yielding, rooting and strengthening, and both 
choreographed and ffee-form movements that stimulate dynamic balance, improve reflexes, and train 
your ability to neutralize and issue energetic attacks. 

To become a good car driver, you need to learn more than the rules of the road. You need time 
behind the wheel, in traffic, and on the freeway to make progress. The same is true for developing 
martial arts skills in Tai Chi. You need substantial two-person training to apply Tai Chi principles 
effectively for self-defense. However, the benefits of partner work goes beyond martial training. 
Two-person Tai Chi exercises help you with your solo practice and your everyday life, even if you 
never thought about training in combat and self-defense. 

For me, partner work is one of the most transformative and enjoyable aspects of practicing and 
teaching Tai Chi. Working with another person allows you to explore the application of Tai Chi 
movements and physical principles related to structure and movement. In addition, it provides a safe, 
structured, intimate framework to explore emotional and psychosocial issues. During physical 
interactions with others in Tai Chi, most people exhibit the same behaviors they adopt during 
encounters with people in general. Your emotional reactions to the physical, energetic pushing and 
pulling during two-person Tai Chi may mirror how you respond to suggestions from colleagues or 
advice from managers, or your preference to taking on a leadership or a subordinate role on work 
projects. You may learn how you typically handle uncertainty and how to learn from your mistakes. 
Partner work serves as a catalyst for progress in Tai Chi and, at the same time, can enhance your daily 


social encounters. 

Most Tai Chi teachers integrate some form of two-person interaction in classes. Some teachers 
introduce these exercises early on in training as beginning students learn basic principles and solo 
forms. Others wait to teach these exercises to intermediate or advanced students who have already 
learned basic forms. In my Tai Chi school, I integrate interactive exercises into the most basic Tai Chi 
classes. Our Harvard team and other researchers have integrated simple two-person exercises into 
the protocols of clinical trials, including trials that target older or health- impaired adults. 

This chapter delves into the advantages of partner work in Tai Chi. Partner work includes a great 
diversity of exercises and training goals. It is beyond the scope of this chapter to survey all of these 
exercises. Numerous excellent books are available that are entirely devoted to learning and mastering 
interactive Tai Chi exercises. This chapter briefly introduces how working with a partner can be an 
excellent vehicle for exploring the active ingredients of Tai Chi, and how it can influence your health. 


Learning through Interactive Tai Chi 

Tai Chi has evolved over many generations through the transmission of kinesthetic knowledge passed 
down from teacher to student. A great deal of this transmission takes place nonverbally through 
mindful touch, heightened sensory awareness, and shared movement. In addition to developing your 
awareness and sensitivity, two-person exercises also enhance your strength and flexibility. 

Mindful Touch 

In working with some of my Tai Chi teachers and other high-level practitioners, I have had the sense 
that at the instant their hands touched my body, they knew a great deal about my physical and 
emotional state. Even before I could push them or evade their advance, they could sense my intention 
and “beat me to the punch.” During these encounters, my teachers also seemed to convey nonverbal 
information intentionally; it was as if their touch and movements shared information with me about my 
movements and energy patterns. Becoming aware of their physical, energetic qualities provided me 
with a reference against which I could calibrate my own qualities and abilities. 

Enhancing Form and Function 

Touch is as important as vision and hearing for learning and retaining information. Tactile activities, 
such as playing with blocks, help children improve everything from their math abilities to thinking 
skills. Lack of touch can lead to emotional disturbances, as well as to lessened intellectual ability and 
physical growth, reduced sexual interest, and even immune system weaknesses. 4 

Educators increasingly appreciate what is called haptic or kinesthetic learning — that is, a learning 
style that occurs primarily through touch or movement. Hands-on physical engagement is the preferred 
learning style for approximately one out of every three people. The connection between touch and 
learning is instinctual, begins in infancy, and continues throughout life.- 

Recent developments in robotic engineering have targeted haptic learning to teach people complex 
motor control skills. Subjects in studies have improved their piano playing by wearing a robotic 
glove that guides passive finger movement related to specific note sequences. Also, adults learning to 


write Japanese and Arabic characters have become more proficient when robotic devices applied 
provide gentle feedback to guide their hand movements during writing. - 

Similarly, the tactile feedback you get from Tai Chi partner work can accelerate your understanding 
and practice of solo forms. Your body remembers the feelings of being rooted while pushing, of being 
relaxed and centered, and of being aligned while warding off an attack. Kinesthetically, your recall of 
these feelings adds intention and focus when you practice the solo form Grand Master Cheng Man 
Ching regularly taught students to imagine an opponent in front of them while doing the solo form 

One of my teachers, Robert Morningstar, used a fun exercise to illustrate how essential tactile 
feedback is for learning Tai Chi. He would ask students to raise their right index finger in the air and, 
without thinking or planning, touch it to their navel. Then immediately after releasing the right hand, 
without thinking, they would repeat this with the left index finger. He called this his “Navel Academy 
Test.” Some people said they could accurately touch their navel with both fingers, but I am not sure 
that all of them were being honest. Most people miss with one or both fingers. Robert used this 
exercise to emphasize that even our own hands are not sure where our body’s center is. Sometimes, 
one hand “thinks” it’s in a different location than the other one does. 

He argued that this is why you need a good Tai Chi teacher — to adjust your posture physically, to 
help calibrate your alignment, to point out where you are holding tensions, and to note any 
musculoskeletal imbalances. The nonverbal physical adjustments you get from your teachers, in 
addition to the kinesthetic feedback you get through partner practice, help you develop a level of self- 
awareness not accessible through solo practice alone. 

Not surprisingly, research supports that Tai Chi training leads to heightened sensory awareness 
regarding the position and movement of the joints. This likely underlies Tai Chi’s positive effects on 
balance and musculoskeletal health.- Other research conducted at Harvard Medical School by my 
colleague Dr. Cathy Kerr shows that experienced adult Tai Chi practitioners have greater tactile 
acuity — for example, heightened sensitivity in their fingertips to discriminate fine textures, compared 
to age-matched controls. - 


Enhancing Strength and Flexibility 

Continuously shifting your weight back and forth in concert with another person, including yielding to 
and issuing even the most gentle pushes, builds up your leg, arm, and core strength. Interactive Tai Chi 
exercises also expose you to a variety of movement patterns. As you practice with different partners 
in a class, your partner’s size and movement patterns will vary. These variations in partners expand 
the diversity and range of motion of the joints you typically use during two-person Tai Chi, as 
compared with the solo form With its emphasis on efficiency and minimizing muscular tension, 
interactive Tai Chi training enhances the Tai Chi principles of structural integration and connecting the 
body parts. The gains you make in strength and efficiency readily translate to everyday activities, such 
as lifting heavy objects without overtaxing or damaging individual body parts, in particular the back, 
shoulders, or knees. 

To date, little research has specifically evaluated the potential benefits of interactive Tai Chi for 
musculoskeletal health. One small, randomized trial by researchers in China evaluated multiple forms 
of exercise for enhancing bone-mineral density in older post-menopausal women. Groups were 
assigned to rope skipping, Mulan Boxing (a Kung Fu-like dance form), Tai Chi solo form, Tai Chi 
Push Hands, and a control group that did no exercise. The Tai Chi Push Hands group made the 


greatest improvements in bone density. - 

A second study helps interpret how Push Hands may improve bone density and highlights other 
unique features of interactive Tai Chi. In this study, researchers studied the biomechanics of a Tai Chi 
master who had 40 years’ worth of experience as he defended himself against being pushed. His 
movements were compared to those inexperienced in Tai Chi. Movements were videotaped and 
digitized using a motion-analysis system, and the activity of muscle groups and the force of the feet on 
the ground were also measured. 

Not surprisingly, the master maintained his balance by making multiple subtle adjustments in his 
posture, whereas those who had not done Tai Chi before fell over easily. The master shifted his body 
weight from the front to the rear foot and adjusted his center of gravity in response to the direction of 
incoming pushes. What’s more, measurements showed the muscles in his arms and torso remained 
relaxed, while his leg muscles, in particular the hamstring muscles in the back of the leg, were very 
active. The combination of increased muscle and joint loading in the legs suggests that Push Hands 
may enhance the weight-bearing qualities of Tai Chi and therefore make it effective for maintaining 
bone health. - 


Interactive Tai Chi as Applied Philosophy 

“Push Hands gives you the opportunity to develop new capacities in yourself and to become 
more sensitive to others,” says Florence, age 55, who started doing Push Hands one and a half 
years ago after practicing Tai Chi for 20 years. “I felt that I didn’t get it at first, but it’s a lesson 
in perseverance and building inner strength. You learn about yourself and other people when 
you’re interacting.” 

“It’s amazing how different everybody is. Push Hands shines a spotlight on different ways of 
feeling. It’s an intimate experience,” says Florence, who works in retailing. “Some people go 
hard and fast, others soft and slow, and this affects how you work with them. If I push with three 
people who are hard, I feel different when I push with someone who is a soft person. This puts a 
lens on their personalities, and my personality and habits, and how we all interact. I have to 
persevere through real difficulties at work, and Push Hands has given me more courage to try 
more, and to relax instead of being fearful.” 

Practicing interactive exercises can bring to life the philosophical wisdom inherent in Tai Chi. It’s 
one thing to hear a phrase like “go with the flow” and think: okay, that makes sense. In two-person 
practice, you get to experience genuine physical and emotional yielding, to stay relaxed, yet alert, in 
the presence of an aggressive action. This type of Tai Chi training manifests what often sounds like 
lofty, esoteric principles. This embodied experience helps you progress with solo and interactive Tai 
Chi and can flow into other social interactions as well. 

One of my teachers, Arthur Goodridge, often described interactive Tai Chi as a conversation or 
dialogue. He also emphasized the importance of “listening” with the entire body. Just as you must be a 
good listener to be fully engaged in a verbal conversation, you must develop what the Tai Chi classics 
call tien jin (“listening energy”) to interact physically and energetically during two-person Tai Chi. 

Tai Chi classics regard the ability to listen to your partner’s movement and energy as one of the 
most fundamental skills. Of course, you do not do Tai Chi listening with the ears, but rather with the 
body. You listen with your skin, and with other poorly understood neurophysiological receptors, to 
detect what an opponent might do from the moment you make physical contact (commonly with 


forearm or palm, but it could be any body part). Listening provides information on the strength and 
direction of the upcoming attack. As you listen, you simultaneously tune in to your partner, and 
yourself. From this place of contact and with heightened sensitivity, you can apply many other Tai Chi 
techniques, such as yielding to neutralize and dissipate your opponent’s force. Following an evasive 
action, you can take advantage of your partner’s loss of mechanical advantage, which is often called 
“borrowing energy,” and advance with your own mindful, strategically directed strength. The net 
result is that you lead by first following. Regardless of the techniques you use, listening is the key 
fundamental principle that underlies many practical and philosophical Tai Chi principles. 

In introductory Tai Chi classes, I encourage students to explore a simple, informative exercise that 
involves leading and following. After pairing up in teams of two, one person, who is designated the 
leader, offers the top of the left wrist to the partner; the designated follower places his or her right 
palm on the leader’s left wrist. The leader then is instructed to walk around the room freely and move 
the left limb up and down to provide a mild challenge for the partner to follow. The follower, without 
grasping, must stay attached to the leader’s arm 

Many interesting things emerge from this simple exercise. First, beginning students often quickly 
forget Tai Chi principles when “attached” to another person. That happens even with my regular 
reminders to walk in a relaxed manner and maintain good posture, feel the feet on the ground, and 
keep breathing. The quality of their movements is far from meditative. 

Afterward, some students say they had difficulty staying centered and grounded because of the 
physical challenges of unpredictable movements and concerns about balance. More frequently, they 
describe psychological challenges. Some students honestly admit it was very hard not to be in 
control, while others feel very uncomfortable taking the responsibility for leading. In both cases, the 
students recognize the challenge of staying mindful while being engaged with another. I suggest 
students learning Push Hands actively look for situations outside of class that challenge their ability to 
remain centered, or to play a leadership or subordinate role, at work or at home. 

In practicing even the simplest of interactive Tai Chi exercises, like the one above, it becomes very 
obvious that learning is more than just physical. Touch and joined movement can catalyze emotional 
and psychosocial awareness. Angus Clark, a highly regarded Tai Chi teacher in England, nicely 
describes how partner work can raise awareness and help transform emotions and behaviors: 

Tai Chi is not a form of psychotherapy, but it reaches the art of dealing with emotions on a 
physical level. For example, partner practice encourages people to honestly look at themselves. 
The shape or position of the body and its effectiveness in dealing with a difficult situation, such 
as an incoming push, is a good indicator of a person’s stance in life. In exchanges of pushing and 
yielding, receiving and giving, there are moments when partners of over- or under-assertiveness 
become clear. Tai Chi guides people toward achieving a balance. - 


Social Support and Interaction 

“My favorite thing to do with my two boys, Brian (age 9) and Jacob (age 6) is to wrestle with 
them,” says Andy, a 43-year-old attorney, who has gone to Tai Chi class two or three times a 
week for the past two years. “Practicing Tai Chi has allowed me to play more actively with 
them. My older son now has a brown belt in karate, which is an outer martial art. I’m trying to 
give him a hint of the inner strength of Push Hands. 


“It’s fun to push around with someone. I remember that feeling from when I was a kid, now 
that I have my own kids. It’s energizing and good exercise, too. The challenge of Push Hands is 
to draw on your energy and the other person’s energy at the same time. When you go back to the 
Tai Chi form, it brings your form up to another level, and makes it more of a martial practice.” 

Safe, playful physical interactions in Tai Chi classes may help compensate for what may be a shortage 
of touching in contemporary Western society, particularly in America. One study observed sets of 
American, French, and Puerto Rican friends in coffee shops over the course of an hour to determine 
how frequently they made physical contact. Friends in the United States tend to touch each other an 
average of only twice an hour, whereas French friends touch 110 times, and Puerto Rican friends 
touch 180 times.— As discussed in earlier chapters, being a member of a community, like a Tai Chi 
school, provides important social support. The depth and intimacy of social interactions may become 
even greater when you regularly share physical contact with a Tai Chi partner. 

However, know that even the simplest interactive exercises must be introduced in the context of 
safety and respect. Students may have undisclosed histories of abuse, trauma, or physical injuries, 
which make some aspects of interactive Tai Chi feel unsafe. For example, in my basic introductory 
Tai Chi classes, before starting an interactive exercise, I let everyone know what we are going to do 
and what the students can expect from the interactions. I emphasize that, like solo exercises that may 
cause discomfort, participation in interactive exercises is optional and sitting out is just fine. 

The 70-percent rule of Tai Chi applies equally to emotional and social effort as it does to physical 
strain. For similar reasons, my more advanced Push Hands classes are limited to students who have 
been part of our community for an extended period, and we rarely allow “outsiders” to participate. 
We are not hiding training secrets, but respecting the intimacy of interactive Tai Chi work. Through 
long-standing relationships in class, students have the time to get to know each other. This time 
affords them a level of trust and familiarity, which is critical for our approach to partner work. 

Partner work is a rich component of Tai Chi that goes well beyond martial training. It informs your 
understanding and depth of solo Tai Chi training, has health benefits, and can be applied to everyday 
activities. As you explore Tai Chi’s interactive principles in everyday life, you may well see changes 
in activities as varied as how you open doors, walk down crowded, busy streets, and interact with 
colleagues and family members. 


11 


Cross-Train with Tai Chi 


Martin, age 60, had played squash for most of his life until he was laid low by a serious 
shoulder injury that required rotator cuff surgery “It was in the process of my pre-surgery that 
my Parkinson’s disease was diagnosed. Between the shoulder surgery, the Parkinson’s disease, 
not playing for more than a year, my advancing age, and my chronic arthritis, things didn’t look 
good as far as returning to squash. So I cast around for some substitute activity when I found Tai 
Chi,” he says. “At first, Tai Chi and squash seemed quite separate to me. Tai Chi was slow and 
graceful and followed a set form. Squash was fast and full of mad scrambles and improvising, 
delightfully chaotic with an edge related to the element of danger and risk of injury that is ever- 
present.” 

“Then, parallels began to emerge,” he says. “Refining my ability to stay in the present with Tai 
Chi and to listen to my body’s feedback was directly relevant to squash. So was the 70-percent 
rule. I consciously decided to let some points go and to prepare mentally for the next point. 
Using positive imagery to regulate mind-body boundaries was also relevant, as I relied less on 
combative self-talk and more on finding calmness and self-acceptance in the middle of the 
controlled chaos.” 

“Recently, I have been introduced to Push Hands, and the translation to squash is 
considerable,” Martin continues. “I have learned to be receptive to the information my ‘partner’ 
is giving off, and learned to trust my intuitive integration of all that is happening and that needs to 
happen next. Being in the present instead of overthinking is most helpful. Now I await a serve 
without anticipation, balanced on my feet and confident that when the moment comes I will 
organize a coherent response that’s suited to the moment — a plan but not a plan. And when I can 
do that, both my opponent and I are often surprised by what happens next, as I react more 
effectively than either of us thought possible.” 

Most people who succeed as an athlete cross-train — that is, participate in a variety of activities in 
addition to their chosen sport. Cross-training helps prevent you from suffering overuse injuries. 
Alternating activities also relieves the monotony of repeating the same training program over and 
over again. You can choose the best qualities of other sports to enhance your overall physical and 
mental skills. 

Tai Chi offers many pluses to raise the level of your game. It provides flexibility, balance, and 
strength, as well as modest conditioning. Tai Chi can also help improve your focus and reflexes, 
enhance your range of motion, and open up new neuromuscular pathways. In addition, if you need to 
rehabilitate from a sports injury, such as muscle pulls, strains, or tears, Tai Chi allows you stay in 
shape and let your body heal while you recover. 

For some athletes, Tai Chi becomes a lifetime sport. It’s less physically taxing than most sports and 
can feed your body physically, emotionally, and spiritually as you age and move into the later stages 
of life. Tai Chi is a great sport to take into your retirement; you can keep doing it for as long as you 
live. In fact, many Chinese Tai Chi masters continue to practice Tai Chi into their eighties and 


nineties. Once you stop doing the jarring movements of other sports or more vigorous martial arts, 
you can use Tai Chi as a softer, yet still nourishing, exercise. 

This chapter shows you how to incorporate the tools of Tai Chi to enhance your chosen sport. In 
sports and martial arts strength, stamina, coordination, speed, flexibility, balance, and resistance to 
injury are key. Tai Chi exercises can improve these elements as they essentially relate to all sports, 
whether it’s the accuracy of your tennis serve, the length of your golf drive, or the carving of your ski 
turns. 


Tai Chi s Synergy with Sports 

Extraordinary performances come out of a process of continuous, regular physical and mental 
practice. The mindset of an extraordinary athlete is relaxed but focused and open to ever higher 
achievements. Real success or victory is measured by the quality of that very process of 
attention and mindful involvement, practice, and commitment. 

— CHUNGLIANG AL HUANG AND JERRY LYNCH, Thinking Body, Dancing Mind 

Tai Chi training can help you develop the physical attributes and inner strength that you can apply to 
sports. It may help you expand your skill set to meet the challenges of athletic performance and learn 
how to react harmoniously to the stressful situations you may face during competitive sports. Tai Chi 
can create a synergy where the whole is greater than the parts. 

Cross-training with Tai Chi helps you maintain balance and keeps you motivated, excited, and in 
good shape; it also serves as a hedge against burnout and fatigue. Within the martial arts, it’s a 
tradition to cross-train. This rich tradition is now reflected in the increasingly popular mixed martial 
arts contests. Many mixed martial artists use Tai Chi to enhance their sensitivity and mental focusing 
skills. All of my Tai Chi teachers have cross-trained and studied other martial arts as well as Tai Chi. 
Currently, besides doing Tai Chi, I do Kung Fu, Bagua, Hsing Yi, and multiple forms of Qigong and 
meditation. 

Many people learn more than one form of Tai Chi. Each style contributes to your general 
understanding of the Tai Chi principles and concepts. At first, a second style of Tai Chi may be 
difficult to learn. But after you become more familiar, you begin to see the similarities, and appreciate 
the differences, between styles. The new style may bring in new movements and ways of experiencing 
Tai Chi that can help you clarify what you have learned from the first style of Tai Chi. 

Top athletes in competitive sports also have discovered the benefits of Tai Chi. Former Boston 
Celtics star Robert Parish, who played in the National Basketball Association for 17 seasons, 
credited Tai Chi for his durability. Professional golfer Tiger Woods studied Qigong as a child, which 
his college golf coach at Stanford University believes may have contributed to his mental toughness 
and ability to hit a golf ball so far. Skier Ted Ligety was the most avid Tai Chi student among the 
members of the US Men’s Alpine Ski team in 2005 and had a breakout season. In February 2006, he 
won a gold medal at the Winter Olympic Games in Turin, Italy. 


Howto Apply the 


Active Ingredients of Tai Chi 


“I decided to take Tai Chi classes to build up my body for hip replacement surgery and also so I 



could get back onto the tennis court more quickly,” says Susan, a 55-year-old businesswoman 
who started to play tennis seriously, five days a week, when she was 39. But ongoing, chronic 
pain in her right hip eventually led her to have a hip replacement. Six months after the surgery, 
“the richness of Tai Chi helped me regain physical balance and leg strength where my hip was 
replaced. Tai Chi made my body more ready for tennis,” she says. 

“There are many parallels between Tai Chi and tennis, which is one of the most demanding 
noncontact sports,” adds Susan. “With tennis, the mental component is huge, and strength, 
particularly core strength, is extremely helpful. During competition, breathing is critical. The 
swinging movements of Tai Chi, the turning of the waist, and deep breathing, as well as doing 
Push Hands for faster reaction time, have all helped me up my game.” Susan now plays three 
days a week post- surgery, including at a 4.0 level in her club championships. 

Athletes can benefit from applying many of the ingredients of Tai Chi, including intention, deep 
breathing, integrated movement, and moderation. 

Visualization and motor imagery are widely used to enhance sports performance. Tai Chi’s use of 
visualization can train your mind as you would train a muscle. The deepened mind-body connection 
Tai Chi affords can help you see each movement of your chosen sport exactly as you would like it to 
be. This practice of visualization will help you carry out those movements during an actual 
performance. One of my Tai Chi teachers, Arthur Goodridge, encouraged us to play an imaginary 
video during all our Push Hands training and then review these tapes in our mind to learn about our 
physical and emotional patterns; then we could explore alternative strategies. 

Tai Chi breathing can be used as a tool for relaxation; a relaxed athlete is a more efficient, better 
coordinated athlete. Relaxation can eliminate tension, stress, and anxiety that can impede your 
performance. 

Musculoskeletal strength, flexibility, and neuromuscular coordination and reflexes are all integral 
parts of Tai Chi. Tai Chi training also helps you balance out both sides of the body. You are always 
ready to go left or right, and so never get stuck in an unbalanced position. 

New computerized studies conducted by Professor William Tsang at Hong Kong University 
provide a hint of the advantages of Tai Chi in athletics. Tai Chi players viewed two random images 
on a computer screen. The researchers noted how quickly the subjects reacted to the images and how 
accurate they were in touching the right image on the screen. During the study, electrodes attached to 
the subjects’ shoulders measured their muscle-reaction time. Feedback from the computer helped the 
subjects know whether they had made a good decision when they touched the screen. This study 
suggests that, with training, you can improve your reflexes. Improvement may allow, for example, a 
tennis player at the net to react more quickly to an approaching passing shot.- 

Tai Chi’s 70-percent rule prevents you from overtraining and allows you to recover from injuries. 
Practicing moderation teaches you what your limits are. If you know your limits, you honor the yin, 
the non-doing piece, of Tai Chi. 


Tai Chi for Tennis, Golf, and Skiing 

Using Tai Chi techniques can help you “get in the zone” while playing any sport. Tai Chi has 
particular significance for tennis, golf, and skiing. For example, a tennis player could better focus on 
the tennis ball as it approaches. The golfer feels the golf club as a natural extension of the body. The 


skier feels the skis connected to the mountain. 


Tennis 

“Imagine that you’re a person with preternaturally good reflexes and coordination and speed, 
and that you’re playing high-level tennis. Your experience, in play, will not be that you possess 
phenomenal reflexes and speed; rather, it will seem to you that the tennis ball is quite large and 
slow-moving, and that you always have plenty of time to hit it.” 

—DAVID FOSTER WALLACE, “Federer as Religious Experience,” New York Times, AUGUST 20, 2006 


When I was growing up, I played on a youth tennis team in the Junior Tennis League in New York 
City, as well as on the tennis team at Stuyvesant High School. I started doing Tai Chi when I was 15, 
and it made me a better tennis player. My strokes were better, my reflexes faster, and I had more 
stamina. Now in my fifties, about once or twice a year, I play tennis with friends who play more 
regularly, and I can still give them a good game. I attribute that to my continuing Tai Chi training. 

Tai Chi classics say that all movement is started in the feet, steered by the waist, and administered 
by the hand. Good ground strokes (forehand and backhand) in tennis use the same movements. You 
move your feet into position, turn your waist to begin the ground stroke, hit the ball with the racquet, 
and then follow through with the arm and hand. Tai Chi can also aid in conditioning and provide a 
strategy of how to use your body and recover after playing tennis. 

Tai Chi helps you become more balanced physically and emotionally. Tennis requires a lot of 
balance as you shift from side to side chasing down your opponents’ shots and getting yourself set to 
play the next stroke. You need to transfer your weight properly when you serve, hit ground strokes, or 
volley. The balanced stepping and weight transfer you learn in Tai Chi training transfers directly to 
the tennis court. When you are emotionally centered, you can focus more intently on your tennis game. 
A bad call or a poor shot played at a critical time is less likely to throw you off. 

W. Timothy Gallwey’s classic book, The Inner Game of Tennis, served up a unique way of looking 
at tennis when it was first published in 1974. This book concentrated on the “inner game,” what goes 
on inside a player’s mind, and how to apply that to the outer game, what happens on the tennis court. 
Much of Gallwey’s thinking is similar to the Tai Chi concept of getting out of your own way to let 
your best game emerge. His theories are based on concentration, learning to trust oneself on the court, 
and awareness. He says the most beneficial first step is to see and feel what you are doing to increase 
your awareness of what actually is happening on the court. 

Gallwey outlines his four- step approach to learn how to improve your game. The concepts he 
proposes follow some of the precepts of Tai Chi: 

1 . Observe, nonjudgmentally, existing behavior in an interested, somewhat detached tone. 

2. Ask yourself to change, programming with image and feel. If you wish the ball to go to the 
crosscourt corner, you simply imagine the necessary path of the ball to the target. 

3 . Let it happen. Having requested your body to perform a certain action, give it the freedom to 
do it. 

4. Observe the results in a nonjudgmental, calm way. This leads to continuing observation of the 
process until behavior is automatic. Watch the results calmly and experience the process. Watch 
it change. Don’t do the changing. = 


TAI CHI TENNIS 


As part of warm-up exercises in Tai Chi classes, I sometimes teach what I call Tai Chi Tennis. I also 
taught this approach at the Longwood Tennis Club in Boston at a Tai Chi for Parkinson’s disease 
fundraiser to give the participants a taste of Tai Chi. 

Here’s how to play Tai Chi Tennis: Stand in a basic Tai Chi bow stance: left leg forward, feet 
shoulder- width apart, the right, rear foot pointing at a 30- to 45-degree angle to the right, the left foot 
pointing forward. Begin with your weight on your back leg, navel pointing in the same direction as 
your right toes. Reach your right hand out to waist height. As you shift and pour your weight onto your 
left leg, imagine yourself hitting a tennis forehand without a racquet in your hand. The arm swing 
should be relaxed, continuous, and with a slight upward stroke (no higher than middle-of-chest height 
and with very relaxed shoulders). 

Toward the end of the shift, there should be a slight turn into the left hip/kwah, and a release of the 
right heel as part of the follow through, so that the right knee hangs between the hip and the toe as in 
Tai Chi Swinging. Your feet then return to their starting position, and as the weight pours back to the 
rear leg, the right arm falls with a pendular motion back to its starting position. 

As in Wave Hands Like Clouds, during your weight shifts forward, with the palm open, you can 
explore enhancing the flow of Qi into your hand, using attention and intention. After repeating this 6 to 
9 times, do the mirror image of this move, with your right leg forward and play Tai Chi Tennis with 
your left hand. 

As you do these exercises, bring in Tai Chi principles. Feel your feet rooted to the ground, and 
stand tall. Turn by using your waist. Stay focused. Integrate energy into the movement. You may feel 
that your hands are warmer after “playing” Tai Chi Tennis, which means you are feeling the Qi 
moving through your hands. 


Golf 

First, I “see” the ball where I want it to finish, nice and white and sitting up high on bright green 
grass. Then the scene quickly changes, and I ‘see’ the ball going there: its path, trajectory, and 
shape, even its behavior on landing. Then there is a sort of fade-out, and the next scene shows 
me making the kind of swing that will turn the previous images into reality. 

—JACK NICKLAUS, Golf My Way 

Tai Chi may be the perfect complement to your golf game. The key components of Tai Chi and a good 
golf swing are similar — a combination of relaxation, the mind and body working together, and 
balanced motion. The movements in Tai Chi and in golf both require a smooth acceleration to 
generate maximum power at the precise moment of contact — club on ball or fist on opponent. 

All internal arts and the golf swing share basic principles. First, you relax into the initial stance. 
You shift your weight, coil your body around a vertical axis to build up power, and then uncoil your 
body to release the power. The power derives from the lower half of the body, flowing up from the 
feet, through the hips, and into the arms and hands. 

Tai Chi can also increase your flexibility, build lower body strength, and improve your balance. 


Increased flexibility and improved leg strength will give you a more fluid swing, better tempo, and 
more distance on your shots. Better balance leads to a properly aligned stance and a solid swing. 

The mental side of Tai Chi allows a golfer to maintain concentration. Tai Chi creates a quiet calm 
and confidence. With a positive attitude, your golf game will be less stressful, especially when you 
need to hit a good drive or make a crucial putt. Deep -breathing exercises help develop stamina so that 
you feel just as good on the last few holes as you did on the first ones. 


Fluid Motion 

Developing a fluid, powerful, consistent golf swing has as much to do with your mind-body 
connection as it does with your swing technique. Certain fundamentals learned from Tai Chi training 
translate directly into making a good golf shot. As you address the ball, relax to encourage a smooth 
swing. Feel your body in balance and your feet rooted into the ground. Quiet your mind with deep 
breathing to increase your positive attitude. Replicate these fundamentals as you set up to increase 
your chances of a fluid, effortless, repeatable swing. 


Meditation 

As you have learned in Tai Chi training, stillness is the master of motion. The simple practice of 
meditation produces calm, yet focused, awareness. This is the ideal performance state for golfers. 

Relaxation helps minimize the “monkey mind,” the internal dialogue and negative thoughts that 
often arise, particularly after you have played a poor shot. Return to a calmer state of mind so you can 
express your true skill level and passion for the game. Use mindfulness meditation to reduce 
performance anxiety, especially when the pressure is on to produce a good shot. The more you 
practice how to relax and quiet your mind in Tai Chi, the better your chances of using these techniques 
when you need them on the golf course. The regular practice of meditation is crucial when you want 
to perform fluidly. 


Breathing 

Deep breathing lowers your heart rate, relaxes your muscles, increases your mind-body connection, 
raises your confidence levels, and creates a calm, focused state from which to set up and swing a golf 
club. If you find yourself in a tough spot — for example, your ball is plugged in a bunker — focus on 
your breathing. Before your pre-shot routine, stop and take a few deep breaths. Do not let your stress 
response rule your brain and body. Take conscious control of your body through your breathing. 

Bringing attention to your breath also helps to increase concentration. Your pre-shot routine is ideal 
for deep breathing to help you feel relaxed at address. Then breathe in as you move to the top of your 
backswing, and exhale all the way through striking the ball into your finish position. Focus entirely on 
your breath, and trust your swing. 


Skiing 



Open your awareness, first, with attention to your breathing, noticing it, allowing its fullness. 
Follow it to your Center, then let it widen your receptivity to the sensations in the world around 
you and within you. Follow it to the extremities of your body, to your hands in your gloves, your 
toes in your boots, and the roots of your hair. 

—DENISE MCCLUGGAGE, The Centered Skier 

Skiing is one of my favorite activities. For me, it brings together the mind, body, and spirit in an 
exhilarating sport that takes place in nature. Tai Chi training has made skiing a very rich, meditative 
experience for me, and it has allowed me to keep up with my teenage son, who has become an 
exceptional skier. 

The carved turn is a perfect meditation, says Denise McCluggage in The Centered Skier. Your 
body is relaxed, alert, the arms (as you hold your ski poles) loosely embracing a ball of energy. 
Center your consciousness in the body’s center. Breathe easily. Your shoulders should carry no 
tension. Energy flows downward through the legs into the snow beneath the skis. Extend your 
awareness the length of the ski edges, sensing their cutting, carving capability. To initiate the turn, 
your thought directs the ski tips toward the fall line. The thought manifests in a sensation of pressure 
in the toes nudging the ski tips in the desired path. You expend no effort, and nothing shows, but the 
tips will fall away, yielding to gravity. 

The constant shifting of weight from one leg to the other while carving turns is a direct expression 
of yin and yang. Led by the waist, as in Tai Chi, your weight shifts to the right or downhill ski as you 
turn to the left. Like a Taoist paradox, to go left, you must first shift to the right. Waist turning allows 
your downhill ski to advance through the turn, staying parallel and harmonious with the uphill ski. On 
a nice snowy day, if you get to make fresh tracks, you can look back uphill and see repeating S- 
shaped, yin-yang marks in the mountain. 


Awareness 

Tune in to your energy flow as you ski, just as you do when you practice Tai Chi. Sense the Qi as you 
breathe in the cool air. Feel the energy course through your body and tie you to the earth. Feel it 
through your legs and feet and into your skis. Feel the connection between the snow, the wind, and 
your own motion. Use all of your senses to relate to the elements and details as you ski gracefully. 

Tai Chi can be an exceptional sports training tool. The basic message for all sports from Tai Chi is 
quite simple: cultivate awareness, pay attention to the rhythm of your body, and go with the energy 
flow. 



12 


On-th e-Job Tai Chi 


“When I’m at work, Tai Chi gives me the strength to function at my best,” says Carol, age 52, an 
executive in a high-tech company “I feel less diluted from things like office politics and the 
large workload. I know when I interact with someone at work I maintain a strong sense of self. 
Working in a demanding, competitive environment tests that constantly. Tai Chi is like an inner 
armor that helps me function.” 

Carol does Tai Chi warm-up exercises every day before heading to the office and attends Tai 
Chi classes twice a week at night. “I apply a lot of the aspects of flow I have learned in Tai Chi 
classes on the job, both consciously and unconsciously. I use Tai Chi exercises to calm my mind, 
particularly when it’s racing. And I use Tai Chi for physical breaks at my desk just to take a 
moment and move my body. I wouldn’t have that extra oomph if I didn’t have Tai Chi in my life.” 


One of the motivations underlying the simplified approach to Tai Chi this book outlines is you can 

readily translate the key principles, and benefits, of Tai Chi into everyday daily activities. In one of 
our ongoing trials with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients, we have explicitly included 
time at the end of each Tai Chi training session to practice integrating Tai Chi principles into routine 
activities. We recently took a mini field trip immediately following a very deep, relaxing Tai Chi 
session. I led a group of five participants down the busy hallways of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical 
Center Hospital to the gift shop. 

I felt like a first-grade schoolteacher leading a class trip; however, instead of repeatedly yelling at 
the patients to stay in line or stop chatting, I gently, repeatedly whispered to them, “Are you 
breathing?” “Can you feel your feet on the ground” “Are you standing tall?” None of the white-coated, 
stethoscope-wearing doctors and fast-moving nurses could figure out the purpose of our slow- 
moving, meditative parade. It didn’t take long for us to shift out of the meditative state we had 
experienced during Tai Chi class, but we also saw how easy it was to integrate Tai Chi principles 
into routine activities using some simple reminders. The mini-field trip was a fun, profound 
revelation for all of us. 

Work is an obvious, very relevant place to explore the integration of Tai Chi training. If you have a 
full-time job, you probably spend much of your day at work. Work is likely part of your identity. But 
work can be stressful. In fact, the Institute for Stress reports that job-related pressure is the top source 
of stress for Americans. Surveys of workers show that 80 percent feel stress on the job, nearly half 
say they need help learning how to manage it, and 42 percent say their coworkers need help in 
managing stress. Other ominous health statistics show that occupational pressures and hazards are 
responsible for 30 percent of workers’ back pain, and that 60 percent of workers routinely complain 
of work-related neck pain, 44 percent say they have eyestrain, 38 percent feel hand pain, and 34 
percent have difficulty sleeping.- 

This chapter takes the principles of Tai Chi and suggests some ways to integrate them into your 
work. Corporate wellness programs have taken stress reduction directly into the workplace. Top 


corporations have learned to use wellness to their employees’, and the company’s, advantage. On a 
personal level, what you learn from Tai Chi training can help you manage both the physical and 
emotional stresses of work; for example, you might change how you sit and how you manage your 
time, including sneaking in Tai Chi breaks. This practice may make you more efficient and creative at 
work. The workplace may offer a new frontier for you to further develop and apply your Tai Chi 
skills. 


Investing in Tai Chi 

Nearly everyone struggles with having far too much work to do. Deadlines loom, fires need to be put 
out, and to-do lists stay too long while you try to maintain your regular, routine activities. So, the 
valid question comes up: Can I afford to make time for Tai Chi and other exercise, or am I better 
served working a bit earlier or staying later, sacrificing morning exercise or a lunch break, and 
crossing off a few more things from my to-do list? 

From my own experience, and from what my students tell me, I find that making time for Tai Chi, 
exercise, and an occasional short relaxation break is a valuable investment of your time. Time spent 
practicing Tai Chi makes your time at work more focused and creative, helps you manage stress, 
makes your interactions with coworkers more efficient, and gives you the energy to work longer, more 
productive hours. Growing support for this “investment” perspective comes from those most 
concerned with the bottom line (money and productivity) — that is, the leaders of corporations and 
businesses who have invested in wellness programs. 

The Corporate Wellness Movement 

If you want to do better work, try Tai Chi, meditation, yoga, or other stress-reduction techniques. 
That’s what Mayo Clinic researchers suggested after examining the relationship between stress levels 
and quality of life at a work-site wellness center. The researchers conducted a survey of more than 
1 3,000 employees joining a wellness center, asking them about stress, health behaviors, and quality of 
life. More than 2,000 of these employees reported having high stress levels. Those under high stress 
had statistically significant lower quality of life, more fatigue, and poorer health compared with 
employees reporting low stress levels. They were also more likely to have high blood pressure, high 
blood sugar, high cholesterol, and to be overweight. The researchers concluded that tailored stress- 
reduction programs would be beneficial for these employees. - 

Employers all across the nation are recognizing just how important a healthy workplace and a 
healthy workforce are to improving productivity, as well as to controlling health-care costs. The best 
employers establish workplace wellness programs, creating an environment that supports employees 
who are committed to long-term behavior changes, and launch programs or services to promote living 
a healthier lifestyle. Corporate wellness programs typically focus on physical fitness and weight loss 
initially, but some are also beginning to address other domains of wellness, including stress 
management, work-life balance, spirituality, and resilience. Not surprisingly, many now integrate 
mind-body therapies, such as Tai Chi, yoga, and relaxation training. 

Currently, about two-thirds of large American companies offer some components of a wellness 
program, although only a little more than 10 percent have comprehensive wellness programs.- But the 


number of companies getting involved in workplace wellness is growing, driven by the rising costs 
they face in providing health-care coverage for their employees. Health-care reform also expands 
coverage for preventive services, which gives companies incentives to offer some kind of health-care 
screenings. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act mandated grants for small businesses to 
provide comprehensive workplace wellness programs. Some $200 million will be allocated from 
2011 to 2015 for this purpose in businesses of 100 or fewer employees. 

Businesses are about making money, and growing evidence suggests that investment in wellness 
pays back. A study mentioned in the December 2010 Harvard Business Review- found that the return 
on each dollar a large company invests in an employee wellness program might be as high as $6. 
Other studies show that wellness programs have achieved a rate of return on investment that ranges 
from $3 to $15 for each dollar invested, with savings realized within 12 to 18 months.- 

Here are some reasons why investing in wellness programs pays off for both businesses and their 
employees. 


• Reduced Medical Costs 

Comprehensive wellness programs typically aim at improving employees’ cardiovascular and 
general health, according to a 2009 policy statement from the American Heart Association. 
These programs include regular physical activity, stress management/reduction, early 
detection/screening, nutrition education and promotion, weight management, tobacco cessation 
and prevention, disease management, cardiovascular disease education, and changes in the work 
environment to encourage healthy behaviors and promote occupational safety and health.-’ An 
estimated 25-30 percent of companies’ medical costs each year are spent on employees who 
suffer with these major risk factors.- Some work-site wellness programs report some success in 
preventing major risk factors for cardiovascular disease and stroke, which include cigarette 
smoking, obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia (abnormal cholesterol levels), physical inactivity, 
and diabetes. - 

• Increased Productivity 

Estimates suggest that health- related productivity losses cost US employers $225.8 billion per 
year, or $1,685 per employee per year, of which 71 percent is due to reduced performance at 
work. Depression alone costs US employers approximately $35 billion in lost productivity. 
Studies evaluating productivity losses show links between these losses and absenteeism and 
associated health issues. - 

The good news is that your productivity improves along with your health. People who 
improve just one cardiovascular disease risk factor show a 2 percent increase in their 
productivity. This increase translates to an estimated health savings to companies of $950 per 
year per risk that was reduced.— 

• Less Lost Time at Work 

Employees with the greatest health risks, poorest emotional health, and higher percentages of 
adverse behaviors have much higher rates of lost workdays and lower productivity. Exercise 
and other stress-management techniques can help ameliorate the effects of stress that manifest in 
back pain, migraines, and other symptoms of stress. A meta-analysis of corporate wellness 
programs has shown a 28 percent average reduction in sick leave absenteeism and a 30 percent 
decrease in workers’ compensation and disability management claims costs.— One study among 


Japanese blue-collar workers shows how a stress-reduction program can reduce stress and the 
symptoms of depression, as well as sick leave. The electric company workers who scored high 
on a scale designed to diagnose depression and who participated in a year-long stress-reduction 
program showed a decrease in their depression compared to a similar group who did not go 
through the program What’s more, those who reduced their stress also had, on average, fewer 
sick days than the year before participation in the program— 

• Improved Morale 

Justice Ruth Ginsberg has her whole staff do yoga at the Supreme Court before work. She 
obviously understands the value of a healthy, happy staff. Wellness programs can also improve 
morale and camaraderie by getting workers to interact with one another. Other benefits to the 
companies that offer wellness programs are recruitment and retention of employees, as well as 
an improved company image. 

This investment in wellness on the part of corporations shares the same spirit of Tai Chi’s 70- 
percent training principle. An executive who consistently pushes his staff to work extra hours 
may find that the more he pushes people, the less he gets out of them. In this case, more time 
chained to a desk may not necessarily translate to more productivity. Instead, an extra half hour 
for lunch that allows for some exercise or stress-reduction practices may help his staff refresh 
and balance themselves. Moderation at work — more of a yin- yang balance — may serve as a 
hedge against resistance, burnout, and fatigue. 


Integrating Tai Chi into the Workday 

In addition to attending classes and maintaining a home practice, or participating in a wellness 
program at work, several approaches can help you integrate Tai Chi principles into your personal 
workday. What follows are some tips I’ve explored on my own and learned from my students. 

Use Your Travel Time to and from Work to Practice Tai Chi Principles. 

You probably spend a great deal of time traveling to and from work. I have learned to take advantage 
of my quiet time during my 30-minute drive. Sometimes on my way to work, I’ll practice slow, deep- 
breathing exercises. While stopped at a red light, I do simple shoulder, neck, and hand stretches. 
Throughout the drive, I pay attention to my posture, including how I’m holding my arms on the 
steering wheel. I may also do some mental preparation and organize my thoughts. If I come across a 
stressful issue, such as a challenging presentation that I’m anxious about, I try to break down the issue 
into manageable pieces. I visualize doing the presentation with as little stress as possible. On the way 
home, or en route to an evening Tai Chi class, I use similar practices to decompress to leave the day’s 
stress behind me. 

Many of these practices are equally practical if you take public transportation, and perhaps even 
easier — you can close your eyes and go a little deeper into relaxation and meditation. Some of my Tai 
Chi students have purchased CDs or downloaded guided breathing or meditation tapes, or they simply 
relax with soothing music. If you have to stand a lot, for example, waiting for a bus or train, you can 
practice simple Tai Chi Pouring exercises, or do a simple standing meditation. A five- or 10-minute 


session each day on the way to and from work can make a huge difference. It sets the tone for your 
day or evening and can carry over into whatever comes next. 

Set Up Your Work Space 

Whether you work in a cubicle, a big private office, or behind a cash register at the mall, practicing 
Tai Chi principles can help you organize a healthier, energy-efficient environment. 

For sedentary office workers, Tai Chi principles may mitigate what are now epidemic levels of 
occupational hazards — pain in the neck, back, shoulders, and hands — caused by sitting at a desk with 
inefficient posture. If you spend much of the day doing the same motions, you may be susceptible to 
repetitive stress injuries. One of the most common repetitive-stress injuries is carpal tunnel 
syndrome, which is often found among those who type or use the computer mouse for prolonged 
periods. This condition occurs from pressure on the median nerve, which is the nerve in the wrist that 
supplies feeling and movement to parts of the hand. The area in your wrist where the nerve enters the 
hand is called the carpal tunnel. This tunnel is normally narrow, so any swelling can pinch the nerve 
and cause pain, numbness, tingling, or weakness; the result is carpal tunnel syndrome. Other 
repetitive-stress injuries may arise from chopping vegetables, playing a musical instrument, or 
performing any other repetitive task. 

The principles of efficient, supported postural alignment you learned in Tai Chi training translate 
directly into how you sit at your desk. An upright spine, relaxed shoulders, and feet grounded to the 
floor, among other postural principles, allow your neuromuscular and skeletal systems to work most 
efficiently. From the perspective of Chinese medicine, this good posture, combined with regular deep 
breathing, enhances the flow of blood and Qi and minimizes energy blockages that underlie physical 
injury, fatigue, and emotional imbalances. 

These intuitive Tai Chi principles at your desk overlap with the rapidly growing field of 
ergonomics. Ergonomics is the science of designing user interaction with equipment and workplaces 
to fit the user.— Additional ergonomic principles that parallel the goals of Tai Chi include maintaining 
a proper height and distance of your computer screen relative to your eyes to minimize neck or eye 
strain and adapting the height and angle of your keyboard to minimize arm strain. 

Heightened body awareness and sensitivity garnered through Tai Chi training may help you notice 
improper body alignment and strained postures at work. If you already have injuries due to repetitive 
strain on your joints, osteoarthritis, or back pain, Tai Chi may help you manage and minimize 
symptoms and allow you to work more easily. (Chapter 5 describes how Tai Chi helps reduce pain.) 
The ergonomic principles of Tai Chi apply not only to desk jobs but to physical tasks as well. One of 
my teachers, Robert Morningstar, has worked to integrate Tai Chi principles into vocations as diverse 
as those involving as aircraft pilots, assembly-line workers who lift heavy objects, and cashiers at 
supermarkets. 

Occupational health research on Tai Chi is limited. One small study at York University in Toronto, 
Canada, examined the effects of Tai Chi in the workplace among female workers who used computers 
at the university. After taking two 50-minute Tai Chi classes a week for 12 weeks during their lunch 
hour, the 52 women who participated improved not only their fitness but also their psychological 
well-being.— 

In another study, University of Vermont researchers investigated whether a Tai Chi workplace 
wellness program was a cost-effective way to improve physical and mental health, reduce work- 


related stress, and improve work productivity among older nurses (average age 54) who worked in a 
hospital. Six nurses attended Tai Chi classes once a week at the hospital and practiced on their own 
for 10 minutes each day at least four days per week for 15 weeks. Five other nurses (controls) did no 
Tai Chi. During the study, the Tai Chi group took no time off from work, whereas the controls were 
absent for 49 hours. Tai Chi also led to a 3 percent increase in work productivity and a significant 
improvement in the functional reach of the nurses compared with the control group.— 

Move around When You Can 

Although I essentially have a desk job, I have come to realize that I have many opportunities to move 
around at work. For example, during some teleconference calls, I turn on my speakerphone, stand, and 
do some simple stretching and Tai Chi movements that don’t distract me from the call. Also, I know 
that I think better on my feet. If I am in the early stages of writing a journal article or a study grant, 
instead of sitting at my desk and jotting notes on small pieces of paper or a computer, I hang large 
sheets of blank paper on my office wall, or use a room with a white board, to organize my thoughts. I 
write down an outline of some ideas, step back and think about them, and move to different parts of 
room to see them from different perspectives. When I begin to get antsy or anxious, or when I want to 
be more creative, I often do a few Tai Chi-inspired movements and breathing exercises to keep the 
juices and Qi flowing. 

I also like to develop and practice my academic talks while on a treadmill, walking at a modest 
pace with a draft of my PowerPoint slides in front of me. I silently imagine the words or ideas I wish 
to convey with each slide. In addition to squeezing in a little extra exercise into my day, I find that the 
flow of ideas is less inhibited while I am in motion, and I am better able to feel things I want to 
convey, in the spirit I want to convey them 

Mini Tai Chi Exercise Breaks 

You can integrate a number of simple Tai Chi exercises you already have learned throughout your day 
to help avoid physical and emotional stress. 


• Simple one- to three-minute stretches, every hour or two, while sitting at your desk. Some good 
stretches I particularly recommend include Spinal Cord Breathing, Hand Tai Chi, Neck and 
Shoulder Stretches, and Foot and Ankle Stretches. 

• Mini -breathing meditations. Close your eyes at your desk, and practice renewing your body with 
your breath or using tan tien breathing for three to five minutes a few times a day. 

• Walk mindfully to the water cooler or bathroom. Feel your feet on the ground. Notice the parts of 
your body that feel stressed, and gently invite them to begin to relax. Move toward a feeling you 
might recall from a recent good Tai Chi practice. 

• If you have enough room in your workspace, do a few minutes of Tai Chi Swinging and 
Drumming, followed by Washing Yourself with Qi from the Heavens. The Swinging and 
Drumming will get blood and Qi moving, and Washing with Qi will help balance and ground 
you. 

• And, of course, if you can find an appropriate place and have 10 minutes, practice some formal 
Tai Chi moves. 


If you look for them, many opportunities are available to practice Tai Chi principles and 
incorporate them into your workday A short Tai Chi break may help you work harder and better, and 
even make you more creative, which is the topic of the next chapter. 



13 


Enhance Your Creativity with Tai Chi 


T’ai-chi ch’uan is an art in the deepest sense of the word. Aesthetically, it can be compared to a 
composition by Bach or a Shakespearian sonnet. However, t’ai-chi ch’uan is not art directed 
outward to an audience. It is an art-in-action for the doer; the observer, moved by its beauty, can 
only surmise its content. The experience of the form in process of change makes it an art for the 
self. 

— DANCE AND TAI CHI MASTER SOPHIA DELZA, T’ai-chi Ch ’uan: Body and Mind in Harmony 


It’s not surprising that many people who practice Tai Chi are also involved in the creative arts. In 

addition, many creative arts programs draw from the East. Tai Chi is defined by yin and yang coming 
together, which, in effect, is creativity. The creativity that derives from Tai Chi leads to integration of 
complementary things — left brain (logic) and right brain (intuition), form and function, and body and 
mind. 

Indeed, Tai Chi may be a key to unlocking creative consciousness. During Tai Chi practice, you are 
in a state of mind that allows creativity to flow naturally. Many Tai Chi students report improvements 
in mental clarity. If you can reduce tension and nervousness, you may be able to experience deeper 
thoughts and better tap into your creativity. 

This chapter touches upon the principles of Tai Chi as they apply to painting (Qi flows through 
every brushstroke) and writing (posture, focusing skills); playing a musical instrument (breath and 
body shape); acting (honesty and patience); and dance (expression through movement). 


Howto Use the Eight Active Ingredients To Be Creative 

Letting go and letting things happen naturally underlie any form of creativity. Many of the principles 
of Tai Chi can enhance your creativity, including development of focus; staying in the moment; 
concentration of energy; economy of movement; inner stillness; development of a flexible, balanced 
body; unification of mind and body; and appreciation and development of discipline. 

Here are some ways the Eight Active Ingredients can lead to creativity: You need to focus and pay 
attention to your art to be skillful, precise, and express yourself clearly. Be in touch with what you’re 
feeling to engage in the artistic process. Also, listening skills, especially cultivated in interactive Tai 
Chi, come from mindfulness and attention. For example, good actors need to react honestly and 
spontaneously to interact with each other effectively, and jazz musicians need to listen and respond to 
one another to improvise. 

Visualization helps shape your creativity. Most artists use their “inner” vision and imagination 
during the creative process. 

Breath control is part of how instrumentalists and dancers maintain rhythm and balance. For singers 
and wind players, breath is what creates their sound and is essential to all aspects of their artistry. 


Most sedentary artists, such as painters and writers, need to keep their bodies healthy to have the 
physical stamina to sustain long periods of creativity. Dancers can benefit directly from the strength 
and flexibility of Tai Chi training, and the protective and restorative effects it can have on recurrent 
injuries. 

A relaxed posture is important for wielding sculpture tools or paintbrushes, as well as how you sit 
while playing a musical instrument or writing. Relaxed neuromuscular patterns can prevent 
repetitive-stress injuries that afflict piano or trumpet players in their hands, or violin players in their 
necks, or writers who spend a great deal of time sitting at computers and incur various types of 
injuries. 


Tai Chi and the Arts 


Painting and Writing 

“Tai Chi is about getting flow to happen, from inside to outside, side to side, and top to bottom,” 
says Michael, a 53-year-old painter. “This is the same as creativity — you are looking for a state 
of flow. When I’m creative and working, I’m in a flow state, a quiet place where energy flows 
freely.” 

“If I’m making a painting, a part of what I’m looking for in the painting is a dynamic 
movement from left to right, from the center to the periphery, from top to bottom,” continues 
Michael, who often practices Tai Chi before painting. “I want the picture frame to pull the 
viewer into an energetic stream that enlivens him or her. I want the viewer to taste the state of 
consciousness that I have been living while I have been painting. This is a state of dynamic flow, 
which emerges out of stillness and expresses itself.” 

“The real joy in the creative act stems from just being,” he says. “Part of resting into that 
creative state is letting go of all distractions, ideas, and agendas. When creativity emerges, it’s 
an expression of that openness. That is the essence of both creativity and Tai Chi.” 

The life of Grand Master Cheng Man Ching is an excellent illustration of the interconnectedness of 
Tai Chi and the creative arts. Master Cheng was known as a scholar and the Master of Five 
Excellences — Tai Chi, calligraphy, medicine, philosophy, and poetry. However, as Cheng’s 
biographer Mark Hennessy aptly wrote in the book Master of Five Excellences , “he was in essence a 
master of one thing — the unimpeded flow of ch’i.”- This seamless integration of Tai Chi and artistic 
principles, combined with diligent study and practice, led Tam Gibbs, one of Master Cheng’s senior 
students, to describe his calligraphy as “full, unified, even, and solid ... his brush stroke seemed to 
penetrate through the paper ... the ink seemed to maintain its freshness and even the water seemed to 
have body.”- Perhaps, ironically, it was Professor Cheng’s art — his painting and calligraphy — that 
brought him and Tai Chi to the West. 

As in calligraphy, the painter strives for vigorous, rhythmic brush-strokes, flowing lines, and 
spirited projection of his or her thoughts onto the canvas. The positive energy and concentration 
accumulated in Tai Chi training may enable a painter to create with greater ease. 

Similarly, mobilizing and maintaining energy plays a vital part in a writer’s success. The process 
of writing takes tremendous concentration and perseverance. Tai Chi exercises can enhance energy 


while inducing a pleasant state of relaxation and help you develop your ability to let your thoughts 
flow naturally Relaxation means slowing down the mind so that Qi can move smoothly Just as the 
learning process for Tai Chi takes place on various levels — physical, emotional, and cognitive — so 
the writing process flows through physical, emotional, and cognitive phases. Tai Chi movements can 
help you slow down or quiet your mind, relax into the process, and dissolve psychological blockages, 
such as writer’s block. 

A writer often sits for long hours without moving. Simple Qigong or Tai Chi exercises can help 
move Qi after hours of sitting. Energy gained from Tai Chi’s graceful movements not only helps focus 
the mind, but also can energize one’s writing. 


Music 

“Learning Tai Chi was like stepping into very familiar territory,” says Jackie, a 58-year-old 
music teacher who started playing violin at age 10 and has practiced Tai Chi for 17 years. “The 
experience felt so similar to playing music. Movement, rhythm, themes, and even vibrations, all 
come into play in both activities. When you play music, you have to play in tune, balance with 
your fellow players, and know where you are, but without thinking too much about it. Practicing 
Tai Chi teaches you to tune in to the mind-body, the sense of balance, of being in the moment, and 
nowhere else. Doing the Tai Chi form is a lot like playing chamber music!” 

“As your Tai Chi practice deepens, you get more intimate with your mind and body,” 
continues Jackie. “Complex movements become second nature, you learn to trust yourself, hold 
your own, stay open, and ‘go with the flow.’ In turn, this feeds back into your music-making. 
Rather than fixating on the difficulties in your part, for example, you can feel more confident and 
just let go. Accessing the Tai Chi way of being, you are more in the music. Any nervousness or 
performance anxiety tends to diminish and even just drop away!” 

If you like music, you will probably like Tai Chi. You can learn to tune into your body and know what 
that means. When you learn to do Tai Chi well and correct your form, your whole body resonates. You 
can feel your body in tune, opening, and the Qi flowing. This dynamic expression of the moment is 
also what musicians strive to achieve. 

It’s no accident that many Tai Chi masters also study music. The right-brain, nonverbal, sensing 
patterns and the forms of expression are similar in both. Both involve fluidity within structure. The 
more fluid you become, the better you can sense the vibrational qualities. Musicians are tuned in to a 
kinesthetic style of learning, and they are familiar with the complex and dynamic process of learning 
new skills. 

Many similarities exist between music and Tai Chi. Both need a body that is full of energy and yet 
soft. A musician must let go of tension to play well, just as Tai Chi will not flow with tension. Both 
music and Tai Chi require physical, mental, and emotional balance, as well as centeredness and 
focus. A musician strings together motifs and phrases, just as a Tai Chi player links movements in the 
form. Proper posture and body alignment are important for both. 

If a musician’s breath is open, the music flows freely. But, if any resistance to breathing occurs 
because the lungs are not working properly or because of holding in emotions, this resistance can 
subtly affect the quality of the musician’s music. Poor breath control can also affect how a musician 
moves, stands, and interacts with other performers. 

Tai Chi breathing, learned in training, can help you to relax. Doing breathing and other Tai Chi 



exercises is a super way to warm up for a performance. Already, before you begin to play, you are in 
the flow. The experience of having just done Tai Chi makes you more centered, more open to the 
music you are performing, and less distracted by performance jitters. Practicing Tai Chi may well 
increase your ability to play and appreciate music. 

Long practice hours, awkward body positions, heavy instruments, repetitive movements, and the 
stress of performance and competition can take a toll on a musician’s health. Musicians are at high 
risk of developing musculoskeletal disorders, but preventive measures, including Tai Chi, might 
reduce the chance and intensity of an injury. Researchers at the University of California Medical 
Center and the University of California San Francisco School of Nursing recommend that musicians 
take up body posture work, such as the Alexander Technique, yoga, Tai Chi, or Feldenkrais, as well 
as mindfulness stress management. These techniques can help musicians identify their strength and 
flexibility, improve their posture, and learn to be more mindful/aware of how working with their 
particular instrument plays out in their whole body. The researchers also encourage musicians to take 
rest breaks; use ergonomic aids to lift, carry, and support instruments; and incorporate targeted warm- 
up exercises, stretches, and movement practices that improve postural awareness and movement 
efficiency.- 

Some rock musicians have taken to Tai Chi. Lou Reed, the singer and guitarist from The Velvet 
Underground, says he has tamed the “rock and roll animal” by practicing Tai Chi for three hours a 
day. He cowrote and performed backup music for a Chen-style Tai Chi instructional DVD. Robert 
Diggs, better known as RZA, is the leader of the Wu Tan Clan rap group. This Grammy-winning 
music producer, rapper, and actor trained in Rung Fu and Tai Chi for several years. 

Acting 

“In Tai Chi, you learn to stay balanced, find your center, and be in the moment,” says John, a 47- 
year-old actor. “As an actor, you have to feel your body, your own weight, find where you are 
feeling tension, and let it go. Then you look up at the other actors, and something starts to 
happen. Being present in your own body and being aware of someone else stems from stripping 
off the exterior to allow you to be in the moment. That’s the most important thing in acting — to be 
human, in the moment.” 

“Tai Chi is not just a physical practice,” continues John, who has practiced Tai Chi on and off 
for more than 25 years. “You become aware of your body and send energy to parts of the body. 
This leads to a heightened state of insights and a deep spiritual sense. Tai Chi is about getting rid 
of external hardness and developing inner softness, to approach life with an open, genuine heart, 
and therefore experience the world in a more open way. If you can do that, then art expression 
comes from a genuine place inside.” 

Actors need to be present, open, and in the moment to perform at their best. Even when acting from a 
script, they seek to go from moment to unanticipated moment. As they express their character’s 
emotions in the moment, they also have to move and fit in nonverbal communication as well. 

Tai Chi is an excellent form of movement and mental training for actors. Regular Tai Chi practice 
helps to improve body centering, coordination, accuracy, and fluency of movements; arouses bodily 
awareness; and develops physical and mental endurance. In addition, Tai Chi teaches how to interact 
with people. So much of what Tai Chi is about, particularly in Push Hands, is becoming sensitized to 
other people’s energy. Students learn to recognize and manage their own feelings and become more 


sensitive to other people’s feelings as well. This sensitivity is essential for an actor to be able to 
“feel” and respond to the other actors at hand. 

Famous actors have also taken up Tai Chi as a relaxing, yet highly structured, Chinese martial art. 
Jet Li, the Chinese martial artist-turned-movie star, is starting a Tai Chi school that he hopes will 
break the stereotypes of Tai Chi as an art practiced only by old people in parks. The late David 
Carradine popularized Taoist thinking when he was the star of the television series Kung Fu, and 
later made several Tai Chi instruction videos. Movie star Mel Gibson reportedly is well versed in 
both Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and Tai Chi. Another Tai Chi practitioner is Adrian Paul, an actor best known 
for his role on the television series Highlander: The Series. 

Dance 

The practice of Tai Chi has much to teach any student of dance. There are obvious things — 
balance, centeredness, and continuity of motion. The slowness of the motion of Tai Chi, moving 
as if under water, heightens the body’s consciousness of space. The air around the body takes on 
a viscous quality. Space, the dancer’s medium, becomes real and substantial. 

— TEM HOROWITZ AND SUSAN KIMMELMAN, Tai Chi Ch uan 


To become really effective at Tai Chi or any martial art requires hard work, discipline, 
intelligence, and perseverance. Even practicing a Tai Chi short form promotes regular rhythms in 
a dancer’s body and mind. This makes it easier to keep up other rhythms related to dance. 

—BRUCE FRANTZIS IN Tai Chi for Health 

The connection between dance and Tai Chi in America goes back to before Professor Cheng’s arrival 
when Sophia Delza taught and wrote about Tai Chi. Delza had lived in Shanghai in the late 1940s and 
early 1950s when her husband worked for the United Nations. She was fascinated by the Tai Chi she 
saw practiced in the parks, but was unable to find anyone willing to teach a Westerner. A back injury 
during a Chinese dance class led to referral to a Chinese master who agreed to allow her to become 
his student. When she returned to New York City, she continued to seek out teachers in Chinatown. 
She wrote magazine articles and books and made television appearances promoting Tai Chi. Delza, 
who became the head of the dance program at Hunter College in New York, taught Tai Chi, sword and 
knife forms, and Qigong, informing her teaching with her own training as a dancer. 

Modern dance and ballet are based on similar principles of body alignment as Tai Chi. The joints 
are relaxed and the body “hangs” from the crown of the head as if suspended from above. The arms 
rarely move in isolation from the rest of the body. All movement begins in the center as the waist 
swings with no strain. As in Tai Chi, a dancer integrates the torso with legs. Both dancers and Tai Chi 
practitioners cultivate the skill of balancing on one leg. The “empty” leg is freed to extend and rotate 
at the hip. 

The Tai Chi 70-percent principle is also very helpful for dancers, who tend to suffer injuries 
through overexertion and overstretching. In working to stretch their muscles even further, they may go 
beyond their body’s natural ability to compensate. Tai Chi can help soften muscles and connective 
tissues so they can stretch further without using as much force. Tai Chi also offers some rest and 
protection against injury for the hard-working dancer. Therefore, the healing, stress-relieving, and 
meditative qualities of Tai Chi maybe especially appealing to dancers. 



Tai Chi may help improve a dancer’s performance. Tai Chi relaxes and opens the joints and 
ligaments, allowing movements that are more fluid. It strongly develops whole-body coordination 
through the integration of the upper and lower body. Tai Chi increases leg strength, reflexes, and 
lightness, all valuable for dancers. 

Whether you express artistically or not, cultivating a regular Tai Chi practice, which you learn how 
to do in the following chapter, is beneficial. 



14 


Lifelong Learning with Tai Chi 


“I was in a musical group 20 years ago, and the leader introduced us to some Tai Chi exercises,” 
says Pam, a 55-year-old real estate agent. “I thought I’d like to study Tai Chi, so I found a 
teacher through a friend and studied for a few years with the teacher until he moved to another 
studio and I lost track of him.” 

Over the next 10 years, Pam sporadically studied with Tai Chi teachers at adult education 
courses; then she was invited to participate in a Harvard Tai Chi study about bone health. “Being 
in the study, Tai Chi became a habit. After the study ended, I tried out several classes in a few 
local Tai Chi schools,” says Pam, who takes classes three or four days a week and practices at 
home whenever she can. “I read about each school on the Internet, the school’s approach, and 
what style it teaches, and found one that felt comfortable and very welcoming to a new person.” 


The two factors needed to learn Tai Chi, according to Professor Cheng Man Ching, are perseverance 
and right teaching. To progress in your Tai Chi training, you need to practice. Even with the right 
teachers, you are responsible for what you get out of Tai Chi. I often jokingly say to my students, 
“When you sign up for a Tai Class, it’s good for my health (meaning financial health). But, for it to be 
good for your health, you have to practice and mine the benefits.” As a teacher, I respect every person 
who comes to class. Those who are more committed and appreciative of the art are the easiest to 
teach. With the right teachers, you can go far with Tai Chi. 

Now that you have familiarized yourself with the active ingredients and basic principles of Tai 
Chi, this chapter will help you develop a formal Tai Chi practice that is sustainable and matches your 
goals. For those of you who want to add to the practices introduced in this book, you will also learn 
how to find a good Tai Chi program to maintain and further your practice. 


Develop a Tai Chi Practice 

“When I first started taking Tai Chi classes, I didn’t remember right away what I had learned. 
But within a few weeks, I had a nice rhythm going,” says Linda, a 53-year-old saleswoman. “I 
could do little segments on my own — the opening of the form, ward off right and left, and Grasp 
Sparrow’s Tail.” 

“I found the best time for me to practice at home was first thing in the morning before 
breakfast,” says Linda, who also takes Tai Chi classes several days a week. “I shoot for 30 
minutes at a time. It’s fun to put on some soft music, or try it outside with my shoes off, either on 
the beach or in the yard. When I practice in nature, things drop away, the air flows through my 
lungs, and I feel the air on my skin. Without the familiar references from my classes, I may have 
to work a little harder, but to do Tai Chi and see a beautiful view can be quite inspiring.” 

“Tai Chi has become part of my life,” Linda says. “I read about, think about, bring in the 


elements of Tai Chi into my day. I use Tai Chi breathing to relax at work, and do exercises to 
align my body while I’m at my desk. I do simple Tai Chi Pouring all the time. I never have to just 
stand in line again!” 

Some basic rules apply in developing a Tai Chi practice. You need to find your own optimal 
frequency and duration to practice, the best times of day, and the most convenient places to do Tai 
Chi, whether in a class, at home, or in a local park. 

Here’s what I share with my Tai Chi students: 


• Some practice is better than no practice. Like any learning process, the more you put into it, the 
more you get out of it. The regimen you choose depends on what your goals are. One of my 
teachers, Arthur Goodridge, said that learning Tai Chi is like learning to play the piano. To learn 
enough to play a few songs for your friends requires different training than to become a concert 
pianist. If you are drawn to Tai Chi as a way to maintain wellness and manage the minor stresses 
of life, then practicing for 30 minutes a day for a few days a week, in addition to other exercise 
regimens, will likely lead to substantial benefits. If you are working through a serious illness, or 
are highly deconditioned and want to make major health changes, and/ or if you wish to mine the 
deeper martial and spiritual dimensions of Tai Chi, then you will need a more rigorous practice 
regimen. 

• Pace yourself. Like most exercises, it’s better to do a little Tai Chi frequently than to do a lot all 
at once and nothing in between. Part of the 70-percent rule is that your body needs time to absorb 
and adapt to the changes set in motion by your Tai Chi practice. A young tree requires a certain 
amount of water to thrive, but the timing of the water is just as important. Intermittent rain that 
seeps through the soil allows the young tree to grow better than one rain shower burst. 

• Be patient with your progress. Change happens slowly with Tai Chi. At certain stages, your 
learning curve may become relatively flat, and you many even feel as if you are going backward. 
Then one day, you notice a change and you can perform a certain movement more efficiently or 
smoothly. Or, maybe it’s a simple real-life change, such as being able to pull your pants up while 
standing on one leg instead of sitting down. Look for ways to mark your progress. Many of my 
students get frustrated, despite my words encouraging patience. They ask, “Is there something 
else I can use? A book, a DVD, a pill?” With Tai Chi, you must learn to learn slowly, 
organically, and develop patience. 

• Don ’t compare yourself to others. People learn in different ways and at different rates. You may 
extract different elements from Tai Chi than someone else does. Some people are good at 
learning the choreography of a Tai Chi form, but their minds race a mile a minute. Others can 
physically embody some of the mind-body principles, but find it a challenge to coordinate the 
movements. 

• Don ’t be too overly self-critical. I often have to remind my students (and myself) to be gentle 
regarding their progress or the quality of practice in any given class. Sometimes I suggest they 
turn off their “internal scoreboards.” You want to be aware of the inefficiencies and inaccuracies 
in your techniques and do your best to rectify them. But, most of the time, you also want to 
simply enjoy what is going well, the basic feeling of even a little flow or getting a movement 
sort of right. You even feel good for simply showing up. Negative self-chatter scatters your Qi 
and worsens your practice. Being kind and gentle with yourself is better for your Qi and for 



relaxation, and makes it more likely you will improve. 

• Make Tai Chi part of your regular routine. A structured routine will help you prioritize your 
practice. It’s like putting “Go to the gym” on your calendar. Pick a regular place and time to 
practice Tai Chi so that it becomes a kind of ritual. For some people, the act of taking off their 
shoes or putting on Tai Chi slippers gets them into the right frame of mind to practice. Find 
something that anchors you and helps you recall previous good experiences as you prepare to 
practice. Choosing a common place and time, working out with a friend, wearing comfortable 
clothes, and turning off your cell phone can all add a sense of ritual and purpose to your 
practice. 

• Keep a notebook or sketchbook. As you learn new movements, take notes. Translate the 
movements into your own words, or draw sketches. The process of filtering an intangible 
experience through your own words or pictures helps to incorporate it into your body. This tool 
is a particularly good one early on in your practice, instead of just relying on your memory. Later 
in your training, this is good for reflecting on richer, more subtle principles. Many of the books 
written by today’s Tai Chi masters draw on journals they kept and impart “aha” moments and 
pearls of wisdom they heard in their weekly classes. 

• Find ways to integrate Tai Chi throughout the day. The simple protocol in this book allows you 
to focus on the key active ingredients of Tai Chi, not on the choreography of a long Tai Chi form. 
Find places to apply these active ingredients in your daily life. As you wait on line at the 
supermarket or bank, pour your weight back and forth, feel your feet on the ground, and be aware 
of how you are breathing. Without looking weird, you are practicing Tai Chi and doing some 
moving meditation. While watching TV, do mindful stretches for your feet, ankles, and shoulders. 
At work, take a two-minute break every hour to do some deep breathing. If you need to, set a 
timer or download a software program to your computer or smart phone to remind you to take a 
breathing break. Just as a computer has a screen saver to protect against certain pixels becoming 
overused, you can establish an internal “screen saver” so you don’t fry too many brain cells. 

• Join a Tai Chi program. Find a place to practice Tai Chi with others. Doing so will add social 
support to your structured practice. It’s very important to find the right teacher to help you to 
continue to grow into your practice. 

How to Find a Tai Chi Program 

“I learned a few Tai Chi movements from a woman who was taking care of my grandmother 
when I was a teenager. Twenty- five years later, when my son Brandon was starting first grade, I 
asked one of the class fathers who was into martial arts about Tai Chi, and he suggested a school 
right in the neighborhood,” says Sunny, a 50-year-old artist. “I learned the Yang style short form 
over the next several years at that school. When I joined my local Y, I found there were free Tai 
Chi classes, so I started going there, too. And that’s where I ran into the same dad, who told me 
he was now teaching Tai Chi. I started going to his classes as well, and learned how to do Push 
Hands and a sword form,” says Sunny, who now does Tai Chi for about one hour almost every 
day. 


Just as it is when you shop for a doctor, a home, or a car, it’s worth doing some research to find a Tai 
Chi teacher. Several factors come into play. Check out several Tai Chi classes, and talk to the 
teachers and students to get a feel for the class and to gather more information. Look at your resources 



in terms of time and money, and consider practical constraints, such as travel distance to a class. If 
the Tai Chi studio is on the other side of town, the class is held during rush hour, and it’s hard to park 
there, this choice may not be the ideal place to learn Tai Chi. 

The first place to look for a Tai Chi teacher or program is on the Internet. The Tai Chi school’s 
website will give you some clues about the type of training, how long the teacher has trained, and 
with whom. Be aware that on the Internet, teachers can portray themselves in whatever way they 
want. The best way to check out the teacher is to attend a class, where you can see the teacher’s style 
and demeanor, and interact with and receive feedback from other students. Feel the vibe of the class. 
Finding a teacher is done more by feel than as an exact science. 

Here’s what to look for when you search for a Tai Chi teacher or Tai Chi program: 


• An experienced teacher. All things being equal, someone with more experience is likely to teach 
you more effectively. An experienced Tai Chi teacher should be intimately familiar with and 
embody the Tai Chi exercises he or she teaches and be able to guide you into the deeper 
experience of Tai Chi. The teacher may also have training in related internal arts, like Qigong, 
and have training in traditional Chinese medicine, or even biomedical training (for example, 
physical therapy). This range of knowledge is important, especially if you have health issues. 
Also, consider the opportunity for long-term growth of your Tai Chi practice. If the teacher or 
program offers multiple Tai Chi forms (including weapons forms like a sword form) and 
interactive training like Push Hands, this both reflects a rich diversity in the teacher’s Tai Chi 
training and opportunities for you to learn a diversity of techniques. Lineage is emphasized by 
many teachers, and many had the opportunity to study directly with renowned masters. But, keep 
in mind that there are no formal criteria to earn the title of master, and anyone can say he or she 
is a Tai Chi master, so this can be tricky. You have to feel out the teacher. Most schools will 
allow you to take a trial class. This will give you the best opportunity to experience the program 
firsthand. Afterward, talk to students in the class about their experience with the teacher. 

• Good teachers tend to have long-term students. If students have made a commitment to stay 
with a teacher, this commitment reflects well upon the teacher. Visit a class, and ask other 
students how long they have been studying with that teacher. If the students are open and friendly, 
ask them about the teacher’s strengths and weaknesses to get a sense of how the teacher runs the 
class. The students should be happy and appear in good spirits. A good program will have an 
obvious sense of community, with lots of social interaction before and after classes. 

• A teacher with good teaching skills and good people skills. Some of the best Tai Chi 
practitioners do not make the best teachers. A teacher needs to have good communication skills, 
not only to teach you the outer movements but, more importantly, to guide you so that you can 
experience the meditative and energetic internal qualities of Tai Chi. For some teachers, good 
communication might include clear verbal articulation and a meditative voice. Other teachers 
communicate very effectively by illustrating movements, embodying principles, and making 
physical and energetic adjustments to your postures. Just as importantly, the teacher needs to be 
able to convey this information in a style that makes it easy for you to understand. Since you will 
probably have a long, intimate relationship with your teacher, find one who matches your 
learning style, whether it’s someone who is verbal or nonverbal, articulate or quiet. If you have 
unique medical issues or limitations, you need to feel safe when you take a Tai Chi class. Make 
sure the teacher knows your needs, has experience with your condition, and is willing to 



accommodate. 

• A comfortable environment in a practical location. You should feel comfortable in the class’s 
environment. If a clean, lighted space is important to you, then don’t pick a class in a grungy, 
dark space. If you find a class that is inconvenient to your schedule, it can derail your practice. 
You don’t want the class to turn you off from doing Tai Chi. If you have a health issue and the 
class requires you to climb four flights of stairs, this probably is not the best location to take a 
class. 

• Look for the right size class. Some people like small classes, while others prefer large classes. 
Large classes may reflect the teacher’s popularity, but you may not get a lot of one-on-one 
attention. Some large classes break out into smaller groups to afford more personal, hands-on 
instruction with each student. In a small class, you will likely get special attention, but if you are 
self-conscious, you may stand out like a sore thumb. Visit a number of Tai Chi schools to get a 
sense of what size class you prefer. 

• Trust your instincts. If you find a teacher, but it doesn’t feel right, respect your instincts. The 
richer aspects of Tai Chi require lengthy training to achieve, so you may have to stick with a 
teacher for a while to reach these levels. If you trust the teacher, expect to be challenged and 
maybe even pushed to your best level of achievement. 

• Consider the costs. If cost is an issue, find an affordable class. Most Tai Chi classes are not too 
expensive, and many health clubs, gyms, and YMCAs offer free group classes. 

• Understand your goals. Are you practicing Tai Chi to improve your health, add to your martial 
arts skills, or explore your spirituality? Assess the teacher’s skills according to your intentions. 
If you are taking the class to rehabilitate a significant health issue, you want a teacher who not 
only is proficient in Tai Chi but also understands some aspects of biomedicine, as well as body 
mechanics and skeletal alignment and structure. Many Tai Chi teachers have direct training in 
rehabilitation medicine, sports medicine, or acupuncture and can adapt their teaching to someone 
with special needs. If you are attracted to Tai Chi for the martial arts aspect, find a teacher with 
martial arts skills as part of his or her pedigree. If the spiritual tradition of Tai Chi is important 
to you, make sure the teacher has sound character, embodies listening skills, and has a sense of 
warmth and empathy. 

• Pick a style. Tai Chi comes in many different styles. While systematic differences occur among 
these styles in the stances and training, the principles of Tai Chi are the same throughout all 
styles. No hard-and-fast rule dictates which style you should try first. After you have learned one 
style well, you can expand and learn another one. If you spend enough time learning one style, 
you may appreciate the differences of another style. 


Your progress in Tai Chi will depend on your ongoing commitment and perseverance. Like any 
exercise or self-improvement activity, sustaining your practice and keeping it fresh and engaging can 
be a challenge. The exercises and ideas developed in this book and the tips outlined above will help 
you develop your Tai Chi practice. Joining an ongoing class or Tai Chi program led by an 
experienced teacher will provide you with inperson instruction, the ability to learn new material, and 
the social support of a Tai Chi community. Now that you have learned and practiced the general Tai 
Chi exercises and principles in this book, you will be prepared to move further along in your learning 
about Tai Chi and become a more discerning shopper as you seek out a Tai Chi program that matches 
your interest and learning style. 



Afterword 


Tai Chi and Twenty-First-Century Medicine 


The doctor of the future will give no medicine but will interest his patients in the care of the 
human frame, in diet and in the cause and prevention of disease. 

—THOMAS EDISON 

The US health-care system is in serious trouble. Americans spend significantly more per capita on 
health care than do the citizens of any other nation in the world, and medical costs continue to spiral 
out of control. A 2009 study by Harvard Medical School faculty found that more than 60 percent of 
personal bankruptcies are due to medical costs, and in the majority of these cases, those claiming 
bankruptcy were medically insured.- 

What’s even more disturbing is that these massive expenditures for health do not translate into 
making US citizens the healthiest people in the world. Using virtually every measure of health-care 
outcome, including longevity, infant mortality, fitness, and chronic disease rates, the United States 
appears at or near the bottom compared to other developed countries. The World Health Organization 
recently rated America thirty- seventh in health outcomes, on a par with Serbia. In addition, for the 
first time in history, Americans are witnessing a decline in life expectancy. We are paying more and 
more for health care and have less and less to show for it. Something needs to change in twenty- first- 
century medicine to avert this continuing crisis. 

The Chinese word for crisis {weijr, fat/l) is sometimes interpreted as being composed of two 
characters, one representing “danger” and the other “opportunity.” More generally, according to the 
yin- yang principle, when a system becomes imbalanced and unstable, it affords an opportunity for 
transformation or change. Our current health-care system is at such a juncture, and one of the solutions 
is a greater emphasis on self-care and prevention. 


Health Care vs. 66 Sick” Care 

In a provocative article by Susan Blumenthal, MD, former Assistant Surgeon General of the United 
States, who is a widely respected health-care leader, she stated, “Today’s health-care reform efforts 
must reestablish public health and prevention as priorities — transforming our country from a ‘sick’- 
care system to a health-care system”- Dr. Blumenthal highlights the major causes of death and 
disability in America today, including chronic diseases such as heart disease, cancer, stroke, 
diabetes, and lung disease. These diseases affect the lives of 40 percent of Americans and contribute 
to our high and still rising health-care costs. 

Sadly, the prevalence, onset, and severity of all of these and many other conditions can be 
improved upon by lifestyle changes, including physical activity, weight control, smoking cessation, 
and healthy diets. Most striking is that chronic conditions contribute to 75 percent of health-care costs 
in the United States, yet only 2-3 percent of the US government’s health-care budget is invested in 
prevention — a percentage that has not changed since 1934. Importantly, Dr. Blumenthal went on to 
write that a re-energized focus on prevention cannot be the purview of physicians alone. I couldn’t 


agree more. Each of us has a personal responsibility for lifestyle choices, and all sectors of society, 
including families, schools, businesses, health-care providers, foundations, media, and the 
government, will have to play a role. 


Greater Emphasis on Self-Care and Prevention 

A great deal of health-care reform discussion has been focused on how to make our current system 
more efficient, but we haven’t devoted enough time and effort to the fundamentals of self-care and 
prevention. 

Medical professionals commonly classify levels of care according to primary, secondary, and 
tertiary care. At the bottom of this pyramid of care is primary care. Primary care typically represents 
your first level of contact with the health-care system. For example, you may seek treatment for new 
symptoms, such as the flu or a strained muscle, or go for your annual physical. Your primary care 
provider may be a doctor, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant. The next step up the pyramid is 
secondary care, which refers to referrals by your primary care provider to receive treatment from a 
medical specialist. For example, your primary care provider might refer you to a cardiologist for a 
heart condition or an endocrinologist for a hormone-related disease like diabetes. The top tier of the 
pyramid is tertiary care. This level refers to highly specialized care, often based in academic medical 
centers. For example, you may need a complicated procedure such as knee replacement surgery that 
requires a team of highly specialized medical personnel. 

Two additional tiers should be included in the health-care pyramid — self-care and prevention — 
suggests my colleague Donald Fevy, MD, Director of Osher Clinical Center for Complementary and 
Integrative Medical Therapies at Brigham and Women’s Hospital. In both his academic lectures and 
clinical consultations, Dr. Fevy emphasizes the fundamental importance of physical exercise, stress 
reduction, psychosocial support, healthy eating habits, weight management, and a good night’s sleep. 
He gives this advice to patients who already have chronic illnesses, such as cardiovascular disease 
or back pain, as well those seeking his advice on how to prevent chronic conditions so they can live 
long, healthy, medically uncomplicated lives. Dr. Fevy, along with a growing number of practitioners 
of integrative medicine, believes that by involving patients in their own self-care, they are more 
likely not only to improve their health, but also to learn more about how their bodies work to maintain 
health. The result is that they feel more empowered, become better patients, and advocate for 
themselves as they navigate through the health-care system. 

One of the more versatile self-care tools in Dr. Fevy’s toolbox for lifestyle change is Tai Chi. 
Typically, patients looking to manage their blood pressure without medications, ease and rehabilitate 
chronic back pain, or manage chronic depression or anxiety leave with a “prescription” to learn Tai 
Chi as part of an integrated health-care strategy. Because Dr. Fevy practices in an evidence-based 
manner, patients who are “prescribed” Tai Chi often leave with a research article that supports the 
application of Tai Chi for their specific medical condition. I, too, often share research articles about 
Tai Chi to those referred to me with specific medical issues. Providing this evidence engenders 
patient buy-in, and better follow-though and long-term compliance. 


Integrating Tai Chi and Related Mind-Body Practices Across the Entire 



Human Life Span 

Up until now, the majority of Tai Chi research has targeted the potential health benefits for relatively 
older adults, as well as for those managing or rehabilitating a variety of illnesses. However, in order 
for Tai Chi and related practices to influence our current health-care crisis significantly, we need to 
include people of all ages. This broader view will help us greatly expand the potential for impact on 
a much wider population and therefore reduce health-care costs. To prevent chronic diseases and 
enhance healthy lifestyles effectively, I believe that Tai Chi and related mind-body practices should 
begin in childhood. My research is moving in this direction — that is, to study how the integration of 
mind-body practices can meaningfully affect all age groups, including children. Tai Chi can help kids 
lay down lifelong skills early on when led by their schoolteachers and parents. 

As I look to the future, I see seeds of this approach already sprouting up across the United States 
and the world. 

Integration of Tai Chi and Mind-Body Exercise for Grade-School Kids 

Physical education increasingly is being short-changed in schools for budgetary and curriculum-based 
reasons. The short-sightedness of cutting out gym class is an example of the limited appreciation of 
the mind-body connection. Lack of exercise during school likely contributes to the current childhood 
obesity epidemic and likely hurts the academic performance of kids.- Multiple studies show that 
exercise is essential for an adolescent’s mind-body health and sets a trajectory for lifelong healthy 
behaviors. 

It turns out that children are remarkably receptive and responsive to mind-body exercises like Tai 
Chi. About 15 years ago, I had the opportunity to teach Tai Chi to fourth graders in the Cambridge, 
Massachusetts, public school system. I was initially brought in to teach Tai Chi to help kids manage 
their anxieties and focus better on new standardized tests. I developed a playful curriculum that 
focused on simple Tai Chi-inspired animal movements, body awareness, and breathing exercises. 
And, contrary to my initial expectations, the kids were very open not only to the movements of Tai 
Chi, but also to the meditation, imagery, and the experience of energy. 

Since then, while raising my son, I have felt a greater appreciation for teaching the active 
ingredients of Tai Chi to children. In addition to encouraging my son to learn martial arts and be 
athletically active, my wife and I have combined bedtime stories with breathing exercises, 
visualizations, body awareness, and relaxation techniques. Watching my son grow up with these 
resources has reinvigorated my interest in making Tai Chi and related mind-body practices an integral 
part of grade-school education. Learning how to stand and move with ease and confidence, breathe 
deeply, and be able to sense and manage emotions should be just as an important part of school as the 
classic Three Rs. All of my adult students agree that they wish they had been taught some of the active 
ingredients of Tai Chi when they were children. 

My vision is that Tai Chi and related mind-body exercises will become deeply integrated into the 
grade-school curriculum, and not only in physical education classes or during recess. Mind-body 
practices can become part of modules related to learning about human biology — how we breathe, 
how muscles and bones relate to each other, and how flexibility and balance, as well as focus, impact 
sports performance. They can be woven into science curricula that test hypotheses about the impact of 
health-promoting activities on human physiology. As kids learn about Asian culture in social studies 


classes, they can learn about different ways of viewing the body for a healthy, balanced lifestyle. 

Several Tai Chi programs for kids currently are available, and many have been successfully 
implemented in public schools. Little research evidence is available, but anecdotal observations 
suggest regular Tai Chi practice leads kids to better focus and behavior.- Some studies suggest Tai 
Chi helps children with special needs, including those with ADHD, deal with anxiety and moods.- In 
addition, a growing body of research on Qigong, yoga and other mind-body practices, including a 
review our group conducted, adds further support for Tai Chi-like exercise in the classroom. - 

Tai Chi Is a Nice Alternative to High School Gym Class 

A handful of high schools in the Greater Boston area already give students the option of taking a Tai 
Chi or yoga class instead of participating in standard gym classes. I think it would be great if this 
option became more widely available. 

A small study conducted by my colleague Robert Wall combined Tai Chi with mindfulness-based 
stress reduction. He found that these high school students felt calmer, more relaxed, had improved 
sleep, were less reactive, and took better care of themselves. - 

Similarly, a randomized control trial of yoga versus physical education by fellow researchers at 
Harvard Medical School showed that high school students who practiced yoga had a better mood 
overall and felt less anxiety, while the typical gym class group showed a worsening of these 
symptoms over the course of the 10-week study. - 

Tai Chi Goes to College and Medical School 

College is often a stressful time. It may be the first time a student has been on his or her own. The 
study workload may be heavy. Then there’s the lack of sleep and temptations to drink and do drugs. 
Tai Chi maybe a helpful stress-reduction antidote. 

In fact, Tai Chi is becoming increasingly popular in colleges across the country. Many college 
physical education departments now include Tai Chi, yoga, or meditation alternatives. In China, Tai 
Chi has found its way into the curriculum of nearly all universities. Researchers have begun to show 
the benefits of Tai Chi for college students. A growing number of studies have reported that college 
students who do Tai Chi for a few months have improved sleep quality and mood, and feel less 
stress. - 

In the United States, Tai Chi is also beginning to make its way into medical schools and nursing 
schools as part of the trend toward more mind-body training. Andrew Weil, MD, Clinical Professor 
of Medicine and Director and Founder, Arizona Center for Integrative Medicine in Tucson, Arizona, 
introduces all of his internal medicine fellows to Tai Chi and related practices. Some 80 percent of 
Georgetown University School of Medicine students undergo 11 weeks of mind-body training during 
their first academic semester, showing marked changes in their reported levels of stress.— I expose 
all the fellows in the Harvard Medical School Research Training Program in Complementary and 
Integrative Medicine to Tai Chi and Qigong, and teach these practices to more than 200 health 
professionals each year who participate in Dr. Herbert Benson’s continuing medical education 
program in mind-body medicine at Harvard Medical School. 

Integration of Tai Chi into medical professional training is especially valuable. A high level of 
burnout occurs among medical and nursing students because of their rigorous course load and lack of 


sleep.— The stress-reduction skills they learn through Tai Chi and other mind-body exercises will 
carry over into their practices to make them better health professionals. A new generation of doctors 
and nurses will have the knowledge of how and when to prescribe mind-body therapies to improve 
the health of their patients. Those who practice these skills also become better advisors to their 
patients. Good evidence suggests that patients are more likely to follow those who lead by example. 
That is, a slim, trim doctor gets better buy-in when asking an overweight patient to lose weight than 
an overweight doctor does. A healthy-looking doctor who presents in a grounded, centered manner is 
likely to have better success “prescribing” Tai Chi, yoga, or meditation to patients.— 


Tai Chi — The Eastern Ambassador to Self-Care and Prevention 

Tai Chi is helping to transform Western health care toward integrative medicine. Claims of Tai Chi’s 
health benefits are increasingly evidence-based, with more than 700 peer-reviewed, scientific 
publications in print and more than 180 randomized trials conducted, to date. You might say Tai Chi 
plays an ambassadorial role, helping to integrate Eastern and Western approaches to optimize health. 

Tai Chi not only serves as a catalyst and example of integrative medicine but also holds a unique 
niche. Tai Chi has something to offer you whether you are young or old, hoping to prevent disease or 
rehabilitating from one, trying to manage everyday stress more gracefully, or interested in self- 
discovery, enhancing creativity, or improving sports performance. Because of this versatility, Tai Chi 
has the potential to impact Western health care and help keep you and the rest of society physically 
and psychologically healthy. 

While we all know that lifestyle changes, such as exercise and stress reduction, can help lengthen 
your life, it’s hard to change your behavior. An important part of the future work of Tai Chi 
researchers and the developers of Tai Chi programs for people of all ages will be to analyze what 
motivates people to change their lives for the better. Tai Chi may offer a different enough approach to 
exercise and self-care to inspire people to sustain healthy lifestyle changes. 

One reason for this is that Tai Chi cultivates self-responsibility and selfempowerment. When you 
do Tai Chi, you feel healthier, partly because you are participating in your own health care. You are 
also more likely to become physically active and engage in other forms of exercise. Self-discovery is 
an appealing, lifelong learning skill. Tai Chi can be a lot more fun and meaningful than walking on a 
treadmill day after day, so you are more likely to stick with it. 

But our Western culture may need to find new ways of teaching and marketing Tai Chi for even 
greater buy-in and longer-term adherence. The emphasis on scientific evidence and more knowledge 
about how the body works, paired with Eastern wisdom, may make Tai Chi even more attractive to 
new or potential Tai Chi students, as well as to referring health-care professionals. We also need 
more teachers who can build the bridge between East and West. 

My hope is that this book contributes to this bridging concept and inspires you to take up Tai Chi 
and learn more about it, and perhaps become a teacher yourself. One of my greatest experiences as a 
Tai Chi teacher and researcher was learning that participants of our clinical trials — who originally 
volunteered to be in our study for health reasons — have continued their training and became Tai Chi 
teachers themselves. Perhaps you will be among the next generation of Tai Chi teachers who work 
with school kids, in a corporate wellness center, with doctors, or in a senior center, and contribute to 
the integration of Tai Chi into twenty- first-century health care. 


Notes 


Introduction 

1. Ted Kaptchuk, The Web That Has No Weaver: Understanding Chinese Medicine (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2000). 

2. A. C. Ahn et aL, “The Limits of Reductionism in Medicine: Could Systems Biology Offer an Alternative?” Public Library of 
Science Medicine 3, no. 6 (2006): e208. 

3. Ibid. 

Chapter 1 

1. There are two systems for translating Chinese characters into phonetic words. One is the Wade-Giles system developed by academic 
thinkers in the Western tradition. A second, more widely used system today is Pinyin. Throughout this book, we will largely follow the 
Pinyin system, for example, writing Qigong (vs. Chi Kung) and Beijing (vs. Peking). However, because the term is already so widely 
accepted in the West, we will continue to use the Wade-Giles term “Tai Chi” vs. the Pinyin “taiji.” 

2. Douglas Wile, T’ai Chi s Ancestors: The Making of an Internal Art (Brooklyn: Sweet Chi Press, 1999). 

3. Readers interested in more scholarly discussions of Tai Chi’s history should see Douglas Wile, Lost T’ai-chi Classics from the Late 
Ch ’ing Dynasty (Albany: SUNY Press, 1996); Douglas Wile, Tai Chi Touchstones: Yang Family Secret Transmissions, Sweet Chi 
Press: Brooklyn, 2010; Douglas Wile, T’ai Chi’s Ancestors: The Making of an Internal Art (Brooklyn: Sweet Chi Press: Brooklyn, 
1999); Barbara Davis, The Taijiquan Classics, An Annotated Translation (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 2004); and Benjamin 
Lo, Martin Inn, Susan Foe, and Robert Amacker, The Essence of T’ai Chi Ch’uan: The Literary Tradition (Berkeley: North 
Atlantic Books, 1993). 

4. For more on the history of Shaolin, and more generally, the history of Chinese martial arts, see Meir Shahar, The Shaolin Monastery: 
History, Religion, and the Chinese Martial Arts (Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2008); David Chow and Richard Spangler, 
Kung Fu: History, Philosophy, and Techniques (Dallas: Unique Publications, 1989); Donn Draeger and Robert Smith, 
Comprehensive Asian Fighting Arts (Bushido — The Way of the Warrior), (New York: Kodansha USA, 1981); and Robert Smith, 
Chinese Boxing Masters arid Methods (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1993). 

5. For a more scholarly historic account on Chang San-feng, see Anna Seidel, “A Taoist Immortal of the Ming Dynasty: Chang San- 
feng,” in William DeBary, Self arid Society in Ming Thought (New York: Columbia University Press, 1970), 483-531. 

6. In reality, the classification of martial arts as internal vs. external represents a gradient. An excellent discussion of this topic can be 
found in: Barbara Davis, The Taijiquan Classics: An Annotated Translation (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 2004). Also see 
Stanley Henning, “C hin ese Boxing: The Internal vs. External Schools in Light of History and Theory,” Journal of Asian Martial Arts 
6, no. 3 (1997): 10-19. 

7. Other accounts suggest that Yang Lu-chan was an indentured servant to Master Chen Chang Shing; see Barbara Davis, The 
Taijiquan Classics, An Annotated Translation (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 2004). 

8. For a nice introduction to the animal frolics, see Kenneth S. Cohen, The Way of Qigong: The Art and Science of Chinese Energy 
Healing, (New York: Ballantine Books, 1997). Also see: Yang Jwing-Ming, The Root of Chinese Chi Kung, (Boston: YMAA 
Publications, 1989). 

9. It would be misleading not to acknowledge the long history of Tai Chi masters known to love their booze, food, and tobacco, along 
with other unhealthy lifestyle choices. The association of Tai Chi with healthy living may be more greatly emphasized in today’s 
Western society. 

10. The poem is anonymous and likely written in late nineteenth or early twentieth century. From Barbara Davis, The Taijiquan 
Classics: An Annotated Translation (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 2004). 

H. For a good summary of history and development of standardized short forms, see Alexandra Ryan, “Globalization and the ‘Internal 
Alchemy’ in Chinese Martial Arts: The Transmission of Taijiquan to Britain,” East Asia Science, Technology, arid Society 2, no. 4, 
(2008): 525-43. 

12. Like Tai Chi itself, Taoism is quite pluralistic, with some branches being more secular and others more spiritual and esoteric. Some 
excellent references on Taoism include Livia Kohn, Introducing Daoism (London: Routledge, 2008) and Eva Wong, Taoism: An 
Essential Guide (Boston: Shambhala, 2011). 

13. Stephen Mitchell, The Tao Te Ching (New York: Harper Perennial, 1992). 

14. Ibid. 

15. Douglas Wile, Lost T’ai-chi Classics from the Late Ch 'ing Dynasty (Albany: SUNY Press, 1996). 


16. Hall of Happiness is a good example of how philosophies other than Taoism, in this case, Confucianism, affected the evolution of Tai 
Chi. Many of Master Cheng’s writings further develop this link. See Cheng Man Ching Enterprise, “Hall of Happiness,” 
www.chengmanching.com/hallofliappiness.html . 

17. Another noteworthy teacher in the United States, prior to Cheng Man Ching, is the dancer Sophia Delza, who opened the first Tai 
Chi school in New York in 1954 and wrote the first English language book on the art in 1961: Sophia Delza, Tai Chi Chuan: Body 
and Mind in Harmony (N. Canton, Ohio: Good News Publishing, 1961). For a more general discussion of history of traditional 
Chinese medicine in the United States, see Linda Barnes Needles, Herbs, Gods, and Ghosts: China, Healing, and the West to 
1842 (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2005). 

18. For more on the life of Cheng Man Ching, see Barbara Davis, “In Search of a Unified Dao: Zheng Manqing’s Life and Contributions 
to Taijiquan,” Journal of Asian Martial Arts 5, no. 2 (1996): 36-59; and Cheng Man-ching and Mark Hennessey, Master of Five 
Excellences (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1995). 

19. Douglas Wile, Lost T’ai-chi Classics from the Late Ch ’ing Dynasty (Albany: SUNY Press, 1996). 

20. See http://worldtaichidav. org . 

21. An excellent discussion on the impact of the West on Chinese practices like Tai Chi can be found in Alexandra Ryan, “Globalization 
and the ‘Internal Alchemy’ in Chinese Martial Arts: The Transmission of Taijiquan to Britain,” East Asia Science, Technology, and 
Society 2, no. 4 (2008): 525-43. Also see Nancy Chen, Breathing Spaces (New York: Columbia University Press, 2003); Elizabeth 
Hsu, The Transmission of Chinese Medicine (Cambridge Studies in Medical Anthropology), (Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge 
University Press, 1999); and Heiner Freuhauf, “Chinese Medicine in Crisis: Science, Politics, and the Making of TCM,” Journal of 
Chinese Medicine, (October 1999). 

22. For example, see Joseph Needham, Science and Civilization in China, vol. 6, Biology and Biological Technology, part 1, 
Botany (Taipei: Caves Books, 1986); Robert K. G. Temple, The Genuis of China: 3,000 Years of Science, Discovery, and 
Invention (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986). 

23. J. Van Deusen and D. Harlowe, “The Efficacy of the ROM Dance Program for Adults with Rheumatoid Arthritis,” American 
Journal of Occupational Therapy 41, no. 2 (1987): 90-95. 

24. G. S. Birdee, P. M. Wayne, R. B. Davis, R. S. Phillips, and G. Y. Yeh, “T’ai Chi and Qigong for Health: Patterns of Use in the 
United States,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 15, no. 9 (2009): 969-73. 

25. S. L. Wolf et al., “Reducing Frailty and Falls in Older Persons: An Investigation of Tai Chi and Computerized Balance Training. 
Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and Injuries: Cooperative Studies of Intervention Techniques,” Journal of the American Geriatrics 
Society 44, no. 5 (1996): 489-97. 

26. Examples of research on Qigong and Qi include G. Yount et al., “In Vitro Test of External Qigong,” BMC Complementary and 
Alternative Medicine 4, no. 5 (2004): 1-8; K. W. Chen et al., “A Preliminary Study of the Effect of External Qigong on Lymphoma 
Growth in Mice,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 8, no. 5 (2002): 615-21; A. P. Colbert, “Electrodermal 
Activity at Acupoints: Literature Review and Recommendations for Reporting C lin ical Trials,” Journal of Acupuncture and 
Meridian Studies 4, no. 1 (2011), 5-13; A. C. Ahn et al., “Electrical Impedance of Acupuncture Meridians: the Relevance of 
Subcutaneous Collagenous Bands,” PLoS One 5, no. 7 (2010): ell907; A. C. Aim et al., “Electrical Properties of Acupuncture Points 
and Meridians: A Systematic Review,” Bioelectromagnetics 29, no. 4 (2008), 245-56; N. T. Jou and S. X. Ma, “Responses of Nitric 
Oxide-cGMP Release in Acupuncture Point to Electroacupuncture in Human Skin in Vivo Using Dermal Microdialysis,” 
Microcirculation 16, no. 5 (2009): 434-43; P. L. Faber et aL, “EEG Source Imaging during Two Qigong Meditations,” Cognitive 
Processing 13, no. 3 (2012): 255-65. For good reviews, see Wayne B. Jonas and Cindy C. Crawford, Healing, Intention, and 
Energy Medicine: Science, Research Methods, arid Clinical Implications (Philadelphia: Church ill Livingstone, 2003); and K. W. 
Chen, “An Analytic Review of Studies on Measuring Effects of External QI in China,” Alternative Therapies in Health and 
Medicine 10, no. 4 (2004): 38-50; D. L. Faz zin o et al., “Energy Healing and Pain: A Review of the Literature,” Holistic Nursing 
Practice 24, no. 2 (2010): 79-88; S. Jain and P. J. Mills. “Biofield Therapies: Helpful or Full of Hype? A Best Evidence Synthesis, 
Internal Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 17, no. 1 (2010): 1-16; J. Levin, “Energy Healers: Who They Are and What They Do,” 
Explore 7, no. 13 (2011): 13-26; B. Rubik “The Biofield Hypothesis: Its Biophysical Basis and Role in Medicine, Journal of 
Alternative arid Complimentary Medicine, 8, no. 6 (2002): 703-17. 

Chapter 2 

1. Our approach paralleled one developed by S. L. Wolf and colleagues in their landmark Tai Chi for balance study at Emory University: 
S. L. Wolf et al., “Reducing Frailty and Falls in Older Persons: An Investigation of Tai Chi and Computerized Balance Training. 
Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and Injuries: Cooperative Studies of Intervention Techniques,” Journal of the American Geriatrics 
Society 44, no. 5 (1996): 489-97. Also see S. L. Wolf et al., “Exploring the Basis for Tai Chi Chuan,” Archives of Physical 
Medicine Rehabilitation 78, no. 8 (1997): 886-92. 

2. Wolfe Lowenthal, There Are No Secrets: Professor Cheng Man Ch ’ing and His T’ai Chi Chuan (Berkely: North Atlantic Books, 
1993), chap. 23. 


3. The language related to awareness I have adopted in my teaching is greatly influenced by my study of Gesture of Awareness, 
developed by my teacher Charles Genoud. See Charles Genoud, Gesture of Awareness: A Radical Approach to Time, Space, and 
Movement (Somerville, Mass.: Wisdom Publications, 2006). 

4. Systematic reviews of studies evaluating aspects of meditative mindfulness and awareness include P. Grossman, et aL, “Mindfulness- 
Based Stress Reduction and Health Benefits: A Meta-analysis,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 57, no. 1 (2004): 35-43; and 
A. Chiesa and A. Serretti, “A Systematic Review of Neurobiological and Clinical Features of Mindfulness Meditations,” 
Psychological Medicine 40, no. 8 (2010): 1239-52. Also see M. E. Teixeira, “Meditation as an Intervention for Chronic Pain: An 
Integrative Review,” Holistic Nursing Practice 22, no. 4 (2008): 225-34. 

5. L. Li and B. Manor, “Long Term Tai Chi Exercise Improves Physical Performance among People with Peripheral Neuropathy,” 
American Journal of Chinese Medicine 38, no. 3 (2010): 449-59. 

6. Examples of studies proprioception and kinesthetic sense include W. W. Tsang and C. W. Hui-Chan, “Effects of Tai Chi on Joint 
Proprioception and Stability Limits in Elderly Subjects, Medicine, Science, Sports, and Exercise 35, no. 12 (2003): 1962-71; B. H. 
Jacobson et aL, “The Effect of T’ai Chi Chuan Training on Balance, Kinesthetic Sense, and Strength,” Perception and Motor Skills 
84, no. 1 (1997): 27-33; D. Xu et aL, “Effect of Tai Chi Exercise on Proprioception of Ankle and Knee Joints in Old People,” British 
Journal of Sports Medicine 38, no. 1 (2004): 50-54; and S. M. Fong and G. Y. Ng, “The Effects on Sensorimotor Performance and 
Balance with Tai Chi Training,” Archives of Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 87, no. 1 (2006): 82-87. 

7. M. A. Killingsworth and D. T. Gilbert, “A Wandering Mind Is an Unhappy Mind,” Science 330, no. 6006 (2010): 932. Further 
discussed in Chapter 8 “Sharpen Your Mind.” 

8. Some recent examples of meditation research include F. Zeidan et aL, “The Effects of Brief Mindfulness Meditation Training on 
Experimentally Induced Pain,” Journal of Pain 11, no. 3 (2010): 199-209; R. J. Davidson et al., “Alterations in Brain and Immune 
Function Produced by Mindfulness Meditation,” Psychosomatic Medicine 65, no. 4 (2010): 564-70; L. E. Carlson et aL, “One Year 
Pre-Post Intervention Follow-up of PsychologicaL Immune, Endocrine, and Blood Pressure Outcomes of Mindfulness-Based Stress 
Reduction (MBSR) in Breast and Prostate Cancer Outpatients,” Brain, Behavior, and Immunology 21, no. 8 (2007): 1038-49; J. 
Carmody and R. Baer, "Relationships between Mindfulness Practice and Levels of Mindfulness, Medical and Psychological 
Symptoms, and Well-Being in a Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction Program,” Journal of Behavioral Medicine 31, no. 1 (2007): 
23-33. 

9. For a longer discussion of the inability to use placebo controls in trials evaluating Tai Chi, see P. M. Wayne and T. J. Kaptchuk, 
“Challenges Inherent to Tai Chi Research: Part 2 — Defining the Intervention and Optimal Study Design,” Journal of Alternative 
and Complementary Medicine 14, no. 2 (2008): 191-97. 

10. Jeanne Achterberg, Imagery and Healing (Boston: Shambhala, 2002). For excellent discussions of imagery as it relates to Tai Chi, 
also see Martin Mellish, A Tai Chi Imagery Workbook: Spirit, Intent, and Motion (London: Jessica Kingsley, 2010); Bruce 
McFarlane, ‘Notes on Anatomy and Physiology: Using Imagery to Relax the Weight,” From the Tiger’s Mouth: Official Blog of 
the International Taoist Tai Chi Society, April 25, 2010, http://ittcs.wordpress.com/7sHmagerv . 

11. Good examples include E. Lang et aL, “Adjunctive Self-Hypnotic Relaxation for Outpatient Medical Procedures: A Prospective 
Randomized Trial with Women Undergoing Large Core Breast Biopsy,” Pain 126, nos. 1-3 (2006): 155-64; O. Eremin, “Immuno- 
Modulatory Effects of Relaxation Training and Guided Imagery in Women with Locally Advanced Breast Cancer Undergoing 
Multimodality Therapy: A Rando miz ed Controlled Trial, Breast 18, no. 1 (2009): 17-25. 

12. Evidence for this idea comes from the field of motor imagery. Some representative studies include T. Mulder et al., “Observation, 
Imagination, and Execution of an Effortful Movement: More Evidence for a Central Explanation of Motor Imagery,” Experimental 
Brain Research 163, no. 3 (2005): 344—51; C. Schuster et al., “Best Practice for Motor Imagery: A Systematic Literature Review on 
Motor Imagery Training Elements in Five Different Disciplines,” BMC Medicine 17, no. 9 (2011): 75; M. Jeannerod, “Neural 
Simulation of Action: A Unifying Mechanism for Motor Cognition,” Neuroimage 14, no. 1 pt. 2, (2001): S103-9; and S. J. Page et al., 
“Mental Practice in Chronic Stroke: Results of a Randomized, Placebo-Controlled Trial,” Stroke 38, no. 4 (2007): 1293-97. More 
discussion of motor imagery research is included in Chapter 8, “Sharpen Your Mind.” 

13. A good review of this topic is H. A. Shlagter et aL, “Mental Training as a Tool in the Neuroscientific Study of Brain and Cognitive 
Plasticity,” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 10, no. 5 (2011): 17. 

44. Summaries of placebo research can be found in Anne Harrington, The Placebo Effect: An Interdisciplinary Exploration 
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1999); Fabrizio Benedetti, Placebo Effects: Understanding the Mechanisms in 
Health and Disease (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008). 

15. T. T. Liang, Imagination Becomes Reality (Little Canada: Dragon Door Publications, 1992). 

16. T. J. Kaptchuk, J. M. Kelley, A. Deykin, P. M. Wayne, L. C. Lasagna, I. O. Epstein, I. Kirsch, M. E. Wechsler. “Do ‘Placebo 
Responders Exist?” Contemporary Clinical Trials 29 (2008): 587-95. 

17. For a deeper discussion of imagery and Tai Chi, see: Martin Mellish, A Tai Chi Imagery Workbook: Spirit, Intent, and Motion 
(London: Jessica Kingsley, 2010). 

18. For example, see A. C. Ahn et aL, “Electrical Properties of Acupuncture Points and Meridians: A Systematic Review,” 
Bioelectromagnetics 29, no. 4 (2008): 245-56; A. C. Ahn et al., “Electrical Impedance of Acupuncture Meridians: The Relevance of 
Subcutaneous Collagenous Bands,” PLoS One 5, no. 7 (2012): ell907; H. M. Langevin and J. A. Yandow, “Relationship of 
Acupuncture Points and Meridians to Connective Tissue Planes,” The Anatomical Record 269, no. 6 (2002): 257-65. 


19. James Oschman, Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis (Philadelphia: Church ill Livingstone, 2000). 

20. The central role of connective tissue in this matrix, and its potential to bridge both Western mechanical and Eastern energy-based 
concepts of integration, is beautifully captured in the following quote from Dr. James Oschman: The connective tissue forms a 
continuously interconnected system throughout the living body. All movements, of the body as a whole and of its smallest parts, are 
created by tensions carried through the connective tissue fabric. It is a liquid crystalline material and its components are 
semiconductors, properties that give rise to many remarkable properties. One of the semiconductor properties of connective tissue is 
piezoelectricity, from the Greek, meaning “pressure electricity.” Because of piezoelectricity, every movement of the body, every 
pressure and every tension anywhere, generates a variety of oscillating bioelectric signals or microcurrent and other kinds of signals . 

. . Because of the continuity and conductivity of the connective tissue, these signals spread through the tissues . . . and are also 
conducted into the cells. If parts of the organism are cooperative in their functioning and every cell knows what every other cell is 
doing, it is due to the continuity and signaling properties of connective tissue. James Oschman, Energy Medicine: The Scientific 
Basis (Philadelphia: Church ill Livingstone, 2000). Also see: Emily Conrad, Life on Land: The Story of Continuum (Berkeley: North 
Atlantic Books, 2007) and Bonnie Gintis, Engaging the Movement of Life (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 2007). 

21. Chen Wei-Mind, Benajmin Pang Jeng Lo, and Robert W. Smith, T’ai Chi Cli ’uan Ta Wen: Questions and Answers on T’ai Chi 
Ch ’uan (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1993). 

22. Cheng Man Ching, trans. Mark Hennessy, Master Chengs New Method of Taichi Ch’uan Self-Cultivation (Berkeley: Blue 
Snake Books, 1999). 

23. Charles Darwin, The Expression of Emotions in Man and Animals (London: Penguin Classics, 2009); Paul Eckman, What the 
Face Reveals: Basic and Applied Studies of Spontaneous Expression Using the Facial Action Coding System (FACS) (Series 
in Affective Science) (New York: Oxford University Press, 2005). 

24. D. R. Carney et al., “Power Posing: Brief Nonverbal Displays Affect Neuroendocrine Levels and Risk Tolerance,” Psychological 
Sciences 21, no. 10 (2010): 1363-68. 

25. For a systematic review of Tai Chi for pain conditions that hi ghlig hts Tai Chi’s safety, see C. Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic 
Diseases,” Rheumatological Disease Clinics of North America 37, no. 1 (2010): 19-32. 

26. Surprisingly, the scientific understanding of the physiology of stretching, and hence, what types of stretching are safest and most 
effective is not conclusive and debated. For summaries of this research, see L. C. Decoster et al., “The Effects of Hamstring 
Stretching on Range of Motion: A Systematic Literature Review,” Journal of Orthopaedic & Sports Physical Therapy 35, no. 6 
(June 2005): 377-87; L. E. Hart, “Effect of Stretching on Sport Injury Risk: A Review,” Medicine and Science in Sports and 
Exercise 15, no. 2 (2005): 113; R. Shehab et al., “Pre -Exercise Stretching and Sports Related Injuries: Knowledge, Attitudes and 
Practices,” Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine 16, no. 3 (May 2006): 228-31. 

27. L. Sheppard et al., “The National Blueprint Consensus Conference Summary Report: Strategic Priorities for Increasing Physical 
Activity among Adults Aged >50,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 25, no. 3, suppl. 2 (2001): 209-13. 

28. For a good summary of the aerobic intensity of Tai Chi, see C. Lan et aL, “The Exercise Intensity of Tai Chi Chuan,” Medicine arid 
Sport Science 52, (2008): 12-19. 

29. G. Y. Yeh, E. P. McCarthy, P. M. Wayne, L. W. Stevenson, M. J. Wood, D. Forman, R. B. Davis, and R. S. Phillips, “Tai Chi 
Exercise in Patients with Chronic Heart Failure: A Randomized C lin ical Trial,” Archives of Internal Medicine 171, no. 8 (2011): 
750-57; J. A. Fontana et al., “Tai Chi as an Intervention for Heart Failure,” Nursing Clinics of North America 35 (2000): 1031-46. 

30. Systematic reviews of Tai Chi for patients with cardiovascular disease or risk factors support that Tai Chi is safe for this population. 
See: G. Y. Yeh, C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, and R. Phillips, “Tai Chi Exercise for Patients with Cardiovascular Conditions and Risk 
Factors: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation Prevention 29, no. 3 (2009): 152-60; R. E. Taylor- 
Pillae and E. S. Froelicher, “The Effectiveness of Tai Chi Exercise in Improving Aerobic Capacity: A Meta Analysis,” Journal of 
Cardiovascular Nursing 19, no. 1 (2004): 48-57. 

31. For examples, see G. Wu and D. Mellon, “Joint Kinetics During Tai Chi Gait and Normal Walking Gait in Young and Elderly Tai Chi 
Chuan Practitioners,” Clinical Biomechanics 23, no. 6 (2008): 787-95; G. Wu and J. Hitt, “Ground Contact Characteristics of Tai 
Chi Gait,” Gait Posture 22, no. 1 (2005): 32-39; P. M. Wayne, D. P. Kiel, J. E. Buring, E. M. Connors, P. Bonato, G. Y. Yeh, C. J. 
Cohen, C. Mancinelli, and R. B. Davis, “Impact of Tai Chi Exercise on Multiple Fracture -Related Risk Factors in Post-Menopausal 
Osteopenic Women: A Pilot Pragmatic, Rando mize d Trial. BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine 12, no. 7 (2012); P. M. 
Wayne, D. E. Krebs, S. L. Wolf, K. M. Gill-Body, D. M. Scarborough, C. A. McGibbon, T. J. Kaptchuk, and S. W. Parker, “Can Tai 
Chi Improve Vestibulopathic Postural Control?” Archives of Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 85, no. 1 (2004): 142-52; P. M. 
Wayne, D. P. Kiel, D. E. Krebs, R. B. Davis, J. Savetsky-German, M. Connolly, and J. E. Buring, “The Effects of Tai Chi on Bone 
Mineral Density in Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review,” Archives of Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 88, no. 5 (2007): 
673-80. 

32. S. L. Wolf et al., “Reducing Frailty and Falls in Older Persons: An Investigation of Tai Chi and Computerized Balance Training,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 44, no. 5 (1996): 489-97. 

33. See C. Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatological Disease Clinics of North America 37, no. 1 (2010): 19-32, as 
well as chapter 4. 

34. For an excellent history of breathing in Western traditions, see Don Hanlon Johnson, Bone, Breath, and Gesture: Practices of 


Embodiment Volume 1 (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1995). 

35. See A. W. Chan et al., “Tai Chi Qigong Improves Lung Functions and Activity Tolerance in COPD Clients: A Single Blind, 
Randomized Controlled Trial,” Complementary Therapies in Medicine 19, no. 1 (2011): 3-11; R. W. Leung et al., “A Study Design 
to Investigate the Effect of Short-Form Sun-Style Tai Chi in Improving Functional Exercise Capacity, Physical Performance, Balance, 
and Health-Related Quality of Life in People with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD),” Contemporary Clinical Trials 
32, no. 2 (2011): 267-72; S. Kiatboonsri et aL, “Effects of Tai Chi Qigong Training on Exercise Performance and Airway 
Inflammation in Moderate to Severe Persistent Asthma,” CHEST 134 (2008): s54003. 

36. Support for this statement comes from large-scale epidemiological studies, including G. D. Friedman et al., “Lung Function and Risk 
of Myocardial Infarction and Sudden Cardiac Death,” New England Journal of Medicine 294, no. 20 (1976): 1071-75; P. C. Half 
“Impaired Lung Function and Mortality Risk in Men and Women: Findings from the Renfrew and Paisley Prospective Population 
Study,” British Medical Journal 313, no. 7059 (1996): 21; 711-15; and J. Weuve et al., “Forced Expiratory Volume in 1 Second and 
Cognitive Aging in Men,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 59, no. 7 (2011): 1283-92. 

37. For example, see E. H. Hulzebos et al., “Preoperative Intensive Inspiratory Muscle Training to Prevent Postoperative Pulmonary 
Complications in High-Risk Patients Undergoing CABG Surgery: A Randomized Clinical Trial,” Journal of the American Medical 
Association 296, no. 15 (2006): 1851-57. 

38. T. Raupach et al., “Slow Breathing Reduces Sympathoexcitation in COPD,” European Respiratory Journal 32, no. 2 (2008): 387- 
92. 

39. For examples, see E. Agostoni and H. Rand, “Abdominal and Thoracic Pressures at Different Lung Volumes,” Journal of Applied 
Physiology 15 (1960): 1087-92; G. E. Tzelepis et al., ‘Transmission of Pressure within the Abdomen,” Journal of Applied 
Physiology 81, no. 3 (1996): 1111-14; and J. Mead et aL, “Abdominal Breathing Transmission in Humans during Slow Breathing 
Maneuvers,” Journal of Applied Physiology 68, no. 5 (1990): 1850-53. 

40. T. Osada et aL, “Deter min ation of Comprehensive Arterial Blood Inflow in Abdominal-Pelvic Organs: Impact of Respiration and 
Posture on Organ Perfusion,” Medical Science Monitor 17, no. 2 (2011): CR57-66. 

41. W. E. Melding et al., “Rando miz ed Controlled Trial of Breath Therapy in Patients with Chronic Low Back Pain,” Alternatives 
Therapies for Health and Medicine 11, no. 4 (2005): 44—52. Also see W. E. Mehling, ‘The Experience of Breath as a Therapeutic 
Intervention — Psychosomatic Forms of Breath Therapy. A descriptive study about the actual situation of breath therapy in Germany, 
its relation to medicine, and its application in patients with back pain.” Forsch Komplementarmed Klass Naturheilkd 8, no. 6 (2001): 
359-67. 

42. B. N. Uchino, “Understanding the Links between Social Support and Physical Health,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 4 
(2009): 236-55; F. Mookadam and H. M. Arthur, “Social Support and Its Relationship to Morbidity and Mortality after Acute 
Myocardial Infarction: Systematic Overview,” Archives of Internal Medicine 164 (2004): 1514—18. 

43. T. J. Kaptchuk et al., “Components of Placebo Effect: Randomised Controlled Trial in Patients with Irritable Bowel Syndrome,” 
British Medical Journal 336, no. 7651 (2008): 999-1003; L. A. Conboy et al., “Which Patients Improve: Characteristics Increasing 
Sensitivity to a Supportive Patient-Practitioner Relationship,” Social Sciences and Medicine 70, no. 3 (2010): 479-84. 

44. M. H. Huffman, “Health Coaching: A Fresh, New Approach to Improve Quality Outcomes and Compliance for Patients with 
Chronic Conditions,” Home Healthcare Nurse 27, no. 8 (2009): 490-96; T. G. Wetzef “Health Coaching,” Hospital Health 
Networks 85, no. 5 (2011): 20-24. 

45. Harold George Koenig and Harvey Jay Cohen, The Link between Religion and Health: Psychoneuroimmunology and the Faith 
Factor (New York: Oxford University Press, 2002). 

46. Like Tai Chi, Taoist philosophy is quite diverse. For good introductions to Taoism, see Livia Kohn, Introducing Daoism (London: 
Routledge, 2008); Eva Wong, Taoism: An Essential Guide (Boston: Shambhala, 2011). 

47. J. A. Astin, “Why Patients Use Alternative Medicine: Results of a National Study,” Journal of the American Medical Association 
279, no. 19 (1998): 1548-53. Also see T. J. Kaptchuk and D. Eisenberg, “The Persuasive Appeal of Alternative Medicine,” Annals 
of Internal Medicine 129, no. 12 (1998): 1061-65. 

48. Jeffrey S. Levin and Wayne B. Jonas, Essentials of Complementary and Alternative Medicine, (Philadelphia: Lippincott Willia ms 
& Wilkins, 1999). The introductory chapter to this book provides a nice overview of the holistic approach to health and health care. 

49. A. L. Goldberger, “Giles F. Filley Lecture: Complex Systems,” Proceedings of the American Thoracic Society > 3, no. 6 (2006): 
467-71; A. L. Goldberger, “Fractal Dynamics in Physiology: Alterations with Disease and Aging,” Procedures of the National 
Academy > of Science USA 99, suppl. 1 (2002): 2466-72; B. Manor et al., “Physiological Complexity and System Adaptability: 
Evidence from Postural Control Dynamics of Older Adults,” Journal of Applied Physiology 109, no. 6 (2010): 1786-89; P. H. 
Chaves et al., “Physiological Complexity Underlying Heart Rate Dynamics and Frailty Status in Community-Dwe llin g Older Women,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 56, no. 9 (2008): 1698-703; P. M. Wayne et al. “A Systems Biology Approach to 
Studying Tai Chi, Physiological Complexity and Healthy Aging: Design and Rationale of a Pragmatic Rando miz ed Controlled Trial,” 
Contemporary Clinical Trials (e-pub October 9, 2012). 

50. M. Sasagawa, “Positive Correlation between the Use of Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Internal Health Locus of 
Control,” Explore 4, no. 1 (2008): 38-41. 

51. R. E. Taylor-Piliae and E. S. Froelicher, “Measurement Properties of Tai Chi Exercise Self-Efficacy among Ethnic Chinese with 
Coronary Heart Disease Risk Factors: A Pilot Study,” European Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing 3, no. 4 (2004): 287-94; F. Li 


et aL, “Tai Chi, Self-Efficacy, and Physical Function in the Elderly,” Prevention Science 2, no. 4 (2001): 229-39. 

52. C. Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatological Disease Clinics of North America 37, no. 1 (2010): 19-32; G. Y. 
Yeh, C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, and R. Phillips. “Tai Chi Exercise for Patients with Cardiovascular Conditions and Risk Factors: A 
Systematic Review,” Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation Prevention 29, no. 3 (2009): 152-60; R. W. Motl and E. 
McAuley, “Physical Activity, Disability, and Quality of Life in Older Adults,” Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Clinics of 
North America 21, no. 2 (2010): 299-308. 

53. S. Kliewer, “Allowing Spirituality into the Healing Practice,” Journal of Family Practice 53, no. 8 (2004): 616-24. 

54- George Gallup and D. Michael Lindsay, Surveying the Religious Landscape: Trends in US Beliefs (New York: Morehouse Group, 
1999); S. Kliewer, “Allowing Spirituality into the Healing Practice,” Journal of Family Practice 53, no. 8 (2004): 616-24. 

55. A. H. Fortin VI and K. G. Barnett “Medical School Curricula in Spirituality and Medicine,” Journal of the American Medical 
Association 291, no. 23 (2004): 2883. 

56. Harold George Koenig, Handbook of Religion and Health (New York: Oxford University Press, 2001). Harold George Koenig 
and Harvey Jay Cohen, The Link between Religion and Health: Psychoneuroimmunology and the Faith Factor (New York: 
Oxford University Press, 2002). 

57. For example, see Robert Ader, Psychoneuroimmunology, 4th ed. (Salt Lake City: Academic Press, 2006). 

58. William James, The Varieties of Religious Experience (New York: Cosimo, 2007). 

Chapter 4 

1. “Bone Health and Osteoporosis: A Report of the Surgeon General,” Rockville, Md.: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 
2004. 

2. The framework for discussing postural control in this chapter largely follows the model of Anne Shumway-Cook and Marjorie 
Woollacott, Motor Control: Translating Research into Clinical Practice, 4th ed. (Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wil kin s 
2011 ). 

3. Stephen R. Lord et aL, Falls in Older People: Risk Factors and Strategies for Prevention, 2nd ed., (Cambridge, Mass.: 
Cambridge University Press 2007); W. R. Frontera et aL, “Aging of Skeletal Muscle: A 12-Year Longitudinal Study,” Journal of 
Applied Physiology 88, no. 4 (2000): 1321-26; Lewis C. Bottomley, “Musculoskeletal Changes with Age,” in C. Lewis, ed Aging: 
Health Care’s Challenge, 2nd ed. (Philadelphia: F. A. Davis, 1990); A. A. Vandervoort et aL, “Age and Sex Effects on Mobility of 
the Human Ankle,” Journal of Gerontology 47, no. 1 (1992): M17-21. 

4. W. M. Paulus et aL, “Visual Stabilization of Posture. Physiological Stimulus Characteristics and Clinical Aspects,” Brain 107, pt. 4 
(1984): 1143-63. 

5. M. Magnusson et aL, “Significance of Pressor Input from the Human Feet in Lateral Postural Control: The Effect of Hypothermia on 
Galvanically Induced Body-Sway,” Acta Oto-Laryngologica 110, nos. 5-6 (1990): 321-27. 

6. Anne Shumway-Cook and Marjorie Woollacott, Motor Control: Translating Research into Clinical Practice, 4th ed. (Philadelphia, 
Lippincott Williams & Wil kin s, 2011). 

7. D. G. Pitts, “Visual Acuity as a Function of Age,” Journal of American Optometric Association 53, no. 2 (1982): 117-24; N. S. 
Gittings and J. L. Fozard, “Age-Related Changes in Visual Acuity,” Experimental Gerontology 21, no. 4-5 (1986): 423-33; S. L. 
Lord, “Vision, Balance, and Falls in the Elderly,” Geriatric Times 4, no. 6 (2003): 9-10. 

8. P. F. Meyer et aL, “Reduced Plantar Sensitivity Alters Postural Responses to Lateral Perturbations of Balance,” Experimental Brain 
Research 157, no. 4 (2004): 526-36; P. F. Meyer et aL, “The Role of Plantar Cutaneous Sensation in Unperturbed Stance,” 
Experimental Brain Research 154, no. 4 (2004): 505-12; L. Li and B. Manor, “Long Term Tai Chi Exercise Improves Physical 
Performance among People with Peripheral Neuropathy,” American Journal of Chinese Medicine 38, no. 3 (2010): 449-59; G. C. 
Gauchard et aL, “Beneficial Effect of Proprioceptive Physical Activities on Balance Control in Elderly Human Subjects,” 
Neuroscience Letters 273 (1999): 81-84. 

9. B. M. Tourtillott et aL, “Age-Related Changes in Vestibular Evoked Myogenic Potentials Using a Modified Blood Pressure 
Manometer Feedback Method,” American Journal of Audiology 19, no. 2 (2010): 100-108; T. Brandt et aL, “Long-Term Course 
and Relapses of Vestibular and Balance Disorders,” Restorative Nerology and Neuroscience 28, no. 1 (2010): 69-82. 

10. Anne Shumway-Cook and Marjorie Woollacott, Motor Control: Translating Research into Clinical Practice, 4th ed. 
(Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2011). 

H. A. C. Scheffer et aL, “Fear of Falling: Measurement Strategy, Prevalence, Risk Factors and Consequences among Older Persons,” 
Age and Ageing 37, no. 1 (2008): 19-24; J. Visschedijk et aL, “Fear of Falling after Hip Fracture: A Systematic Review of 
Measurement Instruments, Prevalence, Interventions, and Related Factors,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 58, no. 9 
(2010): 1739-48. 

12. T. Herman et aL, “Executive Control Deficits as a Prodrome to Falls in Healthy Older Adults: A Prospective Study Fin king Thinking, 
Walking, and Falling,” Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences 65, no. 10 (2010): 1086-92; 
G. Yogev-Seligmann et aL, “The Role of Executive Function and Attention in Gait,” Movement Disorders 23, no. 3 (2008): 329-42. 


13. A. J. Campbell et al., “Falls in Old Age: A Study of Frequency and Related Clinical Factors,” Age and Ageing 10, no. 4 (1981): 
264-70; M. E. Tinetti et al., “Risk Factors for Falls among Elderly Persons in the Community,” New England Journal of Medicine 
319, no. 26 (1988): 1701-7; L. A. Lipsitz et al., “Causes and Correlates of Recurrent Falls in Ambulatory Frail Elderly,” Journal of 
Gerontology 46, no. 4 (1991): M114— 22. 

14. L. Z. Rubenstein, “Falls in Older People: Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Strategies for Prevention,” Age and Ageing 35, suppl. 2 
(2006): ii37 ii41. 

15. L. D. Gillespie et al., “Interventions for Preventing Falls in Older People Living in the Community,” Cochrane Database of 
Systematic Reviews 15, no. 2 (2010): CD007146; M. M. Gardner et al., “Exercise in Preventing Falls and Fall Related Injuries in 
Older People: A Review of Randomized Controlled Trials,” British Journal of Sports Medicine 34 (2000): 7-17; D. J. Rose, 
“Preventing Falls among Older Adults: ‘No One Size Suits All’ Intervention Strategy,” Journal of Rehabilitation Research and 
Development, 45, no. 8 (2008): 1153-66; E. Costello and J. E. Edelstein, “Update on Falls Prevention for Community-Dwe lling Older 
Adults: Review of Single and Multifactorial Intervention Programs,” Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development 45, no. 
8 (2008): 1135-52; C. Sherrington et al., “Exercise to Prevent Falls in Older Adults: An Updated Meta-Analysis and Best Practice 
Recommendations,” New South Wales Public Health Bulletin 22, nos. 3-4 (2011): 78-83. 

16. I. H. Logghe et al., “The Effects of Tai Chi on Fall Prevention, Fear of Falling and Balance in Older People: A Meta-Analysis,” 
Preventive Medicine 51, nos. 3-4 (2010): 222-27; L. D. Gillespie et al., “Interventions for Preventing Falls in Older People Living in 
the Community,” Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 15, no. 2 (2010): CD007146; F. Li and P. A. Harmer, “Tai Chi and 
Falls Prevention in Older People,” Medicine Sports and Science 52 (2008): 124—134; H. Lui and A. Frank, “Tai Chi as a Balance 
Improvement Exercise for Older Adults: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Geriatric Physical Therapy 33, no. 3 (2010): 103-9; 
M. M. Schleicher et aL, “Review of Tai Chi as an Effective Exercise on Falls Prevention in Elderly,” Research in Sports Medicine 
(2011); D. P. K. Leung, “Tai Chi as an Intervention to Improve Balance and Reduce Falls in Older Adults: A Systematic and 
Metaanalytical Review,” Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine 17, no. 1 (2011): 40-48; S. Low et al., “A Systematic 
Review of the Effectiveness of Tai Chi on Fall Reduction among the Elderly,” Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics 48, no. 3 
(2009): 325-31; M. M. Schleicher, L. Wedam, G. Wu, “Review of Tai Chi as an Effective Exercise on Falls Prevention in Elderly,” 
Research in Sports Medicine 20, no. 1 (2012): 37-58. 

17. F. Li et al., “Tai Chi and Fall Reductions in Older Adults: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal of Gerontology 60A, no. 2 
(2005): 187-194; F. Li et al., “Tai Chi: Improving Functional Balance and Predicting Subsequent Falls in Older Persons,” Medical 
Science Sports Exercise 36 (2004): 2046-52; F. Li et al., “Translation of an Effective Tai Chi Intervention into a Community-Based 
Falls-Prevention Program,” American Journal of Public Health 98, no. 7 (2008): 1195-98. 

18. S. L. Wolf et al., “Reducing Frailty and Falls in Older Persons: An Investigation of Tai Chi and Computerized Balance Training. 
Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and Injuries: Cooperative Studies of Intervention Techniques,” Journal of the American Geriatrics 
Society’ 44, no. 5 (1996): 489-97. S. L. Wolf et al., “The Effect of Tai Chi Quan and Computerized Balance Training on Postural 
Stability in Older Subjects. Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and Injuries: Cooperative Studies on Intervention Techniques,” Physical 
Therapy 77, no. 4 (1997): 371-84. 

19. Some recent large-scale randomized clinical trials have not observed Tai Chi to be superior in randomized trials. These include I. H. 
Logghe et aL, “Lack of Effect of Tai Chi Chuan in Preventing Falls in Elderly People Living at Home: A Rando miz ed Clinical Trial,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 57, no. 1 (January 2009): 70-75; D. Taylor et aL, “Effectiveness of Tai Chi as a 
Community-Based Falls Prevention Intervention: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society’ 60, 
no. 5 (May 2012): 841-48. For a discussion of these negative results, see: I. H. Logghe et al., “Explaining the Ineffectiveness of a Tai 
Chi Fall Prevention Training for Community-Living Older People: A Process Evaluation alongside a Randomized Clinical Trial 
(RCT),” Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics 52, no. 3 (2011): 357-62. 

20. C. J. Wilson and S. K. Datta, “Tai Chi for the Prevention of Fractures in a Nursing Home Population: An Economic Analysis,” 
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management 8 (2001)49-27; J. Church et al., “An Economic Evaluation of Community Residential 
Aged Care Falls Prevention Strategies in NSW,” New South Wales Public Health Bulletin 22, nos. 3-4 (2011): 60-68; K. D. Frick 
et al., “Evaluating the Cost-Effectiveness of Fall Prevention Programs that Reduce Fall-Related Hip Fractures in Older Adults,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 58, no. 1 (2010): 136-41; L. Day et aL, “Modelling the Population-level Impact of Tai- 
Chi on Falls and Fall-related Injury among Community-Dwelling Older People,” Injury Prevention 16 (2010): 321-26. 

21. Professor Ge Wu at the University of Vermont has documented increased single-stance time and associated load and torque while 
doing Tai Chi compared to walking: G. Wu, “Muscle Action Pattern and Knee Extensor Strength of Older Tai Chi Exercisers,” 
Medicine and Sport Science 52 (2008): 20-29; G. Wu and D. M illo n, “Joint Kinetics during Tai Chi Gait and Normal Walking Gait in 
Young and Elderly Tai Chi Chuan Practitioners,” Clinical Biomechanics (Bristol, Avon) 23, no. 6 (2008): 787-95. Representative 
studies demonstrating increased strength are D. Q. Xu et aL, “Tai Chi Exercise and Muscle Strength and Endurance in Older 
People,” Journal of Biomechanics 29, no. 8, pt. 42 (2009): 967-71; J. X. Li et aL, “Changes in Muscle Strength, Endurance, and 
Reaction of the Lower Extremities with Tai Chi Intervention,” Journal of Biomechanics 42, no. 8 (2009): 967-71; W. W. Tsang and 
C. W. Hui-Chan, “Comparison of Muscle Torque, Balance, and Confidence in Older Tai Chi and Healthy Adults,” Medicine and 
Science in Sports and Exercise 37, no. 2 (2005): 280-89. Studies showing increased flexibility include C. Lan et al., “12-month Tai 
Chi Training in the Elderly: Its Effect on Health Fitness,” Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise 30, no. 3 (1998): 345-51; 
E. N. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for Disease Activity and Flexibility in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis — a Controlled Clinical Trial,” 


Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine 5, no. 4 (2008): 457-62. 

22. A. L. Gyllensten et aL, “Stability Limits, Single -Leg Jump, and Body Awareness in Older Tai Chi Practitioners,” Archives of 
Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 91, no. 2 (2010): 215-20. 

23. D. Xu et al., “Effect of Tai Chi Exercise on Proprioception of Ankle and Knee Joints in Old People,” British Journal of Sports 
Medicine 38 (2004): 50-54. Also see J. X. Li et aL, “Effects of 16-Week Tai Chi Intervention on Postural Stability and 
Proprioception of Knee and Ankle in Older People,” Age and Ageing 37, no. 5 (2008): 575-78; S. M. Fong and G. Y. Ng, “The 
Effects on Sensorimotor Performance and Balance with Tai Chi Training,” Archives of Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 87, no. 1 
(2006): 82-87; W. W. Tsang and C. W. Hui-Chan, “Effects of Tai Chi on Joint Proprioception and Stability Limits in Elderly Subjects,” 
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise 35 (2003): 1962-71; W. W. Tsang and C. W. Hui-Chan, “Effect on Exercise on Joint 
Sense and Balance in Elderly Men: Tai Chi versus Golf,” Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise 36 (2004): 658-67. 

24. B. Manor and L. Li, “Characteristics of Functional Gait among Older Adults with and without Peripheral Neuropathy,” Gait and 
Posture 30, no. 2 (2009): 253-56. 

25. L. Li and B. Manor, “Long Term Tai Chi Exercise Improves Physical Performance among People with Peripheral Neuropathy,” 
American Journal of Chinese Medicine 38, no. 3 (2010): 449-59. 

26. J. W. Hung et al., “Effect of 12- Week Tai Chi Chuan Exercise on Peripheral Nerve Modulation in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes 
Mellitus,” Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine 41, no. 11 (2009): 924-29. 

27. C. E. Kerr et al., “Tactile Acuity in Experienced Tai Chi Practitioners: Evidence for Use Dependent Plasticity as an Effect of 
Sensory-Attentional Training,” Experimental Brain Research 188, no. 2 (2008): 17-22. And another prospective study showed Tai 
Chi can improve kinesthetic sense of shoulder joints: Jacobson et al., “The Effect of T’ai Chi Chuan Training on Balance, Kinesthetic 
Sense, and Strength,” Perception and Motor Skills 84, no. 1 (1997): 27-33. 

28. C. A. McGibbon et al., “Effects of Tai Chi and Vestibular Rehabilitation on Gaze and Whole-Body Stability during a Repeated 
Stepping Task in Patients with Vestibulopathy, Journal of Vestibular Research 14 (2004): 467-78; P. M. Wayne et aL, “Tai Chi for 
Vestibulopathic Balance Dysfunction: A Case Study,” Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine 11, no. 2 (2005): 60-66. 

29. W. W. Tsang et al., “Tai Chi Improves Standing Balance Control under Reduced or Conflicting Sensory Conditions,” Archives of 
Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 85 (2004): 129-37; W. W. Tsang and C. W Hui-Chan, “Standing Balance after Vestibular 
Stimulation in Tai Chi-Practicing and Nonpracticing Healthy Older Adults,” Archives of Physical Medicine Rehabilitation 87 
(2006): 546-53. 

30. S. K. Gatts and M. H. Woollacott, “How Tai Chi Improves Balance: Biomechanics of Recovery to a Walking Slip in Impaired 
Seniors,” Gait and Posture 25, no. 2 (2007): 205-1; Also see D. Q. Xu et aL, “Effect of Regular Tai Chi and Jogging Exercise on 
Neuromuscular Reaction in Older People,” Age and Ageing 34, no. 5 (2005): 439-34; A. K. Ramachandran et al., “Effect of Tai Chi 
on Gait and Obstacle Crossing Behaviors in Middle-Aged Adults,” Gait and Posture 26, no. 2 (2007): 248-55; G. Wu, 
“Biomechanical Characteristics of Stepping in Older Tai Chi Practitioners,” Gait and Posture no.3 (2012). 

31. C. J. Hass et al., “The Influence of Tai Chi Training on the Center of Pressure Trajectory during Gait Initiation in Older Adults,” 
Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 85, no. 10 (2004): 1593-98. 

32. C. A. McGibbon et al., “Tai Chi and Vestibular Rehabilitation Improve Vestibulopathic Gait via Different Neuromuscular 
Mechanisms: Preliminary Report,” BMC Neurology 18, no. 5 (2005): 3. 

33. R. W. Sattin et al., “Reduction in Fear of Falling through Intense Tai Chi Exercise Training in Older, Transitionally Frail Adults,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 53, no. 7 (2005): 1168-78; S. L. Wolf et aL, “Reducing Frailty and Falls in Older 
Persons: An Investigation of Tai Chi and Computerized Balance Training. Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and Injuries: Cooperative 
Studies of Intervention Techniques,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society , 44, no. 5 (1996): 489-97; S. L. Wolf et al, “The 
Effect of Tai Chi Quan and Computerized Balance Training on Postural Stability in Older Subjects. Atlanta FICSIT Group. Frailty and 
Injuries: Cooperative Studies on Intervention Techniques ,” Physical Therapy 77, no. 4 (1997): 371-84. 

34- T. T. Huang et al., “Reducing the Fear of Falling among Community-Dwe llin g Elderly Adults through Cognitive-Behavioural 
Strategies and Intense Tai Chi Exercise: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal of Advanced Nursing 67, no. 5 (2011): 961-71. 

35. W. W. Tsang et aL, “Effects of Tai Chi on Pre-landing Muscle Response Latency during Stepping Down While Performing a 
Concurrent Mental Task in Older Adults,” European Journal of Applied Physiology (November 2011). 

36. F. LI et aL, “Tai Chi and Postural Stability in Patients with Par kin son’s Disease,” New England Journal of Medicine 366, no. 6 
(2012) : 511-19. 

37. P. J. Klein and L. Rivers, “Taiji for Individuals with Par kin son Disease and their Support Partners: A Program Evaluation,” Journal 
of Neurologic Physical Therapy 30, no. 1 (March 2006): 22-27 ; M. E. Hackney and G. M. Earhart, “Tai Chi Improves Balance and 
Mobility in People with Par kin son Disease,” Gait and Posture 28 (2008): 456-60; T. Schmitz-Hubsch et al., “Qigong Exercise for the 
Symptoms of Par kin son’s Disease: A Randomized, Controlled Pilot Study.” Movement Disorders, 21, no. 4 (2006): 543-48; M. 
Venglar, “Case Report: Tai Chi and Parkinsonism,” Physiotherapy Research International 10 (2005):1 16—21. 

38. M. M. Matthews and H. G. Williams, “Can Tai Chi Enhance Cognitive Vitality? A Preliminary Study of Cognitive Executive Control 
in Older Adults after a Tai Chi Intervention,” Journal of the South Carolina Medical Association 104 (2008): 255-57. 

39. C. D. Hall et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Intervention on Dual-Task Ability in Older Adults: A Pilot Study,” Archives of Physical 
Medicine and Rehabilitation 90, no. 3 (2009): 525-29. 

40. “Bone Health and Osteoporosis: A Report of the Surgeon General” October 14, 2004. 


41. Ibid. 

42. Ibid. 

43. P. M. Wayne et aL, “The Effects of Tai Chi on Bone Mineral Density in Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review,” Archives 
of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 88, no. 5 (May 2007): 673-80; Also see: M. S. Lee, “Tai Chi for Osteoporosis: A 
Systematic Review,” Osteoporosis International 19, no. 2 (2008): 139-46. 

44. L. Qin et aL, “Beneficial Effects of Regular Tai Chi Exercise on Musculoskeletal System,” Journal of Bone and Mineral 
Metabolism 23 (2005): 186-190. 

45. Y. Zhou, “The Effect of Traditional Sports on the Bone Density of Menopausal Women,” Journal of Beijing Sport University 27 
(2004): 354-360. 

46. J. Woo et al., “A Randomised Controlled Trial of Tai Chi and Resistance Exercise on Bone Health, Muscle Strength and Balance in 
Community-Living Elderly People,” Age and Ageing 36, no. 3 (2007): 262-268. 

47. P. M. Wayne et aL, “Tai Chi for Osteopenic Women: Design and Rationale of a Pragmatic Randomized Controlled TriaL” BMC 
Musculoskeletal Disorders 11 (2010): 40; P. M. Wayne et aL, “Impact of Tai Chi Exercise on Multiple Fracture-Related Risk 
Factors in Postmenopausal Osteopenic Women: A Pilot Pragmatic, Randomized Trial” BMC Complementary and Alternative 
Medicine 12 (January 30, 2012): 7. 

48. C. L. Shen et al., “Effect of Green Tea and Tai Chi on Bone Health in Postmenopausal Osteopenic Women: A 6-Month Randomized 
Placebo-Controlled TriaL” Osteoporosis International 23 (2011): 1541-52; C. L. Shen et al., “Green Tea Polyphenols 
Supplementation and Tai Chi Exercise for Postmenopausal Osteopenic Women: Safety and Quality of Life Report,” BMC 
Complementary and Alternative Medicine 9 (2010): 76; M. C. Chyu et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Exercise on Posturography, Gait, 
Physical Function and Quality of Life in Postmenopausal Women with Osteopaenia: A Rando miz ed Clinical Study,” Clinical 
Rehabilitation 24, no. 12 (2010): 1080-90. 

49. Although this is quite different from Tai Chi shaking, there is some evidence to suggest mechanical vibration of bones may enhance 
bone health. For example, see: J. O. Totosy de Zepetnek, “Whole-Body Vibration as Potential Intervention for People with Low Bone 
Mineral Density and Osteoporosis: A Review,” Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development 46, no. 4 (2009): 529-42. 

Chapter 5 

1. A. Malmivaara et al, “The Treatment of Acute Low Back Pain — Bed Rest, Exercises, or Ordinary Activity,” New England Journal 
of Medicine, 332, no. 6 (1995): 351-55. 

2. M. Lethbridge-Cejku and J. Vickerie, “Summary Health Statistics for U.S. Adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2003. National 
Center for Health Statistics,” Vital Health Statistics 10 (2005): 225); S. M. Schappert, “Ambulatory Care Visits to Physicians’ 
Offices, Hospital Outpatient Departments, and Emergency Departments: United States, 1996,” Vital and Health Statistics 13, no. 
134 (1998): 1-80; C. Harstall, “How Prevalent Is Chronic Pain?” Pain: Clinical Updates 9, no. 2 (2003): 1-4. 

3. P. M. Wolsko et al, “Use of Mind-Body Medical Therapies,” Journal of General Internal Medicine 19, no. 1 (2004): 43-50; D. M. 
Eisenberg, “Trends in Alternative Medicine Use in the United States, 1990-1997: Results of a Follow-Up National Survey,” Journal 
of the American Medical Association 208 (1998): 1569-75; S. M. Bertisch et al., “Alternative Mind-Body Therapies Used by 
Adults with Medical Conditions,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 66, no. 6 (2009): 511-19. 

4. A. K. Kanodia et al., “Perceived Benefit of Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) for Back Pain: A National Survey,” 
Journal of the American Board of Internal Medicine 23, no. 3 (2010): 354—62; H. A. Tindle et al., “Factors Associated with the 
Use of Mind-Body Therapies among United States Adults with Musculoskeletal Pain,” Complementary Therapies in Medicine 13, 
no. 3 (2005): 155-64. 

5. R. L. Nahin et al., “Costs of Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) and Frequency of Visits to CAM Practitioners: United 
States, 2007,” National Health Statistics Reports, no. 18 (Hyattsville, Md.: National Center for Health Statistics, 2009). 

6. “Exploring the Science of Complementary and Alternative Medicine: Third Strategic Plan 2011-2015,” 

http://nccam.nih, gov/about/plans/2011 . 

7. R. Chou et aL, “Diagnostic Imaging for Low Back Pain: Advice for High-Value Health Care from the American College of 
Physicians,” Annals of Internal Medicine 154 (2011): 181-89. 

8. W. E. Mehling and N. Krause, “Alexithymia and 7.5-Year Incidence of Compensated Low Back Pain in 1207 Urban Public Transit 
Operators,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 62, no. 6 (2007): 667-74; T. Pincus et al., “Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy and 
Psychosocial Factors in Low Back Pain: Directions for the Future,” Spine 27, no. 5 (2002): E133-38; S. J. Linton, “A Review of 
Psychological Risk Factors in Back and Neck Pain,” Spine 25, no. 9 (2000): 1148-56; S. J. Keefe et al., “Psychological Aspects of 
Persistent Pain: Current State of the Science,” Journal of Pain, 5, no. 4 (2004): 195-211. 

9. For motor imagery and pain, see G. L. Mosely, “Imagined Movements Cause Pain and Swelling in a Patient with Complex Regional 
Pain Syndrome,” Neurology 62, no. 9 (2004): 1644. 

10. B. M. Wand and N. E. O’Connelf “Chronic Non-specific Low Back Pain — Sub-groups or a Single Mechanism,” BMC 
Musculoskeletal Disorders 25, no. 9 (2008): 11; J. M. Fritz et aL, “Subgrouping Patients with Low Back Pain: Evolution of a 


Classification Approach to Physical Therapy,” Journal of Orthopedic Sports and Physical Therapy 37, no. 6 (2007): 290-302; S. 
Z. George and A. Delitto, “Clinical Examination Variables Discriminate among Treatment-based Classification Groups: A Study of 
Construct Validity in Patients with Acute Low Back Pain,” Physical Therapy 85, no. 4 (2005): 306-14. 

IT. H. M. Langevin and K. J. Sherman, “Pathophysiological Model for Chronic Low Back Pain Integrating Connective Tissue and 
Nervous System Mechanisms,” Medical Hypotheses 68, no. 1 (2007): 74-80. 

12. H. M. Langevin et aL, “Reduced Thoracolumbar Lascia Shear Strain in Human Chronic Low Back Pain,” BMC Musculoskeletal 
Disorders 19, no. 12 (2011): 203. 

13. S. M. Corey et al., “Stretching of the Back Improves Gait, Mechanical Sensitivity and Connective Tissue Inflammation in a Rodent 
Model,” PLoS One 7, no. 1 (2012): e29831. 

14. Lor additional reading on fascia, see Tom Myers Anatomy Trains: Myofascial Meridians for Manual and Movemen t Therapists 
(Philadelphia: Churchill Livingstone, 2008); R. L. Schultz and R. Leitus, The Endless Web: Fascial Anatomy and Physical Reality 
(Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1996); H. M. Langevin, “Connective Tissue: A Body-wide Signaling Network?” Medical 
Hypotheses 66 (2006): 1074-77; R. Schleip, “Lascial Plasticity-a New Neurobiological Explanation: Part 1,” Journal of Bodywork 
and Movement Therapies 7 (2003): 11-19. 

15. Developing a strong vertical structure is a key element in many movement and healing arts therapies such as Structural Integration, 
Alexander Technique, and Awareness through Movement. 

16. Lor a good review of the possible role of musculoskeletal patterns and back pain, see S. L. Nadler et al., “Relationship between Hip 
Muscle Imbalance and Occurrence of Low Back Pain in Collegiate Athletes: A Prospective Study,” American Journal of Physical 
Medicine and Rehabilitation 80, no. 8 (2001): 572-77; J. H. Abbott et aL, “Lumbar Segmental Mobility Disorders: Comparison of 
Two Methods of Defining Abnormal Displacement Kinematics in a Cohort of Patients with Non-specific Mechanical Low Back 
Pain,” BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders 19 (2006): 45; P. H. Lerreira et al., “Changes in Recruitment of Transversus Abdo min is 
Correlate with Disability in People with Chronic Low Back Pain,” 44, no. 16 (2010): 1166-72. Lor a good discussion on the kwa and 
its central importance in Tai Chi, see Bruce Lrantzis, Opening the Energy Gates of Your Body: Chi Gung for Lifelong Health, 
(Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 1993); also see William Chen, “The Vastus Medialis and Inner Thigh,” TAI CHI Magazine 35, no. 1 
(2011). 

17. Improve ankle range of motion has been reported by Wu et al., “Spatial, Temporal and Muscle Action Patterns of Tai Chi Gait,” 
Journal of Electromyography and Kinesiology 14, no. 3 (2004): 343-54; D. W. Mao et al., “Plantar Pressure Distribution during 
Tai Chi Exercise,” Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 87, no. 6 (2006) 814—20. More general studies of foot 
biomechanics and Tai Chi include D. W. Mao et al., “The Duration and Plantar Pressure Distribution during One-leg Stance in Tai Chi 
Exercise,” Clinical Biomechanics 21 (2006): 640-45. 

18. Bruce Lrantzis, Tai Chi: Health for Life (Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 2006). 

19. Lor good review of kinesiophobia, see M. Leeuw et al., “The Fear- Avoidance Model of Musculoskeletal Pain: Current State of 
Scientific Evidence,” Journal of Behavioral Medicine 30, no. 1 (2007): 77-94. 

20. Some examples include J. Kingston et al., “A Pilot Randomized Control Trial Investigating the Effect of Mindfulness Practice on 
Pain Tolerance, Psychological Well-being, and Physiological Activity,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 62, no. 3 (2007): 297- 
300; K. H. Kaplan et al., “The Impact of a Meditation-based Stress Reduction Program on Fibromyalgia, ” General Hospital 
Psychiatry 15, no. 5 (1993): 284-89; P. Creamer et aL, “Sustained Improvement Produced by Nonpharmacologic Intervention in 
Fibromyalgia: Results of a Pilot Study,” Arthritis Care and Research 13, no. 4 (2000): 198-204; S. E. Sephton et al., “Mindfulness 
Meditation Alleviates Depressive Symptoms in Women with Fibromyalgia: Results of a Randomized Clinical Trial,” Arthritis and 
Rheumatism 57, no. 1 (2007): 77-85; E. Lush et al., “Mindfulness Meditation for Symptom Reduction in Fibromyalgia: 
Psychophysiological Correlates,” Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings 16, no. 2 (2009): 200-207; F. Zeidan et al., 
“The Effects of Brief Mindfulness Meditation Training on Experimentally Induced Pain,” Journal of Pain 11, no. 3 (2010): 199-209. 

21. L. E. Carlson et al., “One Year Pre-post Intervention Follow-up of Psychological, Immune, Endocrine and Blood Pressure Outcomes 
of Mindfulness-based Stress Reduction (MBSR) in Breast and Prostate Cancer Outpatients,” Brain Behavior and Immunity 21, no. 
8 (2007): 1038-49; L. Witek-Janusek et aL, “Effect of Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction on Immune Function, Quality of Life and 
Coping in Women Newly Diagnosed with Early Stage Breast Cancer,” Brain Behavior and Immunity 22, no. 6 (2008): 969-81. 

22. M. R. Irwin and R. Olmstead, “Mitigating Cellular Inflamm a tion in Older Adults: A Randomized Controlled Trial of Tai C hih ,” 
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 20, no. 9 (2012): 764—72. M. C. Janelsins et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Chuan on In s ulin and 
Cytokine Levels in a Rando mize d Controlled Pilot Study on Breast Cancer Survivors,” Clinical Breast Cancer 11 (2011): 161-70; B. 
Oh et al., “Effect of Medical Qigong on Cognitive Function, Quality of Life, and a Biomarker of Inflammation in Cancer Patients: A 
Randomized Controlled Trial,” Supportive Care in Cancer 20 (2012): 1235-42; H. H. Chen et al., “The Effects of Baduanjin Qigong 
in the Prevention of Bone Loss for Middle-Aged Women,” American Journal of Chinese Medicine 34 (2006): 741-47. 

23. J. A. Grant and P. Rainville, “Pain Sensitivity and Analgesic Effects of Mindful States in Zen Meditators: A Cross-sectional Study,” 
Psychosomatic Medicine 71, no. 1 (2008): 106-14. 

24. F. Zeidan et al., “Brain Mechanisms Supporting the Modulation of Pain by Mindfulness Meditation,” Journal of Neuroscience 31, 
no. 14 (2011): 5540-48; J. A. Grant et aL, “A Non-elaborative Mental Stance and Decoupling of Executive and Pain-related Cortices 
Predicts Low Pain Sensitivity in Zen Meditators,” Pain 152, no. 1 (2011): 150-56. 

25. For good reviews, see D. G. Finniss et al., “Biological, Clinical, and Ethical Advances of Placebo Effects,” Lancet 375, no. 9715 


(February 20, 2010): 686-95; Fabrizio Benedetti, Placebo Effects: Understanding the Mechanisms in Health and Disease (Oxford: 
Oxford University Press, 2008); Anne Harrington, The Placebo Effect (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1999). 

26. F. Benedetti et aL, “Somatotopic Activation of Opioid Systems by Target-directed Expectations of Analgesia,” Journal of 
Neuroscience 19, no. 9 (1999): 3639-48. Of note, and unintentionally, researcher used key energy centers focused on in Tai Chi 
practice. The palm centers in Chinese medicine are referred to as “Laogong” and help regulate fire energy of the heart. Foot sole 
points used correspond with “Yongquan” or bubbling wells, and help ground the body and regulate kidney energy. Both receive 
significant attention during Tai Chi training, so it is not surprising that intention focused on these sites results in a significant 
physiological effect. 

27. W. E. Melding et aL, “Randomized, Controlled Trial of Breath Therapy for Patients with Chronic Low-back Pain,” Alternative 
Therapies in Health and Medicine 11, no. 4 (2005): 44—52. 

28. A. J. Zautra et al., “The Effects of Slow Breathing on Affective Responses to Pain Stimuli: An Experimental Study,” Pain 149, no. 1 
(2010): 12-18. 

29. N. I. Eisenberger and M. D. Lieberman, “Why It Hurts To Be Left Out: The Neurocognitive Overlap between Physical and Social 
Pain” in K. D. Williams, J. P. Forgas, and W. van Hippel (eds.), The Social Outcast: Ostracism, Social Exclusion, Rejection, and 
Bullying (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2005), 109-27. 

30. A. M. Hall et al., “Tai Chi Exercise for Treatment of Pain and Disability in People with Persistent Low Back Pain: A Randomized 
Controlled TriaL” Arthritis Care and Research 3, no. 11 (2011): 1576-83. 

31. E. N. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for Disease Activity and Flexibility in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis — a Controlled Clinical TriaL” 
Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine 5, no. 4 (2008): 457-62. 

32. H. W. Tian et al., “Taijiquan as Adjuvant Treatment of Senility and Middleage Lumbar Vertebrae Disease,” Journal of Hubei 
Institute for Nationalities, Medical Edition 21 (2004): 24-26; C. Y. Chin, “Prevention of Falls in the Elderly with Taijiquan,” 
Chinese Aging 28 (2008): 2055-56. 

33. Y. Liu and C. G. Wang, “Clinicial Observation on Rectifying Spinal Curvature by Practicing Chenshe Hexagram Boxing (Taijiquan) 
and Athletic Rehabilitation,” Guiding Journal of TCM 21 (2007): 24—26; S. L. Hou and Y. Ding, “Benefits of Long-term Taijiquan 
Practice for Lumbosacral Health,” J Qigong 19 (1988): 483-85; L. W. Zhang et al., “Clinical Observation of Combined Tuina and 
Taijiquan for Lumbosacral Conditions,” China Medical Herald 5 (2008): 82-83; C. F. Yue et al., “Clinical Observation on Combined 
Acupuncture and Taijiquan for Lumbosacral Conditions,” China Medical Herald 5 (2008): 86-87. 

34- K. J. Sherman et aL, “A Randomized Trial Comparing Yoga, Stretching, and a Self-care Book for Chronic Low Back Pain,” 
Archives of Internal Medicine 171 (2011): 2019-26; K. J. Sherman et aL, “Comparing Yoga, Exercise, and a Self-care Book for 
Chronic Low Back Pain: A Randomized, Controlled TriaL” Annals of Internal Medicine 143, no. 12 (2005): 849-56. Also see R. 
Saper et aL, “Yoga for Chronic Low Back Pain in a Predominantly Minority Population: A Pilot Randomized Controlled TriaL” 
Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine 15 (2009): 18-27. 

35. M. A. Minor et aL, “Exercise Tolerance and Disease Related Measures in Patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis and Osteoarthritis,” 
Journal of Rheumatology 15, no. 6 (1988): 905-11. 

36. G. Jamtvedt et al., “Physical Therapy Interventions for Patients with Osteoarthritis of the Knee: An Overview of Systematic 
Reviews,” Physical Therapy 88, no. 1 (2008): 123-36; A. K. Lange, “Strength Training for Treatment of Osteoarthritis of the Knee: 
A Systematic Review,” Arthritis and Rheumatism 59, no. 10 (2008): 1488-94. 

37. C. Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatic Diseases Clinics of North America 37, no. 1 (2011): 19-32; M. S. Lee et 
aL, “Tai Chi for Osteoarthritis: A Systematic Review,” Clinical Rheumatology 27, no. 2 (2008): 211-18. 

38. C. Wang et al., “Tai Chi is Effective in Treating Knee Osteoarthritis: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” Arthritis and Rheumatism 61, 
no. 11 (2009): 1545-53. 

39. M. Fransen et al., “Physical Activity for Osteoarthritis Management: A Randomized Controlled C lin ical Trial Evaluating 
Hydrotherapy or Tai Chi Classes,” Arthritis and Rheumatism 57, no. 3 (2007): 407-14. 

40. R. Song et aL, “Effects of Tai Chi Exercise on Pain, Balance, Muscle Strength, and Perceived Difficulties in Physical Functioning in 
Older Women with Osteoarthritis: A Randomized Clinical Trial,” Journal of Rheumatology 30, no. 9 (2003): 2039-44; R. Song et al., 
“A Rando miz ed Study of the Effects of T’ai Chi on Muscle Strength, Bone Mineral Density, and Fear of Falling in Women with 
Osteoarthritis,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 16, no. 3 (2010): 227-33. 

41. J. M. Brismee et aL, “Group and Home -based Tai Chi in Elderly Subjects with Knee Osteoarthritis: A Randomized Controlled TriaL” 
Clinical Rehabilitation 21, no. 2 (2007): 99-111; C. L. Shen et al., “Effects of Tai Chi on Gait Kinematics, Physical Function, and 
Pain in Elderly with Knee Osteoarthritis — a Pilot Study,” American Journal of Chinese Medicine 36, no. 2 (2008): 219-32. 

42. Other Tai Chi and Qigong studies of note related to arthritis include C. A. Hartman et al., “Effects of T’ai Chi Training on Function 
and Quality of Life Indicators in Older Adults with Osteoarthritis,” Journal of American Geriatrics Society 48, no. 12 (2000): 1553— 
59; H. J. Lee et al., ‘Tai Chi Qigong for the Quality of Life of Patients with Knee Osteoarthritis: A Pilot, Randomized, Waiting List 
Controlled TriaL” Clinical Rehabilitation 23, no. 6 (2009): 504—11; P. F. Tsai et al., “The Effect of Tai Chi on Knee Osteoarthritis 
Pain in Cognitively Impaired Elders: Pilot Study,” Geriatric Nursing 30, no. 2 (2009): 132-39. 

43. For systematic reviews on Tai Chi for rheumatoid arthritis , see C. Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatic Disease 
Clinics of North America 37, no. 1 (2011): 19-32; M. S. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for Rheumatoid Arthritis: Systematic Review,” 
Rheumatology 46, no. 11 (2007): 1648-50. 


44. C. Wang et al., “Effect of Tai Chi in Adults with Rheumatoid Arthritis,” Rheumatology 44, no. 5 (2005): 685-87. 

45. In another randomized, controlled trial evaluating Tai Chi for rheumatoid arthritis in Korea, 42 patients received either 12 weeks of 
Tai Chi training or usual care. Those in the Tai Chi group experienced significantly improved mood, but no changes in pain or fatigue. 
(E. N. Lee et al., “Effects of a Tai-Chi Program on Pain, Sleep Disturbance, Mood and Fatigue in Rheumatoid Arthritis Patients,” 
Journal of Muscle and Joint Health 12 (2005): 57-68. Another larger randomized, controlled trial in the United States evaluated a 
Tai Chi-“inspired” dance program. This study found that the Tai Chi dance group exhibited significant improvement in range of 
motion in the upper body and the ankle: J. Van Deusen and D. Harlow, ‘The Efficacy of the ROM Dance Program for Adults with 
Rheumatoid Arthritis,” American Journal of Occupational Therapy 41, no. 2 (1987): 90-95. Also see A. E. Kirstein et al., 
“Evaluating the Safety and Potential Use of a Weightbearing Exercise, Tai-Chi Chuan, for Rheumatoid Arthritis Patients,” American 
Journal of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 70, no. 3 (1991): 136-41; T. Uhlig et al., “No Improvement in a Pilot Study of Tai 
Chi Exercise in Rheumatoid Arthritis,” Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases 64, no. 3 (2005): 507-9; T. Uhlig et al., “Exploring Tai Chi 
in Rheumatoid Arthritis: A Quantitative and Qualitative Study,” BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders 5 (2010): 43. 

46. C. Wang et al., “A Randomized Trial of Tai Chi for Fibromyalgia,” New England Journal of Medicine 363, no. 8 (2010): 743-54. 

47. H. M. Taggart et al., “Effects of T’ai Chi Exercise on Fibromyalgia Symptoms and Health-Related Quality of Life,” Orthopaedic 
Nursing 22, no. 5 (2003): 353-60; A. Carbonell-Baeza et al., “T’ai-Chi Intervention in Men with Fibromyalgia: A Multiple-Patient 
Case Report,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 17, no. 3 (2011): 187-89. 

48. J. A. Astin et al., “The Efficacy of Mindfulness Meditation plus Qigong Movement Therapy in the Treatment of Fibromyalgia: A 
Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal of Rheumatology 30, no. 10 (2003): 2257-62. 

49. K. H. Kaplan et al., “The Impact of a Meditation-based Stress Reduction Program on Fibromyalgia,” General Hospital Psychiatry 
15, no. 5 (1993): 284—89; P. Creamer et aL, “Sustained Improvement Produced by Nonpharmacologic Intervention in Fibromyalgia: 
Results of a Pilot Study,” Arthritis Care and Research 13, no. 4 (2000): 198-204; S. E. Sephton et aL, “Mindfulness Meditation 
Alleviates Depressive Symptoms in Women with Fibromyalgia: Results of a Randomized Clinical Trial,” Arthritis and Rheumatism 
57, no. 1 (2007): 77-85; E. Lush et al., “Mindfulness Meditation for Symptom Reduction in Fibromyalgia: Psychophysiological 
Correlates,” Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings 16, no. 2 (2009): 200-207. 

50. If the hand joints are highly inflamed and feel too hot, adding more warmth may not be optimal, according to traditional Chinese 
medicine theory. In this case, one might explore using imagery with a cooler quality, such as bathing the tissues with soothing “blue 
sky” energy. 


Chapter 6 

1. P. Taggart et al., “Anger, Emotion, and Arrhythmias: from Brain to Heart,” Frontiers in Physiology 2 (2011): 67; A. Golabchi and N. 
Sarrafzadegan, ‘Takotsubo Cardiomyopathy or Broken Heart Syndrome: A Review Article,” Journal of Research in Medical 
Sciences 16, no. 3 (2011): 340-45; J. Macleod, “Commentary: Broken Hearts and Minds — Depression and Incident Heart Disease 
and Stroke,” International Journal of Epidemiology 39, no. 4 (2010): 1025-26. 

2. Ted Kaptchuk, The Web That Has No Weaver (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2000); Thomas Ots, “The Angry Liver, the Anxious Heart, 
and the Melancholy Spleen: The Phenomenology of Perception in Chinese Culture,” Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry 14, no. 1 
(1990): 21-58. 

3. W. Rosamond et al., “Heart Disease and Stroke Statistics — 2007 Update: A Report from the American Heart Association Statistics 
Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee,” Circulation 115, no. 5 (2007): e69— 171. 

4. Ibid. 

5. For example, see “Your Guide to Lowering Your Cholesterol with TLC ,” U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National 
Institutes of Health National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NIH Publication No. 06-5235, December 2005); D. J. Becker et al., 
“Simvastatin vs. Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes and Supplements: Randomized Primary Prevention Trial,” Mayo Clinic Proceedings 
83, no. 7 (2008): 758-64; N. F. Gordon et al., “Effectiveness of Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes in Patients with Hypertension, 
Hyperlipidemia, and/or Hyperglycemia,” American Journal of Cardiology 94, no. 12 (2004): 1558-61. 

6. G. Y. Yeh et aL, “Use of Complementary Therapies in Patients with Cardiovascular Disease,” American Journal of Cardiology 98, 
no. 5 (2006): 673-80; Y. W. Leung et aL, “The Prevalence and Correlates of Mind-Body Therapy Practices in Patients with Acute 
Coronary Syndrome,” Complementary Therapies in Medicine 16, no. 5 (2008): 254—61. 

7. US Department of Health and Human Services, Physical Activity and Health: A Report of the Surgeon General (Atlanta, Ga. 
Public Health Service, CDC, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, 1996). 

8. G. Wannamethee et al., “Changes in Physical Activity, Mortality, and Incidence of Coronary Heart Disease in Older Men,” Lancet 
351, no. 9116(1998): 1603-8. 

9. See reviews by C. Lan et al., “The Exercise Intensity of Tai Chi Chuan,” Medicine and Sport Science 52 (2008): 12-19. 

10. W. J. Kop, “Chronic and Acute Psychological Risk Factors for Clinical Manifestations of Coronary Artery Disease,” 
Psychosomatic Medicine 61, no. 4 (1999): 476-87; A. Rozanski et al., “Impact of Psychological Factors on the Pathogenesis of 
Cardiovascular Disease and Implications for Therapy,” Circulation 99, no. 16 (1999): 2192-217; D. S. Krantz, “Mental Stress as a 


Trigger of Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction,” Cardiology Clinics 14, no. 2 (1996): 271-87; J. Suls and J. Bunde, “Anger, Anxiety, 
and Depression as Risk Factors for Cardiovascular Disease: The Problems and Implications of Overlapping Affective Dispositions,” 
Psychological Bulletin 131, no. 2 (2005): 260-300; Willem J. Kop and Jennifer L. Francis, “Psychological Risk Factors and 
Pathophysiological Pathways Involved in Coronary Artery Disease: Relevance to Complementary Medicine Interventions,” in Vogel 
and Krucoff, eds., Integrative Cardiology: Complementary and Alternative Medicine for the Heart (New York: McGraw-Hill 
Medical); B. W. Penninx et al., “Effects of Social Support and Personal Coping Resources on Mortality in Older Age: The 
Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam,” American Journal of Epidemiology 146, no. 6 (1997): 510-19. 

H. D. E. Ford et al., “Depression is a Risk Factor for Coronary Artery Disease in Men: the Precursors Study,” Archives of Internal 
Medicine 158 (1998): 1422-26; A. H. Glassman, “Depression and Cardiovascular Comorbidity” Dialogues in Clinical 
Neuroscience 9, no. 1 (2007): 9-17. 

12. M. A. Mittleman et al., “Triggering of Acute Myocardial Infarction Onset by Episodes of Anger: Deter min ants of Myocardial 
Infarction Onset Study Investigators,” Circulation 92, no. 7 (1995): 1720-25. 

13. D. R. Witte et aL, “A Meta-Analysis of Excess Cardiac Mortality on Monday,” European Journal of Epidemiology 20, no. 5 
(2005): 401-6. 

14. T. Raupach et aL, “Slow Breathing Reduces Sympathoexcitation in COPD,” European Respiratory Journal 32, no. 2 (2008): 387— 
92; L. Bemardi et al., “Effect of Rosary Prayer and Yoga Mantras on Autonomic Cardiovascular Rhythms, Comparative Study,” 
BMJ 323, no. 7327 (2001): 1446-49; K. Narkiewicz et al., “Sympathetic Neural Outflow and Chemoreflex Sensitivity Are Related to 
Spontaneous Breathing Rate in Normal Men,” Hypertension 47, no. 1 (2006): 51-55; B. Oneda et al., “Sympathetic Nerve Activity 
Is Decreased during Device-guided Slow Breathing,” Hypertension Research (2010): 1-5; R. Jerath et al., “Physiology of Long 
Pranayamic Breathing: Neural Respiratory Elements May Provide a Mechanism that Explains How Slow Deep Breathing Shifts the 
Autonomic Nervous System,” Medical Hypotheses 61, no. 3 (2006): 566-71. 

15. For example, see F. Li et aL, “Tai Chi, Self-efficacy, and Physical Function in the Elderly,” Prevention Science 2, no. 4 (2001): 229- 
39; R. E. Taylor-Piliae and E. S. Froelicher, ‘Measurement Properties of Tai Chi Exercise Self-efficacy among Ethnic Chinese with 
Coronary Heart Disease Risk Factors: A Pilot Study,” European Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing 3, no. 4 (2004): 287-94; F. Li 
et al., “Falls Self-efficacy as a Mediator of Fear of Fa lling in an Exercise Intervention for Older Adults,” Journals of Gerontology 
Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences 60, no. 1 (2005): 34—40. 

16. B. N. Uchino. “Understanding the Links between Social Support and Physical Health,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 4 
(2009): 236-255; F. Mookadam and H. M. Arthur, “Social Support and Its Relationship to Morbidity and Mortality after Acute 
Myocardial Infarction: Systematic Overview,” Archives of Internal Medicine 164 (2004): 1514—18. 

17. G. Y. Yeh, C. C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, R. P hillip s, “Tai Chi Exercise for Patients with Cardiovascular Conditions and Risk Factors: A 
Systematic Review,” Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation and Prevention 29, no. 3 (2009): 152-60; R. E. Taylor Pillie and 
E. S. Froelicher, “Effectiveness of Tai Chi Exercise in Improving Aerobic Capacity: A Meta-Analysis,” The Journal of 
Cardiovascular Nursing 19, no. 1 (2004): 48-57; G. Y. Yeh, C. C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, R. Phillips, “The Effect of Tai Chi Exercise 
on Blood Pressure: A Systematic Review,” Preventive Cardiology 11, no. 2 (2008): 82-89; M. S. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for 
Cardiovascular Disease and Its Risk Factors: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Hypertension 25 (2007): 1974-77; M. S. Lee et al., 
“Tai Chi for Lowering Resting Blood Pressure in the Elderly: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice 16, 
no. 4 (2010): 818-24; R. E. Taylor Pilliae, “Tai Chi as an Adjunct to Cardiac Rehabilitation Exercise Training,” Journal of 
Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation 23, no. 2 (2003): 90-96. 

18. G. Y. Yeh, C. C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, R. Ph illip s, “The Effect of Tai Chi Exercise on Blood Pressure: A Systematic Review,” 
Preventive Cardiology 11, no. 2 (2008): 82-89; M. S. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for Cardiovascular Disease and Its Risk Factors: A 
Systematic Review,” Journal of Hypertension 25 (2007): 1974-77; M. S. Lee et al., “Tai Chi for Lowering Resting Blood Pressure 
in the Elderly: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice 16, no. 4 (2010): 818-24. 

19. D. R. Young et al., “The Effects of Aerobic Exercise and T’ai Chi on Blood Pressure in Older People: Results of a Randomized 
Trial,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 47, no. 3 (1999): 277-84. 

20. J. C. Tsai et al., “The Beneficial Effects of Tai Chi Chuan on Blood Pressure and Lipid Profile and Anxiety Status in a Randomized 
Controlled Trial,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 9 (2003): 747-54; G. N. Thomas et aL, “Effects of Tai Chi 
and Resistance Trai nin g on Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Elderly Chinese Subjects: A 12-Month Longitudinal, Randomized, 
Controlled, Intervention Study,” Clinical Endocrinology 63 (2005): 663-69; Z. S. Sheng and X. H. Su, “The Effect of Tai Chi 
Qigong Form 18 on Hypertension,” Modern Rehabilitation 4 (2000): 33-34; S. L. Wolf et al., ‘The Influence of Intense Tai Chi 
Training on Physical Performance and Hemodynamic Outcomes in Transitionally Frail, Older Adults,” Journals of Gerontology 
Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences 61, no. 2 (2006): 184—89. 

21. In one RCT, researchers in Taiwan recruited 76 older sedentary adults, average age 51, with borderline or stage I hypertension who 
were not taking medications. They were assigned to either 12 weeks of Tai Chi three times a week or no intervention (controls). The 
authors reported a number of improvements in lipid profiles in the Tai Chi group, including a reduction in total cholesterol (-15.2 
md/dL), LDL cholesterol (-20 md/dL), triglycerides (-23.8 mg/dL), and increases in HDL cholesterol (+4.7 mg/dL): J. C. Tsai et al., 
“The Beneficial Effects of Tai Chi Chuan on Blood Pressure and Lipid Profile and Anxiety Status in a Randomized Controlled Trial,” 
Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 9 (2003): 747-54). 

22. T. M. Liu and S. X. Li, “Effect of Shadow Boxing on the Cardiovascular Excitability, Adaptability and Endurance in Middle-aged and 


Elderly Patients with Hypertension,” Chinese Journal of Clinical Rehabilitation 8 (2004): 7508-09; S. C. Chen et aL, “Effect of 
Tai Chi on Biochemical Profiles and Oxidative Stress Indicators in Obese Patients with Type 2 Diabetes,” Journal of Alternative 
and Complementary Medicine 16 (2010): 1153-59; C. Lan et al., “Effect of T’ai Chi Chuan Training on Cardiovascular Risk 
Factors in Dyslipidemic Patients,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 14 (2008): 813-19; G. T. Ko et al., “A 10- 
Week Tai-Chi Program Improved the Blood Pressure, Lipid Profile and SF-36 Scores in Hong Kong Chinese Women,” Medical 
Science Monitor 12, no. 5 (2006): CR196-99. 

23. G. N. Thomas et aL, “Effects of Tai Chi and Resistance Training on Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Elderly Chinese Subjects: A 12- 
Month Longitudinal. Randomized, Controlled, Intervention Study,” Clinical Endocrinology 63 (2005): 663-69; Y. Zhang and F. H. 
Fu, “Effects of 14-Week Tai Ji Quan Exercise on Metabolic Control in Women with Type 2 Diabetes,” American Journal of 
Chinese Medicine 36, no. 4 (2008): 647-54. 

24. P. W. Wilson and W. B. Kannel, “Obesity, Diabetes, and Risk of Cardiovascular Disease in the Elderly,” American Journal of 
Geriatric Cardiology 11, no. 2 (2002): 119-23, 125. 

25. S. S. Hui et aL, “Evaluation of Energy Expenditure and Cardiovascular Health Effects from Tai Chi and Walking Exercise,” Hong 
Kong Medical Journal, no. 1, 15 suppl. 2 (2009): 4; R. Song et aL, “Effect of Tai Chi Self Help Program on Glucose Control, 
Cardiovascular Risks and Quality of Life in Type II Diabetic Patients,” Journal of Muscle and Joint Health 12 (2007): 13-25 (in 
Korean); J. W. Hung et al., “Effect of 12-week Tai Chi Chuan Exercise on Peripheral Nerve Modulation in Patients with Type 2 
Diabetes Mellitus,” Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine 41 (2009): 924—29. 

26. One Hong Kong study including 207 healthy adults compared 12 weeks of Tai Chi to strength and resistance training, as well as to a 
usual-care (control) group. The elder participants in this study had various CVD risk factors. The results show that levels of fasting 
glucose and other blood sugar markers in both exercise groups were not different from those in the control group: G. N. Thomas et 
aL, “Effects of Tai Chi and Resistance Training on Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Elderly Chinese Subjects: A 12 Month Longitudinal, 
Randomized, Controlled Intervention Study,” Clinical Endocrinology 63 (2005): 663-69. Also see T. Tsang et al., “Effects of Tai 
Chi on Glucose Homeostasis and Insulin Sensitivity in Older Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Rando miz ed Double-blind Sham- 
controlled Exercise Trial,” Age and Ageing 37 (2008): 64-71. 

27. P. Libby et al., “Inflammation in Atherosclerosis,” Nature 420, no. 6917 (2002): 868-74. 

28. P. M. Ridker et al., “Relation of Baseline High-sensitivity C-reactive Protein Level to Cardiovascular Outcomes with Rosuvastatin in 
the Justification for Use of Statins in Prevention: An Intervention Trial Evaluating Rosuvastatin (JUPITER),” American Journal of 
Cardiology 106, no. 2 (2010): 204—9; B. M. Everett et al., “Rosuvastatin in the Prevention of Stroke among Men and Women with 
Elevated Levels of C-reactive Protein: Justification for the Use of Statins in Prevention: An Intervention Trial Evaluating Rosuvastatin 
(JUPITER),” Circulation 121, no. 1 (2010): 143-50. 

29. S. C. Chen et al., “Effect of T’ai Chi Exercise on Biochemical Profiles and Oxidative Stress Indicators in Obese Patients with Type 
2 Diabetes,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 16, no. 11 (2010): 1153-59. 

30. T. W. Tsang et al., “A Randomized Controlled Trial of Kung Fu Training for Metabolic Health in Overweight/Obese Adolescents: 
The ‘Martial Fitness’ Study,” Journal of Pediatric Endocrinology and Metabolism 22, no. 7 (2009): 595-607. Also see: C. Lan et 
al., “Effect of T’ai Chi Chuan Training on Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Dyslipidemic Patients,” Journal of Alternative and 
Complementary Medicine 14, no. 7 (2008): 813-19. 

31. S. S. Hui et aL, “Evaluation of Energy Expenditure and Cardiovascular Health Effects from Tai Chi and Walking Exercise,” Hong 
Kong Medical Journal 15, no. 1, suppl. 2 (2009): 4-7. 

32. C. Lan et al., “Changes of Aerobic Capacity, Fat Ratio and Flexibility in Older TCC Practitioners: A Five-year Follow-up,” 
American Journal of Chinese Medicine 36, no. 6 (2008): 1041-50. 

33. For example, see: J. F. Audette et al., “Tai Chi versus Brisk Walking in Elderly Women,” Age and Ageing 35, no. 4 (2006): 388-93; 
R. E. Taylor-Piliae et al., “Improvement in Balance, Strength, and Flexibility after 12 Weeks of Tai Chi Exercise in Ethnic Chinese 
Adults with Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors,” Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine 12, no. 2 (2006): 50-58; R. E. 
Taylor-Piliae et al., “Tai Chi as an Adjunct Physical Activity for Adults Aged 45 Years and Older Enrolled in Phase III Cardiac 
Rehabilitation,” European Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing 11, no. 1 (2012): 34—43; R. E. Taylor-Piliae et aL, “Hemodynamic 
Responses to a Community-based Tai Chi Exercise Intervention in Ethnic Chinese Adults with Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors,” 
European Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing 5, no. 2 (2006): 165-74. 

34- G. Y. Yeh et al., “Effect of Tai Chi Mind-Body Movement Therapy on Functional Status and Exercise Capacity in Patients with 
Chronic Heart Failure: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” American Journal of Medicine 117, no. 8 (2004): 541-48; G. Y. Yeh et al., 
“Enh a ncement of Sleep Stability with Tai Chi Exercise in Patients with Chronic Heart Failure: Preliminary Findings Using an ECG- 
based Spectrogram Method,” Sleep Medicine 9, no. 5 (2008): 527-36. 

35. G. Y. Yeh et aL, “Tai Chi Exercise in Patients with Chronic Heart Failure: A Randomized Clinical Trial,” Archives of Internal 
Medicine 117, no. 8 (2011): 750-57. 

36. G. Y. Yeh et aL, “Tai Chi in Patients with Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction: A Pilot Study,” Congestive Heart Failure 
(e-pub October 12, 2012. 

37. G. Caminiti et al., “Tai Chi Enhances the Effects of Endurance Training in the Rehabilitation of Elderly Patients with Chronic Heart 
Failure,” Rehabilitation Research and Practice (2011): article ID 761958. 

38. D. E. Barrow et al., “An Evaluation of the Effects of Tai Chi Chuan and Chi Kung Training in Patients with Symptomatic Heart 


Failure: A Randomised Controlled Pilot Study,” Postgraduate Medical Journal 83, no. 985 (2007): 717-21; J. A. Fontana et al., 
“T’ai Chi Chih as an Intervention for Heart Failure,” Nursing Clinics of North America 35, no. 4 (2000): 1031-46. 

39. See reviews by G. Y. Yeh, C. C. Wang, P. M. Wayne, and R. Phillips, “Tai Chi Exercise for Patients with Cardiovascular Conditions 
and Risk Factors: A Systematic Review,” Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation and Prevention 29, no. 3 (2009): 152-60; 
and A. D a lus ung- A ngosta , “The Impact of Tai Chi Exercise on Coronary Heart Disease: A Systematic Review,” Journal of the 
American Academy of Nurse Practitioners 23, no. 7 (2011): 376-81. 

40. K. S. Channer et al., “Changes in Haemodynamic Parameters following Tai Chi Chuan and Aerobic Exercise in Patients Recovering 
from Acute Myocardial Infarction,” Postgraduate Medical Journal 72, no. 848 (1996): 349-51. 

41. R. Y. Chang et al., “The Effect of T’ai Chi Exercise on Autonomic Nervous Function of Patients with Coronary Artery Disease,” 
Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 14, no. 9 (2008): 1107-13; S. Sato et al., “Effect of Tai Chi Training on 
Baroreflex Sensitivity and Heart Rate Variability in Patients with Coronary Heart Disease,” International Heart Journal 51, no. 4 
(2009): 238-41. 

42. C. Lan et al., “The Effect of Tai Chi on Cardiorespiratory Function in Patients with Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery,” Medicine 
and Science in Sports and Exercise 31, no. 5 (1999): 634—38. 

43. “Post-Stroke Rehabilitation Fact Sheet,” NINDS, October 2008, NIH Publication No. 08-4846. 

44. S. S. Au- Yeung et al., “Short-form Tai Chi Improves Standing Balance of People with Chronic Stroke,” Neurorehabilitation and 
Neural Repair 23, no. 5 (2009): 515-22. 

45. J. Hart et aL, “Tai Chi Chuan Practice in Community-dwelling Persons after Stroke,” International Journal of Rehabilitation 
Research 27, no. 4 (2004): 303-4. 


Chapter 7 

1. H. J. Schunemann et al., “Pulmonary Function Is a Long-term Predictor of Mortality in the General Population: 29-year Follow-up of 
the Buffalo Health Study,” CHEST 118, no. 3 (2000): 656-64. 

2. W. B. Kannel et aL, “Vital Capacity as a Predictor of Cardiovascular Disease: the Framingham Study,” American Heart Journal 
105, no. 2 (1983): 311-15. 

3. H. J. Schunemann et al., “Pulmonary Function Is a Long-term Predictor of Mortality in the General Population: 29-year Follow-up of 
the Buffalo Health Study,” CHEST 118, no. 3 (2000): 656-64. 

4. Margaret Pisani ed., Aging and Lung Disease: A Clinical Guide (New York: Hum a na Press, 2012). 

5. N. Berend, “Normal Ageing of the Lung: Implications for Diagnosis and Monitoring of Asthma in Older People,” Medical Journal of 
Australia 183, suppl. 1 (2005): S28-29. 

6. Ibid. 

7. Ibid. 

8. Given the pluralism of Tai Chi and its multiple applications (e.g., martial, health, meditative), it should not be surprising that instructions 
regarding how to (or not to) breath and coordinate the breath with movements varies greatly between styles, and even among 
individual teachers within a style. For example, in some systems, students are taught to breathe in during expanding movements, while 
in others, to exhale during expanding movements (e.g., during a punch). Still other instructors suggest no attempt to coordinate 
breathing patterns with movement, but simply to let both occur naturally. Examples of good discussions of this topic can be found in 
Robert Chuckrow, Tai Chi Dynamics (Boston: YMAA Publications, 2008); M. Mellish, A Tai Chi Imagery Workbook: Spirit, 
Intent, and Motion (London: Singing Dragon, 2011); Mantak Chi and Juan Li, The Inner Structure of Tai Chi: Tai Chi Chi Kung 1 
(New York: Healing Tai Books, 1996); J. Loupos, Tai Chi Connections: Advancing Your Tai Chi Experience (Boston: YMAA 
Publication Center, 2005). 

9. T. J. Kaptchuk, J. M. Kelley, A. Deykin, P. M. Wayne, L. C. Lasagna, I. O. Epstein, I. Kirsch, M. E. Wechsler, “Do ‘Placebo 
Responders’ Exist?” Contemporary Clinical Trials 29, no. 4 (2008): 587-95. 

10. C. Lan et al., “Changes in Aerobic Capacity, Fat Ratio, and Flexibility in Older TCC Practitioners: A Five Year Follow-up,” 
American Journal of Chinese Medicine 36 (2008): 1041-50; C. Lan et aL, ‘The Aerobic Capacity and Ventilatory Efficiency during 
Exercise in Qigong and Tai Chi Chuan Practitioners,” American Journal of Chinese Medicine 32, no. 1 (2004): 141-50; C. Lan et 
aL, “Cardiorespiratory Function, Flexibility, and Body Composition among Geriatric Tai Chi Chuan Practitioners,” Archives of 
Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 77, no. 6 (1996): 612-16; J. S. Lai et al., “Two-year Trends in Cardiorespiratory Function 
among Older Tai Chi Chuan Practitioners and Sedentary Subjects.,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 43, no. 11 (1995): 
1222-27; J. S. Lai et al., “Cardiorespiratory Responses of Tai Chi Chuan Practitioners and Sedentary Subjects during Cycle 
Ergometry,” Journal of the Formosan Medical Association 92, no. 10 (October 1993): 894—99. 

IT. R. Taylor-Piliae et al., “Improvement in Balance, Strength, and Flexibility after 12 Weeks of Tai Chi Exercise in Ethnic Chinese 
Adults with Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors,” Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine 12 (2006): 50-58. 

12. L. Pomidori et al., “Efficacy and Tolerability of Yoga Breathing in Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: A Pilot 
Study,” Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation and Prevention 29, no. 2 (2009): 133-37; L. Bernardi et al, “Effect of 


Breathing Rate on Oxygen Saturation and Exercise Performance in Chronic Heart Failure,” Lancet 351, no. 9112 (1998): 1308-11. 

13. T. Raupach et al., “Slow Breathing Reduces Sympathoexcitation in COPD,” European Respiratory Journal 32, no. 2 (2008): 387- 
92; L. Bemardi et al., “Effect of Rosary Prayer and Yoga Mantras on Autonomic Cardiovascular Rhythms, Comparative Study,” 
BMJ 323, no. 7327 (2001): 1446-49; K. Narkiewicz et aL, “Sympathetic Neural Outflow and Chemoreflex Sensitivity Are Related to 
Spontaneous Breathing Rate in Normal Men,” Hypertension 47, no. 1 (2006): 51-55. 

14. Kubzansky et aL, “Angry Breathing: A Prospective Study of Hostility and Lung Function in the Normative Aging Study,” Thorax 61 
(2006): 863-68; Weuve et al., “Forced Expiratory Volume in 1 Second and Cognitive Aging in Men,” Journal of the American 
Geriatrics Society 59 (2011): 1283-92. 

15. E. Agostoni and H. Rand, “Abdo min al and Thoracic Pressures at Different Lung Volumes,” Journal of Applied Physiology 15 
(1960): 1087-92; G. E. Tzelepis et al., “Transmission of Pressure within the Abdomen,” Journal of Applied Physiology 81, no. 3 
(1996): 1111-14; Mead et al., “Abdo min al Breathing Transmission in Humans during Slow Breathing Maneuvers,” Journal of 
Applied Physiology 68, no. 5 (1990): 1850-53. 

16. T. Osada et al., “Determination of Comprehensive Arterial Inflow in Abdominal-Pelvic Organs: Impact of Respiration and Posture 
on Organ Perfusion,” Medical Science Monitor 17 (2011): CR57-66. 

17. Ken Rose and Yu Huan Zhang, A Brief History of Qi (Brookline, Mass.: Paradigm Publications, 2001). 

18. Martin Mellish, A Tai Chi Imagery Workbook: Spirit, Intent, and Motion (London: Singing Dragon, 2011). 

19. J. Menzin et al., “The Economic Burden of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) in a U.S. Medicare Population,” 
Respiratory Medicine 102, no. 9 (2008): 1248-56. 

20. E. Sutherland and R. Cherniack, “Management of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease,” New England Journal of Medicine 
350 (2004): 2689-97. 

21 . G. Y. Yeh, D. H. Roberts, P. M. Wayne, R. B. Davis, M. T. Quilty, R. S. Ph illip s, “Tai Chi Exercise for Patients with Chronic 
Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: A Pilot Study,” Respiratory Care 55, no. 11 (2010): 1475-82. 

22. A. W. Chan et al., “Tai Chi Qigong Improves Lung Functions and Activity Tolerance in COPD Clients: A Single Blind, Randomized 
Controlled Trial,” Complementary Therapies in Medicine 19, no. 1 (2011): 3-11. A. W. Chan et al., “Effectiveness of a Tai Chi 
Qigong Program in Promoting Health-related Quality of Life and Perceived Social Support in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 
Clients,” Quality of Life Research 19, no. 5 (2010): 653-64. Also see R. W. Leung et aL, “A Study Design to Investigate the Effect 
of Short-form Sun-style Tai Chi in Improving Functional Exercise Capacity, Physical Performance, Balance and Health Related 
Quality of Life in People with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD),” Contemporary Clinical Trials 32, no. 2 (2011): 
267-72. 

23. For Qigong, see B. H. Ng et al., “Functional and Psychosocial Effects of Health Qigong in Patients with COPD: A Randomized 
Controlled Trial,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 17, no. 3 (2011): 243-51. For yoga, see A. Fulambarker et 
al., “Effect of Yoga in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease,” American Journal of Therapeutics (October 22, 2012); L. 
Pomidori et al., “Efficacy and Tolerability of Yoga Breathing in Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: A Pilot Study,” 
Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation and Prevention 29, no. 2 (2009): 133-37; D. Donesky-Cuenco et al., “Yoga Therapy 
Decreases Dyspnea-related Distress and Improves Functional Performance in People with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: 
A Pilot Study,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 15, no. 3 (2009): 225-34. 

24. Summary Health Statistics for U.S. Adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2008 and Summary Health Statistics for U.S. 
Children: National Health Interview Survey, 2008; World Health Organization, “Global Surveillance, Prevention and Control of 
Chronic Respiratory Diseases: A Comprehensive Approach,” 2007; Centers for Disease Control. Surveillance for Asthma — United 
States, 1960-1995, Morbidity arid Mortality Weekly Report , 47 (1998): SS-1. 

25. W. Maziak, “The Asthma Epidemic and Our Artificial Habitats,” BMC Pulmonary Medicine 5, no. 1 (2005). 

26. Y. F. Chang et al., “Tai Chi Chuan Training Improves the Pulmonary Function of Asthmatic Children,” Journal of Microbiology, 
Immunology, and Infections 41 (2008): 88-95. 

27. S. Kiatboonsri et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Qigong Training on Exercise Performance and Airway Inflammation in Moderate to Severe 
Persistent Asthma,” CHEST 134, no. 4 (2008): s54003. 


Chapter 8 

1. B. Horrigan, “Meditation and Neuroplasticity: Training Your Brain (Interview with Richard Davidson, PhD),” Explore 1 (2005): 381— 
88 . 

2. For a good discussion of the Shen-Jing continuum and the Chinese concept of mind, see E. Korngold and H. Beinfield, “Chinese 
Medicine and the Mind,” Explore 2, no. 4 (2006): 321-33. More generally, thoughts and emotions in Chinese medicine are not thought 
to originate in or be regulated solely by the brain, but rather, by all the visceral organs and their energetic interactions. For example, 
excessive anger is associated with an imbalance in liver energy, and short-term memory loss may be related to weak kidney Qi. This 
more holistic concept of the mind, and the idea that that memories, emotion, and other aspects of min d may not be stored or 
processed exclusively in the brain, but in other parts and tissues of the body as well, is also discussed in multiple Western traditions, 


including recent medical literature. For example, databases of case studies with transplant patients suggest that organ transplant 
recipients sometimes inherit the memories and behaviors of the donors — in these cases, clearly not via brain tissue; see P. Pearsall. G. 
E. Schwartz, L. G. Russek, Nexus Magazine 12, no. 3 (April-May 2005). Similarly, practitioners and patients of many forms of 
manual and movement therapies report that physical changes can trigger release of memories and emotions apparently “stored” in the 
body. To read more about the concept of “embodiment,” see F. Varela and E. Thompson, The Embodied Mind (Cambridge, Mass.: 
MIT Press, 1991); W. E. Mehling et aL, “Body Awareness: A Phenomenological Inquiry into the Common Ground of Mind-Body 
Therapies,” Philosophy, Ethics, and Humanities in Medicine 7, no. 6 (2011): 6; E. Thompson, Mind in Life; Biology, 
Phenomenology, and the Sciences of Mind (Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2007); and D. H. 
lohnson, Groundworks: Narratives of Embodiment (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1997). 

3. Shi Ming, Mind Over Matter: Higher Martial Arts (Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 1994). 

4. For an excellent review of plasticity research specifically related to meditation, see H. A. Slagter et aL, “Mental Training as a Tool in 
the Neuroscientific Study of Brain and Cognitive Plasticity,” Frontiers in Neuroscience Research 5 (2011): 17. 

5. A. Nelson and S. Gilbert, The Harvard Medical School Guide to Achieving Optimal Memory (New York: McGraw Hill, 2005). 

6. A. Pascual-Leone et aL, “Modulation of Muscle Responses Evoked by Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation during the Acquisition of 
New Fine Motor Skills,” Journal of Neurophysiology 74, no. 5 (1995): 1037-45; also see C. Papadelis et aL, “Effects of Imagery 
Training on Cognitive Perfonuance and Use of Physiological Measures as an Assessment Tool of Mental Effort,” Brain and 
Cognition 64, no. 1 (2007): 74-85. 

7. R. C. Peterson et aL, “Prevalence of Mild Cognitive Impairment Is Higher in Men: The Mayo C lin ic Study of Aging,” Neurology 75, 
no. 10 (2010): 889-97; Alzheimer’s Association, “2011 A lzh eimer’s Disease Facts and Figures,” Alzheimer’s & Dementia 7, no. 2 
(2011): 208-44. 

8. L. C. W. Lam et al. “Interim Follow-up of a Randomized Controlled Trial Comparing Chinese Style Mind-Body (Tai Chi) and 
Stretching Exercises on Cognitive Function in Subjects at Risk of Progressive Cognitive Decline,” International Journal of 
Geriatrics Psychology 26 (2011): 733-40; L. C. W. Lam et aL, “A 1-year Randomized Controlled Trial Comparing Mind-Body 
Exercise (Tai Chi) with Stretching and Toning Exercise on Cognitive Function in Older Chinese Adults at Risk of Cognitive Decline,” 
Journal of the American Medical Directors Association (2012): el-e6. 

9. S. C. Burgener et al., “The Effects of a Multimodal Intervention on Outcomes of Persons with Early-stage Dementia,” American 
Journal of Alzheimer s Disease and Other Dementias 23, no. 4 (2008): 382-94. 

10. S. C. Burgener et aL, “A Combined, Multimodal Intervention for Individuals with Dementia,” Research in Gerontological Nursing 
4, no. 1 (2011): 64-75. 

H. R. E. Taylor-Piliae et al., “Effects of Tai Chi and Western Exercise on Physical and Cognitive Functioning in Healthy Community- 
dwelling Older Adults,” Journal of Aging and Physical Activity 18, no. 3 (2010): 261-79. 

12- I- Mortimer et al., “2012: Changes in Brain Volume and Cognition in a Randomized Trial of Exercise and Social Interaction in a 
Community-based Sample of Non-demented Chinese Elders,” Journal of Alzheimer s Disease 30, no. 4 (2012): 757-66. 

13. M. M. Matthews and H. G. Williams, “Can Tai Chi Enhance Cognitive Vitality? A Preliminary Study of Cognitive Executive Control 
in Older Adults after a Tai Chi Intervention,” Journal of the South Carolina Medical Association 104, no. 8 (2008): 255-57; C. D. 
Hall et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Intervention on Dual-task Ability in Older Adults: A Pilot Study,” Archives of Physical Medicine and 
Rehabilitation 90 no. 3 (2009): 525-29; M. H. Nguyen and A. Kruse, “A Rando miz ed Controlled Trial of Tai Chi for Balance, Sleep 
Quality and Cognitive Performance in Elderly Vietnamese,” Journal of Clinical Interventions in Aging 1 (2012): 185-90. 

14. W. K. Man et aL, “Do Older Tai Chi Practitioners Have Better Attention and Memory Function?” Journal of Alternative and 
Complementary Medicine 16 (2009): 1259-64. 

15. A. S. Chan et al., “Association between Mind-Body and Cardiovascular Exercises and Memory in Older Adults, Journal of the 
American Geriatrics Society 53 (2005): 1754—63. Also see L. C. Lam et al., “Modality of Physical Exercise and Cognitive Function 
in Hong Kong Older Chinese Community,” International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 24, no. 1 (2009): 48-53. 

16. C. Voelcker-Rehage et al., “Physical and Motor Fitness Are Both Related to Cognition in Old Age,” Cognitive Neuroscience 31, 
no. 1 (2010): 167-76; C. Voelcker-Rehage et aL, “Cardiovascular and Coordination Training Differentially Improve Cognitive 
Performance and Neural Processing in Older Adults,” Frontiers Human Neuroscience 1, no. 5 (2011): 26. 

17. S. Colcombe and A. F. Kramer, “Fitness Effects on the Cognitive Function of Older Adults: A Meta-Analytic Study,” Psychological 
Science 14, no. 2 (2003): 125-30. 

18. C. N. Tseng et al., “The Effectiveness of Exercise on Improving Cognitive Function in Older People: A Systematic Review,” 
Journal of Nursing Research 19, no. 2 (2011): 119-31. Also see M. Angavaren et al., “Physical Activity and Enh a nced Fitness to 
Improve Cognitive Function in Older People without Known Cognitive Impairment,” Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 6, 
no. 3 (2008): CD005381. 

19. K. I. Erickson et al., “Exercise Training Increases Size of Hippocampus and Improves Memory,” Proceedings of the National 
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 108, no. 7 (2010): 3017-22. 

20. Among reported changes in human studies are higher levels of cerebral blood flow and blood volume [R. L. Rogers et aL, “After 
Reaching Retirement Age Physical Activity Sustains Cerebral Perfusion and Cognition,” Journal of the American Geriatrics 
Society > 38, no. 2 (1990): 123-28; A. C. Periera et al., “An in Vivo Correlate of Exercise-induced Neurogenesis in the Adult Dentate 
Gyrus,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 104, no. 113 (2007): 5638-43]; 


increased activity in frontal and parietal regions of the brain, which are thought to be involved in efficient attentional control [S. J. 
Colcombe et al., “Cardiovascular Fitness, Cortical Plasticity, and Aging,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the 
United States of America 101, no. 9 (2004): 3316-21]; increased gray and white matter volume in the prefrontal cortex [S. J. 
Colcombe et al., “Aerobic Exercise Training Increases Brain Volume in Aging Flumans,” Journals of Gerontology Series A: 
Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences 61, no. 11 (2006): 1166-70]; and increased functioning of key nodes in the brain’s 
executive control [Waton et al. “Executive Function, Memory, and Gait Speed Decline in Well-functioning Older Adults,” Journals of 
Gerontology Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences 65, no. 10 (2010): 1093-100]; and default mode networks [M. 
W. Voss et al., “Plasticity of Brain Networks in a Randomized Intervention Trial of Exercise Training in Older Adults,” Frontiers in 
Aging Neuroscience, 26, no. 2 (2010)]. 

21. E. B. Larson, “Exercise Is Associated with Reduced Risk for Incident Dementia among Persons 65 Years of Age and Older,” 
Annals of Internal Medicine 144 (2006): 73-81. 

22. K. Yaffe et aL, “A Prospective Study of Physical Activity and Cognitive Decline in Elderly Women: Women Who Walk,” Archives 
of Internal Medicine 161, no. 14(2001): 1703-8. 

23. C. Voelcker-Rehage et al., “Physical and Motor Fitness Are Both Related to Cognition in Old Age,” European Journal of 
Neuroscience 31, no. 1 (2010): 167-76; C. Voelcker-Rehage et aL, “Cardiovascular and Coordination Trai nin g Differentially Improve 
Cognitive Performance and Neural Processing in Older Adults,” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 5 (2011): 26. 

24. M. C. Tierney et al., “Intensity of Recreational Physical Activity throughout Life and Later Life Cognitive Functioning in Women,” 
Journal of Alzheimer s Disease 22, no. 4 (2010): 1331-38. 

25. P. W. Landfield et al., “Hippocampal Aging and Adrenocorticoids: Quantitative Correlations,” Science 202, no. 4372 (1978): 1098— 
102; R. M. Sapolsky and N. Y. Ann, “The Physiological Relevance of Glucocorticoid Endangerment of the Hippocampus,” Academy 
of Sciences 746 (1994): 294-304, and discussion, 304-7. 

26. S. J. Lupien et aL, “Cortisol Levels during Human Aging Predict Hippocampal Atrophy and Memory Deficits,” Nature 
Neuroscience 1, no. 1 (1998): 69-73; A. S. Karlamangla et al., “Urinary Cortisol Excretion as a Predictor of Incident Cognitive 
Impairment,” Neurobiology of Aging 26, suppl. 1 (2005): 80-84. 

27. R. S. Wilson et al., “Proneness to Psychological Distress Is Associated with Risk of A lzh eimer’s Disease,” Neurology 961 (2003): 
1479-85. 

28. C. Wang et al., “Tai Chi on Psychological Well-being: Systematic Review and Meta-analysis,” BMC Complementary and 
Alternative Medicine 21, no. 10 (2010): 23; L. Zhang et al., “A Review of the Psychological Effectiveness of Tai Chi on Different 
Populations,” Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine (2012): ID678107. 

29. T. Esch et aL, “Mind/Body Techniques for Physiological and Psychological Stress Reduction: Stress Management via Tai Chi 
Training — a Pilot Study,” Medical Science Monitor 13, no. 11 (2007): CR488-497; P. Jin, “Changes in Heart Rate, Noradrenaline, 
Cortisol, and Mood during Tai Chi,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 33 (1989): 197-206; G. Y. Yeh et al., “Effect of Tai Chi 
Mind-Body Movement Therapy on Functional Status and Exercise Capacity in Patients with Chronic Heart Failure: A Randomized 
Controlled Trial,” American Journal of Medicine 117, no. 8 (2004): 541-548; E. N. Lee, “The Effects of Tai Chi Exercise Program 
on Blood Pressure, Total Cholesterol and Cortisol Level in Patients with Essential Hypertension,” Taehan Kanho Hakhoe Chi 34 
(2004): 829-37 (in Korean). 

30. M. L. Galantino et al., “The Effect of Group Aerobic Exercise and T’ai Chi on Functional Outcomes and Quality of Life for Persons 
Living with Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 11, no. 6 (2005): 1085— 
92. An excellent qualitative study describing subjective experiences following Tai Chi is Y. Yang et al., “Subjective Experiences of 
Older Adults Practicing Taiji and Qigong,” Journal of Aging Research (2011): ID650210. 

31. H. A. Slagter et al., “Mental Training as a Tool in the Neuroscientific Study of Brain and Cognitive Plasticity,” Frontiers in 
Neuroscience Research 5 (2011): 17. 

32. A. Chiesa et al., “Does Mindfulness Training Improve Cognitive Abilities? A Systematic Review of Neuropsychological Findings,” 
Clincial Psychology Review 31, no. 3 (2010): 449-64; A. Moore and P. Malinowski, “Meditation, Mindfulness and Cognitive 
Flexibility,” Consciousness and Cognition 18 (2009): 176-86; P. A. van den Hurk, “Greater Efficiency in Attentional Processing 
Related to Mindfulness Meditation,” Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 63 (2010): 1168-80. 

33. A. P. Jha et al., “Examining the Protective Effects of Mindfulness Training on Working Memory Capacity and Affective 
Experience,” Emotion 10, no. 1 (2010): 54-64. 

34. A. Mohan et al., “Effect of Meditation on Stress-induced Changes in Cognitive Functions,” Journal of Alternative and 
Complementary Medicine 17 (2011): 207-12; B. K. Holzel et al., “Stress Reduction Correlates with Structural Changes in the 
Amygdala,” Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 5, no. 1 (2010): 11-17; P. van der Hurk et aL, “Mindfulness Meditation 
Associated with Alterations in Bottom-up Processing: Psychophysiological Evidence for Reduced Reactivity,” International Journal 
of Psychophysiology 78 (2010): 151-57; A. Lutz et al., “Attentional Regulation and Monitoring in Meditation,” Trends in Cognitive 
Science 12 (2008): 163-69. 

35. S. W. Lazar et al., “Functional Brain Mapping of the Relaxation Response and Meditation,” Neuroreport 11, no. 7 (2000): 1581-85. 

36. B. K. Holzel et al., “Mindfulness Practice Leads to Increases in Regional Brain Gray Matter Density,” Psychiatry Research 191, 
no. 1 (2011): 36-43. 

37. E. Luders et al., “The Underlying Anatomical Correlates of Long-term Meditation: Larger Hippocampal and Frontal Volumes of 


Gray Matter,” Neuroimage 45, no. 3 (2009): 672-78; B. K. Holzel et al., “Investigation of Mindfulness Meditation Practitioners with 
Voxel-based Morphometry,” Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 3, no. 1 (2008): 55-61. 

38. N. A. Farb et al., “Attending to the Present: Mindfulness Meditation Reveals Distinct Neural Modes of Self-Reference,” Social 
Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 2, no. 4 (2007): 313-22; A. Lutz et aL, “Regulation of the Neural Circuitry of Emotion by 
Compassion Meditation: Effects of Meditative Expertise,” PloS One 3, no. 3 (2008): el 897. 

39. L. A. Kilpatrick et aL, “Impact of Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction Training on Intrinsic Brain Connectivity,” Neuroimage 56, 
no. 1: 290-98; E. Luders et al., “Enhanced Brain Connectivity in Long-term Meditation Practitioners,” Neuroimage 57, no. 4 (2011): 
1308-16. 

40. J. Driemeyer et al., “Changes in Gray Matter Induced by Learning — Revisited,” PLoS One 23 (2008): e2669; J. Boyke et al., 
“Training-induced Brain Structure Changes in the Elderly,” Journal of Neuroscience 28, no. 28 (2008): 7031-35. 

41. C. Voelcker-Rehage and K. Willimczik, “Motor Plasticity in a Juggling Task in Older Adults — A Developmental Study,” Age and 
Ageing 35, no. 4 (2006): 422-27. 

42. M. Groussard et al., “When Music and Long-temr Memory Interact: Effects of Musical Expertise on Functional and Structural 
Plasticity in the Hippocampus,” PLoS One 5, no. 10 (2010): pii: e 13225; M. Herdener et al., “Musical Training Induces Functional 
Plasticity in Human Hippocampus,” Journal of Neuroscience 30, no. 4 (2010): 1377-84. 

43. J. C. Kattenstroth et al., “Superior Sensory, Motor, and Cognitive Performance in Elderly Individuals with Multi-year Dancing 
Activities,” Frontiers in Aging Neuroscience 2 (2010): 31. 

44. E. A. Mcguire et al., ‘Navigation-related Structural Change in the Hippocampi of Taxi Drivers,” Proceedings of the National 
Academy > of Sciences of the United States of America 97, no. 8 (2000)): 4398-403. 

45. J. Verghese et al., “Leisure Activities and the Risk of Dementia in the Elderly,” New England Journal of Medicine 348, no. 25 
(2003): 2508-16. Also see: C. B. Hall et aL, “Cognitive Activities Delay Onset of Memory Decline in Persons Who Develop 
Dementia,” Neurology 73, no. 5 (2009): 356-61. 

46. S. S. Bassuk et al., “Social Disengagement and Incident Cognitive Decline in Community-Dwelling Elderly Persons,” Annals of 
Internal Medicine 131 (1999): 165-173; R. C. Sims et al., “The Influence of Functional Social Support on Executive Functioning in 
Middle-aged African Americans,” Neuropsychology, Development, and Cognition, Section B, Aging, Neuropsychology, and 
Cognition 18, no. 4 (2011): 414—31. 

47. Cheng Man Ch’ing, Cheng-Tzu s Thirteen Treatises on Tai Chi Chuan (Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1985). 

48. Good discussions of being “in the zone” as related to Tai Chi and martial arts can be found in Shi Ming, Mind Over Matter: Higher 
Martial Arts (Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 1994). Also see Rick Barrett, Taijiquan: Through the Western Gate (Berkeley: Blue 
Snake Books, 2006). 

49. R. Chuckrow, “Practicing Correct Strength (Jin) in T’ai-Chi Movement,” http://chuckrowtaichi.com/PracticingPengJin.htmL 

50. For reviews, see C. Schuster et al., “Best Practices for Motor Imagery: A Systematic Review of Motor Imagery Training Elements 
in Five Different Disciplines,” BMC Medicine 9 (2011): 75. 

51. V. K. Ranganathan et al., “From Mental Power to Muscle Power — Gaining Strength by Using the Mind,” Neuropsycho logia 42, 
no. 7 (2004): 944-56. 

52. F. Bakker et al., “Changes in Muscular Activity while Imagining Weight Lifting Using Stimulus or Response Propositions,” Journal 
of Sport and Exercise Psychology 18 (1996): 313-24. Also see Driskell et aL, “Does Mental Practice Enhance Performance?” 
Journal of Sports Psychology 79 (1994): 481-92. 

53. T. Mulder et al., “Observation, Imagination and Execution of an Effortful Movement: More Evidence for a Central Explanation of 
Motor Imagery,” Experimental Brain Research 163, no. 3 (2005): 344—51. Also see M. Jeannerod, “Neural Simulation of Action: A 
Unifying Mechanism for Motor Cognition,” Neurolmage 14, no. 1, pt. 2 (2001): S103-9; M. Jeannerod, “Mental Imagery in the 
Motor Context,” Neuropsychologia 33, no. 11 (1995): 1419-32. 

54. For motor imagery in stroke, see J. Zimmermann-Schlater et aL, “Efficacy of Motor Imagery in Post-stroke Rehabilitaion: A 
Systematic Review,” Journal of Neuroengineering and Rehabilitation 5 (2008): 8; S. J. Page et al., “Mental Practice in Chronic 
Stroke: Results of a Randomized, Placebo-controlled Trial,” Stroke 38, no. 4 (2009): 1293-97; M. Ietswaart et al., “Mental Practice 
with Motor Imagery in Stroke Recovery: Rando miz ed Controlled Trial of Efficacy,” Brain 134, pt. 5 (2011): 1373-86. For motor 
imagery in Par kins on’s disease, see Braun et al., “Rehabilitation with Mental Practice Has Similar Effects on Mobility as 
Rehabilitation with Relaxation in People with Par kin son’s Disease,” Journal of Physiotherapy 57 (2001): 27-34; E. Heremans et al., 
“Motor Imagery Ability in Patients with Early- and Mid-stage Par kin son Disease,” Neurorehabilitation and Neural Repair 25, no. 2 
(2011): 168-77; R. Tamir et al., “Integration of Motor Imagery and Physical Practice in Group Treatment Applied to Subjects with 
Par kin son’s Disease,” Neurorehabilitation and Neural Repair 21, no. 1 (2007): 68-75. Clinical evidence for the effectiveness of 
Tai Chi for neurological conditions includes F. Li et aL “Tai Chi and Postural Stability in Patients with Par kins on’s Disease,” New 
England Journal of Medicine 366, no. 6 (February 9, 2012): 511-19; S. S. Au- Yeung, “Short-form Tai Chi Improves Standing 
Balance of People with Chronic Stroke,” Neurorehabilitation and Neural Repair 23, no. 5 (2009): 515-22. 


Chapter 9 


1. World Health Organization, “Promoting Mental Health: Concepts, Emerging Evidence, Practice: A Report of the World Health 
Organization,” Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse in Collaboration with the Victorian Health Promotion Foundation 
and the University of Melbourne (Geneva: World Health Organization, 2005). 

2. “The Changing Organization of Work and the Safety and Health of Working People,” Department of Health and Human Services 
(National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) Publication No. 2002-116. 

3. G. P. Chrousos and P. W. Gold, “The Concept of Stress and Stress System Disorders,” Journal of the American Medical 
Association 267 (1992): 1244—52; R. P. Juster et aL, “Allostatic Load Biomarkers of Chronic Stress and Impact on Health and 
Cognition,” Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 35 (2010): 2-16; E. M. Backe et al., “The Role of Psychosocial Stress at 
Work for the Development of Cardiovascular Disease: A Systematic Review,” International Archives of Occupational and 
Environmental Health 85 (2011): 67-79. 

4. http://www.stress.org/ 

5. See Richard Lazarus and Susan Folkman, Stress, Appraisal, and Coping (New York: Springer Publishing Company, 1984) for a 
comprehensive review of stress appraisal. 

6. S. S. Luthar et al., “The Construct of Resilience: A Critical Evaluation and Guidelines for Future Work,” Child Development 71, no. 3 
(2000): 543-62; D. Cicchetti, “Resilience under Conditions of Extreme Stress: A Multilevel Perspective,” World Psychiatry 9, no. 3 
(2010): 145-54. 

7. “The Numbers Count: Mental Disorders in America,” http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/publications/the-numbers-count-mental- 
disorders-in-america/index.shtmi 

8. Surgeon General’s Report on Mental Health, 1999. United States, Public Health Service, Office of the Surgeon General Center for 
Mental Health Services National Institute of Mental Health. 

9. J. W. Smoller et aL, “Genetics of Anxiety Disorders: The Complex Road from DSM to DNA,” Depression and Anxiety 26, no. 11 
(2009): 965-75; A. Weiss et al., “Happiness Is a Personality) Thing: The Genetics of Personality and Well-being in a Representative 
Sample,” Psychological Science 19, no. 3 (2008): 205-10. 

10. Anne Harrington and Arthur Zajonc, The Dalai Lama at MIT (Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 2006). 

H. R. Veenhoven, “Healthy Happiness: Effects of Happiness on Physical Health and the Consequences for Preventive Health Care,” 
Journal of Happiness Studies 9 (2008): 449-69. Also see: C. D. Ryff et al., “Positive Health: Connecting Well-being with Biology,” 
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 359, no. 1449 (2004): 1383-94; Barbara Fredrickson, Positivity: 
Groundbreaking Research Reveals How to Embrace the Hidden Strength of Positive Emotions, Overcome Negativity, and 
Thrive, (New York: Crown, 2009). 

12- A. Lutz et aL, “Long-term Meditators Self-induce High-amplitude Gamma Synchrony during Mental Practice,” Procedures of the 
National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 101, no. 46 (2004): 16369-73. 

13. A. Lutz et al., “Regulation of the Neural Circuitry of Emotion by Compassion Meditation: Effects of Meditative Expertise,” PloS 
One 3, no. 3 (2008): el 897. 

14. For example, in one study, Emory University researchers randomly assigned 61 healthy adults who had never meditated before to 
either six weeks of compassion meditation training or a health discussion group. The results of this small trial were provocative: the 
more those in the meditation group practiced, the less distress they experienced. More remarkably, meditation seemed to affect their 
immune system. The meditation group showed reductions in a marker of inflammation induced by stress called interleukin-6 or IL-6. 
Chronically high levels of this marker have been associated with major depression and the development of several diseases, including 
vascular disease and diabetes: T. W. Pace et al., “Effect of Compassion Meditation on Neuroendocrine, Innate Immune and 
Behavioral Responses to Psychosocial Stress,” Psychoneuroendocrinology 34, no. 1 (2009): 87-98. Also see A. Ikeda, “Optimism 
in Relation to Inflammation and Endotheial Dysfunction in Older Men: The VA Normative Aging Study,” Psychosomatic Medicine 
73 (2011): 664—71; M. Matsunaga et al., “Association between Perceived Happiness Levels and Peripheral Circulating Pro- 
inflammatory Cytokine Levels in Middle-aged Adults in Japan,” Neuro Endocrinol Letter 32, no. 4 (2011): 458-63. 

15. See Elisa Rossi, Shen: Psycho-Emotional Aspects of Chinese Medicine (Philadelphia: Churchill Livingstone, 2007). 

16. G. Maciocia, The Psyche in Chinese Medicine: Treatment of Emotional and Mental Disharmonies with Acupuncture and 
Chinese Herbs (Philadelphia: Churchill Livingstone, 2009). 

17. Ibid. 

18. C. Wang et al., “Tai Chi on Psychological Well-being: Systematic Review and Meta-analysis,” BMC Complementary and 
Alternative Medicine 10 (2010): 23. For other reviews of Tai Chi for psychological well-being, see: L. Zhang et al., “A Review 
Focused on the Psychological Effectiveness of Tai Chi on Different Populations,” Evidence Based Complementary and Alternative 
Medicine (2012): ID 678107; W. C. Wang et al, “The Effect of Tai Chi on Psychosocial Well-being: A Systematic Review of 
Randomized Controlled Trials,” Journal of Acupuncture and Meridian Studies 2, no. 3 (2009): 171-81; A. Deschamps et al., 
“Effects of Tai Chi Exercises on Self-Efficacy and Psychological Health,” European Review of Aging and Physical Activity 4 
(2007): 25-32. 

19. C. Wang et al., “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatic Diseases Clinic of North America, 37, no. 1 (2011): 19-32. 

20. G. Y. Yeh et al., “Tai Chi Exercise in Patients with Chronic Heart Failure: A Randomized C lin ical Trial,” Archives of Internal 


Medicine 171, no. 8 (2011): 750-57. 

21. In one study, 112 adults with major depression, aged 60 years and older, were initially treated with escitalopram, a selective seroto nin 
reuptake inhibitor, for approximately four weeks. The 73 patients who partially responded to the drug continued to take it daily and 
also randomly were assigned to 10 weeks of either Tai Chi or health education for two hours per week. After 10 weeks, those in the 
escitalopram and Tai Chi group were more likely to show a greater reduction of depressive symptoms or to be totally free of 
depression as compared with those receiving escitalopram and health education: H. Lavretsky et al., “Complementary Use of Tai Chi 
Chih Augments Escitalopram Treatment of Geriatric Depression: A Randomized Controlled Trial,” American Journal of Geriatric 
Psychiatry 19, no. 10 (2011): 839-50. Also see K. L. Chou et al., “Effect of Tai Chi on Depressive Symptoms amongst Chinese 
Older Patients with Depressive Disorders: A Randomized Clinical Trial,” International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 19 (2004): 
1105-7. 

22. A. Yeung, G. Yeh, L. Slipp, M. Fava, J. Denninger, H. Benson, G. Fricchione V. Lepoutre, and P. Wayne, “Tai Chi Treatment for 
Depression in Chinese Americans: A Pilot Study,” American Journal of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 91, no. 10 (2012): 
863-70. 

23. J. C. Tsai et al., “The Beneficial Effects of Tai Chi Chuan on Blood Pressure and Lipid Profile and Anxiety Status in a Randomized 
Controlled Trial,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 9, no. 5 (2003): 747-54. 

24. C. Wang et al., “Tai Chi on Psychological Well-being: Systematic Review and Meta-analysis,” BMC Complementary and 
Alternative Medicine 10 (2010): 23. 

25. I. Janssen and A. G. Leblanc, “Systematic Review of the Health Benefits of Physical Activity and Fitness in School-aged Children 
and Youth,” International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity 7 (2010): 40; L. M. Haarasilta et al., “Correlates 
of Depression in a Representative Nationwide Sample of Adolescents (15-19 years) and Young Adults (20-24 years),” European 
Journal of Public Health 14, no. 3 (2004): 280-85; P. Lanrpinen et al., “Changes in Intensity of Physical Exercise as Predictors of 
Depressive Symptoms among Older Adults: An Eight-year Follow-up,” Preventive Medicine 30, no. 5 (2000): 371-80; M. E. Farmer 
et al., “Physical Activity and Depressive Symptoms: The NHANES I Epidemiologic Follow-up Study,” Journal of Epidemiology 
128, no. 6 (1988): 1340-51; I. Helmich et al., “Neurobiological Alterations Induced by Exercise and Their Impact on Depressive 
Disorders,” Clinical Practice and Epidemiololgy in Mental Health 30, no. 6 (2010): 115-25. 

26. Prospective c lin ical trials confirm these associations. A recent Cochrane Database Systematic Review published in 2009 
summarized the results of studies evaluating exercise for depression. A meta-analysis of 23 trials found that exercise led to large 
positive effects in mood elevation when compared to either no treatment or to controls. E. Mead et aL, “Exercise for Depression,” 
Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 3 (July 8, 2009): CD004366. Also see Blake et al., “How Effective Are Physical 
Activity Interventions for Alleviating Depressive Symptoms in Older People? A Systematic Review,” Clinical Rehabilitation 23, no. 
23 (2009): 873-87; A. Strohle, “Physical Activity, Exercise, Depression and Anxiety Disorders,” Journal of Neural Transmission 
116, no. 6 (2009): 777-84. 

27. A noteworthy series of studies conducted by Duke University Medical Center researchers compared the benefits of exercise versus 
antidepressant medications for older patients with major depressive disorders. In one randomized trial, 156 men and women over age 
50 were assigned to one of three groups: exercise, medication, or a combination of exercise and medication. The exercise group rode 
a stationary bike, walked, or jogged for 30 minutes three times a week. After 16 weeks, all three groups showed statistically 
significant — and identical — improvements in standard measurements of depression: J. A. Blumenthal et al., “Effects of Exercise 
Training on Older Patients with Major Depression,” Archives of Internal Medicine 159, no. 19 (1999): 2349-56. 

28. J. A. Blumenthal et al., “Exercise and Pharmacotherapy in the Treatment of Major Depressive Disorder,” Psychosomatic Medicine 
69, no. 7 (2007): 587-96. 

29. A. Strohle, “Physical Activity, Exercise, Depression and Anxiety Disorders,” Journal of Neural Transmission 116, no. 6 (2009): 
777-84. 

30. M. P. Herring et al., “The Effect of Exercise Training on Anxiety Symptoms among Patients: A Systematic Review,” Archives of 
Internal Medicine 170, no. 4 (2010): 321-31. 

31. One study in England specifically evaluated the impact of exercise on adults with anxiety symptoms. The participants were randomly 
assigned to either moderate aerobic training or strength and flexibility training for 10 weeks. The aerobic exercise program led to 
significant improvements in fitness and was also associated with significantly greater reductions in tension/anxiety, depression, and 
other moods, together with increases in perceived ability to cope with stress, in comparison to the strength/flexibility group. These 
positive effects were maintained for three months: A. Steptoe et al., “The Effects of Exercise Training on Mood and Perceived 
Coping Ability in Anxious Adults from the General Population,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 33 (1989): 537-547. 

32. A. B. Diaz and R. Motta, “The Effects of an Aerobic Exercise Program on Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Symptom Severity in 
Adolescents,” International Journal of Emergency Mental Health 10, no. 1 (2008): 49-59. 

33. D. Meron et aL, “Promoting Walking as an Adjunct Intervention to Group Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety Disorders — A 
Pilot Group Randomized Trial,” Journal of Anxiety Disorders 22, no. 6 (2008): 959-68. 

34. Examples of this include the approaches developed by Alexander Lowen (e.g., The Language of the Body , Bioenergetics Press, 
2006); Moshe Feldenkrais (e.g., Body and Mature Behavior: A Study of Anxiety, Sex, Gravitation, and Learning, Frog Books, 
2005); Ida Rolf (e.g., Rolfing: Reestablishing the Natural Alignment and Structural Integration of the Human Body for Vitality 
and Well-Being, Healing Arts Press, 1989); and Frederick Alexander ( Body Learning: An Introduction to the Alexander 


Technique by Michael Gelb, Holt Paperbacks, 1996). 

35. Charles Darwin, The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (London: John Murray, 1872). For more recent research, 
see F. Strack et al., “Inhibiting and Facilitating Conditions of the Human Smile: A Nonobtrusive Test of the Facial Feedback 
Hypothesis,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 54, no. 5 (1988): 768-77; J. H. Riskind and C. C. Gotay, “Physical 
Posture: Could It Have Regulatory or Feedback Effects on Motivation and Emotion?” Motivation and Emotion 6, no. 3 (1982): 273- 
98. 

36. D. R. Carney et al., “Power Posing: Brief Nonverbal Displays Affect Neuroendocrine Levels and Risk Tolerance,” Psychological 
Science 21, no. 10 (2010): 1363-68. 

37. C. Hammen, “Stress and Depression,” Annual Review of Clinical Psychology 1 (2005): 293-319. 

38. Charles Genoud, Gesture of Awarenesss: A Radical Approach to Time, Space, and Movement (Boston: Wisdom Publications, 
2006). 

39. M. A. Killingsworth and D. T. Gilbert, “A Wandering Mind Is an Unhappy Mind,” Science 330, no. 6006 (2010): 932. 

40. J. M. Greeson, “Mindfulness Research Update: 2008,” Complementary Health Practice Review 14, no. 1 (2009): 10-18. Also see 
Grossman et al., “Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction and Health Benefits: A Meta-analysis,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 
57, no. 1 (2004): 35-43; M. Merkes, “Mindfulness-based Stress Reduction for People with Chronic Diseases,” Australian Journal 
of Primary Health 16, no. 3 (2010): 200-210. 

41. S. Jain et al., “A Rando miz ed Controlled Trial of Mindfulness Meditation versus Relaxation Training: Effects on Distress, Positive 
States of Mind, Rumination, and Distraction,” Annals of Behavioral Medicine 33, no. 1 (2007): 11-21. 

42. J. Piet and E. Hougaard, “The Effect of Mindfulness-based Cognitive Therapy for Prevention of Relapse in Recurrent Major 
Depressive Disorder: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis,” Clinical Psychology Review 31, no. 6 (2011): 1032-40. 

43. M. H. Bonnet et aL, “Hyperarousal and In s omnia: State of the Science,” Sleep Medicine Reviews 14, no. 9 (2010): 9-15; M. M. 
Ohayon, “Epidemiology of Insomni a : What We Know and What We Still Need to Learn,” Sleep Medicine Reviews 6, no. 2 (2002): 
97-111. 

44. F. E. Cappuccio et al., “Sleep Duration Predicts Cardiovascular Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis of Prospective 
Studies,” European Heart Journal 32, no. 12 (2011): 1484-92.; D. Foley et al., “Sleep Disturbances and Chronic Disease in Older 
Adults: Results of the 2003 National Sleep Foundation Sleep in America Survey,” Journal of Psychosomatic Research 56, no. 5 
(2004): 497-502; K. L. Knutson et al., “Role of Sleep Duration and Quality in the Risk and Severity of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus,” 
Archives of Internal Medicine 166 (2006): 1768-64; E. Kasasbeh et al., “Inflammatory Aspects of Sleep Apnea and Their 
Cardiovascular Consequences,” Southern Medical Journal 99, no. 1 (2006): 58-67; S. Taheri, “The Link between Short Sleep 
Duration and Obesity: We Should Recommend More Sleep to Prevent Obesity,” Archives of Disease in Childhood 91, no. 11 
(2006): 881-84. 

45. D. J. Kupfer and C. F. Reynolds III, “Management of Insomni a ,” New England Journal of Medicine 336, no. 5 (1997): 341-46; J. 
Glass et al., “Sedative Hypnotics in Older People with Insomni a : Meta-analysis of Risks and Benefits,” BMJ 331, no. 7526 (2005): 
1169. 

46. B. Sivertsen et aL, “Cognitive Behavioral Therapy vs Zopiclone for Treatment of Chronic Primary In s omni a in Older Adults: A 
Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal of the American Medical Association 295, no. 24 (2006): 2851-58; G. D. Jacobs et al., 
“Cognitive Behavior Therapy and Pharmacotherapy for Insomnia: A Randomized Controlled Trial and Direct Comparison,” Archives 
of Internal Medicine 164, no. 17 (2004): 1888-96. 

47. G. D. Jacobs, “Clinical Applications of the Relaxation Response and Mind-Body Interventions,” Journal of Alternative and 
Complementary Medicine 7, suppl. 1 (2001): S93-101; W. F. Waters, “Behavioral and Hypnotic Treatments for Insomnia Subtypes,” 
Behavioral Sleep Medicine 1, no. 2 (2003): 81-101; M. K. Means et al., “Relaxation Therapy for Insomnia: Nighttime and Daytime 
Effects,” Behaviour Research and Therapy 38 (2000): 665-78. 

48. A. N. Vgontzas et aL, “Middle-aged Men Show Higher Sensitivity of Sleep to the Arousing Effects of Corticotropin-releasing 
Hormone than Young Men: Clinical Implications,” Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 86, no. 4 (2001): 1489-95. 

49. A. N. Vgontzas et al., “Chronic Insomnia Is Associated with Nyctohemeral Activation of the Hypothalamic -Pituitary-Adrenal Axis: 
Clinical Implications,” Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 86, no. 8 (2001): 3787-94. 

50. J. D. Lattimore et aL, “Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Cardiovascular Disease,” Journal of American College of Cardiology 41, 
no. 9 (2003): 1429-37. 

51. A. Dechamps et al, “Pilot Study of a 10- Week Multidisciplinary Tai Chi Intervention in Sedentary Obese Women,” Clinical Journal 
of Sports Medicine 19 (2009): 49-53. 

52. M. R. Irwin et al., “Improving Sleep Quality in Older Adults with Moderate Sleep Complaints: A Randomized Controlled Trial of Tai 
Chi Chih,” Sleep 31, no. 7 (2008): 1001-8. 

53. F. Li et aL, “Tai Chi and Self-rated Quality of Sleep and Daytime Sleepiness in Older Adults: A Rando miz ed Controlled Trial,” 
Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 52, no. 6 (2004): 892-900; also see: M. H. Nguyen and A. Kruse, “A Randomized 
Controlled Trial of Tai Chi for Balance, Sleep Quality and Cognitive Performance in Elderly Vietnamese,” Journal of Clinical 
Interventions in Aging 7 (2012): 185-90. 

54. G. Y. Yeh et al., “Enhancement of Sleep Stability with Tai Chi Exercise in Chronic Heart Failure: Preliminary Findings Using an 
ECG-based Spectrogram Method,” Sleep Medicine 9, no. 5 (2008): 527-36. 


IK) b 


55. C. Wang, “A Randomized Trial of Tai Chi for Fibromyalgia,” New England Journal of Medicine 363, no. 8 (2010): 743-54; C. 
Wang, “Tai Chi and Rheumatic Diseases,” Rheumatic Diseases Clinic of North America 37, no. 1 (2011): 19-32; C. Wang et al., 
“Tai Chi Exercise versus Rehabilitation for the Elderly with Cerebral Vascular Disorder: A Single -blinded Randomized Controlled 
Trial,” Psychogeriatrics 10, no. 3 (2010): 160-66. 


Chapter 10 

1. Some books that include significant discussion on interactive Tai Chi include: Cheng Man Ch’ing et al., Cheng Tzu’s Thirteen 
Treatises on T’ai Chi Ch’uan (Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 1993); Stuart Olson, Tai Chi Sensing Hands (Prescott Valley, Calif.: 
Unique Publications, 1999); Wolfe Lowenthal, There Are No Secrets: Professor Cheng Man Ch ’ing and His T’ai Chi Chuan 
(Berkeley: North Atlantic Books, 1993); T. T. Liang, T’ai Chi Ch ’uan for Health and Self-Defense: Philosophy and Practice 
(New York: Vintage, 1977); Rick Barrett, Taijiquan: Through the Western Gate (Berkeley: Blue Snake Books, 2006); Bruce Kumar 
Frantzis, The Power of Internal Martial Arts and Chi: Combat and Energy Secrets of Ba Gua, Tai Chi and Hsing-I (Berkeley: 
Blue Snake Books, 2007); Yang Jwing-Ming, Tai Chi Chuan Martial Applications: Advanced Yang Style Tai Chi Chuan (Boston: 
YMAA Publication Center, 1996). 

2. For example, see R. Dunbar, ‘The Social Role of Touch in Humans and Primates: Behavioural Function and Neurobiological 
Mechanisms,” Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 34 (2010): 260-268; A. Gallace and C. Spencer, ‘The Science of 
Interpersonal Touch: An Overview,” Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 34 (2010): 246-259; K. M. Grewen et al., “Effects 
of Partner Support on Resting Oxytocin, Cortisol, Norepinephrine, and Blood Pressure before and after Warm Partner Contact,” 
Psychosomatic Medicine 61 (2005): 531-538; K. C. Light et al., “More Frequent Partner Hugs and Higher Oxytocin Levels Are 
Linked to Lower Blood Pressure and Heart Rate in Premenopausal Women,” Biological Psychology 69 (2005): 5-21. 

3. Cabrera and L. Colosi, “The World at Our Fingertips: The Connection between Touch and Learning,” Scientific American 
(September 2010). 

4. K. Huang, “PianoTouch: A Wearable Haptic Piano Instruction System for Passive Learning of Piano Skills,” 12th IEEE 
International Symposium on Wearable Computers (2008): 41-44; J. Bluteau et al., “Haptic Guidance Improves the Visuo-Manual 
Tracking of Trajectories,” PLoS One 3, no. 3 (2008): el775. 

5. W. W. Tsang et al., “Trunk Position Sense in Older Tai Chi Sword Practitioners,” Hong Kong Physiotherapy Journal 27, no. 1 
(2009): 55-60; B. H. Jacobson, “The Effect of T’ai Chi Chuan Training on Balance, Kinesthetic Sense, and Strength,” Perception 
and Motor Skills 84, no. 1 (1997): 27-33. 

6. C. E. Kerr et al., “Tactile Acuity in Experienced Tai Chi Practitioners: Evidence for Use Dependent Plasticity as an Effect of 
Sensory-Attentional Training,” Experiential Brain Research 188, no. 2 (2008): 317-22. 

7. Y. Zhou, “The Effect of Traditional Sports on the Bone Density of Menopause Women,” Journal of Beijing Sport University 27 
(2004): 354-60. 

8. H. C. Chen et al., “The Defense Technique in Tai Chi Push Hands: A Case Study,” Journal of Sports Science 28, no. 14 (2010): 
1595-1604; L. H. Wang et al., “Ground Reaction Force and Postural Adaptation of the Push Movement in Tai Chi,” Journal of 
Biomechanics 40 (2007): S430. 

9. Angus Clark, The Complete Illustrated Guide to Tai Chi. A Practical Approach to the Ancient Chinese Movement for Health 
and Well-being (Boston: Element Books, 2000). 

10. S. M. Jourard, Healthy Personality: An Approach from the Viewpoint of Humanistic Psychology (New York: Macmillan, 1974). 

Chapter 1 1 

1. W. W. Tsang et al., ‘The Effects of Aging and Tai Chi on Fingerpoint toward Stationary and Moving Visual Targets,” Archives of 
Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 91, no. 1 (2010): 149-55. 

2. M. Timothy Gallwey, The Inner Game of Tennis: The Classic Guide to the Mental Side of Peak Performance (New York: 
Random House, 1977). 


Chapter 12 


i. 

3 . 


http://www.stress.org/ 

M. M. Clark et aL, “Stress Level, Health Behaviors, and Quality of Life in Employees Joining a Wellness Center,” American Journal 
of Health Promotion 26, no. 1 (2011): 21-25. 

Note, for smaller companies with 50 to 99 employees, closer to only 5 percent offer comprehensive programs. See: L. Finn a n et al., 
“Results of the 2004 National Worksite Health Promotion Survey,” American Journal of Public Health 98, no. 8 (2008): 1503-09. 


4. L. L. Berry et al., “What’s the Hard Return on Employee Wellness Programs?” Harvard Business Review (December 2010): 
http://hbr.Org/2010/12/whats-the-hard-return-on-emplovee-wellness-programs/ar/1 . 

5. D. R. Anderson et al., “Conceptual Framework, Critical Questions, and Practical Challenges in Conducting Research on the Financial 
Impact of Worksite Health Promotion,” American Journal of Health Promotion 15 (2001): 281-88. 

6. M. Carnethon et al., “Worksite Wellness Programs for Cardiovascular Disease Prevention: A Policy Statement from the American 
Heart Association,” Circulation 120(2009): 1725-41. 

7. D. R. Anderson, et aL, “The Relationship between Modifiable Health Risks and Group-level Health Care Expenditures: Health 
Enhancement Research Organization (HERO) Research Committee,” American Journal of Health Promotion 15, no. 1 (2000): 45- 
52. 

8. K. S. Calderon et al., “Kennedy Space Center Cardiovascular Disease Risk Reduction Program Evaluation,” Vascular Health and 
Risk Management 4, no. 2 (2008): 421-26; R. Merrill et al., “Effectiveness of a Workplace Wellness Program for Maintaining Health 
and Promoting Healthy Behaviors,” Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine 53, no. 7 (2011): 782-87. 

9. W. F. Stewart et al., “Lost Productive Work Time Costs from Health Conditions in the United States: Results from the American 
Productivity Audit,” Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine 45, no. 12 (2003): 1234-46; W. F. Stewart et al., “Cost 
of Lost Productive Work Time among US Workers with Depression,” Journal of the American Medical Association 289, no. 23 
(2003): 3135-44. 

10. W. N. Burton et al., “The Association between Health Risk Change and Presenteeism Change,” Journal of Occupational and 
Environmental Medicine 48, no. 3 (2006): 252-63. 

H. S. G. Aldana, “Financial Impact of Health Promotion Programs: A Comprehensive Review of the Literature,” American Journal of 
Health Promotion 15, no. 5 (2001): 296-320. 

12. N. Kawakami et al., “Effects of Perceived Job Stress on Depressive Symptoms in Blue-Collar Workers of an Electrical Factory in 
Japan,” Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment, and Health, 18 (1992): 195-200. 

13. Karl H. E. Kroemer, Office Ergonomics (Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press, 2001). 

14. H. Tamin et al. “Tai Chi Workplace Program for Improving Musculoskeletal Fitness among Female Computer Users,” Work 34, no. 
3 (2009): 331-38. 

15. M. V. Palumbo et al., “Tai Chi for Older Nurses: A Workplace Wellness Pilot Study,” Applied Nursing Research 25, no. 1 (2010): 
54-59. 


Chapter 13 

1. Cheng Man Ch’ing and Mark Hennessy, Master of Five Excellences (Berkeley: Frog Books, 1995). 

2. Tam Gibbs, “Cheng Tzu: Master of the Five Excellences: A Life Biography of Cheng Man Ching,” 1978, 
http://www.sinobarr.com/cheng/cheng life bio.htm . 

3. I. Foxman and B. J. Burge I. “Musician Health and Safety: Preventing Playing-related Musculoskeletal Disorders,” A JOHN Journal 
54, no. 7 (2006): 309-16. 


Afterword 

1. D. U. Himmelstein et al., “Medical Bankruptcy in the United States, 2007, Results of a National Study,” American Journal of 
Medicine 122, no. 8 (August 2009): 699. 

2. S. Blumenthal et aL, “Putting Prevention into Practice in Health Care Reform,” Huffington Post, July 18, 2009, 
http://www.huffmgtonpost.com/susan-blumenthal/putting-prevention-into-p b 239260.html 

3. A. Singh, et al., “Physical Activity and Performance at School: A Systematic Review of the Literature including a Methodological 
Quality Assessment,” Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine 166, no. 1 (January 2012): 49-55; C. N. Rasberry et al., 
“The Association between School-based Physical Activity, including Physical Education, and Academic Performance: A Systematic 
Review of the Literature,” Preventive Medicine 52, suppl. 1 (2011): S10-20. Also see J. Ratey, Spark: The Revolutionary New 
Science of Exercise and the Brain (New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2008). 

4. See, for example, “Tai Chi for Kids” (www.taichiforkids.comI : and G. Gurman “Tai Chi Anim a l Frolics: Introducing Tai Chi and 
Qigong in Public School Settings,” http://imos-iournal.net/?p=35 1 1 . 

5. L. Baron and C. Faubert, ‘The Role of Tai Chi Chuan in Reducing State Anxiety and Enhancing Mood of Children with Special 
Needs,” Journal of Bodywork and Movement Therapies 9, no. 2, (2005): 120-123. 

6. C. Witt et al., “Qigong for Schoolchildren: A Pilot Study,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 11, no. 1 (February 
2005): 41-47; L. S. White, “Reducing Stress in School-age Girls through Mindful Yoga f Journal of Pediatric Health Care 26, no. 1 
(2012): 45-56; G. S. Birdee, G. Y. Yeh, P. M. Wayne, R. S. Phillips, R. B. Davis, and P. Gardiner, “Clinical Applications of Yoga for 
the Pediatric Population: A Systematic Review,” Academic Pediatrics 9 (2009): 212-20; and many others. 


7. R. Wall, “Tai Chi and Mindfulness-based Stress Reduction in a Boston Public Middle School,” Journal of Pediatric Health Care 19 
(2005): 230-37. 

8. J. J. Noggle, et al., “Benefits of Yoga for Psychosocial Well-being in a US High School Curriculum: A Preliminary Randomized 
Controlled Trial” Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics 33, no. 3 (April 2012): 193-201; also see S. B. Khalsa et 
aL, “Evaluation of the Mental Health Benefits of Yoga in a Secondary School: A Preliminary Randomized Controlled Trial,” Journal 
of Behavioral Health Services and Research 39, no. 1 (2012): 80-90. 

9. K. Caldwell et aL, “Changes in Mindfulness, Well-being, and Sleep Quality in College Students through Taijiquan Courses: A Cohort 
Control Study,” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 17, no. 10 (2011): 931-38; K. Caldwell et al., “Developing 
Mindfulness in College Students through Movement-based Courses: Effects on Self-regulatory Self-efficacy, Mood, Stress, and Sleep 
Quality,” Journal of American College Health 58, no. 5 (2010): 433-42; K. Caldwell et al., “Effect of Pilate s and Taiji Quan 
Training on Self-efficacy, Sleep Quality, Mood, and Physical Performance of College Students,” Journal of Bodywork Movement 
Therapy 13, no. 2 (2009): 155-63; Y. T. Wang et al., “Effects of Tai Chi Exercise on Physical and Mental Health of College 
Students,” American Journal of Chinese Medicine 32, no. 3 (2004): 453-59. 

10. P. A. Saunders et al., “Promoting Self-awareness and Reflection through an Experiential Mind-Body Skills Course for First Year 
Medical Students,” Medical Teacher 29, no. 8 (October 2007): 778-84; B. W. MacLaughlin et al., “Stress Biomarkers in Medical 
Students Participating in a Mind-Body Medicine Skills Program,” Evidence-Based Complementary’ and Alternative Medicine 
(2011): ID 950461. For programs in other medical schools, see C. Finkelstein et al., “Anxiety and Stress Reduction in Medical 
Education: An Intervention,” Medical Education 41, no. 3 (2007): 258-64; S. L. Shapiro et al., “Effects of Mindfulness-based Stress 
Reduction on Medical and Premedical Students,” Journal of Behavioral Medicine 21 (1998): 581-99. 

H. S. L. Shapiro et al., “Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction for Health Care Professionals: Results from a Randomized Trial,” 
International Journal of Stress Management 12 (2005): 164—76. 

12. E. Frank et al., “Physician Disclosure of Healthy Personal Behaviors Improves Credibility and Ability to Motivate,” Archives of 
Family Medicine 9, no. 3 (2000): 287-90; M. Howe et aL, “Patient-related Diet and Exercise Counseling: Do Providers’ Own 
Lifestyle Habits Matter?” Preventive Cardiology 13, no. 4 (Fall 2010): 180-85. 


Index 


Note: Index entries from the print edition of this book have been included for use as search terms. 
They can be located by using the search feature of your e-book reader. 

aerobic exercise 
aging 

balance and 
bone strength and 
breathing and 
cognitive function and 
depression and 
alignment 

anxiety. See also stress 
art 

arthritis 

asthma 

awareness 

breathing exercises and 
partner Tai Chi and 

self-awareness. See also proprioception 

back pain 

anxiety and 

breathing exercises and 

complementary and alternative medicine therapies for 
connective tissue and 
stress and 
Tai Chi and 
balance 

aging and 
anxiety and 
flexibility and 
sports and 
strength and 

treatment of disorders in 
vision and 
blood circulation 
blood pressure 
bone strength 
breathing 

aging and 
awareness and 
diaphragm and 


flexibility and 

heart health and 

intercostals and 

internal physical massage 

longevity and 

music and 

pain and 

Qi and 

sports and 

stress and 

visualization and 

children 

Chinese medicine (traditional) 
cholesterol 

community. See social support 
complementary and alternative medicine therapies 
connective tissue 
creativity 

depression 

diabetes 

emotions 

exercise. See aerobic exercise 
fascia 

fibromyalgia 

flexibility 

golf 

health care. See Chinese medicine (traditional); Western health care 
heart health 

aerobic exercise and 
breathing and 
cholesterol and 
inflammation and 
Qi and 

rehabilitation from disease 

i nfl ammation 

intention 


Jin (mindful strength) 



kinesiophobia 


Lao Tzu 
longevity 
lung diseases 

martial arts 
meditation 
memory 
mental focus 

mental health. See also mind 

meridians 

mind 

brain and 
breathing and 
cognitive function 
emotions and 
integration with body 
learning and 
pain and 
Qi and 

See also mental focus; mental health 
moderation. See also 70-percent rule 
music 

neuroplasticity 

pain 

acute 

alignment and 
breathing and 
chronic 
mental factors 
pain relief 
Qi and 
sleep and 

See also back pain 
Parkinson’s disease 
peripheral neuropathy 
placebo effect 
proprioception 
Push Hands 

Qi (energy flow in the body) 
alignment and 
awareness and 



belief and 
breathing and 
Chinese medicine and 
creativity and 
emotions and 
heart and 
intention and 
pain and 
science and 
Qigong 

relaxation 

70-percent rule 

skiing 

sleep 

social support 

cognitive function and 
heart health and 
pain and 

partner Tai Chi and 
70-percent rule and 
socialism 
spirituality 

sports. See also golf; skiing; tennis 

strengthening 

stress 

back pain and 
breathing exercises and 
cognitive function and 
health and 
mental health and 
sleep and 
visualization and 
work and 
See also anxiety 
stroke 

Sung (relaxed, open state). See also relaxation 
Tai Chi 

animal i nfl uences 
children and 
etymology 
finding teachers 
five excellences of 



goals 

history 

integration of Tai Chi into daily life 
martial arts competitions 
science and 
styles 
in the West 

See also Tai Chi exercises 
Tai Chi exercises 

for balance and bones 
cool-down exercises 
for pain 
partner Tai Chi 
Push Hands 
Tai Chi Pouring 
Tai Chi Te nni s 
warm-up exercises 
Washing Yourself with Qi 
tan tien (physical and energetic center of body) 
Taoism 
te nni s 
touch 

visualization 

Western health care 
adaptability and 
depersonalization in 
drugs and 

Eastern holistic view and 
exercise and 
financial costs in US 
integration of Tai Chi into 
mental disorders and 
pain treatment and 
prevention and 
social support and 
spirituality and 


yin and yang 



Sign up to learn more about our books and receive special offers from Shambhala Publications. 


Sign Up 


Or visit us online to sign up at shambhala.com/ eshambhala .